===== стр 1 ===== | OVERNMENT OF INDIA - . ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA ARCH HOLOGICAL : LIBRARY . : ACCESSION 0.66 24S : ) ; CALL No. DA OT | V.ate| Vp | o')-7 6. ee = ===== стр 2 ===== _/ } ¢ t _ ‘ : se: 4 . is ===== стр 3 ===== | ===== стр 4 ===== THE BRIHAJJATAKAM . OF VARAHA MIHIRA | | | . ===== стр 5 ===== t 4 . : ENG] . 2 ee |. ed Fu 3 cA Exclusively Distributed by by Munshiram Manohartal Publishers Pot. Ltd. 54 RAN] JHANSI ROAD, ' NEW DELHT-110055. INDIA. - it s 2 j ===== стр 6 ===== | THE | n BRIHAJJATAKAM OF A > VARAHA MIHIRA ! 66345 an 7 B (ce ont } 9) } ey aN ° i Translated by Lib 4 ‘ag SWAMI VIIJNANANANDA f OF BELUR MATH | ALIAS HARI PRASANNA CHATTERJEE Teg TAL, LCS, ‘ Lg ee 1 sy 5A ae? wd , Vise. Ver . ¢ ORIENTAL REPRINT Oriental Books Reprint Corporation | 54, Rani Jhansi Road, New Delhi-110055 7 . 4 i ===== стр 7 ===== a * “ i BBB Aare 22:99 , ofa beara ; garits, HFS ae T Vir. Vi ‘ fada ae7.> Ld |. ; J ag feeat + Sr 4 aee GeASTAA b ® A 4 | 4 Second Edition 1979 { First published in 1912 by f Panini Office, Allahabad ok 1 , ia PUBLISHED BY ORIENTAL BOOKS REPRINT CORPORATION, hk 54 RANI JHANSI ROAD, NEW DELHI 110055 AnD i PRINTED BY SKYLARK PRINTERS, NEW DELHI 110055 h ; ' ===== стр 8 ===== tt + | PB » an S OS CONTENTS 1 ~ 3 — i » SS CHAPTER PAGE 4 Forrworp— ane a we on se Lei a I—On Zodiacal Signs we see see oe | . aN II.—On the Planets ... we we ae wo 87 aN IIL.-—On the Manifold Births oe ws eee ve 63 | 3 IV.—On Impregiation ... - ves bes we TL io V.—On Birth Matters ae oe on ne 92 iy VI—On Harly Death ... ee - i” ve 1B : VII.—On the Length of Life of a Ohild ae aw wee 122 3 VIIIL.—On Dagas and Antardasis ve ws we 147 y TX.—On Astaka Varga se oe on a. 176 vr S . . X.--On Avocation on ae tee ae ae 185 > XI.—On Raja Yoga... an te vee ow» 100 8 XII.—On Nibhasa Yogas oe wee wee ver 204 “A XII1I.—On Lunar Combinations se see os vas 228 3 XIV.—Any two Planets in any one Sign on oes .-. 233 { XV.—On Ascetic Yogas we or wee ae 238 ZS XVL--On the Moon and Stars tn ve ws ve 248 ae XVII.—On the Moon and the Zodiac... tee wee we 251 > cy XVIIL—On the Planets and the Zodiac we te vs 262 Ps XIX.—On Aspects . see oe os see 284 : , XX.—On the Planets in the Twelve Houses or Bhavas ... ae 295 . 8 XXI—On Agraya Yoga - «- ee te aes oe 805 4 XXII.—On Miscellaneous Planetary Combinations we a «814 - 3 XXILI.—On Bvils a on ts we ‘oa. 819 rm .) XXIV.—On Female Horoscopes tee a oe oe B85 2 Re XXV.--On Death a os tee tee ws 848 x XXVI.—On Lost Horoscopes ee see ane ae 860 \ a Raxvim on the Decanates tee ae os «. 378 SXVIII—On Conclusion... on te we we 895 yCybnvendis . we we te we wee deili 8 ~Alphabetical Index to the verses on on vee we devil > es 3 ' a ===== стр 9 ===== by * ‘ ‘ 4 | : a i i | ===== стр 10 ===== : FOREWORD | The Jyotiga Sastra is counted as one of the six amgas of the Vedas. dy All the religious rites and sacrifices of the Hindus are guided by Astro- nomy and Astrology, both of which are included in the Jyotisa Sdstra. Indeed, Astrology is considered as the eye of the Vedas. | Astrology is the oldest of all sciences. Its history is traced back to | the Vedas whose wise Risis, by the expansion of their consciousness, could | reach the Shining Ones. From India the belief in Astrology spread to China, Babylonia and Chaldea ; whence it spread to Egypt, Greece, Rome, and throughout the whole world. Once it taught the people to lift their . aspirations by faith, hope, and reverence, through the stars and the plane- | tary spirits to the One and Universal Self. The hoary saints of the ancient ages, fraught with wisdom, held that ‘ “an affinity existed between the stars and the souls of men ; that the ” ethereal essence is Divine; that the souls of men are taken from this reservoir and return to it at death; and that the souls of the more eminent of mankind are converted into stars.” When we come to consider that Astrology was the beginning of nearly all that we hold valuable in art, literature, religion and science ; that the asterisms and the constellations were our first pictures; and that Astronomy and Astrology sprang from India, we may judge of its value to humanity : nor shall we wonder at its survival amidst the fall of nations and the decline of mighty races. There are two broad and rational principles on which Astrology is based. The first principle upon which the science of Astrology rests is that of Vedanta, that the whole Universe is actually what the term implies—a unity; and that alaw which is found in manifestation in one portion of'the Universe must also be equally operative throughout the whole. While the Heavens form the macrocosm, man is the microcosm. Each man is a little world exactly representing the Universe. While all seem quiet without, there is an active world within. Such a world ia visible to the inner sight ofa Yogi. Those lawa which are operative among the planetary bodies are also in force amonget ourselves. . The second principle is that, by a study of the motions and relative positions of the planets, the operations of these laws may be observed, measured and determined, ===== стр 11 ===== (a) From these two principles, aided by observation and a metaphysical mind, the whole science of Astrology herein expounded can be deduced. Failure in Astrological predictions arises from error in calculation. A me well versed and conscientious astrologer is always to bo consulted. Error in calculation is as sinful as the murder of a Brahmin. The best test that can be applied to Astrology, where first-hand knowledge is Pe required, is that of experience. 3 In Hindu Ast-onomy the places of the planets and the other heavenly v bodies are reckoned from the Ist point of the Nakeatra Asvint, which is constant; whereas in the Western method the places are reckoned from the variable Vernal Equinox, one of the two points where the Eclip- tic cuts the Equator. This point is the Western first point of Aries. It has a retrograde motion at the rate of 50” a year. Taking entire human life into consideration, the true view is that a man is both a slave of the effects of his previous karma in hig 1 past incarnations and is a free agent as regards fresh independent deeds, 1 deeds which are in no way directed to thwart, to arrest, to alter, or in any ! way to modify or remould the effects of his past karma, Butif he wishes i to move along with the natural course of things he may do so and the . course will become more easy and more smooth. This view will account for three things:—(1) the many apparently unaccountable failures of attempts, even when the individual tries his best ; (2) the easy success on many occasions, even when the individual dves not try his best; (3) the success that attends on proportionate labour. In the first case, the attempt was one aimed at moving against the current of fate; in the second case, it was one of moving down with the current; and in the third case, it was an attempt where free human agency can display itself. Astrology gives us the knowledge of our past karma, how to fight Y against it, as well as how to work out our fresh deeds, so that we can get rid of this wheel of karma and be free. The Brihat Jataka of Varaéha Mihirais generally considered all over India as one of the best and most authoritative treatises on the science of Hindu Horoscopy. In fact, Varfiha Mihira is recognised as the greatest of the Indian Astrologers. There are four commentaries on this work. The well-known is that of Bhatta Utpala ; another is known as Subodhini; tho . third is Mudrakeari, and the fourth is known as Sripattyam. ‘Lhe com- : : mentary of Bhatta Utpala is followed in this work. The author has written a smaller work on Astrology known as Laghu : Jataka. Horoscopy is one of the three sections of Jyotis Sastra ; and Srt ‘ ===== стр 12 ===== ( ii) Varaha Mihiracharya has treated of all the three branches. The other two branches are Samhita and Astronomy. On Sambhiti, the author's treatise _ is known as Bryihat Samhité, and his Astronomical work is known ‘as Paficha Siddhantikt, Varaha Mihira has also written a work on Yoga y Yatra. Some say, he lived in the reign of Vikramaditya in the Court of i Ujjain and is one of the nine gems (Navaratnas) of the Court. According to this, Varaba Mihira’s age would be 24 Vikrama Samvat. Others hold that he lived about the time of 427 Saka Era, or, 507 A.D, ie., in the sixth century. In conclusion, it may be added that Truth can never be destroyed and when we recognise in Astrology the law of the Almighty, we need some courage, as well as mental ability, before we commence the task of learning the harmony of the law of the Almighty. Yet the same energy that is expended in seeking to refute it would, if turned in the direction of r learning its first principles, unhar the gate that leads to its understanding. 3 . & ===== стр 13 ===== : j E - ===== стр 14 ===== ZG IAAE, ee) 663 A5 vr ie) \ a ( maa ; Or @& _ Ww On LA : & ( sew O° oy Gey i) NZ, 1 Lh, jf . SO “gh & Vg LIBRE fo we ! THE 1 . | BRIHAJJATAKAM OF VARAHA MIHIRA A COMPLETE TREATISE ON TLOROSCOPIC ASTROLOGY FIRST CHAPTER ON ZODIACAL SIGNS ; . First Principles and Definitions qroffo~aferea aRatan: weet aetsqaseAT ~ + oO ia a ATAIATAaT HN AAT AArATsa Tay * atari saarmaatatayaraa a: zat ae A: a TareaHPRTT AAT TH: en afiet Martitve, to unfold the different phases, fiver: Parikalpitab, duly \ arranged; intended entirely, saya: Sadabhritab, of the moon; of the bearer of spots resembling a hare, Some read vaya: Sasibhritah, of the god MahAdeva, : who holds moon on his forehead. ‘The Sun is considered to be one of the eight : forms of the God Siva or Mahfdeva, wat Varima, the path; the Devaydna or the path of liberation, syntemry Apunarjanmaném, of those having no more ; future births. wen Atmé, the Grent Self, the Suprome Spirit. ft Iti, thue. : wrafiqi Atmavidam, of the knowers of Self, of those thathave realised the Supreme Spirit, mg: Kratuh, the Sacrificial Deity. *, Cha. and. wom, Jajatdm, of the , sacrificers ; of those that perform sacrifices, wt Bhartd, the Ohief Supporter ; the i Supreme, wrewtfier, Amarayotisém, amongst the Devas, planets and stars ; the . Immortal Lights. @arry LokAndm, of the (seven) worlds, "wtrgnaftefaiay: Pralayod : bhavasthitivibhuh, The Creator, Preserver, and Destroyer, 4, Cha, and. wa i Anckadhf, under various names; in various ways, % yah, who. ¥% Srutau, | in the Vedas, at Vacham, thespeech. 4: Nab, unto us, #Sa,he. eg Dadatu, . i may grant, wrefice: Anekakirapah, many-rayed, werd; ‘Troilokyadipah, the 7 lamp of the three worlds. fa: Ravih, the Sun, ===== стр 15 ===== 2 BRIHAJJATARAM. : 1. May the radiant Sun grant me speech, the Sun who by his light illumines the three worlds and unfolds the differ- wd ent phases of the Moon; who is the Path of those that will : have no more incarnations, the Self of the Yogins and the : Sacrifice of the Sacrificers; the Up-holder of the Immortal ; Lights, the gods, planets, and stars; the Creator, Preserver i and Destroyer of the seven worlds and who is sung in the . Vedas under various names and in various ways. . . Note :—The author, Varthamihirichirya invokes at the commence ‘ ment, the blessings of Sarya Narayana. : The Jyotig (Astronomy, and Astrology, considered as one in ancient times) is counted as one ofthe six angas or sub-divisions of the Vedas a that every Brihimana must study for his welfare in this and in the other a world, inasmuch as it ascertains the exact time when sevoral sacrifices : are to be performed and what will be the fruits acquired thereby, Thus . the Jyotis is recognised as the eye of the Vedas and as such its superiority : is recognised over the other sub-divisions as written in the following oi verse, : equine ga sitet seq eitegel Pee a sea at | ; ar g Rrarea Agee on arftent warmed sz wreak : Thus has been said by the great seer Carga; . “The king who docs not honour a scholar accomplished in horos- copy and astronomy, clever in all branches and accessories, comes to : grief. ‘ “Even those who, free from egotism and without anything to care af for, lead a hermit’s life in the wilderness, consult the man that knows ‘ the motion of the stars. : “As the night without alight, as the sky without a sun, 80 is a ¢ king without an astrologer ; like a blind man, he erroth on the road, : “TE there were no astrologer, the hours, dates, asterisms, seasons, . and half-years would all be confused. . . “Therefore a king should consult a learned and eminent astro- i loger if he desire victory, glory, fortune, enjoyments, and happiness. s —(Chap, II Brihat Samhita verses 7-11), * N, B.—The earth is being always vitalized by the Immortal Lights 4 from above, by the Sun, Moon, and stars in the ethereal space, All “ persons born under any particular influence in any particular time will ' |pow the characteristics of that particular influence for that particulay a £ ===== стр 16 ===== CH, I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 3 —_-— moment strongly marked in their individual nature. It has been ; found by a species of inner revelation that the people get their gross : material elements mainly from the ethereal space, their desires and personalities from the Moon, their feelings and emotions from the stars, their mental feelings from the planets, and their spirituality from the Sun. So man must learn to rise, till having conquered passion, and having subdued the mind he stands forth free and untrammelled, free from Karma, the idea of fate, the outermost ring of limitation in life, stands in purity, perfect in wisdom, radiant, und in love supreme. Man to effect his liber- ation from future births must face his way towards the Sun and when he passes through this solar vesture, he reaches the final Goal, merging in ‘ the Supreme Spirit. . The word Astrology interpreted means the logic of the stars or . “The reason of the stars.” There is a general , idea that Astrology. teaches fatalism. There seem’ to be many arguments in favour of that idea, but those who have studied the subject from the deeper stand point, know that it does not teach absolute fatalism. All our mistakes are the ma results of ignorance, If we had more knowledge there would be Jess mis- fortune ; therefore it is contended that if we havo a knowledge of Astrology --which is a science of life--we should avoid many of our misfortunes. Tt is shown in the following chapters how that can be done. — Mtofte-aatfe: aggfafs: veer ghernegert WeITGAAIagT TENT: Way eseeaty : SIaaAIaTaTATa UTIAATATAT : . . . . wet Tahaadaged weaes TTT NU . yi: Bhiyobhih, by many, by numerous, vegfafi: Patubuddhibhih, by | clever intelligent thinkers. vwefiat Patudhiyfim, for clever intelligent: persons, deem’ Horfiphalajtiaptaye, to expound the results of past actions (from the ; rising of @ zodiacal sign at a particular moment). wevamenfiatg SabdanyAyas- , amanvitegu, full of deeply reflected reasonable meanings, sya: Bahugah, many a : - time. snety Sistregu, astrological works, treatises, e@y Dristesu, after consulting : with @f Api, even. Yormanqdarmn’t Tordtantra mahdrpavapratarane, to crosa ‘ the great ocean of astrological science, +'ramt Bhagnodyamandm, for the disheartened; for those whose energies have been thwarted, wy Aham, I, ‘ (VarAbamibirichfrya of Avantika), #4 Svalpam, concise, not big, witfrq by Vrittavichitram, ornamented with various metres, wag’, Arthabahulam full of much meaning, complete. sent Shatraplavam, this sacred book, like a boat, ar® * Pr&rabhe, I begin (to write.) ===== стр 17 ===== 4 BRIHAJJATAK AM. 2. Though many clever thinkers have written various works on Astrology to explain to persons of great intellect ‘this vast science, after pondering over authoritative kindred works full of logic and deep meanings yet the people were disheartened in their attempts to cross this ocean of horoscopy = and for such I begin to write this concise yet complete : treatise in varied netres and I hope it, like a boat, will safely carry them across. ; Note:—There aye well-known works of Parddura, Garga, Badarayana, Satyacharya, Yavandcharya, Maya and others, draat-gitugiratacaa asf gataaiaiard! watt Tans cate aaer ahs aafterahe au wa Hora, the word hord, fa Iti, thus, sramasy AhorAtravikalpam, ' synonym or abbreviation of the word Ahordtram. e& Eke, some ; others. vidi i Vanchhanti, are inclined to take. yataxagarmqy Parvdparavarnalopat, by dropping } the first aud last syllables. wtf karmarjitam, earned by deeds. yiv% Purva- i bhave, dove in previous existences, eqf% SadAdi, good or bad. 4, Yat, whatever. a ma Tasya, of which; whose. wfe Paktim. matured state, fit to bear any fruit, ‘ anfierfs, Samabhivyanakti, fully reveals; clearly manifests. | 3. Some persons take the word Hora as an abbreviated wa form of Ahoratram (convenient for frequent usage) ; they drop , : the first syllable ™ ‘a’ and last syllable (*) ‘tram’ from the a word Ahoratram. (And this they account for by saying : that). This day and night makes these twelve zodiacal signs : , fully visible to us, that represent the matured state of all } | good and bad actions done in previous existences and now | ‘ veady to yield their fruits. Note.—Whatever works, good or bad, we did in our previous i births, we get their fruits herein this birth, But we do not kndw ‘ beforehand what these fruits would be: heuce we do. this grahavi- { char, i.e, these astrological calculations. ‘These works are of two : kinds, strong and weak (@, vex). The strong works produce ww % da#aphala, i.e, periods of fruition given by the several planets; i and when these are auspicious, royal marches, journeys, sacred pilgrim- 5 ages and any other good works are to be taken in hand; and if ‘ 4 ; i i y ===== стр 18 ===== f OW. 1, ON ZODIAGAL SIGNS. 5 ! nnn a inauspicious, not to be taken in hand. The weak actions bear fruits that , ave determined by Astavarga, i.e. by the several positions of the seven i planets and the Lagna, as described in Chapter IX. And when these 3 signs are inauspicious, peace-offerings are to be made to the planetary } deities to cast off their pernicious influences. In short, the strong are i fated to occur and can never be modified ; the weak ones can be avoided ; by proper sintis. The word “hor&” is really a Greek word and } the author of this treatise was not ignorant of its origin. Therefore he iM says “some say hora isan abbreviation of Ahoritram this is not really me his opinion. Hora is the same word as the hour in English and “hor4~ fe Mastram ” means the science of calculating time. i * * . i Wofto—mraiah ainaratge CaCATATA- A . ‘y aRasdsraygatagge Ha adtshrzaT FarPagaar aaVaTarHRgaT TTA F - : * ufiaaagaa wat Sardeseat: eu : sreinfi Kalangani, (‘I'he several limbs of) the body of the Zodiacal Man (Time . represented by zodiacs,) wit Vardéngam head. wom Ananatn, face, &: urak, : the chest. yemtewtnm: LUritkrodavasobhritah, Heart, belly and waist, sf * Bastib, the abdomen, pelvis, ri Vyanjanam, the generative organ, the . secrets, aeamyg® UrnjAnuyugule, the two thighs and knees, sw Janghe, : 7 the two legs. The two shanks, «: Tatnh, from that; ofterwards, wig, Anghridvayam, the two foot, wfgramaiven: Mosddviprathamanavarksacharagb, . . sign called Mesah, the Aries or Ram extending over the nino feet of the asterisms , commencing with the asterism Aévint (and the successive eleven signa . occupying the nine feet at a time of the other asterisms.) waftearcm: Ohakrasthi- z taradayah, the signs of the zodiacal circle, wfrdeyginft Rasiksetragriharkhga- . bhani, the words rAsi (signs), kgetra (field), griha (house), riksa (constellation), and bham Collection of asterisms). wei Bhavanam, mansion. ¥ Oba, and. . vweineant: Ekarthasampratyéb, carrying one and the same meaning; are B synonyms, ; 4, Thessigns of the zodiac, the Ram, etc., are repre- : sented successively by the nine padas (feet) of the several stars commencing with Asvini. And these signs are (ima- ‘ gined to be the several limbs of the) body of the Zodiacal : Man (called ‘Time-Person or Kaélapurusa); such as the ; 7 Ram, etc., are successively represented as the head, face, : chest, heart, belly, waist, pelvis, the generative organ, the a ===== стр 19 ===== 8 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ee thighs, the knees, the legs and the feet. The words Khset- ram, Griham, Riksam, bham and bhavanam all denote the . same meanings that a Ragi denotes (i.e., a sign of the zodiac); these words are synonymous, Note,-The twelve signs of the Zodiac ave--(1) Mega, The Aries or Ram; (2) Vyisa, The Taurus or Bull; (3) Mithuna; The Gemini or ‘Twins; (4) Karkata, The Cancer or Crab ; (5) Simha, The Leo or Lion; (6) Kanya, The Virgo or Virgin; (7) Tula, The Libra or Balance ; (8) Vrig- : chika, The Scorpio or Scorpion ; (9) Dhann, The Sagittarius or Archer ; (10) Makara, The Capricorn ; (11) Kumbha, The Aquarius or Water-carrier ; (12) Mina, The Pisces or Fishes. ‘The several limbs of the Zodiacal Man are shewn in the annexed diagram :—~ Positive Signs ee Negetiv Ares , ) 4G head) ne ay Laurus § ae RA I (face) : Genrinit g ror sy (hosomy 4 Cancer gm - (heart, ‘ o 9 3 ) Ur bell ES j ingo “7 Sh A | ‘ ritees Ses i \\ fe = v ¢ Libra™ Sal ‘ ash. (bowels \ SSS Scompye ‘ Tiled ; Sel Gectatn) e f Ht © a | Sagi IX Capit . ae af Megs) ; Aquarius GO ‘ : entles) gv A ox Pisces : of) peter 7 ‘ : ca . ‘THE ZOMIAOAL MAN. s Serat ===== стр 20 ===== CH, I, ON ZODIAOAL SIGNS. 7 There are twenty-seven asterisms,—l, Advint. 2. Bharani. 3. : Krittika. 4, Rohini. 5, Mrigagira. 6. Ardraé, 7. Punarvasu. 8. Pusyf. 9. Avlest. 10. Maghi. 11. Purvaphalgunt. 12. Uttara- _ phalguot, 13. Hasta. 14. Chitrt, 15. Svati, 16. Visikha. 17. f Anurddha. 18, Jyestha. 19. Mali. 20. Purvasadha. 21. Uttard- sadha. 22. Sravand. 23 Dhanistha. 24. Satabhiga. 25. Purva- _ bh@drapada. 26. Uttarabhddrapada. 27. Revati. Fach asterism has got four feet, 27 asterisms have 108 feet. And these are equally divided amongst the twelve signs. So each sign has got . nine padas, Thus (1) Me;ais represented by Asvini, Bharani, and one pada (te, one-fourth) of Krittika ; (2) Veiga by 8 padas of Krittika, Rohint, and 2, piidas of Mrigasird ; (3) Mithuna by 2 feet of Mrigasiré, Ardr& and 3 feet of Punarvasu; \4) Karkata by one foot of Punarvasu, Pusyd, Aslesi ; (5) Simha by Maghi, Parva Phalguni, and one foot of Uttara Phalguni; (6) Kany& by 3 feet of Uttara Phalguni, Hast’ and 2 feet of Chitra ;(7) Tuli hy 2 feet of Chitra, Svati, and 3 feet of Visaikha ; (8) Vrischik by one foot of Visikha, Anuradha, Jyegtha ; (9 Dhanu by Mala, Purvisddha, and one foot of UttaragAdha ; (10) Makara by 3 feet of Uttarasddna, Sravana, and two feet of Dhanistha ; (11) Kumbha . by 2 feet of Dhanistha, Satabhigé and 3 feet of P. Bhadrapada; and (12) Mina, is represented by one foot of Parva Bhadrapada, Uttara Bhadrapada, and Revati. Each sign of the zodiac is characterised by a special part of the human body ; thus :—Mega is represented by the heal; Vrisa, by the face ; Mithuna, by the breast ; Karkata, by the heart ; Simha, by the belly ; Kanya, by the hip ; Tula, by the abdomen ; Vyischilk by the generative organ ; Dha&nu, by the thighs ; Makara, by the knees; Kumbha by the legs, and Mina, by the feet, See the figure of the Zodiacal Man (Kala Puruga). And therefore when a malefic planet is in any sign, the part of the body characterised by that sign gets afflicted by a scar, or wound or marked by spots like those of a scar; and when a benefic planet rules any sign then the corresponding part of the body is seen to be fully developed. Note :—The following table will be useful for purposes of ready reference :— Resi. Sign, Part of body, 1 Mega an we Aries se we Head. 2 Vyiga oe on Taurus wee on Face. t 8 Mithuna ... we Gemini ow a Chest. ‘ 4 Karka a on Cancer aes vow Heart. 2 5 Simha eee oo Lea oe a Belly, t 2 ===== стр 21 ===== 1 i 8 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 6KanyA wo Virgo wn wo Waist, Rasi, Sign, Part of body. . 7 Tala we ws Libra a te Pelvis. , 8 Vpischika ... os Scorpio we on The secrets, Dhan. a Sogittari a Two thighs. 10 Makara. ae Capricorn... vee Two knees. it Kumbha ... vee Aquarius ove wn Two legs. : 12 Minn ww on Pisees on os Two fect. + : The twenty-seven Naksatras or asterisms are /—- 1 Asvini (4) tes os « — B Anictis, : | 2 Bharani (b) ve ww vw 83 Arietis ond Musen, : H 8 Kvittika (c) we oa 2 Tauri, Pleiades, | 4 Rohinl (a) be ws ve @ Tauri, Aldebaran, \ 5 Mpigasiva (+) a as ve Oxionis. 6 Ardvi (/) we ve a @ Ovionis, 7 Punarvasn (4) me ve oe & Goninil Pollux. 8 Puyyd (n) o vo ve § Caneri. ‘ D Adlost (i) vn ts v8 Hydrao 1 & 2 Caneri. ° . 10 Magha (j) te we «a Leonis, Rogulus, LL P, Phnlgani (Ie)... ws w-§ Leonia. 12 U, Phaigunt (ly). ws vB Leonis. 18 Hasta (m) ve “ ws 8 Corvi. 14 Chitra (1) ts a va Virginis, Spiea, 15 Syati (0) a ae wa Boolix, Areturus. 16 Visakha (p) oe ae we t Librae, 47 Anuridhi (gy). te «8 Seorpionis. . 18 Jyogtha (r) we an +» & Seorpionix, Antares, , 19 Mild (8) es ae vd Searpionis, ‘ 20 PAgauha(t) ae ve 8 Sagittari. - DL U.Agh@hs (u) we vu € Sagittarius, i 22 Sravana (u) on an « @ Aguile, Altair. 4 23 Dhanigthd (w) a. we vB Delphini, a 2 Satabhigd (w) ve ve we NM Aquarii, } 25 P, Bhadrapada (y) ... oe ” o Pogasi. J 26 U. Bhidrapada (z) we wee 7 Pogasi and Andromede, 27 Revati (u’) ae we oe £ Piscium, The asterisms are denoted in diagrams in this book by a, b, ¢, d, &e. : unless otherwise specified. . ‘ o_ * . . : adalat wat Tags aad afta N : att aUsaTaAaT ART STTET: 1 ate TaEITaEAT BATT AT HAT : ~ * UU: TIAMAGEM: TAMA ST UN "rat Matsyau, the two fishes (the tail of each being in the mouth of the “4 other), wi Ghati,a man carrying on his shouldera an empty water-jar, wy ‘ Nyimithunum, man and woman, the couple. we Sagadam, the man with club (in . ===== стр 22 ===== OH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 9 his hand), atv Sabinam, the woman with flute (in her hand.) wi Ohapt, the man : with arrow (in his hand), 7: Narab, the man. wy: Asvajaghanab, the lower part of the body like that of a horse. we Makara, (The sign Makara resembling the body of) the shark or crocodile, ‘ret: Mrigdeyab, the face like an antelope (or like an elephant), # Tauli, the man with a balance in hishand, vege Sasasyadabanda, with ears of corn and fire. yaw Plavaga, on’a boat; resting ina boat. ~ Cha, and, we Kanyd, virgin. 2a: Sesah, the others, the remaining signs. ‘wmege:, Svandmasadyidah, resembling those that are signified by their own names. wa: Svacharfh, moving (dwelling) in their own places respectively, (as seen in life), ~Cha,and, ¥% Sarve, all (the signs), 5. The Pisces is represented by the twin fishes (the tail of each in the mouth of the other); the Aquarius, by a man carrying a water-jar ; the Geminii, by a couple, man and woman, man with a staff and woman with a harp ; the Sagittarius, by an archer with a bow, his upper part resem- bling a man and lower part a horse; the Capricorn is repre- sented with a face like an elephant (or deer) and body like that of a shark or crocodile. The Libra is represented by a man with a balance (in his hand). The Virgo is represented by a virgin in a boat with ears of corn in one hand and fire in the other. The rest (z.e., the Ram, the Bull, the Cancer, the Leo, the Scorpio) resembling animals that are signified by their own names respectively! And all these twelve signs move in their respective spheres. (The dwelling places of the several signs are places appropriate to the several creatures.) : Notes—The individual having Mega propensities roams and lives in foresta ; having Vriga tendencies lives in mountains and villages ; with in- clinations of Karkata tries to live in water; of Simha, roams and lives in forests ; of Kany, in particular localities as seen in life; of Tulé, lives in markets and roads where various businesses are being transacted ; of Vrid- chika, lives in holes and dens ; of Dhanu, Jives in villages; if of the first half of Makara lives in forests; of the second half of Makara, lives in ‘ The sign Mega is of the shape of a ram ; Vriga, of the shape of a bull ; Karka, of the shape of a crab ; Simha, of the shape of a lion ; and Vrischika, of the shape of a scorpion, a ===== стр 23 ===== ! 10 BRIHAJJATARAM. water ; of Kumbha, lives in villages; and the individual with tendencies. 3 of Mina, lives in water. fy See the Figure Zodiac, given below :— J THE ZODIAC , Tra Te . . atk ve ee RAK . ‘ + an eA ay, wiaee t s . . oe oP ie oe. > on : wl "Did pemeats ee heer DY sittin, Wii “eel a Seg ae NOR ” ey er: ok, Ny : 8 LE EM NN me oF t t RS I ee cy Bp . ¥ > “ pa a : a 4 mt a Po oo) Mes : ie! aa”: ne ee eae x § es eo Z : ee Ng 4 (ian wy x Wb Seas Pe, ae ey * . TEN Eee ae! ~ are ne Bia ” : BBE tte a aaah eee i “ie, NGS he Ob ye” ‘ oe CRE. i . vy fen 2 PRR ae . is Sree : ‘This stanza as well as stanza £ are chiefly useful in questions con- . nected with horary astrology, in the discovery of stolen property and the : like, . x ATH | fafenftearaeaPrateatiaratren: | : quia TetTHT: u WAIT rae AAT TART : ¢ . : . waranterarhireaa: TATA HAW i & U : Fafrntinwigehitreafiaration: Kheitija sita jin chandra ravi saumya sitd vanijah, : Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, the Mars. , ===== стр 24 ===== CH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. . i —_———— eee geyergtrfiqa: Suragurumandasauriguravah, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn, Jupiter, : = Cha, and. yaw: grihdméakapahs(are) the rulers (the lords) of the houses and their several parts, wentiftweqwanfg mainfift: Aja mriga tauli chandra bbavanddi navamgavidhih, (the rulers of) Mesa, Makara, Tula, Karkata being respectively the rulers of the first ninth part ; this is the ruling. wrentuefiwan: BhavanasamamsakAdhipatayab, the rulers of the twelve parts (respectively), wry Svagrihat, (being counted from the ruler of) its own house, 4%: Kramasab, successively, 6. Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn, Jupiter are successive- ly the rulers of the twelve houses, Mesa, Vriga, Mithuna, etc., as well as of the Navaémsas and Dvadasaméas of the houses.’ The rulers of the nine Nuvdmgas of Mesa, Makara, Tula, and Karkata are the same who rule the nine houses beginning with Mega, Makara, Tula and Karkata, respectively. This is the rule about the Navaémsakas’ (nine equal parts of a sign.) The rulers of the twelve parts of each house are the rulers of the twelve houses commencing with that house. (The rulers of the nine Navdmsas of Mesa are also the rulers of the nine Navimsas of Simha and Dhanu ; similarly of Makara are also those of Vrisa and Kany; of TulA, are also of Kumbha and Mithuna; and of Karkata, are also of Vyischika and Mina.) 2 A house is divided into two, three, nine, twelve and thirty equal parts. When it, is divided into two equal parts, each part, a space of fifteen degrees, ig called a hora ; . (hour) ; when divided into throe equal parts, each part is called a Drekkén, Decanante, . aspace of ten degrees ; when divided into nine equal parts each part or space of 8° 20! is called a Navamsaka, ninth part ; when divided into twelve equal parts, each part or space of 2° 80/ is called a Dvddasamwsaka, twelfth part; when divided into thirty equal parts, each part or space of 1° is called a Trims4msaka, a thirtieth part. The rulers of the Navaimdakas and Dvddasiménkus are treated of in this verse. Tho rulors of the Trimsamgakas and Decanates will be mentioned in verses following, 7 The only thing to be noted here is that the ruler of the first Navimsaka of any Lane deites der othe Ceds-l~'gr. Ifthe house be “cardinal ftaelf, then ita Hilde is dake. Ge the es af “+. “ler Nov.'mndaka and if the house be fixed or common then tho . raler of the fifth or tho ninth house from it which is the ruler of cardinal sign, that is to be: taken as tho ruler; ¢.g, Taurus isa fixed sign ; and the ninth house from Taurus is Capricorn, a cardinal sign ; therefore Saturn, the ruler of Capricorn is the ruler of the first Navaméaka of Taurus and so on, . > ===== стр 25 ===== A 123 BRIHAJ JATAKAM. Ener ren ann nnn CDE OUD EE NEES USE eRe The Rulers of Dvadavamdakas can be made out easily. See the Tables. ‘ These Navamdakas, etc, are dealt with to show that one planct is not to be considered alone, the supreme ruler of any house. Other planets’ influences are also felt in that very house. TABLE I, THE RULERS OF TRE NAVAMMAKAS. ‘ Aries, Leo, Taurus, Virgo \Libra, Aquarius, Cancer, Scorpio |Degrees : : Navampéakas, Saggit, Carpricorm Gemini, | Pisces.” [Minutes, ; Ist Ruler ... | Mars Baturn Venus Moon 8° 20 : indy an | Venus Saturn Mars Son 6° 40/ : trad, 1 | Meroury Jupiter Jupiter Mercury 10° Of ; 4th yy ow | Moon Mars Saturn Venus 18° 20’ “4 4 bth, ae | San Venus Saturn Mars 10° 40! 6th =, ao | Mercury Mercury Jupiter Jupiter 20° 0! i j th ow | Venus Moon Mars Saturn 28° 20' 4 8h , ww | Mars Bun Venus Saturn 20° 40’ : oth =, «» | Jupiter Mercury Mercury Jupiter 80° 0" a i { i i | q 4 y afl ===== стр 26 ===== CH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS, 13 bi eee | : . 2 > 2 2 1 : . bP Pf, ig, bandas ; E 3 a Be 6 a 2 € 2 8 2 £ @ 3 , rey. B F ; { % 8 #@ 5 4 6 § 8 § | 3 ) 28 & B & a 8 | 1/2 bes 2ig 228 2 FG ! flee epee, Pa, 8 my rs Bls.e¢ ee, oe Fg g &® | 2 2 8 8 § & & 8 gf g|' |faa tei be gd si | lel, 22:2 ,2 Eh, Fs : 5 B 5B 8 2. B § g 8 | a[% |2 2a a 22h 48 5 Se ce be b . e § A FI FI a | ¢€ | 3s » 3 8 @ 8 2/3 €2 2 22 28 ¢ § 8 3 § BE] 4A & 2 2 3 3 € 2 #2 3 3 2 3 Bf J Rn 8 eB A eR a gs [2 Te a] # pee i pedegig, ae a 5 4 4 8 #@ 8 2 F 2 RG | a rn , ‘ E a 2 g , & #@ € 8 » 8 8 Bg ‘a & Pla l, aagdidgdadl alg¢i{. ¢ «.& «¢#s8 .. 8 § |. 8 ¢ 2 £ 8 & 2 pg 8 | eli |isi dani iiaha ; | b& be gq | & g x P P a | 8 g 2 2 ¢ £ € § 8 2 8 | lige) haggd@eal [me b z Fy z 8 x 3 g es # = § £& sg & g 2g &8 B & 7 p|iifeibaadies: b 2 eg F i go og 2 BoB 2 g 3 : ila}iggiig2ii: 5 F ge of of $b bf of f f £ bo bg $ [a t = es t ee ek FoR of : a 4 E/' 2242.44 #2 4 7 ===== стр 27 ===== 4 BRIHAJ JATAKAM. Notes.—The Navaméas: Nach sign being divided into 9 equal parts and there being 12 such signs, there are in all 12x 9 or 108 such . divisions in the ecliptic. We have already seen that the ecliptic contains ~ 27x4 or 108 Naksatrapidas; it followa therefore that ao Navimda is a Nakeatrapida, te, one-fourth of a lunar mansion. The 108 Navimdsas beginning from the first point of Mesa bear the same names as the twelve signs of the Zodiac counted over and over again: the first Navdmda of Mesa is Mesa itself; that of Vyisa is Makara; that of Mithuna is, Tuld, and that of Karkata is Karkata itself. The same order holds for the 4 signs from Simha to Vridchika and for the 4 from Dhanu to Mina, In other words, the four sets of Trikona or triangular signs begin with the same Navaieas: that is, the Trikona signs of Mesa, Simha, Dhanu begin with the Navimsa of Mesa. Vyisa, Kany, Makara begin with tho Navamda of Makara. Mithana, Tula, Kumbha begin with the Navimsa of Tula; and Karka, Vridchika, Mina begin with the Navimsa of Karka. : The rulers of the Navamdas and Dvadagimsas are the same as thie rulers of the signs, These are mentioned in the text in the order of the signs. It will be found that the Sun and Moon have each a house, whilst , \the other planets have each two houses. These houses are known as the . planet's own houses or Svakgetras ; thus :— Mars is the ruler of Mesa and Vrischika. Venus is the ruler of Vrisa and TulA. Mercury is the ruler of Mithuna and Kanya. Jupiter is the ruler of Mina and Dhanu. Saturn is the ruler of Makara and Kumbha, The moon is the ruler of Karka and the Sun is the ruler of Simha. gieaarar | erie: waaeditcaatfigaean: Sa ata 7 8 Pada: aRnraaTherTATTaR: W9N gegen: Kujdravija gurujfia-dukrabhAgih, Mara, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus successively ‘are the rulers of), ‘werptcetrifgater: Pavana- eamirana Kaurpijikaleydh, tho five, five, eight, seven and five (triméamdakaa, ie, the thirty parts in which a sign is divided), aff Ayuji, in the odd sign (ie, Aries, Geminii, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, Aquariussigns), gf g Yuji tu, hut in the even signs (i.e. Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn, and Piscea signa), % Bhe, signs of the Zodiac. frien: Viparyayasthah, in reverse order. safiprerenteentierg, SadibhavandlijjhagAntam, the endings (last Navémia) of Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces, -ryeita: Rikhsasandhih, the junctions of the asterisms, ===== стр 28 ===== OH. I, ON ZODIAOCAL SIGNS. 15 ; 7. In the odd signs Mars is the ruler of the first five ’ of the thirty sub-divisions (in which a sign is equally divided); Saturn, the ruler of the next five; Jupiter, the . ruler of the next eight; Mercury, the ruler of the next seven; i and Venus, the ruter of the last five degrees. But in the - even signs these are reversed, i.e, Venus is the ruler of the first five, Mercury is the ruler of the next seven, Jupiter of : the next eight, Saturn of the next five and Mars is the ruler ' of the last five degrees. The endings (last Navamsas) of the signs Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces are also the junctions (Samdhis) of the asterisms, i.e., of Aslesa, Jestha, and Revati ’ stars. Note.—-There are differences of opinion in the divisions and their rulers when the even signs are concerned. Some take both the rulers and. > the divisions reversed simultaneously ; some take the rulers only reversed * - and the divisions kept the same; some take the divisions reversed and the rulers kept the same, But the meaning stated above and shewn in the following table is the most reasonable. Table of ‘Trimsamsas. | 18t five | 2nd five | 8rd eight | 4th seven 5th five parts. parts, parts. parts. parts. : Rulers in odd signs. Mars. | Saturn. Jupiter, Mercury, ‘Venus. * Ist five | 2nd seven | Sra cight | 4th five 5th five ‘ parts, parts. parts, parts. parts. Rulers in evon signs, Venus. Mercury, | Jupiter, Saturn. Mars, - The junctions of Cancer and Leo, of Scorpio and Sagittarius, and of Pisces and Aries are called Chakrasamdhis ; and these are also the junc- : tions of the asterisms, These are also called Gapdantas wet lasting for $ a period of one ghati. \ The Lrimédmsa division is used by the’ author in his chapter relat- i ing to the female horoscopes. € ===== стр 29 ===== 16 BRIHAJJATAKAM. eee arat | . ; framahttargelwaarsiaaareagrean: SN > oe aifan wratatt ealtatent Fer us uv fra: Kriyah, the name Kriya, Mega, Aries. m@ft: TAvurih, the name Tévuri, Veiga, Taurus. faa: Jitumah, the name Jituma, Mithuna, the Geminii. tc: Kulirah, the name Kulira, Karkata, Cancer. @: Leyah, the name Loya, Simha, Leo, wim: Pathonah, the name Pathona, Kanya, Virgo. ga: Yakah, the name Ydka, Tuld, Libra, @rafen: Kaurpydksyah, the name Kaurpyah, Vyigchika, the Scorpio, ‘*fe#: Tauksikah, name Tauksika, Dhanu, Sagittarius, saat Akokero, name Akokero, Makara, Capricornus. yg: Hridrogah, name Hyidroga, Kumbha, Aquarius, %, Cha, and. went Antyabham, name Antyabham, Mina, Pisces. + Cha, also, wry Itthyam, thus. 8. The twelve signs are also termed Kriya, Tavuri, Jituma, Kultra, Leya, Pathona, Jika, Kaurpya, Tauksika, Akokero, Hridroga and Antyabham. Note.—These are all Greek names of the twelve signs or houses of the Zodiac—a circumstance clearly indicating that the Greeks were in + closer touch with the Hindus some read P&rthona for Pathona. Rat | . . os . PORTA RTA ATR TATA. . SN * 8 Ba WAIT Ae Tt UA aa WaT TSA Nl & Pevetrermmt: DregkAnahora nava bhaga sanjnfh, the three, two, nine equal divisions of a sign termed respectively, DregkApa, Horé, Navéngas (space occupy- ing the ninth division) and also termed Vargas, fa atesgrenifeen: Trimgaméaka : dvAdagasangitéh, Trims&méas, and DvAdasaméa termed aleo Vargas, » Cha, : also, 8a Kheetram, own Hotise. ¥ Cha, also. 7% Yat, whichever. ze Yasya, to whichever planct, # Sa, that Navdméa, etc, we Tasya, of that planet, ¥: Vergah, termed Varga (auspicious position) divisions. rt Hord, the term : Hora, wt Iti, thus. si_Lagnam, the rising sign, wae Bhavanasya, of a sign. ~ Oha, and. sq Ardham, half. 9. A sign (when divided into three equal parts) gets c each of its three parts termed Dreskaéna, Decanate ; simi- 2 larly each of its two equal parts is termed Hora ; each of its ; nine equal parts is called a Navéméa ; each of its twelve equal ; parts is called a Dvadasimsa ;.and each of its thirty equal parts is called a Triméémsa. A planet is said to be in its Varga (position of auspiciousness) if it be in its Decanate, . ===== стр 30 ===== CH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. Wy a Hora, Navamsa, Trims&msa, Dv4dasémga and own sign (Ksetra). The term Hor& means both the rising sign and one-half of a sign of the Zodiac. “" Note.—A house has six fold divisions :—First, the entire house, called Keetra ; second—The semi-house, each half is called Hora; a Lagnam ; third, one-third of a house, each position being called a Dreskan or Deca- nate; fourth, one-ninth of a house called Navamsaka; fifth, one-twelfth of ahouse, each division being called a Dvadadamsaka; sixth, one-thirtieth of a house, each division being called a TrimsAmdaka. “Phese six divi- sions are called the Sadvargas of a planet. aerate stisiRaatatrga: aaa Frareat: gat aa fafrgar: atrarer cau etatear feararar wa: : * : fa dor at aaa: TATTATATT UN te Ul . Sonttenfatfign: Gojasvikarkimithundh, the Bull, Ram, Sagittarius, Cancer, : the Twins, wyr Samrigf, together with the Capricorn. fiwen: Nigakbydb, , termed night signs; potent during the night. warqm: Pyisthody4h, ‘rising with their backs facing us. ffig:. Vimithundh, tho Twins excepted. wftm: Kathitah, . aresaid. %Te, they. = Eva, thus, Yen: Sirgodayéh, rising with their heads facing us. fmm:, Dinabaldb, day signs; potent during the day, Cha, and. waft Bhavanti, are, become, 2: Sestb, the remaining (signs). et Lagnam, / the horizon, 3¥ft Samoti, rise, ra: Ubhayatah, both with their heads and backs facing us, wry, Prithuromayugmam, the two Fishes; the sign Pisces. 10. The six signs Aries, Taurus, Geminii, Cancer, . Sagittarius, and Capricornus are termed night signs; these are . potent during the night ; they, excepting the Geminii, rise with ; their backs or rear facing’us. The other signs, i.¢., the Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, and Aquarius are called day signs; : these are potent during theday. They rise with their heads ; facing us. Geminii also rises, with its head facingus, The ' Pisces rise in the horizon with their heads and backs both facing us at the same time. ae Note :—Royal marchings, general marches on any occasion, going | out on any important business should be done when the corresponding . signs are powerful. Success is then ensured as the result. Otherwise | failure and the routing of the forces will be the end. : : s . ===== стр 31 ===== 18 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a . dara: eter: geuafaa A aaah ster: . srirften: fraacageatet: abratar: un arddata : : ~ ‘ amt aaa gt sean: |: aura Pratatfraraa eeu ag: KrOrah, cruel, wicked, impulsive, malefic, militant .tr: Saumyah, mild, : benefic, pleasing, gentle, yevafia Purugavanite, male and female (respectively). A Teo, they, wovgte: Chardgadvidehah, cardinal or moveable, fixed and common or mutable. srrgm: Prig&diséh, rulers of the east, south, west, and north direc- tions, fraewggte: Kriyavrigauriyukkarkatdb, Mega, Vrisha, Mithuna and Karka, after: Satrikon&h, with their trines, or triangular houses, i.e,, with the rulers of their fifth and ninth houses. wit: MArtandendvoh, appertaining to the Sun and the Moon. sqfk Ayuji, in the odd signs. #a% Samabhe, in the even signs. ¢ ‘ptt; Chandrabhanvob, to the Moon and the Sun. * Cha, and, €® Hore, the two halves of a sign, ewer: Dreskandh, the Decanates, the three parta of a sign, = Syub, are, enrmgnfafatranficen, Svabhavanacutatritrikonadhipandm, ruled by the lords of its own, fifth, and ninth houses, 11. The signs (from Mesa) are alternately malefic and benefic ; male and female ; moveable, fixed and common; Mesa, Vriga, Mithuna, and Karka with their fifth and ninth houses are respectively the rulers of the east, south, west aud north sides. The Sun and Moon are respectively the rulers of the two halves of any odd sign; and the Moon and the Sun become the rulers of the horas of any even sign. The Decanates are ruled by the lords of its own, fifth and ninth houses. : Note.—'These classifications of the twelve signs of the zodiac play a most important part in the delineation of nativities, and unless the true : nature of each sign is thoroughly understood, a correct judgment cannot ; be given; therefore it is necessary that the twelve signs are to be studied ag : exhaustively as possible. It isimpossible to understand the twelve signs as one whole, without perfect knowledge; but we may know a great deal of the whole by studying the signs in part. ‘Taken in their entirety the signs Of the zoiliac represent (i) the desire nature, composed of the feelings, . passions, and emotions of the world’s humanity ; (ii) the whole of the per- ‘ sonal consciousness that is dependent upon the senses for its experiences. ay These parts are then studied, the twelve signs being separated into pairs of positive and negative ; then into four groups, known as the tripli- , cities ; finally into three distinct divisions, known as qualities, : : ===== стр 32 ===== CH, I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 19 nnn The divisions of these signs into’ malefic and benefic, positive and ‘ negative, male and female go to shew that the persons born under their influences are of cruel or gentle nature ; are of positive or negative characteristics, having male or female principles in preponderance, In making a distinction between positive and negative signs, we may consi- : der the former as more directly concerned with the life side of evolution, and the latter with the form aspect. The energies and life-giving proper- ties are represented by the positive signs, and tho medium or form through which the life works, by the negative signs. ‘The divisions into four trini- ties cardinal, fixed, and common shew the three qualities of those born under their influences, i.e, their’ activity, solidity, and indecisiveness or mutability expressed through their several parts governed by their res- pective signs. Their divisions into four directions give us the clue to the ¥ knowledge in what direction a stolen article is carried away by any thief or in what direction the door of a lying-in-chamber is to be located or in what ‘ direction a man ought to commence his journey to ensure success. Their , divisions into hors indicate a man energetic, expressive, if born under the ; ‘ Sun hori; or gentle and recipient, if born under the Moon hora. , Mega, Mithuna, Simha, Tula, Dhanu, and Kumbha are fierce male signs. Vrisa, Karka, Kanya, Vyischik, Makara, and Matsya are gentle and feminine | signs, Mesa, Karka, Tula, and Makara are cardinal signs, Vyiga, Simha, | Vrischikd and Kumbha are fixed signs. Mithuna, Kany4, Dhanu and} 4 Mina are common or mutable signs. Mesa, Simha, and Dhanu represent east ; Vriga, Kany& and Makara ; represent south; Mithuna, Tula, and Kumbha represent west and Karka, : Vyidchika and Mina represent-north directions. . om TABLE OF HORAS. , Houses, X | a 3 | 4 8 6 | 7 8 9 | 10 | 1x | xa | Degrees, 3 |) J J | S| — J KH] KH : Ruler of rst Hora... | Sun pro Sun [Moon] Sun oon Sun |Moon| Sun |Moon! Sun (Moon! 4g Ruler of and Hort. fifoon| Sun [sfoon] Sun [Moon Sun {oon Sun |Moon Sun {Moon Sun} go eee an TABLE OF DRESKANAS. ‘ Flonnes. 1 2 3 | 4 5 | 6 | 7 | o» | 9 | w | 1 | 42 [Degrees ee] | | —] | | —}- | —— _—— , Ruler of Ist [Mare ...}Venus ...Merouy Moon ...,hun . [Mercurylyenus {Mars ...|Jupiter {saturn} [Saturn [Jupiter | 10 Z Dreskana, | | . . a eal sun... (Meroury|Venus.., Mars . ‘Jupiter jSaturn [saturn [Jupiter [Mars .../Venus,..{Mercury|Moon ...| 20 Ruler of Get Juplter E saturn, bn hen se Mercury|Moon .. |8un ., |Mercury|Venus...jMars ...) 3 ===== стр 33 ===== 20 BRIHAJJATAKAM. . ’ . A . os fam —atay shi saat aver aia anartiaafzet- x : : Ty asaaate af aaretaremefraeny Vaan @fa Kechit, some, Yavavanedvara and others. Yi Horfm, half of a sign; semi-sign, "i Prathamdm, first, wre Bhapasya, under the ruler of a sign. wit? Vamchhanti, are inclined to take, like. emfiw@: Labhddhipateh, under the ruler of the eleventh house (that brings profit). fiptary Dvitiyam, the second half of asign, Zennir, Dreskanasamgim, the three parts of a sign termed DreskAnas, the 5 Decanates, Wf Api, also, weft Varnayanti, describes, eqrterafierm Svadva- : doanikA dasaradipAndm, under the rulers of its own, twelfth, and eleventh signs, . respectively. f 12. Some astrologers take the first half of a sign under: ; its own lord, and the second half of that sign under the ; lord of the eleventh house from that sign. They also take the Decanates to be under the rulers of its own, twelfth and eleventh houses, respectively. : Note.—This is the view of Garga and men of his school, But the : acthor’s opinion is that expressed in stanza ll in which he is supported by the opinion of Satyacharya, ‘ ghaam-saarainaracic maaan a ara * . : a gm: i euftiiragakteiaittaaaatatatias tsa frat: Ne weennprinngetra: Ajavrisabhamyigémgandkulirah, the signs Mesa, Vriga, Mak- . ara, Kany&, Karkata. -aafeé Jhasavanijau, the signs Mina and Tula, ‘Cha, and. fannafy: Divakarddib, the Sun, &c., (i.e, the Sun, Moon, Mara, Mercury, Jupi- a ter, Venus, and Saturn). gw: Tumgéh, get exalted yafifangyeftatfqait: Dagasi- ‘ khimanuyuktithimdriyamagaih, by the first ten, three, twenty-eight, fifteen, five z degrees respectively; these degrees are the highly exalted positions, firmwfiafifi: Trinavakaviméatibhib, by the first twenty-veven and twenty degrees, @ Te, those 7 planets, werirt: Astanichih, the seventh (descending) planet considered as debilitated. . Ny ‘ 18. The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mereury, Jupiter, Venus, i and Saturn get exalted in the houses Mesa, Vrisa, Makara, & 4 Kany, Karka, Mina, and Tula, respectively. The Sun gets : highly exalted in the first ten degrees of Mega ; the Moon, in ; ===== стр 34 ===== OH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 21 ho . . : the first three degrees of Vriga ; the Mars, in the first twenty- » ‘eight degrees of Makara; the Mercury, in the first fifteen of f Kanyé ; the Jupiter, in the first five of Karka; the Venus, in ; the first twenty-seven degrees of Mina ; and the Saturn, in the 5 first twenty degrees of Tulé. ‘he seventh houses reckoned ms from above are the debilitated houses (i.e., houses of detri- bi ment). And the highly debilitated degrees are the same as x those given above. . Note.—Exalted and highly exalted positions are those when the : planets exercise their benefic, and highly benefic influences. The reverse ? is tho case when these are debilitated and highly debilitated positions when é the planets are very weak and carry malefic influences. The following | . table is given for convenience of reference :~— Y Highly exalted a Planeis, Exalted signs, Nobilitated signs, or debilitated . degrees. : Sun ve Mega w. Tulé ae 10 Fe Moon ve Veiga a. Vrischika ve - 8 F Mars «Makara ws Karka see 28. 4 Mercury vs Kanyé ws Mina wee 15 : Jupiter «Karka «Makara we 5 : Venus ve Mina .. Kanya te 27 " Saturn we Tula ve Mega vee 20 :f a sr TA AAR AN AAT ATTEN qarearyraa: warTat : . oy I. aaa: u et geass frReTe- : ¢ . HUTA walt Gauge * atten: Vargottamah, highly auspicious degrees, yefty Charagrihddigu, - in the cardinal houses, ete, (i,e., in the cardinal or angular, fixed, and mutable , houses, respectively,) givavina: Purvamadhyaparyamtatab, the firet, middle, 5 and end Spaces of 3° 20'; the Ist, 5th and 9th Navameas. ywer: Subhaphalah, hearing auspicious results, wari: Navabhagasamjiih, the ninth part; a apace of 3°20’, the Navindas. fag: Simhah, the Leo, wmmmayargtigen Vriga- i prathamagagthahayAmgataulikumbhah, Vrisa, first (i.¢., Mega), sixth (Kany), p Dhanu, Tuld, and Kumbha signs. faarerrnfi Trikonabhavandni, the houses : termed Mflatrikona or triplicities, wafa Bhavanti, are considered as, gta Suryat, reckoned from the Sun, ¥ % ===== стр 35 ===== 22 BRIHAJJATAKAM. i a > 14. In the cardinal signs, the first Navaméa (space of 3°20’, ninth part) is termed Vargottama or degrees bearing ; highly auspicious results. In the fixed signs the fifth i Navaméa (or middle space of 3°20’) is called Vargottama, Bs In the mutable signs the ninth Navaméa (or last 3°20’ space) e is Vargottama. The Simha is considered as the Milatrikona 4 house of the Sun ; Vrisa, of the Moon; Mega, of Mars ; Kanya, M of Mercury ; Dhanu, of Jupiter ; Tula, of Venus; Kumbha, . 4 of Saturn (ie. these planets are considered supremely a high benefics when posted in the houses above mentioned, a Note:—The Vargotlama places are:—The first Navamsas of the 4 moveable signs Mesa, Karka, Tulf, and Makara, the 5th Navamdas of the s four fixed signs Vrisa, Simha, Vrischika and Kumbha; and the 9th 4 or last Navimsas of the four common sigus Mithuna, Kanyé, Dhanu and ed Mina. These Navamdas will be found to bear the same names as the signa 3 themselves, ¢g., the first Navamsa of Mega is Mesa, the first of Karka ‘ is Karka and so on. ‘The 5th Navaimdaof Vrisa is Vrisa; of Simha is ie Simba andso forth; the 9th Navamda of Mithuna is Mithuna; and a3 so on. The following list contains the Mala.Trikona signs of tho ¥ planets. 4 Planets Sun—Simha, Mala trikona signs, E . » Moon—Vriga, ” tr » Mars—Mega. ” e » Meroury—Kanya. ” t » Japiter—Dhanu, ” tt » Venus~Tala. " yt » Saturn—Kumbha, ” "tk ° > a qaataat—gurareggeaeraggancae went garewaar: ou Renreaiearaaraftete : ~ ON “y vghraadinazerty a fra ek : Woe: Horfdayah, the houses commencing from the Lagna or rising sign. # agqstrentgynfeiarenti = ‘fanukutumbasahottha bandhuputtraripatnimarayéni, i body, relatives, brothers, friends, sons, enemies, wife, death. qwreqrm: Subhdspa- : dayAb, auspiciousness, position of rank, financial gain, fiarery Ribphakhgyam, ox- , penditure. «i Iti, thus, sayh UpachayAni, profitable houses. aftentenighteeefin- a gefe) Arikarmalibhaduéchilyasamjfitagrihani, sixth, tenth, eleventh, and third 0 houses, 4 Na, not. fire, Nityam, always, & Eke, some (authors). ' 4 ===== стр 36 ===== faa é i OH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. a) & nn : 15. The nature of the twelve houses commencing a with Lagna or the rising sign is thus described :—The “ Lagna or the first house governs body; the second house, a relatives; the third house, brothers; the fourth house, t friends ; the fifth house, sons; the sixth house, enemies ; # the seventh house, wives; the eighth house, death or ter- e, minus vite ; the ninth house, auspicious qualities and the a general state of the moral conditions ; the tenth house, profes- * sion, honours, dignity; the eleventh house, income and ‘ finance ; the twelfth house indicates expenditure. The sixth, ; tenth, eleventh, and third houses are called Upachaya * (improving) houses; some authors say that they are not : always improving. a Notes.—'The remaning houses, 7.¢., other houses than the sixth, tenth, | eleventh and third are called ApachayAni or houses of Joss. Profitable houses bring in friends and other desirable things; houses of Joss bring te jn unfortunate events in the loss of friends and high positions: “ The following is a list of the natures of the several houses of the zodiac from the Ascendant. ° Ascendant or 1gt house ~Physique ; Body ; Health. 2nd house—Family relations, wealth, eyes, speech ; truthfulness. 7 8rd house—Brothers, bravery, moals. " 4th house—Eriends, education, mother, cows, dwelling places, carriage, " comfort. an 4 Sth house—-ons, intelligence, previous karma, re ys . “ 6th house—Hnemies, kinsmen, diseases. . . 7th houso— Wife, generosity, respect. 8th house—Neath, duration of life. 4 Oth house—~Deeds of virtue, father, medicine. . 10th house—Avocation, knowledge, clothes, income. . 11th house—Gain, earning. . 12th house—Loss, bad deeds, travels. ; Garga and other astrologers are of opinion that the 3rd, 6th, 10th, and 11th houses cease to be Upachaya houses if malefic planets or planets which are unfriendly to the rulers of these four houses should either Y occupy such houses or aspect the same. But the author does not agree with Garga and he is supported in his views by Satyachfrya and by Yava- ‘3 neswara, ===== стр 37 ===== 24 BRIHAJJATAR AM. : a St SA 4 . . qdattaa—-nereatmazestaaraae = Praterige- 2 2 : aaah U cag qa BT . S AAATE TTAAATAT WwW e& Ul serefionnnenfiorem® = Kalpasvavikramagrihaprativakhgatani, determinative : strength, wealth, heroic valour, residence or home life, sons, injuries. Firitratays- arnaenfi Ohittottharandhragurumdnabhavavyayani, wife, weak point, religiousness, high honours, profit and loss, wea Lagnat, from the Lagnam or the rising sign. sgaf@? Chaturthanidhane, fourth and eighth (houses), ‘qr? Chaturasrasanjfic, termed Chaturasra or square, %% Dy(nam, known as DyQnam, sexy Saptama- gtiham, the seventh house. ax Dasamarksam, the tenth house, ze. house of command. ‘we Ajnd, termed Ajna. 16. The nature of the twelve houses is now described differently :—First the Ascendant or Lagna house denotes determinative strength ; the second house, wealth ; the third house, valour; the fourth house, residence, home life ; the fifth house, sous; the sixth house, wounds and injuries; the : seventh house, wife; the eighth house, weak or assailable | point; the ninth house, religion, father or preceptor; the i tenth house, honor, respectability ; the eleventh house, acquisi- tion, gain; and the twelfth house, expenditure, loss, The : fourth and eighth houses from the Ascendant are termed [ Chaturasra or square signs; the seventh house is termed i Dyfna; the tenth house is termed Ajaa (or command). A Note.—The naming of the 4th, 8th, 9th and 10th houses, should be 1 taken as more convenient words for a sentence, i : * - VIF-RERATAGETAN: THAATAGUAATAT Ii | e 4 ag aarfateag sare: aleatigam: wat ug | wevnrugemim: Kanjakakendra-chatustayasamjfiah, Kantaka, Kendra, (angular) Chatustaya (quadrants) are the (synonymous) names of, wememegten, Sapta- 4 malaguachaturthakhabhaném, the seventh, Jagna, fourth and tenth houses. j q Tegu, (when) in them; when in these 7th, Ist, 4th and 10th houses, respectively, 5) aufifgtg Yathabhibitegu, as stated, as fixed, wer: Baladhy&), (become) strong. i Serdgva; KitanarAmbuchavab, the insect, human, and aquatic signs, called also . the centiped, biped, and aquatic signs, respectively. wa: Pasavah, bestial, 4 quadruped or four-footed signs. ¥ Oha, and. ; { ” ===== стр 38 ===== 4 M4 4 | CH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 25 i — 5 17. The seventh, rising, fourth, and tenth signs are bs called Kantakas, Kendras (angular), or Chatustayas (squares). ‘ The insect, human, aquatic and bestial signs become strong! 4 when they occupy the 7th, Ist, 4th and 10th houses, respec- 4 tively. . Notes:—-Vyischika is an insect or centiped sign and is strong in the | seventh house. Mithuna, Kanyé, ‘lula, and the upper part of Dhanu t and Kumbha are biped or human signs and get strengthened when they i become the rising sign. Karka, Mina, the lower part of Makara are | aquatic signs and become strong when they become the fourth house, } Mega, Simha, Vyisa, the lower part of Dhanu and the first half of BY Makara are quadruped signs and become strong in the tenth house, i qofto—Feareat TTA TAT TARTAR fegaag c 2 o s * ga F axa stare get Rrataag- i + 8 Me way TART a HA arg ues i @eam Kendrt, from the angular houses, wv Param, next, wot Panapharam, he termed the Panphara or Succedent houses, ve: l’aratah, next, g ‘lu, and again. H ei Sarvam, all. wifi Apoklimam, termed Apoklim or cadent houses, fer Hibu- kam, termed Hibukam, wy Ambu, ternied Ambu. gé Sukham, known as Sukham; : ' it is the 4th house. % Veshma, termed Vedmsa, efi JAmitram, Jémi- : tram; this sign indicates the future good luck of one's wife, but the word is . obviously connected with the Greek diametron. weer Astabhavanam, the rm seventh house. gyri Sutabham, the fifth house. fmt Trikoyam, ‘I'rikopam. Sed Megihranam, Mesurayam, wm Dadamam, the tenth house. ww Atra, here, ' : this house. + Oha,,aleo, wi Karma, known as Karma, fart VidyAt, should ‘ be understood. 18. The houses next to the angles are known as the : Panapharas or Succedent houses. The houses next to the Succedent houses are termed the Apoklims or Cadent houses. The fourth house is known as Hibukam, Ambu, Sukham and Vesma. The seventh house is known as Jémitram; the fifth house is called ‘l'rikonam ; and the tenth house is known as Megfrana and Karma. % Note,—The second, fifth, eighth and eleventh houses are known as the Succedent houses. The third, sixth, ninth and twelfth houses are known as the Cadent house. ; Panapharas and Apoklims are Greek terms, ae 4 ===== стр 39 ===== 26 BRIMAJJATAKAM. . Oe eS eee eC CS es, e,M SMS e_™|! es : Mtoe fo—grer eahraendthragar aver aratewer | araeor fraqreatste fates sree a GecgTszan * * gaté fraara: Hager are sett a ag . : : : . . Tard ces aad ae caret raters ANE wa Hord, Lagna, the rising sign. efqeedfingn Svamigurujfiaviksita- yutA, if well aspected by its own lord, or Jupiter, or Mercury ; or occupied by them. : «Na, not. we’: Anyaih, by any other planet (than its Jord, Jupiter or Mercury). : = Cha, and. #atrwer Viryotkata, become strong, hecome powerful, #qet: Kendrasthah (all the signs when) in the angular houses. fgyqrat: Dvipadidayak, the human signs, etc.; the human, bestial, and insect signs. wi Abni,-during the day. ffi Nisi, during the night. ¥Cha, and, m? Prapte, on the approach. » Oha, and. trang ° SandhyAdvaye, of the morning and evening; of the twilights, yt’ Pfirvardhe, : in the first six signs; in the first half of the Zodiac, faery: Vigsyddéyab, the numbers five, etc. i.e. five, six, seven, eight, nine, and ten. wryw: Kritagugah multiplied by four. wi Manam, the measure, "ti Prattpam (when) reversed, # Oba, and. mm Tat, that, those numbers, i.¢,, those numbers reversed become res- : pectively the measurement in degrees of thosix signs, Tulé, Vrischika, Dhanu, ‘ Makara, Kumbha and Mina, gfti Dugchikyam, termed Duschikyam. set Sahia- jam, the third house, 7: ‘l'apah, known as Tapah, Cha, and, m7 Nav..mam,, the ninth house, mam T'ryadyam, beginning with Tri; with Tri prefixed. fire Trikonam, termed Trikonam (with Tri prefixed.) «7 Cha tat, and that. ' 19. The Lagna or the rising sign becomes strong when (well aspected or occupied by its own ruler, or Jupiter, or Mercury ; but it isnot so, when seen by the other planets than . those above mentioned, All the signs become strong, when they are in the Kendras or angles, 1.¢,, (Lagna, fourth, seventh : and tenth houses). The human signs are strong during the day; the quadruped signs during the night, and the in- : sect signs are powerful in the morning and evening (during j the twilights). The numbers five, six, seven, eight, nine, | and ten each multiplied by four are respectively the (lagna) ménas (measurements in degrees) of the first six signs from | Mega; and these reversed become respectively the lagna i’ manas of the last six signs. ‘The third house is known as 1 + . . + . } Dyuschikyam ; the ninth house is known as Tapah, Tritriko- H nam. ‘ | ‘| ===== стр 40 ===== OH, I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 27 eS Note:—The rising sign if not aspected by its Lord, Jupiter, or . Mercury, becomes weak. The signs when in the succedent houses are not so powerful as in the angular houses ; they are weaker still in the cadent houses. Some authors interpret thus:—The human signs are strong in the angular houses, the quadruped signs are strong in the succedent houses and thé insect signs are strong in the cadent houses. But this is not approved by the author. By the human signs are meant 3 (Mithuna), 7 (Lula), 6 (Kanya), the upper half of Dhanu and Kumbha; by the quad- ruped signs are meaut J /Mesa), 2 (Vpiva), 5 (Simha), the upper part of Makara and the latter part of Dhanu; and by the insect signs are under- stood 4 (Karkata), 8 (Vyischik) the latter half of Makara and 12 (Mina sign). 1, The following table shows the measurements in degrees of the twelve signs that they subtend at the centre :— Signs. Degrees in Chagakas. Signs, circular measure, Vite Oo HO Kuubha vee ve um The fest six (ai. 38 380 Makara The socond , ae oo aur mene (Sinha, 88 360 Vig, reversed, (Kany& 2.) 40 400 Tal 180° 1800 Ohayakds (or 10800 minutes in cir, meas,) The six signs cover 180° at the centre in circular measure. The 360 degrees (circular measure) of the zodiacal circle are des- cribed in the course of the day and night, 2. in 24 hours or 24x 60 minutes (time. measure) Therefore we can put— 860° (circ. meas) = 24 x 60! (in time). or 860 x 60’ (circ. meas.) = 24 x 60 x 60” (in time) or 1' (ciro. meas.) = 4” in time) As one Prana = 4” (in time) (assumed). .. U (ciro. meas.) = 1 Pring (in time), 60 Ghalikis= 24 hours= 24 x 60 minutes s.1 Ghatikd = 24' = 24 x 60” = 24 x 15 Pranas, == 860 pranas in time = 860' in circ, mens.) = 6° in circular measure, .. 1 degree (ciro,'meas,) = 4 ghatika =} x 24! == 4' = 4 x 60." = 4 15 prinas=10 x 6 prdnas (in time), Now 1 chagaka = 6-pranas (in time) (assumed.) = 6 minutes (in circ, meas.) .*, 1 degree (circ. meas.) = 10 chagkds (in time), ===== стр 41 ===== £ 28 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ne Thus we sea that the degrees of Aries, Taurus, &c., (20°, 24°, &c.) multiplied by 10 give chagakds of Aries, Taurus, &c, (200, 240 in time). The times of rising of the several signs are different at different places; therefore the doubt may be entertained, why are these constant figures’ inserted here? The answer is:—these figures are useful in finding out the relative lengths of the several parts of a human body, which is long, which is short, and which is of middle size (see verse £3. Chapter V of this treatise); in case of re-determining lost horoscopes see stanza 4, Chapter 26 of this treatise); or in similar other questions of horary Astrology of lost articles, whether they are long, short, or of middle size, whether they are square or circular, gross or fine and go forth. It is to be carefully noted that the times of rising of the several : signs in the horizon are to be caloulated separately for each place according to the strict rules of Astronomy. See the Surya Siddhfnta (stanzas 42-44, : Chapter 3), the English rendering of which verses is given below :— . “To find the right ascensions of the first 8 signs of the Ecliptic. Verse 42, (In order to find the right ascensions of the ends of the three i first signs of the Ecliptic, i.e, Aries, Taurus and Gemini, find the declina- tions of the said ends) thon multiply the sines of one, two, and’ three signs by the cosine of the grentest declination of the Sun separately, and divide the products by the cosines of the declinations (above found), respec- | tively: the quotients will be the sines of the ares; find the ares in ' minutes, (These arcs will be the right ascensiong of the ends of the three firat signs of the Ecliptic,). “To find the rising periods of those signs at the Equator (43), . The number of minutes contained in the firat right ascension (above . found) is the number of Prénas which Aries takes in its rising at Lanka or the Equator); then take the first right ascension from the second and the ‘ second from the third ; the remainders in minutes will denote the numbers of Pranagin which Taurus and Gemini rise at the Equator. (The numbers of the Pranas, thus found, contained in the rising periods of Aries, Taurus, ‘ and Gemini at the Equator are 1670, 1795 and 1935, respectively. : “To find the rising periods of three signs at a given place, ; (In order to find the rising periods of the first three signs .of the 3 Ecliptic at a given place of North Latitude, find first the ascensional differ- | ences of the ends of the said signs at that place and subtract the first ascen- : sional difference from the second and the second from the third. The ! first ascensional difference and these remainders are severally called the ‘ ===== стр 42 ===== | CH, I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS, 29 j Charakhandas of the said signs for the given place.) Subtracé the Chara- ; khanda (of the first three signs) for the given place from the rising . periods at the Equator : the remainder will be the rising periods in Pranas of the said signs at the given place. “ To find the rising periods of the rest. ia 44. The rising periods of the first three signs of the Ecliptic at the Equator successively increased by their Charakhandas give in a contrary order the rising periods of the following three signs (i.e, Cancer, Leo, i and Virgo.) The rising periods of the first six signs, thus found, answer in an inverse order to those of the latter six signs, Libra, &c, for the given place—(Bapu Neva Sastrt). Pe : * . > Homto—TH: Aa: Wadia: weet qaurghra: SU: RARE: Ars: AAT Ty: Ges: TIA . . . Aa aah sae earerared faagaranedit a | | ART WR Ut nN | gfe sharettgerarisaa geared ufastrerseaa: TIA: Ue wa: Raktah, bloody red, qa: Svetah, white, gamyfim: Sukatanunibhab, yellow, of the colour of the parrot, wee: P&talah, pink, pale red, of the colour of PAtali (ttuimpet flower). yaig Dhdmrapandu, pale, smoke coloured, fm: Chitrab, variogated in colour. ww: Kyisnah, black. wmegu: Kanakasadrigah, golden colour. | five: Pimgalah, tawny colour; auburn colour; yellowish, reddish brown; of the colour of the husk of paddy, wt: Karburab, gray, + Cha, and, *4: Babhrub, \ of the colour of the body of mongoose. es: Svachchab, of the colour of the | body of clear white fishes, sent PrathamabhavanAdyesu, Mesa, etc.; the twelve houses commencing with Mesa, wt: Varn4h, colours, yaw Plavattvam termed Plava (depressed), rena SvamyAddkhyam, termed after the names north, south, west or east whichever is the direction of their ruler. frmcqerqwa ] Dinakarayutdtbhat, from the sign occupied by the Sun. fart Dvitryam, the { _ second, Cha, and, *ft: Vesih, known ae Vesih. i 20. The.colours of the twelve signs, Mesa, Vriga, I ete., are respectively—(1) blood red (Mesa), (2) white (of Vriga), | (3) yellow (of Mithuna), (4) pink (of Karka), (5) smoky | (of Simha), (6) variegated in colour (of Kanya), (7) black r | : ===== стр 43 ===== . 30 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ! ———_ (of Tula), (8) golden (of Vrischika), (9) of a tawny colour (of Dhanu), (10) gray (of Makara), (11) of mongoose colour ‘4 (of Kumbha), and (12) of the colour of fishes, sparkling | white (of Mina). The Plava designations of the several | houses or signs are termed after the names of the directions i governed by their rulers! The house next to that occu- pied by the Sun is called Vedi. End of Chapter I on Zodiacal Sings by Sri Varahé Mihira, Note:—1 The Houses Mesa or Vyidchika are governed by the planet Mars; Mars roles the south; therefore the Playa designation of Mega or Vridchika is south. The following table shews the details :— Signa. Moga, | Vrlya, Tula, |Mithuna, Karka. Dhanu, Mfna. |Makara, |Simha, " Veisont Kany, ‘Kumbha,| , a Rulers Mars ' Venus Mereury| Moon Jupiter Saturn | Sun i Plava desig- | South | Agni(south- | North | Vayavya ian (north- | West | East nation, east) (north west.) ) east.) Rabu is the ruler of South-west or Natrita kona. The chief use of these Plava designations is to find out the articles that are loat or stolen ; in what direction the thief has fled, or in journeys and marches which direction is auspicious, and so on. : . Given below are some synonymous terma, which will be found convenient for reference :— 1, Horé, Lagna, Ascendant, 2, 8rd House, Duschikyam, 8, 4th House, Hibukam, 4, Sth House, Trikonam, 5, 7th House, Dyunam, 6, 9th House, Trikonam, 7, 10th House, Megdranam, 8, 12th House, Ribpham, 9, 4th and 8th Houses, Chaturasras, 10, Lagna, 4th, 7th and 10th houses, Kanjaka, Kendra, Ohatugtya, 11, 2nd, bth, 8th, Lith houses, Panpharaa succedent houses, 12, 8rd, 6th, 9th, 12th houses, Apoklims, cadent houses, : 18, Lagna, Tanu, (Physique), Kalpa (prowess), 14, 2nd House, Kutumba, Sva, 46, 8rd House, Sahaja, Vikama, ===== стр 44 ===== OH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS, 31 . 16, 4th House, Bandhu (friends), Vesma, Sukha, . 17, 5th House, Buddhi, Putra, & 18. 6th House, Ari, Kyata. 19, 7th House, Dara (wife), Chittotha, Jémitra, 20, 8th House, Marana (death), Randhra, . 21, 9th House, Subha, Guru, Tapah. ‘ 92, 10th House, Aspada, Karma, ' 28, 11th House, Bhava, Aya, 24. 12th House, Vydya (Expenditure), 25. 8rd, Oth, 10th and 11th and houses are called upachaya houses, 26, Ist, 2nd, 4th, bth, 7th, 8th, 0th, 12th houses are called Apachaya houses, ‘The terms up to the number 9 are simply names. ‘Those from to 26 indicate also the effects on the life of the individual born. Note :—45. How to find the Lagna or the point of the Ecliptic just rising ata given time from sunrise. Rule:—T'rom the Sun’s longitude ~ ascertained at the given time, find the Bhukta and Bhogya times in Pranas in : the following manner. Find the sign in which the Sun is and find the Bhukta degrees or the degrees which the Sun has passed and the Bhogya degrees or those which he has to pass. Maltiply the numbers of the Bhukta and Bhogya degrees (separately) by the rising period of the said sign (at the given place) and divide the products by 30. (The first quotient js the Bhukta time in Pranasin which the Sun has passed the Bhukta degrees, and the latter is the Bhogya time in Pranas in which he has to pass the Bhogya degrees. 46 & 47. From the given time in Prénas (at the end of which the Lagna is to be found) subtract the Bhogya time in Pranas and the rising f periods of the next signs (to that in which the Sun is, as long as you can, “ then at last you will find the sign the rising period of which heing greater than the remainder you will not be able to subtract, and which is conse- quently called the Asuddha sign or the sign incapable of being subtracted, » and ita rising period the Asuddha rising). Multiply the remainder thus found by 30 and divide the product by the Asuddha rising period : add oa the quotient, in degrees, to the preceding signs (to the Asuddha sign) reckoned from Aries: (and to the sum apply the amount of the precession of the equinoxes by subtraction or addition according as it will be additive or subtractive): the result (thus found) will be the place of the Lagna® at the eastern horizon. If the time at theend of which the Lagna is to be found, be given before sunrise, then take the Bhukta time (above found) A TL a * (Thus there are two processes for finding the Lagna, one when the given time is ' after sunrise and the other when it is before sunrise, and which consequently called | Krama or direct and Vyutkrama or indirect process, respectively—B. D,), i ‘ ===== стр 45 ===== 82 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : and the rising periods of the preceding signs, to that which is occupied by the Sun ina contrary order from the given time ; multiply the remain- - der by 30 and divide the product by the Asuddha rising period ; subtract * the quotient, in degrees, from the signs (reckoned from Aries to the Asuddha sigi inclusive) ; the remainder inversely applied with the amount of the precession (of the equinoxes) will be the place of the Lagna at the eastern horizon. ; Example :—Find the Lagna at 5 hours 15 minutes (true local time or observed time at the place of question) after the sunrise, the sun’s longi- tude being 8 signs 20 degrees, and the latitude of the place being 22 degrees 30 minutes, : Firat find the rising times of the several signs at 22°30’ latitude. These are :—Mega, 1373 prdnas (sidereal); Vyisa, 1549 prinas; Mithuna : 1836 prinas; Karkata 2038 prinas; Simha 2037; Kanyé 1967; Tula ” 1967 ; Vrigchika 2037 ; Dhanu, 2038; Makara 1836; Kumbha 1549; Mina, 1373 prfinas, These Pranas (each Préna=4" in sidereal measure). ‘The Sun here is in the sign Dhanu, a Saggitarius 10 degrees of which ‘ are yet to be passed over by the Sun. Now if the 30 degrees of the sign Sagittarius take 2038 pranas to rise, what will 10 degrees take? Thus the Bhogya time is 679} pranas. The time after sunrise is 5 hours 15 minutes=315 minutes=4725 pranas (each préna=4 seconds). Given prdnas = 4725. . Deduct Bhogya time = 679}. The rising of tho Ist point of Makara = 4045§. Deduct the rising prina of Makara = 1896. The rising of the 1st point of Kumbha = 2/109]. Deduct the rising prana of Kumbha = 1549, The rising of the ist point of Mina = 660}. Now the rising prana of Mina=1373; it cannot be deducted from 6603; therefore the sign Mina is called the Asucdha sign. How much ' of it has risen above the horizon can be got by the following Rule of Three :— . 1373 Prénas are required for 30 degrees to rise; how many degrees will be required for 660% pranas. ‘The Mina risen above= U4 x 30= 14° 26! 8”, Mina is the Lagna. : Remark.—The Sun's longitude given in our Almanac is reckoned from the first point of the constellation Aries, the Nakgatra Asvint, the fixed : point (not from the vernal Equinox, the variable). ‘The rising Pranas are always calculated from the vernal Equinox, the variable point. Therefore, ; \ : > f ===== стр 46 ===== ¥ . i { , CH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 33 i first add the Ayandmda (at present) or the amount of the precession of A the Equinoxes to tha longitude of the Sun. And get the Lagna by the above process. Lastly, subtract the Ayandmsa from the Lagna and you will get the Nirayana Lagna (from the fixed point Avvint). The ‘ Precession of the Equinox” is the slight retrogression of the vernal Equinox of 50° per annum; at present it amounts to about 20 minutes from the Ist point of Adsvint. If the time given be before sunrise, do the processes as given in the Rule. Draw out the zodiacal circle. Put the Sun in the Hemisphere below the horizon and consider the signa towards the eastern point. - You will understand the rule easily. If the time be given by the clock, apply the equation of time to get the solar local time (“apparent or observed time at the place of“question) : and then proceed with the operations, “ 2nd example :— Required the Lagna Sphutam, that is, the longitude of the Ascen- dant at 39 gh. 30 v. gh. from sunrise on Friday, the 28th May 1886, for a place whose latitude is 11°. From the Almanac we find that the Sun entered Taurus at 56 gh., 40 v. gh., on the 12th May, and quits the sign at 12 gh. 27 v. gh. on the 13th June. Therefore time taken by the Sun to move through the sign Taurus : = 8 gh. 20 v. gh.+31 days+12 gh. 27 v. gh. . = $1 days 15 gh. 47 v. gh.=1,12,500 v. ghs. Time from sunrise on the 28th May to the end of the Sun’s course through Taurag=16 days 12 gh. 27 v. gh, . = 58,327 v, ghs. ' Time of oblique ascension of Taurus for latitude 11° =5 gh, 6 v. gh. : =306 v. gh. Therefore time of oblique ascension of the portion of Taurus to be passed over by the Sun on the morning of the 28th = MOT 22 gh, 30 v. gh. . Subtracting this from 39 gh., 30 v. gh. we get time of oblique ascen- : gion of signs from Gemini=39 gh, 30 v. gh.—2 gh. 39 v. gh.=36 gh. ‘ 51 v. gh. From Tables we find that the time of oblique ascension of signs . from Gemini to Scorpio=31 gh. 36 v. gh. . 6 ===== стр 47 ===== 34 BRIHAJJATAKAM. Therefore the time of oblique ascension of portion Sagittarius that has risen above the horizon =36 gh. 51 v. gh.—31 gh. 36 v. gh. * =5 gh. 15 v. gh.=315 v. gh. : Time of oblique ascension of the 30 degrees of Sagittarius for lati- . tude 11° is 5 gh, 21 v. gh.=321 v. gh. Therefore portion of Sagittarius that has risen above the horizon = HOXBIS _ 29°96", Sagittarius being the 9th sign from Aries. Lagna sphutam required is 8* 29°26’. : The other planets’ sphutam processes are tov complicated to be given here. The reader is referred to the Sdrya Siddhanta or to Siddhanta Siromani. : How to cast an Horoscope or to construct a map of the Heavens at the time of birth. " Mode I, used in U. P. and Oudh,* *Remarks :—The Sun is denoted in the diagrams by1; the Moon, by IL; Mars, by IIT; Mercury by IV; Jupiter by V; Venus by VI; Saturn by VII. Réhu (moon's Ascending mode) by VIII; Ketu (moon's descending mode) by IX. The 12 Houses or signs beginning with Mega (Aries), Vrisa (Taurus), Mithuna (Gemini), etc., are representod in the diagrams by 1,2,3, etc. The 27 stars or Nakgatras, or asterisms are denoted in the diagram by a, b, ¢, d, 6 f, 9, h, 4, j, &, 1, m, m, 0, D, 9%, 8 t, U, %, 1, %, Y, zd, or in capital letters A, B, O, &, : Draw the figure I as annexed. The twelve Houses are shewn here. The IN 4 ww Ascendant is put on the top House; and the name of the Ascendant is put in figures; 1 denoting Mega or Aries, 2 Vyiga, 3 Mithuna, 4 Karka, 5 Simha, 6 Kanyf, 7 Tula, 8 Vyidchika, 9 Dhanu, Co xX9> 10 Makara, 11 Kumbha, and 12 Mina. The House or sign Mina is here the Ascendant and 4/5 oN its number 12 is put into this House Put down 1, 2, 3, ete, opposite the hands of the watch; FIG these will represent Mega, Vrisa, Mithuna, etc. The positions of the several planets are then inserted in their proper . places, The Houses and the signs are identical in the Hindu method, ===== стр 48 ===== : CH. I, ON ZODIACAL SIGNS. 35 t A The details of the planets are shewn separately as in the annexed * table. ru Sun. js Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, | Venus, | Saturn. | Ascen. ; sign wl o 1 f) 1 8 ut 6 it Degrees | 1 2 27 i) 4 6 19 29 , Minutes 0 0 0 25 0 0 0 59 . Seconds | i) 0 0 0 0 0 0 r . Mode II, used in Bengal. oe See the annexed Figure 2. The figure is square or circular as liked by the astrologer; but the 12 YB , Houses are marked ashere. The sign Mega is always at the top; then the ! other Houses follow in due order, The Ascendant is indicated by the word “lam” putin the House which is the agcend- 4 om Vv ant at the time of birth, The planets are then inserted in the several Houses, 6 7 from the Calendar. The Naksatras AL . of the. planets are inserted in figures in vr. \%P : their due order. On either side is writ- Fig, 2 ten the measure of the day of the birth ‘ and the day after or before birth according as the Nakgatra of the Hl birthday continues the next day or continued the day previous. The : measure is 33 Dandas 19 Palas ; and so on. . Day measure : Day measure: 33-19. Sakabda 1814, 33.90), : Birthday : 1 21 39 16 30 day next birthday: : : 6 ll 15 7 12 16 : Lo. 8 4 17 : 9 917 mo wg eg 1 7 47 43 SS 2 1 22 43 3 23 t ===== стр 49 ===== 36 BRIHAJJATAKAM. The figures in the first vertical row denote the day of the week, the tithi or lunar day, and its measure ; ¢.g., by 6 is denoted the Friday ; by 8 is denoted the eighth day of the bright fortnight ; and the tithi lasta * for 4 dandas and 2 palas. The second vertical row :—11 indicates P. Phal- guni Nakeatra ; 4,29 and 1 indicate 4 dandas 29 palas and 1 vipala, the duration of that Naksatra. The third vertical row :—15 indicates . the Vajra Yoga ; 17 and 1 indicate 17 dandas and 1 pala (the duration of the Yoga) 22 represents the 22nd date of the month. The figures : at the middle indicate the year 1814 Saka Era; 1 indicates the month of Vaidakh ; 21 denotes the 21 days of that month passed ; 39,16, and 30 : indicate 39 dandas 16 palas and 30 vipalas of the 22 Vaidakh when the birth took place. ” The true positions of the planets are taken from a reliable Calendar : (and put in a separate table) thus :— " Planets, Sun 1 sign 21 degrees 15 kalts and 2 vikalis, ‘ Moon 5 Ly Ww 4 Mars a | 16 lao] at : and so for Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, and the Moon’s Ascending and Descending Nodes called Réhu and Ketu. Mode III, used in Southern India and recommended by Jaimini, the 7 author of astrological aphorisms. See Fig. III given below : ~ x ! 2 2 Kr ‘ Rasi 4 u CHAKRA v , _| a 5 10 . Pee 7 Fie I ‘ The twelve Houses or signs are always written as here. The word o Lagna is written in the house which becomes the Ascendant. The ‘ several planets are also inserted in the several houses at that time. & ===== стр 50 ===== a CHAPTER THE SECOND. : o ON THE PLANETS. ’ First Princtples and Definitions—(contd.) “ * ~ orefre-araran Ragen: ad gat at Tat , ~ ~ * atat arage feaer agat ged Rama: 0 ~ wera wasftay Rragat var Hart gy: a iv s . afaiaagiras afiat Yer: agatys: ue ul ‘ wert Kalatma, the soul of the Zodiacal Man or Kalapurngu (‘lime Person), . fameq Dinakyit, the Sun. #4: Manah, the mind. gfey: Tuhinaguh, the Moon, is ari Satvam, strength, energy, courage, vigour. gm: Kujah, Mars. w: Jiiah, Mercury. %: Vachah, the speech. a: Jivah, the Jupiter. wage Jidnsukhe, r knowledge and happiness, knowledge and health, fea: Sitah, the Venus. ° ‘= Oha, and. wa: Madanah, the God of love; the love; desires; passion. v gi Dubkham, pain; sorrow. ftqrna: Dineddtmajah ; Saturn, wen 7 Rajauau, kings ; the royal personages. ‘iy Raviditagu, the Sun and Moon. wy fargn: Kesitasutah, the Mars. 1 Netf, the general comriander. sat: : Kumérah, the prince, gw: Budhak, the Mercury. gf: Strib, the Jupiter. ae aragfat: DanavapOjitab, the Venus, worshipped by the Danavas. = Oha, and, efvtr Sachivau, the ministers, the councillors, We: Presyab, the messenger; a the servant. eaiyt: Sahasrangujah, the Saturn. ue 1. The Sun is the Soul of the Zodiacal Man (Kala ‘, Puruga); the Moon is his mind; Mars, vigour; Mercury, i . : a speech ; Jupiter, the knowledge and happiness; Venus, the if love and desires; Saturn is the sorrow. Of the planets, the i Sun and the Moon are the kings; Mars is the commander- B in-chief ; Mercury, the first prince; Jupiter and Venus are we the ministers; and Saturn, the servant. in Notes:—The body of the Zodiacal Man (the Time personified), é the outside of it, the outer vesture was represented in the first chapter - by the twelve signs (externally), and now the inner aspect or the 1 inside of it, the inner vesture is represented by the several planets § (internally), Inasmuch as the planets are the governors of the signs, be they are very aptly described as the internal rulers of the body tors L Time pervades both the outside and inside of this universe. When the ===== стр 51 ===== 38 BRIHAJJATAKAM. eee planet in any house is afflicted, the inner feeling corresponding to that gets afflicted ; and when the planet is strong, the inner feeling also gets strong. Saturn when under the influence of a benefic planet obeys its * orders ; and when under the influence of a malefic planet, obeys again : its (contrary) orders; 4.2. does its duty as it is joined with a good or bad ; planet. . ates : mifadt—sta: quarzat: wrawaget Psst aha . ANTTA: AT TH: RCE TAIT: RTT . aa: qagatshrar wu ee: Helih, termed Helib. g& Saryah, the Sun, tar Ohandraméa, the Moon, ‘ eeu; Sitaradmih, named Sitaradmi, whose rays are cooling. ta: Hemnal, ; Hemna, fq Vit, known as Vit, ©: Jiiah, known as Jita, ®w#: Bodhanah, known as 4 Bodhana. © Cha, also. gga: Induputral, the son of tho Moon; Mercury, ‘re: Arah, named Arah. we: Vakrah, termed Vakra. mxeq Krdradrik, Krtradrik. Oha, also, watt: Avaneyah, Mars, the son of arth. @e: Konah, known as : Kona, ¥@: Mandah, termed’Manda, aga: Sryaputrah, Saturn, the son of the Sup. wen: Asiteli, termed Asita, Cha, also. 2. The other names (synonynis) of the several planets. The Sun is named also Heli, the Moon is named Sttaragmi, Mercury is named Hemna, Vit, Jia, Bodhana, and Chandraputra (the sou of the Moon) Mars is named : Ara, Vakra, Krfradyik, Avaneya. Saturn is named Manda, Kona, Suryaputra (the son of the Sun), Asita. . . ° . aofi—sharsiket: qaetaat visa: gat wdy- ga: fea sreghrs u wgeratsaracar fir iy . dg: waaay aaa aH NR Il | wa: Jivah, Jupiter. whys: Angiréh, AngirAh, gaye: Suragurub, Suraguru, the guru or the teacher of the Devas, ‘weivft: Vachasdmpatih, Vachasdmpati or Vachaspati. wa: Ijyab, Ijyah. yw: Sukrab, Venus. yy: Bhrigub, Bhrigu. yqgt: Bhrigudutah, Bhrigusuta, fea: Sitah, Sita (the white planet), wryfim Asphujit, Asphujit. « Cha, also, «wy: R&bdb, the Dragon’s head ; the Moon’s Ascending Node, Ww: Tamab, Tama. wy Agu, Agu. yt: Asurab, Asura, ~ Cha, aleo, ft Sikht, Sikhi. «ff Iti, thus ay: Ketub, the Dragon’s tail. ===== стр 52 ===== OW. II, ON THB PLANETS. 39 The Moon's Descending Node, vatay Paryfyam, synonyms, wey Anyam, other. \ waa Upalabhya, finding out, ascertaining, knowing. wt Vadet, isto be told. . «Cha, and. amy Lokat, from other Sastras or authoritative persona, 38. Jupiter is also named Angira, Suraguru, Vachaspati or tjya; Venus is Bhrigu, Bhrigusuta, Sita, also Asphujit. The Dragon’s Head or the Moon’s Ascending Node is Rahu, Tama, Agu, and Asura. The Dragon’s tail or the Moon's Descending Node is named Sikhi. There are various other synonyms, one should ascertain them from other Sastras and accept them. ~“ o mifat—ceat areata eegatqait a THAN aH: Ul FaaTAy A Tetlera: TTA: Wat ATA: SUB wert: RaktadyAmah, reddish; dusky rod ; orange; of a red and dark brown colour. weve: Bhaskarah, the Sun, ®e: Gaurah, white. tg: Indub, the Moon. : wmregyit: Natyuchchamgah, not very long. «wre: Raktagaurah, red. + Oha, aud, wa: Vakrab,’ Mara, attra: DarvasyAmab, green like the colour of Darvé : grass. w: Jitah, Meroury, ye: Gurub, Jupiter. rev: Gauragatrab, white, accord- ing to somo, yellow like molten gold, xa: Syamah, dark blue ys: Sukrah, ‘ Venus, weet: BhAskayih, Saturn, we: Kyisnadehah, black. 4, (Now the colours of the several planets are des cribed.) The Sun is of a red and dark brown colour; the Moon is of white colour. Mars is red ; its stature is not very long. Mercury is green like the colour of Dairvé grass and . Jupiter is white. Venus is dark blue and Saturn is of black : colour. : j Note:—The native derives the colour of his body from the planet . that is powerful in bis nativity. . re fyo—aurerratrartaceencasaritaeareaee | 7 ~ es AT SUTRTITTM TAT: TATA: ATTN : sma Taye: Seg e: | : Aigtavrgarsarat: War FTAA: KU, eo wat: Varpah, colours, mufterfitcngfimeninftenfer: ‘Ifmrasitdtiraktabaritavyapi- G 4 tachitrasitth, of copper red, white, bloody red, greenich, yellow, variegated, and . ===== стр 53 ===== ~ 40 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ee black colours, sYerafietuterafie: Vahnyambagnijakesavendragachikah, Agni : (Fire), Varuna (water), Kumara Kartikeya, Vigpu, Indra, IndrAyi Sacht and Praja- pati Brahm&. aterm: SiryAdinéthab, The Sun, the Moon, Mara, Mercury, Jupi- 7 ter, Venus, Saturn, being successively the lords (of the several colours, etc.) An- : other meaning is:—Being the lords of the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupi- ter, Venus and Saturn, xem Kramat, successively. smear: Pragady&h, Rulers of tho east, south-east, south, south-west, west, north-west, north and north-east, respectively. vingwtufirr:@rtegfiegea: Ravigukralohitatamah saurenduvitstrayah, the Sun, Venus, Mars, Réhu, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter. Wigam@geracmer: Ketpendvarkamahiautdrkatanay&b, the waning Moon, the Sun, Mars, Saturn, wn: P&pab, the malefics ; the malefic planets. gv: Budhah, Mercury, @: ya: Taih yutah, when joined with them. 5. The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn preside respectively over the following colours :— copper red ; white, bloody red, greenish, yellow, variegated, and black colours.(1) Fire (Agni), Water (Varuna) Karti- ; keya, Visnu, Indra, Sachi, and Prajapati Brahm are respec- ; tively the rulers of the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, ; Venus and Saturn. (2) The Sun, Venus, Mars, Rahu, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury, and Jupiter are respectively the rulers of east, south-east, south, south-west, west, north-west, north, and north-east directions.(3) The waning Moon, the Sun, | Mars, and Saturn are considered as the malefic planets; | Mercury when joined with any of these is considered ' malefic.(4) Note:—(1) These are useful in ascertaining the colour of stolen articles and in determining the colour of the flowers to be used in the worship of the planets. : (2) From the powerful planet at the time of one’s birth, it can be ascertained which particular Deva a person would worship, ~ (8) These are useful in determining the position of the entrance of the delivery room of a woman and in discovering tho direction of the escape of the thieves. j (4) Jupiter, Venus, and Mercury when in conjunction with either lof these (i.e., Jupiter or Venus) are benefic planets. . t The Moon is called waning from the eighth day of the dark fort- * night to the eighth day of the bright fortnight, when she is inauspicious ; ===== стр 54 ===== OH. II, ON THE PLANETS. Al after these, the Moon is called waxing orfull when she is considered ' auspicious and benefic. Yavanesvaracharya and others say that the Moon is always consider- + ed benefic ; though her auspiciousness may be greater or less on certain ! days. . The native becomes good or had according as the planets at his | birth ave benefic or malefic. Z atea—gquaiga agearedt aftrgat gadt atta WaT: ul Pefeerttegrarat afer yfigarea: aT Nk tt geqigtt Budhasdryasutau, Mercury and Saturn, eret Napumsakakhyau, " Hermaphrodites, neither male nor female. sfig# Sadigukrau, the Moon and Venus, qe Yuvati, young women, 77: Narfh, men. «Cha, and. 0: Sesfh, the rest; ° the others (Sun, Mars, Jupiter), fifingedtureqreny, Sikhibhkhapayonarudgand- : nam, (the rulers) of fire, earth, ether, water, and air, «fm: Vadinab, the rulers’ he Pye: BhOmisutddayah, Mara, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, snd Saturn. mw Kra- mena, successively, 6. Mercury and Saturn are considered hermaphrodite - planets. The Moon and Venus are considered young female planets. The rest (i.c., the Sun, Jupiter and Mars) : are male planets. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and a Saturn are respectively the rulers of fire, earth, ether or . Akasa, water, and air (or Vayu). : Note:—Mercury is a female hermaphrodite and Saturn is a male “4 hermaphrodite. : Also the Sun is fire and the Moon is water. » .-sasiear—fintrea: gage gearat ait ge . A . geaferdtisesrany u sarcasivar aftat geratt rarest TATA 9 0 ie fenfin: Vipraditab, of the Brémanas, Keatriyas, Vaidyas, and Sddras, gage , Sukragura, Venus and Jupiter. gw’ KujArkau, Mars and the Su. #@ Sadi, the : Moon, gv: Budhak, Mercury, ‘Cha, and. «Iti, thus. fa: Asitah, Saturn, . wernerny Antyajén&m, of men of the lowest caste, ‘rem: Chandrarkajivab, the : 6 ===== стр 55 ===== 1 ; 42 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ) Moon, the Sun, and Jupiter, wt Jfasitau, Mercury and Venus, gamit Kujarki, : Mars and Saturn, wari Yathdkramam, in order. vwerwremifa Satvarajastamamai, are of Satva, Rajab, and Tama qualities ; represent the qualities of goodness or purity, activity, and inertia, 7. Venus and Jupiter are (the lords of) the Brahmanas, Mars and the Sun are (the lords of) the Ksatriyas; the Moon (of the) Vaigyas and Mercury (of the) Sadras. Saturn is (the lord of the) lowest caste persons, e.g., Chéndaélas, Magadhas and Nisidas. The Sun, the Moon, and Jupiter represent the Satva or the goodness and purity; Mercury and Venus, the Rajas or passionate activity; Mars and Saturn represent the Tamas or darkness and inertia. Note :—Knowledlge is obtained of the caste of persons that have stolen or injured any property on seeing which planet is the most powerful in the querent’s nativity. A man becomes Sitvik, Rajasik, or Tamasik according to the nature of the Trim#Amsa, which the Sun is found to occupy or according to the nature of the planet that is most powerful in his nativity. Yavanedwara is of opinion that Mars is Satvik. The nature of the three gunas or qualities is thus described :—A Satvik is kind, steady, truthful, honest and upright, and is devoted to the Brthmanas and Devas, A Riijasic is poetic, of sacrificial spirit, attached to women, and heroic. Persons of Tamasa quality are illiterate, lazy, wrathful, addicted to much sleep, deceitful, and cunning, ===== стр 56 ===== i i CH, II, ON THE PLANETS. 43 & = 4 . coc Re ® BAG & a 3 BE Bod HH |R BAe AS eye Ue . bob iodo bo ag: :18)3 ¢2« 4 P el, a ¢ 2 2. (|3l te de Bg , 2/38 B2.3 ch, # e/2/ 8° af & B Rae Se pe 6 SIZ a | ‘ a PP ra & z q? H Hy 3 3 i = 8 3 ? 5 z g : = | fe ga s Ey 6 es g 2, 8 sf sc se a * 2 $2,792 22(2]3 3 os Aga dg @& Aa l=|4a gs & . ee] een renee er eer ereerenrs © | Oreeereearens [ ‘ asd & 3 3 3 ? : : 2 fi: #8 i: lel g , 8 |] 5 as 3 S| ¢ Ea’ ae |8 | £8 | 4 peda gla > go g> fs dias Gieealilli # fii 8 % 68a #2 3 B é@ ea BAS 2 al —é g |—_____________________ o i i a sd ; Peete bet EPBL gp. kk = |3 . Bl & 2 2 seealsl@ 2 2 (3 BE} * |2 281438 228 2/8/28 & 8 |i @ | ———__—________s;____718[f- 7 7 4 x H : 3 i es io: of fie] @ H H 5 al ¢ i glic ze as |i FTE lg gt dite agelt}e 2 2 ; 2 gfe i339 |s—-——— a A a 7 ; 3 3 ppb Pa : g ge 2 * * lol Lele bead gag fe 2 3 6 8's 288 3 Ble ogg . ; | PoRigi: Bei t {Bl ge ge Eo . 3 i. wa cs 4 i sf \ 5 3 : g 3 24 FEC : {8 3 3 5 . 3 ' Ss Bw gs ees “3 a a ag * le 28 pig oop. d 5 8 SE 2 £2353 38233] |2 § 38 : 8 E a a a a"2 8 & a es ===== стр 57 ===== 4 44 BRIHASSATAKAM. - Table showing the castes of the several signs occupied by the Moon during birth time. : Bréhmagas. Kgatriyas. Valsyas. Sodras. Karke | Simba Kumbha Vriga, Mina Tulé Moga Makara. Vpisohika Dhanu Mithuna Kanya. Tea—aghyaeg watead: Prasat: afer AIHA: N APTAAAGATAHA: ATA TA TTATH DEG NG i wyfigerg Madhupimgaladrik, auburn-eyed, having eyes of yellowish colour like that of honey, wgcwry: Chaturssratanuh, of square body ; (i.¢., height being equal to the distance between the extremity of one hand to that of the other, both the hands beiiig stretched far and wide) ; of the length of tho two arms stretched out, fieweft: Pittaprakritil, bilious, ofter Savita, the Sun, wewe: Alpakachali, of scanty hair on one’s head, yey: Tanuvsittatanuh, of body, thin and round ; round and elender. sgamw#: Bahuvatakaphah, having too much phlegm and wind, much windy and phlegmatic, sw: PrAjfial, clever; sntelligent; learned. + Cha, and, we Saét, the Moon. 4gq Mriduvak, of gentle speech, of soft voice, angq Subhadrik, of good-looking eyes ; of beautiful eyes. 8. The Sun has his eyes somewhat yellow, his height equal to the length of the two arms stretched out, his nature bilious, and very little hair on his head. The Moon has a body round and slender, her temperament much windy and phlegmatic, intelligence great, voice soft and gentle and eyes lovely. arran—aqreg aeuafiere: Afra: gare: emg: Reeag aaagreretag: Perareaaa- wHaaT We Ul apy Krdradrik, of cruel eyes, of diplomatic eyes, aveyfd: ‘Tarunamdartib, : of young formation; youth, wrt: Udarah, generous. ffé: Paittikah, bilious. qv; Suchspalah, very restless, very unsteady. wana: Kyidamadhyab, of slender waist, ftegara, Sligtavak, of & tremulous voice, somewbat choked by intense ===== стр 58 ===== CH. IL, ON THE PLANETS. 45 ao feelings. wanes: SatatahAsyaruchib, always humorous and joking. w: Jitah, Budhab, Mercury, fiewrenworeft : Pittamarutakaphaprakyitib, bilious, windy, and phlegmatic, ¥ Oha, and. 9. Mars has cruel and deceitful eyes, is of quite youthful appearance, generous, bilious, versatile, unsteady i and of thin waist. Mercury has his voice tremulous, choked by intense feelirigs, is always humorous and joking and is of bilious, windy and phlegmatic temperaments. ‘ ~ ara—ageg: Rigeaqeteat geedd: Asana wR: WT: Ga araay: garea: Hatrarenfeaa- TEA: Wot eery: Brihattanuh, corpuscular; having a big body. Farnmpitew: Pitgala- m@rddhajekganab, having yellow eyes and hairs on the head. weft: Brihaspatib, Jupiter. weft: Svesthamatih, of superior intellect; having high intellectual ; powers, ww: KaphAtmakab, phlegmatic. ¥q: Bhriguh, Venus, g@ Sukhi, happy. *emag: Kantavapuh, having o beautiful body, germs Sulochanab, with eyes lovely, safer Kaphanilatma, bilious and windy, wfmnomg’s: Asitavakramadrddhajah, of black, curling hairs. 10. Jupiter has a big body, yellow hairs and yellow eyes, superior intellect and a phlegmatic nature. Venus is ease-loving and happy, has a body beautiful and eyes lovely, a nature pllegmatic and windy, and hairs black and curling. Note :— Jupiter is the biggest of all planets, This was known to the Hindus long long ago. > ° . qofto—aaisae: aay Sutras: wahes: Ne. RATARASAATAT | SIRATARITT YR F AMT AAHAATIUHGSIMAT: 2k we: Mandah, Saturn. wre: Alasah, lazy. sfieqy Kapiladyik, of tawny eyes, auf: Kyidadirghagdtrah, lean and tall. ef: Sthladvijah, of long teeth, TeRtrrary Paruyaromakachah, the hairs of the body and head being coarse and hard, afer Anilétma, of windy temperament, wreremayrry, Sndyvasthyasrikt- \ vak, of nerves, hones, blood, and skin, waAtha, afterwards, eee Sukravase, of : spermagenetale and fat. Cha, and, *e Majja, marrow of the bones, ‘ saritgquymgtenton : ~Mandarkachandrabudbasukrasurejyabhauméb, Saturn, the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter and Mars, ===== стр 59 ===== 46 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 11. Saturn is lazy, of tawny eyes, slender and tall, of long teeth, the hairs on the head and the body being very coarse and he is of windy temperament. Saturn presides over muscles, the Sun over bones, the Moon oyer blood, Mercury over skin, Venus, over semen, Jupiter over flesh, and Mars over the marrow of the bones. Note:—The physique and the body of the native correspond to the ruler of the rising Navamda or the rising sign, whichever is powerful; he becomes of like figure, and that part of his body becomes hard which corresponds to the powerful planet during birth. These are also useful in questions on Horary Astrology, concerning the nature and the appearance of the thioves or when questions are asked on diseases, the rulers of the P rising sign or of the rising Navimda affecting the corresponding parts of the body. we = Pro—aarsafarercarraafrgencan: | * 2 ° ; BA Te CanpHAaned we es careaw uo . : are erafagaghnceraara gerd | dead: foRreraa: woRsaarfegaeg at ek : Raresfeegraereetingete; Devin bvagniviharakogadayanakgityutkared&h, rulers of temples (sacred places or places of pilgrimage), water, fire, amusement, courts, treasury or atore-room, bed rooms, and barren places, or lands where sweepings A are gathered, mmm Krauidt, in due order; successively, we Vastram, cloth ; clothes; garment; raiment. wprysafie Sthdlamabhuktamagnikahatam, coarse, new, partially burnt (at ode corner), and wet (just squeezed out of water). wa . Madhyam, tolerably new; not quite new nor quite old. qe Dridham, strong. : wut, Sphatitam, torn, art TAamram, copper. em Syat, woul'l be considered. : afveegfivermit Manihemayuktirajatani, gem (or jewel or pearl), gvld, white copper and silver. (White copper is an amalgam of 25 parts of zino or tin and 75 parte 1 of copper), swiq Ark&t, commencing with the Sun, etc, gwrei Muktayast, pearl and iron, Rem¥: DregkAyaib, (or) by their rising DregkAys or Decanates (in , case there be no planets rising), Fafirna: SisirAdayah, the six seasons, (1) the : Sidira (the winver), (2) the Vasanta (the spring),'(8) the Summer, (4) the Rainy . season, (5) the Autumn, and (6) the Hemanta (the cold). The Sisira is Magh and " Phalguna; the Vasanta is Chaitra and Vaidakh; the Summer is Jaigtha and : Asadha ; the Varg4 is Sravana and Bhidra; the Sarat is Agvin and Kartika; the ws Hemanta is Agrahdyaya and Pauga. xyewerefty Saduruchajiiagvadisu, Saturn, . i ===== стр 60 ===== | . OH. II, ON THE PLANETS. 47 ‘ Venus, Mara, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter; Sun. syry Udyatsu, rising on the horizon. ' w VA, or. 12. (Now the places over which the several planets : preside are being mentioned in due order). The Sun pre- . sides over temples and sacred places; The Moon, ovet wells J and water ; Mars, over the fiery places (i.e., cooking houses) ; i Mercury, over amusement courts; Jupiter, over the store- 7 room or the treasury; Venus presides over bed rooms, and ’ Saturn over barren places or those places where sweepings are gathered. Now the clothings which the several planets . like are being mentioned :—The Sun likes coarse cloth of : thick threads; the Moon, quite new cloth; Mars likes cloth partly burnt (at one corner); Mercury, wet cloth (that is just squeezed of water); Jupiter likes cloth not quite new nor quite old; Venus likes strong ones ; and Saturn likes torn clothings. Now the metals presided over by the several 1 planets are being mentioned :—-The Sun presides over cop- per; the Moon likes gems; Mars, gold; Mercury white copper ; Jupiter likes silver; Venus, pearl and Saturn likes iron.'’ Now the several seasons indicated by the several planets or their Decanates rising in the eastern horizon are being mentioned. Saturn or its Decanate rising on the . horizon indicates Sigira (the winter season) ; Venus indicates : the spring ; Mars indicates summer; the Moon indicates the : rainy seasons ; Mercury, autumn ; Jupiter indicates Hemanta (the dewy season) and the Sun or his Decanate rising on the : horizon indicates summer or very hot season. (If there be no planets rising on the horizon, then the ruler of the rising Decanate indicates the weather).? Note :—11) The object of this verse is to point our attention to those places where deliveries of children are likely to happen, where articles stolen or missing are carried or where thieves have made good their es- capes and also to the clothings that are to bé used in the lying-in-room, We infer also what metals are to be kept in the lying-in-room, also what ===== стр 61 ===== \ i 48 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : articles are missing or stolen and if the planets are in their upachaya grihas , or improving signs, those articles would be recovered ; else they would not be recovered. ‘ The rulers of the Rig, Yajur, Sama and Atharva Vedas are, as stated in the Svalpajatake, Jupiter, Venus, Mars, ancl Mercury. If the thief found be a Brahman, then his Sakha or Veda can be determined by : this rule. (2) Attention should be given to the last stanza; its use is chiefly felt in the re-construction of lost horoscopes ; see Chapter the twenty-sixth, If there be many planets in the rising sign, the most powerful planet will influence the seasonal weather; some say that the rising Decanate influences the weather ; the planets are not taken into account at all; but this is not the opinion of the author. If there be no planets in the rising ; sign then the ruler of the rising Decanate influences the weather, and ; then only, F The 6 seasons :—(1) The Sidira or the winter season (15th January to 15th March) comprising the two months when the Sun is in the signa . Makara and Kumbha; (2) The Vasanta or the spring season (15th March to 15th May) comprising the two months when the Sun is in the signs Mina and Mesa; (3) The Grisma or the summer season (15th May to 15th July) comprising the two months when the Sun is in the signs (Vyisa and Mithuna). (4) The Varéa or the rainy season (15th July to 15th Sep- tember) comprising the two months wheu the Sun is in the signs Karka and Simha; (5) The Sarat or the autumn (15th September to 15th Novem- ber) comprising the two months when the Sunisin the signs (Kanya and Tuld); and (6) the Hemanta or the cold season (15th November to 15th January) comprising the 2 months when the Sun is in the signs Vridchika and Dhanu. When Jupiter is in his house, he presides over gold. go | f§- —freatantuagqrrcaaraaatraata acurfratea: u faster: et a a wat aaa faa GrertsRrat: u 23 fienfitrerycwern TridasstrikonachaturasrasaptamAni, third and-tenth, fifth and ninth, fourth and eighth, and seventh houses, (reckoned in the left-hand , direction from the exact position of the planet), satrrefn Avalokayanti, look ; ‘ aspect, ‘erfie§n: Oharapabhivriddhitak, with one-fourth, one-half, three-fourth, and full aspects (respectively) ; with one-fourth aspects repeated at every time ===== стр 62 ===== (successively), vierstevefrt: Ravijamarejyarudhira, Saturn, Jupiter, Mare, Rawk Pare cha ye, and the other planets that follow (i.e, the Sun, Moon, Mercury and . Venus), mv; Kramadah, regularly, successively ; in soriatim, waft Bhavanti, become, fm Kila, verily; certainly; as they say, “ra® Vikgane, (on) aspecting, efwer:; Adhikah, (yielding) more full results. 13. All the planets (excepting Saturn) aspect the / third and tenth houses, (or the planets in these houses) from their positions at that time (reckoned in their left-hand direc- tions) with one-fourth sight (and yield one-fourth results) ; all the planets (except Jupiter) aspect the fifth and ninth houses (from them in left hand directions) with half sight ; (and yield one-half results); all the planets (except Mars) : aspect the fourth and eighth houses with three-fourth sight (and yield three-fourth results); and all the planets aspect the seventh house with full sight (and yield full results). Saturn aspects the third and tenth houses with full sight ; Jupiter aspects the fifth and ninth houses with full sight ; Mars aspects the fourth and eighth houses with full : sight; the other planets Sun, Moon, Mercury and Venus aspect the seventh house with full sight. : Note :—Rabu looks on the 5th, 7th, 9th and 12th houses with full aspect ; 2nd and 10th houses with three-fourth aspect; 3rd, 4th, 6th and : 8th houses with half aspect ; let and 11th houses with no aspect. Réhu’s : aspect is counted in a right hand direction. e Ketu has got no aspect at all. See the Table of Aspects. 4 The above interpretation is supported by Saravali and Géargi ‘ and various other authors. But some interpret it a little differently :-— : all the planets aspect the 3rd and 10th houses with a quarter sight, the ; 5th and 9th houses with half a sight, the 4th and 8th houses with three- Jf quarters of a sight and the 7th house witha full sight. But the resulte 7 (fruits of the aspect) given by Saturn are one-fourth (when he aspects well), by Jupiter, one-half, by Mars, threc-fourth, and by Sun, Moon, Venus and Mercury, the full amount. Bat this is not generally accepted. : Notes :—By aspect is meant a. certain zodiacal distance intervening | between two planets or between one planet and any point of a house. Bach aspect corresponds to the relation of one house to another. The 7 ===== стр 63 ===== 50 BRIHAJJATAKAM. aspects of planets are reckoned in the left hand directions from their the then position; only the case of Rahu is the opposite. The houses that have no aspect from any planet, do not derive any results, or fruits from ‘ these planets. { Suppose A to be a point in the ecliptic occupied by an ascending | planet; divide the ecliptic into 12 equal parts of 30° each, beginning from A. So that the 12 points of division will be those respectively marked ‘ by A, 30°, 60°, 90°, 120°, 150°, 180°, 210°, 240°, 270°, 300°, and 330° and for purposes of planetary aspects, these points are respectively the middle points of the Ist, 2nd, 8rd, 4th, &e., to 12 houses. So that a planet at A aspects with a quarter sight the middle points of the 3rd and 10th houses, ie., : the points marked 60° and 270° respectively ; similarly it aspects with a half sight points marked 120° and 240°; with three-quarters of a sight points marked 90° and 210° and with afull sight the point marked . by 180°. : The degree of aspects for other places may, according to some, : be determined by Proportion or Rule of Three, from the degree of aspects : of.the next points before and behind. Asregards the special aspects of ' Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars, a similar course should be adopted. But if ' one planet aspects another’ planet, then subtract the longitude of the : former from that of the latter, i.e, take the distance between the two planets in degrees and calculate the degree of aspect as stated above. But others hold that the planets have no aspect at other places than those specified in the text, : ° : Rerta—-saramarearaat | ATeISS A ATT Weng Wo agatatattrar agua aart zafy nen : wemeneci: Ayanaksanavdsarartavah, six months or Uttardyana and : -Daksipdyona (ic, Summer and winter solstices), moment (2 ghatikés or 48 minutes), day, season (of two months), are: Masah, month, wa" Ardham, a fortnight, ; ~ Cha, and, em: Samah, year, » Oha, and. weeoq Bhdskarat, commencing : with the Sun, ie, the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. : wguowefimiifen: Katukalavapatiktamisritéh, sharp and pungent taste, salty : d or ‘acerbity, bitter, and mixed tastes. yur Madhurfmlau, sweet and sour, é ~Oha, and, sw Kagdya, astringent, rf wf Iti api, and aleo. J 14. The Sun denotes the six months, i. é., the summer , and the winter solatices (Uttaréyanam and Daksgindyanam) ; : the Moon denotes moments or two ghatikds or forty-eight ‘ ===== стр 64 ===== OH. II, ON THR PLANETS. 51 3 eococec eo sc oon 333 _ 2 | d gag s 8 . “| _ g jag Eg g 3 3 \° coo eo eo eB oo a are s&s ga 3 - wow wwe | LL . a ae a é to 4 & | ee ey g 8 3 gor = | 2 |! a 3 & po 3 4 I" ee a er 3 ooo . o . canna Inns 6 gis 224e¢ 4 tent mw wo fal & ef B23 i - <4 Ra 8 gh 3 Q f ° a 8 a lescocccco wo lat i% § | * | .. 3 4 . as F: a 4 i e 8 a |" vA te me te | gE iy S g 12 . a 3 cs a 4 & —+———-_—_|4|" lf Sf fue we ow ae nt nw ao | B|- 7 | | 8 § Fg . 8 | a} ¥ B2Ey ima) z posse fers | a8 § 1 oo 4 he Sn EEE | Ay ee ———_— : 2 ce AB nee ee ees Er) ae ge 3 § aeeeee lee rs oe rn aia — : Bob ' Eo EO EE GE FE lai 2. | . - eo alg; GRE : foro og og got ob bot a, 6U68l 8 CUB . : 3 : = i : : t ? i] g ) ii 3 ; $ of ¢ ¢ o£ £ £ £ ¢ 3. i ; By Ho4ag3. 3 geeitiag gs ok oH A jgaeagiags a af ; fait: saidiaat Pesiarea gee: auifed aay Was Gerenateaeaieania: al ay Fa: eqaaMaaaraseraniyy mex wa: Jivah, Jupiter. vwyt Jivabudhau, Jupiter and Mercury. fqn’ Sitendutanayau, Venus and Mercury, swt Vyark4, all the planets excepting the Sun. faten: Vibhaumdh, all the planets excepting Mars, wm Kram&t, in due order. ‘yt Vindvarkah, all the planets excepting the Moon and the Sun. feat: Vikujendvinah, all exceping Mars, the Sun and Moon, +Qha, and. yt: Suhridah, friends, @&+ifq KesAmchit, of some, wEvam, this wy Matam, the opinion. wir Satyokte, according to the sayings of Saty&charya (in his Hordddstra). gga: Suhridab, friends. feteereny Trikoyabhavandt, from the Trikopa house. wa Svat, from its own. vient: Svéntyadhidharmapah, the rulers of the second, twelfth, fifth, ninth houses. wrgg: gwa: Svochchfyub- aukhapab, the rulers of ita exalted house, eighth and fourth houses, weet: Svalakganavidheh, from the rule indicating the friend’s hopses. » Na, not, ===== стр 66 ===== OH. II, ON THE PLANETS. 58 . eee wt: Anyaib, with the other planets (not mentioned in thie Tule), fray Virodhat, : on account of going against. wf Iti, thus. - 15. (Now are being enumerated the planets that are friendly or harmonious and those that are unfriendly to- wards each other) Jupiter is friendly to the Sun ; Jupiter and Mercury, to the Moon, Venus and Mercury to Mars. : The planets excepting the Sun are friendly to Mercury ; the 4 planets excepting Mars are friendly to Jupiter ; the planets : excepting the Sun and Moon are friendly to Venus; all the planets but the Sun, Moon and Mars are friendly or harmo- nious to Saturn. (This is the opinion of one class of authors).(1) According to the opinion of Saty&charya (in . his Horasastra) the friends of any planet are the rulers of the second, twelfth, fifth, ninth, eighth, and fourth houses reckoned from the Milatrikona house of that planet, as well } as the ruler of its exalted house, provided they do not con- 4, flict with the rulers of the remaining houses.(2) | Note:—(1) The other planets are the enemies. In the first half of i the verse the friends and enemies only are considered ; no indifferent a planets are considered. # According to Yavaneswara, Jupiter is friendly to the Sun; the rest : are the enemies tothe Sun. The planets excepting Mars are friendly to ‘ Jupiter. The planets excepting the Sun are friendly to Moon. The : planets excepting the Sun and Moon are friendly to Venus. Venus and ty Mercury are friendly to Mars. Mercury and Jupiter are friendly to “ Moon ; all the planets excepting Mars, Moon and the Sun are friendly to hy Saturn. The others are enemies. " (2) The same may be expressed otherwise: the rulers of the remain- : ing houses are the enemies of a planet, provided they do not conflict with z the rulers of the seven houses described above. i The explanation of the second half of the verse is given thus:— a Take the case of Mars. Mega is the M@latrikona of Mara. The ruler of Q the fourth house from Mars is Moon, the ruler of the fifth is Sun; of the . ninth, twelfth is Jupiter. These are friends to Mars. The ruler of the , 8rd and 6th house from Mega is Mercury. Not being mentioned in the a rule, Mercury is enemy. ye ===== стр 67 ===== 54 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ——— $$ The ruler of the second and fifth houses from Mega is Venus, Now the second house is mentioned in the rule and the seventh house is not mentioned; hence Venus is indifferent to Mars. Again the 10th and 11th bs houses from Mega are not mentioned but the 10th house is the house of exaltation of Mars and therefore is mentioned ; herice Saturn is indifferent, In other words where the planets are found mentioned in two houses, 7 they are friends ; where the planets are unmentioned in the two houses, " . they are enemies ; where the planets are mentioned in one house and not : mentioned in the second house, they are indifferent, This is the meaning r of “ Svalakeanavidhib.” 7 TABLE OF THE FRIENDLY, UNERIENDLY AND INDIBFERENT HOUSES OF THY SEVERAL PLANETS. Sun, | Moon, | Mars. | Nee | Jupiter. | Venus, | Saturn. | Rabu, [= Friends ...| Moon, | Sun, | Moon, | Sun, | Moon, fe Mercury,| Venus,| _ Sun, : Mars, |Mercury,| Suo,’ | Venus. |Sun, Mars] Satur. | Venus. !Saturn,| Moon, ' Jupiter, Jupiter, Mars, , Enemies...| Satura, |... |Mercury,} Moon. | Venus, | Sun, | Moon, | Sun, | Venus, Venus, Mercury. { Moon, Sun, Moon | Saturn, é Mars. | Mars. ‘3 Indifferent |Mercury,| Saturn, | Venus, | Mars, | Saturn. | Mars, | Jupiter. a. Mereury, Mars, | Saturn Jepiter, Jupiter. Jupiter. “ Jupiter, Saturn, enus. . . iN i Wo o—aq aaltat cara ait frie tear @- eteuigtatasa geat tat: aa: iret: uv guar: gre gett ask: fal at Ra | Qaen gue fag: wy: qarrarat wee 7 7 3 we: aeatearat aga aati aaa | i deat geal aat Eage UReT Tart ti ; Gat geal aa: awe dear arisen F she: | afratnnfty greatsitt war atten: veo xm, Satri, enemies. wafer Mandasitau, Saturn and Venus. 4:4 Samah cha, : indifferent ; neutral, sfim: Sadijah, Mercury. fame Mitrani, frienda, allies. ' ‘eu; Sesdh, the rest (i.c.,) Moon, Mars, Jupiter, «; Raveh the Sun’s; to the ; j $ ===== стр 68 ===== OH, II, ON THE PLANETS. 55 Sun, @evig: TiksyAmsub, the Sun, fieretem: Himaradmijah, Mercury, + Cha, _ and, ay@ Suhridau, friends, 0: Sesth, the rest, i.e, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, ; Saturn, ow: Samah, neutral. a: Sttagoh, to the Moon. aigersa: Jivendteya- : kar&h, Jupiter, Moon and Sun. gery Kujasya, of Mare. gya: Subridab, friends, : Jitab, Mercury. wf: Arih, enemy, feeméf Sitdrkt, Venus and Saturn, «© Samau, neutral, ft Mitre, friends. gift Stryasitau, the Sun and Venus, he gwe Budhasya, of the Mercury. feng: Himaguh, Moon, mm: Satrub, enemy. : wm: SamAb, neutral, +Oha, and, wit Apare, the rest i.e, Mars, Jupiter, and y, Saturn. g& Streb, of the Jupiter, raft Saumyasitau, Mercury and Venus, - wa Ari, enemies, vagn: Ravisutab, Saturn, wa: Madhyah, noutral. wet Apare, the rest, i.e, Sun, Moon and Mars, gy Tu, but, wee Anyathd, otherwise, ie, friends rw" Saumydrki, Mercury and Saturn. gyt Suhridau, friends. ft : Samau, neutral. mye Kujagurd,-Mars and Jupiter. re Sukrasya, of the Venus. ®rSegau, the rest, i¢., the Sun ond Moon, wo Art, enemies, ym : Sukrajfiau, Venus and Mercury. ggé Suhridau, friends, 9: Samak, neutral, . geys: Suraguruh, Jupiter, @rea Saurasya, of the Saturn. 9 Oha, and. wr Anye, \ the reat, i2., the Sun, Moon, Mars, we: Arayah, enemies. & Yo, these, tw: : Proktah, mentioned before, sfmérenfty Svatrikopabhadigu, in the rule “from : its trikona houses, &c,," mentioned in the preceding verse. ya; Punsh, again. . Te, these, wt Amt, those rules. «a Mayd, by me, fie: Kirtitdh, mentioned “A ‘(again now.) : 16&17. Saturn and Venus are the enemies of the Sun; Mercury is his neutral; and Moon, Mars, and : Jupiter are his friends. The Sun and Mercury are the 3 friends of the Moon; the rest, i.e, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, and ; Saturn are indifferent to the Moon. Jupiter, Moon and the . Sun are the friends of Mars; Mercury is his enemy ; Venus : and Saturn are neutral to Mars. The Sun and Venus are friends to Mercury ; Moon, enemy ; and Mars, Jupiter and . Saturn are indifferent to Mercury. Mercury and Venus : are the enemies of Jupiter ; Saturn, indifferent, and the Sun, Moon and Mars, friends to Jupiter. Mercury and Saturn n are friends to Venus ; Mars and Jupiter, indifferent; and the : Sun, Moon are enemies to Venus. Venus and Mercury are the friends of Saturn; Jupiter, indifferent; and Sun, Moon and Mars are enemies to Saturn. These have been already : mentioned in the preceding verse in the rule “from its i own trikona house, &c.,” those very things are again cited « $5 here as an instance serving a table. ¥4 ae ===== стр 69 ===== 56 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a Qo fYo—sreqreaeT WASTATTACHSaTATTIy ead - RATA GET: AGPMAAASAASTARATTTT | eeata & Greg aTahigerranteht: Hert Nes Il wera Anyonyasya, mongst one another, wrevarreyeewerceryferm: Dhanavya- ‘ yayasahajavyapara bandu sthitah, occupying the second, twelfth, eleventh, third, tenth and fourth houses, awe Tatkale, for the time being; for that time. yma: Subridah, friends, exjr® Svatungabhavane, in its own exalted house, "fi Api, moreover ; also, Eke, some authors, we: Arayah, enemies. y Tu, but. war Anyatha, otherwise; when seated in other houses then those -mentioned above. gPaqMrmgeeu DvyekAnuktabhapan suhritsamaripdn, the friendly, neutrat and inimical rulers on account of their occupying the two, one, or unmentioned houses, (As stated in the fifteenth verse), #f'r Samchintya, considering, efifary ' NaisargikAn, natural. aew® Tatkale, for the time being; at that moment. + Cha, aud. ya: Punah, again, moreover. g Tu, but, am Tan, them, — whegyftornfgfi: Adhisubyinmitradibhih, as over-friendly,’ friendly, ond neutral rulera ete., ‘ (i¢., inimical, over-inimical). %q Kalpayet, are to be considered ; consider. 18, Planets occupying the 2nd, 12th, 11th, 3rd, 10th and 4th houses from a particular planet are the then friends : of that planet and the rest are his the then enemies. Some authors are of opinion that the planets occupying the ex- alted sign of a particular planet are also the then friends of that planet. Combining together the three permanent relations as given in stanzas 16 and 17 with the two rela- tions for the time now given, we may determine the five following relations existing between planets: Atimitra (very friendly), Mitra (friendly), Sama (neutral), Satru (inimical) and Atisatru (very inimical). ‘ Note,—Stanzas 16 and 17 relate to the three relations of permanent friendship, neutrality and enmity. Stanza 18 relates to the two relations : of temporary friendyhip. Combining the two together, we get the ’ following results :— : Under stanzas Under stanza Result, ; 16 and 17. 18, . (Friend) Mitra + Mitra (friend) Atimitra (over friendly), ‘ (Enemy) Satru + Satru (enemy) Ati Satya (over inimical) ; (Neutral) Sama + Mitra (friend) Mitra (friendly). (Neutral) Sama + Satru (enemy) Satru (enemy). : (Briend) Mitra + Satru (enemy) Sama (neutral). : \ , F j 1 ; { % ===== стр 70 ===== i CH. I, ON THE PLANETS. 57 . Remark :—These points are useful in questions on birth time, ‘ journeys, marriage, or any query. (area) Sageatranaaatd: cara VTITTATs | frg gaat cht gga: ferastrrat au gen ‘ Srevgyrerfatrerai®: Svochchasuhritsvatrikopanavaméaib, by virtue of their being A posited in their exalted house, in their friends’ house, in their own m@la-trikoua - house, in their own NavAmdas. wordt Sthanabalom, atrength due to position; local or positional strength, eygrm: Svagrihopagataih, by virtue of their being located in their own houses. Oba, and, fey Dikgu, (are powerful) in the east, south, west, and north directions respectively, qvife’r Budhémgirasau, Meroury L and Jupiter, vt Ravibhaumau, Sun and Mare. gigt: Stiryasutah, Saturn. Y fare ¥ Sitadttakarau cha, and Venus and Moon, : 19. Any planet when stationed in its exalted house, or in its_(the then) friend’s house, or in its mfila-trikona 7, house, or in its Nav4méa or in its own sign becomes ; powerful by virtue of its position or location (Sthanabala). In the four cardinal directions East, South, West and North, Mercury and Jupiter, Sun and Mars, Saturn, Venus and Moon are successively powerful. (Dikbalf) (1). : Note.—Here it should be noted that the house Simha which is called the mala-trikoya of the Sun is also the house of the Sun; the house : Mega is the mala-trikopa as well as the proper house of Mars; the KanyA is the exalted, m@la-trikona, as well as the proper house of Mercury ; the Dhanu is the trikona as well as the proper house of Jupiter; the Tula : ia the trikona as well as the proper house of Venus. These specialities are not mentioned in the verse. Mercury and Jupiter get power in the Eastern direction, i., when they are situated in the Ascendant or Lagna. The Sun and Mars are powerful in the Southern direction, i.e, when situated in the tenth house. Saturn is powerful in the West, i.e, in the seventh house. . Venus and Moon are powerful in the North, te, in the fourth house. “ ‘The planet in the house seventh from that in whioh it is powerful, is . weak; and in the intermediate house its strength goes on decreasing in . due proportion. . — See the annexed Figure. V, IV represent Jupiter, Mercury; I, IIT : 8 . ===== стр 71 ===== 58 BRIHAJJATAKAM, ; represent Sun, Mars; VII represents Saturn; VI, II represent Venus, ; Moon, i (1) That is: they then possess Dikbala. EAST ; According to some commehtators, Mercury and Jupiter are powerful when in the KoA ; Eastern triangular signs of Aries, Leo, and t Sagittari. The Sun and Mars are powerful z= = when in the Southern triangular signs of O& > a Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. Saturn is iS) 8 ° powerful when in the Western triangular : signs of Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius ; and : the Moon and Venus are powerful when in west the Northern triangular signs of Cancer, FIG 4 : Scorpio and Pisces. : thease waeagal amar: after: . x Pageant aff arecdieoreaivadiige oftaeat: on ‘ent Udagayane, in the northern path of the Sun; t.e., in anyof the six signs beginning with Makara, in any of the signs Makara, Kumbha, Mina, Mega, Vriga, and Mithuna, fuga RavisitamayQkhau, the Sun and Moon, saeween: Vakra- samAgamag4h, when the planets are retrograde or united with the Moon. «tu: Paridegdh, the rest, #.¢., Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, fgewa: : Vipulakar&h, brilliant; highly lustrous. gft Yudhi, in the battle; in the ; planetary conjunction, ~Cha, and. ender: Uttarasamsthih, when they happen tobe northward. ¥gnte'grt: Chestitaviryayutah, endowed with vigorous effort ; victorious or powerful by virtue of effort or motional strength. wen: Parikal- py4h, are to be considered, Oonsider. 20. The Sun and the Moon possess Chestibala or strength by virtue of their motion when they are in the Northern path, «2, in any of the 6 signs~-l0th, 11th, 12th, Ist, 2nd and 3rd signs. The other five planets Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn possess it when retrograde or when conjoined with the Moon; or when they are very brilliant or when they happen to go northward in planetary conjunction (which is called here the fight amongst the planets). ; Note-—When the five planeta Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are in the second quadrant of their orbits, the Sighra Kendra being f j i ===== стр 72 ===== OH, II, ON THE PLANETS, 5 taken into account, they generally become highly lustrous. Then they t are about to take a retrograde directicn. Here the battle referred to is this:—When two or three planets are seen in the sky near one other, one of them happens to be so placed in connection with the two luminaries, the Sun or the Moon, that it reflects the greatest light and r thus is seen very brilliant; then this brilliant planet is called victorious in the battle over the other planets which get dwindled in their lustre and generally go towards the south. It is the Venus only that is always , victorious, even when she goes to the south. arfareit-faie afrgsrtrer: ater atch at agaltana: @: Batra: HAT RATATAT ATAT: HTT : ~ : MEFTTAATAT sfaat slat: Re : aenarcarat fadia: 2 “ fify Nidi, during the night, sfagetra: Sadikujasaurah, Moon, Mare and i Satorn, iq Sarvada, always; during the day as well as during the night. w: ‘ Jiiah, Mercury, ef Ahni, during the day, vw Oha Anye, and the reat, i. ¢., , the Sun, Jupiter, and Venus. syefewn: Bahulesitagatab, during the dark and bright fortnights (respectively). I H ===== стр 75 ===== 62 BRIHAJJATAKAM. (14) A female planet ina female sign makes a man womanish, coward in battles, fond of water, flowers, and clothings, gentle and en- dowed with sweet jingling voice and loving smiles. | Remark : — Before applying the astrological truths contained in the a subsequent pages, the reader must consider the strength or weakness of } each house of its ruler, and of the planets occupying or aspecting such : house. For these various other purposes it will not do to have a mere Radi chakra or Naviimga chakra to represent roughly the planetary posi- : tions, The actual longitudes (sphuta) of the planets and of the Ascendant froin the Ist point of the Naksatra Advini should be known. ===== стр 76 ===== 4 , CHAPTER THE THIRD. , ON THE MANIFOLD BIRTHS, : ie, On animal and Vegetable Horoscopy, ao Propane: gafafifiaeea Gra: ga caer x 5 . * . aaa u aganfacaamanaed ay arate waa rated: ug ! mat: Kriragrahaib, bythe malefic planets, ie, by the Sun, Mars, or 4 Saturn, Mercury joined with any of the above, or waning Moon, ga¥¥i: . Subalibhib, endowed with power; when powerful (i.e, when situated in their own houses, or exaltation degrees, or in their friends’ houses, or aspected by their friends), f¥a@: Vibalaih, deprived of power ; when weak, i.¢., when stationed in their enemy's houses, or in their detriment signs or aspected by their : enemies, «Cha, and. @%: Saumyaih, by the benefic planets; i¢., the waxing Moon, Jupiter, Venus, or Mercury not joined with the Sun, Mars and Saturn. . #2 Klibe, the natural eunuchs (i.c,, Mercury or Saturn). qeem Chatustayagate, n situated in the four cardinal centres or angles. sate m Tadavekgnét va, ? or when (the Lagna is) aspected by Mercury or Saturn, . . MATT Aq | HAPTAaTTAAAA: yahresreHee fiz faq uo fate? Trikonage, posted in the fifth and ninth house from the Lagna or Ascendant, @ Jie, on Merenry heing. fFew@: Vibalaih, on -becoming weak. "eT Tathf, again; and, & Paraih, the other planets, qaifteet: Mukhimghrihastaih, u face, feet and hands, faye: Dvigunah doubled. wy Tadé, then, ‘ty Bhavet, get; become, wry AvAk, mute; void of the power of apeech. 9 Gavi, in the sign Vyisa, # Indau, on Moon being. ‘yi: Adnbhaih, malefic. wath; Bhasandhigaih, in the Jast Navaméas of Karka, Vrischike, and Mina signs, yf: Subheksitah, aspected hy benefic planeta, % Chet, if. gw Kurute, produce, freGiram, speech, fray Chirdt, after along time. 17. If there be Mereury in the fifth and ninth houses (1) from the Ascendant and all the other planets be weak then 2 heads, 4 hands + feet are produced. Lf there be : Moon in the-sign Vriga. and if malefic planets be in the last Navdmésas of Karka, Vrischik and Mina then the issue will be mute from his birth; and if the Moon be aspected by benefic planets, thon there will be speech after a long time (2). . Notes:—(l) According to some commentators, the word Trikona : in the text is Mila Trikona, ie, inthe sign Kanya here. But this is ; not the opinion of Garga. : (2) But if malefic planets aspect the Moon, the child will never | speak ; if both malefic and benefic planets aspect the Moon, the effects f will follow the powerful planets. . : . aan —eraa Tas Acazttsa sa: : . : | Ba: eae wah aga acareages 1 Gavia aaai- . + * | garfra arraread eat ord afr a ae: eae aeltrqese: Wes : @rewut'Q? Saumyarkeimde, in the signs Mithuna or Kanya: there is another meaning :— in the Navaméas of the signs Mithuna or Kanya. sfewftt Ravijaru- dhirau, Saturn and Mars. % Ohet, if. eqa: Sadantah, with teeth, wa Atra, | in these circumstances, em: JAtah, is born, ge: Kubjah, hump-backed, w¥ | ===== стр 99 ===== 86 BRIHAJJATARAM, : a : Svarkse, in its own house; in the nign Karka, sf Sadini, on the Moo being, I ay’ Tanuge, in tho Lagna or Ascendant. antag? Mandamiheya drigte, aspected : by Satu and Mara, %y: Panguh, lame, crippled, 4% Mine, in the sign Mina ' or Pisces. awaftg’; Yamagasikujaih, by Saturn, Moon and Mars. ata Vikgite, ‘ heing aspected hy. ww TLagnasamathe, situated in the Arcendant. # Sam- f han, in the last Navimén of Karka, Vridchika and Mina. wt Pape, ovil planets, : fe, one of tho planets Sun, Mara, and Saturn, fh Sasini, Moon, « Cha, and, : wy: Jadah, deaf. arm SyAt, become, 4Na, not. a Chet, if. Sage: Saumya- : dyigtnh, napected by honefic planets. £ 18. If there he Saturn and Mars in the Navémsakas J of Mercury or in his signs, i.c., Mithuna and Kanyé (1) ; then the child comes out of the womb with teeth, If there he Moon in the rising sign Karka and if she be fully aspected : by Saturn and Mars, hump-hacked child comes out of the womb. If there be Moon in the sign Mina or Pisces rising in 1 the horizon, and if it be aspected by Saturn, Moon, and Mars ; then lame, crippled child is born, If there be a malefic | planet (2) and the Moon, in the last Navimias of Karka, | Vrischika and Mina, then deaf child is born. In all these H four cases, if there be benefic aspect of good planets (3) then ' the result is somewhat modified for the better; nay, if | . aspected by strong Jupiter, the effects will not occur. Note:-~(1) Or both the signs and Navéimsas according to sone | commentators. ! (2) One of the three planets, the Sun, Mars and Saturn. { (3) Tf aspected by Jupiter, tho effect will not accur. } TeaH—-ATT HARTY TTA AAT | 2, . Qaeda gard: cages: ara ee Sreaniefeuege Sauradagimkadivakoradyigte, on being adpected by Saturn, Moon and Sun, were: Viimanakab, dwarfish ; of Jow stature, of 52 Angulas high, warirefen? Makardntyavilagne, the Ascendant being the Inst (ie. ninth) Navaméa of the Makara (Capricornus) sign. Samir: gat: Dhinnvamodayagaih DrikAnaib, on the rising of the second, third and first Dreskfya in the horizon ; or it may mean on the (rising) Decanate of the fifth, ninth, and the firat house successively, weg: PApayutaih, united with (here, aspected by) evil planets Saturn, Moon and the Sun as before, According to some, occupied by the malefic Mars, syvififra; AbhujdmghvisirAh, without arms, legs, and head, wm SyAt, become ; are produced ; are born, ===== стр 100 ===== ‘ OW. IV, ON IMPREGNATIUN. 87 19. Ifthe last Navdmsa of the sign Makara (Capri- . cornus) begin to rise and if it be aspected by Saturn, the : Moon and the Sun, then the issue will bea dwarf. If, during the time of impregnation or the questioning time, the (rising) Dreskana of the fifth house from Lagna be occupied } by Mars and again aspected by Saturn, Moon and the } Sun then handless (armless) beings are born; if the (rising) ‘ Dreskana of the ninth house from the Lagna be occupied ‘ by Mary and if it be aspected by Saturn, Moon, and Sua i then beings without legs are born; if the (rising) Dreykana : of the Lagna or the Ascendant be occupied by Mars and it be aspected by Saturn, Moon ani the Sun then headless i beings are born. (This is the most reasonable interpret- : ation and agrees with the opinion of Garga). Another meaning :—If the first Dregkéina rises and : second, third Dyreskinas be united with un evil planet then ; loarms are secon; if the second Drvskdna rises, and the irst and third Dregkaénas be united with evil planets then 10 legs are seen; and if the third Dreskéna be the Ascendant : and the first, second Dreskdnas be united with or aspected by [ evil planets then no head is visible. H A third meaning :-— ! [f the second Dreskana rises in the horizon aud it be : aspected by Saturn, Moon and the Sun then the native is ( without hands; if the third Dreskdna rises and it be : aspected by Saturn, Moon and the Sun, then the native is i without legs; if the first Dreskana rises with the above men- . tioned conditions then the native is without a head. i Note :—'lhe second aud the third meanings are to be taken of the H 2nd half of this stanza, a fourth meaning is sometimes given as follows ;— lf Mays uccupy the 2nd or the 3rd or the lst Decanate of a rising sigu, then no arms, no legs, uo head are successively visible. But this 7 ‘is opposed to the opinion of Gargi. ' . ===== стр 101 ===== 88 BRIHAJJATAKAM. oO etat—ahirga fe ae enfeProteea aaa. has cs cs ’ ata: Aearatea: agegaedraa: | sqaTenaeat av . iv 2 Rent waa quater at ara wafa qa: frat: Re Ut wfiafig®? Ravisaviyute, united with the Sun and te Moon. f# Simhe, the | sign Simha (Leo), e Lagne,in the Ascendant, genfiftiiet Kujarkinirtkgite, “ aspected by Mars and Saturn. awrefen: Nayanarahitah, totally blind, @ren@r’: ' Saumydsaumyail), by the good and evil planets, ewyyqgarm: Sabudbudalochanah, with swollen eyes, wrgem: Vyayagrihagatah, in the twelfth house. t: Chandrab, the Moon. = Vamam, left oye. fife: Hinasti, deprives of, wit Aparam, tho other i.e, the righteye. » @S 0 aa sasseatishy ar SF dtarar TTT van BW Parne, full, ai Sagini, Moon, waft Svarddige, in her own sign, i.6., in the sign Karka. @& Saumyo, on Mercury being. «nit Lagnagate, being the Ascendant, yf Subhe, Jupiter, ¥® Sukhe, in the fourth house from the Ascen- 4 dant. wi? Lagne, the Ascendant, oe Jalaje, watery ; Karka; Makara, latter half , of Mina, semi Astagate, the Descendant, wfi Api, also, «VA, or. %% Chendre, the Moon. am Potagaté, ina boat, mga® Prasfyate, is delivered ; the delivery , takes place, 8. The full Moon being in Karka sign, Mercury being the Ascendant, and Jupiter in the 4th house from the : Ascendant, the delivery takes place in a boat, Such will be i the case also if the Ascendant be watery and Moon in the a Descendant. aaefia—areterarcat: welt aay: AAAS a at Wagga: wang: afra adaa en wratqry Apyodayam, the Ascendant being one of the watery signa, i.e, latter half of Makara, Karka, Mina signs, wan; Apyagah, situated in one of the watery . signs, 7 Sasi, the Moon, wa¥: Sampdirgah, fully, otaa Samaveksate, aspects, ty Atha, thus, at Va, or, Ayewrrgerm ; Megrapabandhulagnagab, situated in the a 10th, 4th, or 1st house, em Syat, takes place, gf: Satih, birth, #e® Salile, in : water. wm: Ma Samdayah, no doubt. , 9. If a watery sign begin to rise, the birth will certainly occur on the banks of waters, if (1) the Moon be ‘ also in a watery sign, or (2) if the Moon be full and aspect : the rising sign, or (8) if the Moon be in the 10th or 4th house or in Lagna. Aadtr-saagwaisstakwa gat aaa aa u maahhge Rerat at vtandad az nee tt AiG: Udayodupayoh, from the Ascendant or the Moon, safe? Vyayas- : thite, in the twelfth house, yrat Guptydm, in jail. wefrafer Papaniriksite, on : being aspected by evil planet. 4 Yame, Saturn. witwfaiy’ Alikarkiyute, in Vrischike or Karka signs. fant Vilagnage, in the Ascendant. @%, Saure, Saturn. Satie Sitakareksite, aspected by the Moon, %@ Vate, under the banyan tree; in excavated places, moats or ditches. ===== стр 110 ===== CH. V, ON BIRTH MATTHERS. 97 eS 10. Ifthe Moon be in the Ascendant and if Satum occupy the 12th house from the Lagna and be aspected by a malefic planet, then delivery will take place ina jail. Again i if either the sign Vyischika or Karka begin to rise and be } occupied by Saturn and aspected by the Moon, the birth ; will occur in a ditch. | Raretar—Ha ssa Frerat gaytghrtrae sar ~: RMA TTaT aracaay a way ween | #8 Mande, on Saturn (occupying), we Abjagate, a watery sign (beginning F to rise), Men® Vilagnage, beginning to rise. guyégiéiw® Budhsatryendunirtksite, | aspected by Mercury, the Sun, or the Moon. ww Kyamét, in due order; succes- J sively, meret Kridabhavane, in a dancing house; in a pleasure house, gaw : Surdlaye, in temples, @racytq Sokharabhtimigu, in sterile soil; in sandy places, ! ‘Oha, and, sgv® Prasttyate, is born, . 11. If Saturn be in the watery Ascendant and if it be aspected by Mercury, then delivery takes place in dancing halls; if aspected by the Sun, in temples; if aspected by Moon, delivery takes places in sterile or sandy soils. seardl—-aearert ter Es: TTA we Hey ae Wars uo itgmaigey frenwt g: sad j UTA WAR AN teort Neilagnagam, situated in the Ascendant that is one of the human , signe, i.¢, in Mithuna, KanyA, Tuld, first half of Dhanu, and Kumbha; anyone of these being the Ascendant; the Ascendant, being any of the human signs, x fea Preksya, when aapected by, qa: Kujah, Mars. tw® Smasfine, ina burning ground ; in a place for burning the dead, <&® Ramye, in beautiful houses, fry : Sitendu, Venus and Moon. yx: Guruh, Jupiter. wfetr? A gnibotre, in those placea 6 where sacred fires are perpetually maintained ; in the cook rooms ; where havanas : are conducted, 4: Ravih, the Sun. weqrrengey Narendramaragokulegu, in : palaces, temples, or cowsheds, fare’ Silpdlaye, in workshops. w: Jitah, Meroury. : wet Prasavam, delivery. waft Karoti, effects; produces, j 12. Ifa human sign be rising and if Saturn remains ; there, and Mars aspecting it, delivery will take place in ‘ burning ground; Venus and Moon aspecting, delivery will ‘| take place in beautiful spots or houses; Jupiter aspecting, j 8 : ok ===== стр 111 ===== 98 BRIBAJJATAKAM. in sacred places of fires; Sun aspecting, in palaces, temples or cowsheds; and Mercury aspecting, delivery takes place ' in workshops. . . Faint art seq at feat” * . ; Te UW cafard aa aeRTAT ATT: WAN wedxermtmt Rasyaméasamdnagochare, corresponding to the Ascendant, and y the rising Navaméa, i.¢., corresponding to what is indicated as liked by the ; Ascendant or Navaméa in the verse 5, Ohapter I, Khachardécha Snrve. “i Marge, on the way. om Janma, birth, *§ Chare, moveable ; the Ascendant being one of the moveable signs, feet Sthire, fixed ; the Ascendant being one of the fixed signs. 7 Grihe, houses, eret'ai® SvarkgAméagate, when situated in the rising Navamda of the Ascendant, «if§t Svamandire, in their own houses. swarm Balayogat, accord- ‘ ing to the strength of the Ascendant or the rising NavAméa. "eq Phalam, result; ; ie, delivery, went: Améakarkguyoh, between the Ascendant and its rising “ NavAméa, 13. The birth will occur in places (1) represented by ; the rising sign or Navamésas, whichever is powerful. If such . sign or Naviéméa be a moveable one, the birth will occur in roads; if fixed, then, within a building (2). If the rising Navaémsa be a Vargottama one, the house will be one’s own property. Notes ;-—(t) These places are those referred to in atanza 5, Chapter I. We will give here the several places appropriate to the several signs of ; the zodiac. 7 Mega represents the sheds of the sheep, mountains, the residence : of an army, a fre place, metal mines, and mines where precious stones are found. : Vyiga represents forests, bottom of hills, places frequented by the elephants and cattle and dwelling places of the farmer. Mithuna represents places frequented by women learned in music and painting for purpose of either play or to carry love messages to lovers. Karka represents rice-fields, tanks, sand-banks, and places fre- ; quented by the nymphs. Simha represents forests, inaccessible places, caves, mountains cover- ed with forests, and places frequented by forestmen. . Kanyf represents places overgrown with grass, women’s sleeping ' apartments, and female schools, . ===== стр 112 ===== g e CH. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS. 99 : SESS | Tula represents custom houses, middle streets, bazaars, roads lead- { ing to towns, market-places, high ground and places where crops grow. j Vrischika represents caves, fortified towns, ditches, places where { there are poisonous stones, hille; snake holes and scorpion holes. i Dhanu represents good and even places where there are horses or § cavalry men or armed men, places of sacrificial fire or where vehicles are kept. ' Makara represents rivers, gardens, forests, tanks, water-banks and ditches, Kumbha represents places frequented by birds, by women, by dealers in liquor or by gamblers. . Mina represents temples, places frequented by the Brahmins, holy waters, rivers, and seas. > (2) I€ both fixed and moveable, the birth would occur in the outer . . verandah of the house. Jareiar—-enaaaaaaray axe aT Rrasas- ; AIT WN Sessa Sag: YoaTIa F Wa: ueen t wrote: Ardrkajayoh, Mars and Saturn being in one sign, fade? Trikon- } age, in the fifth and ninth houses. “# Chandve, the Moon. w@ Aste, in the . seventh house ; in the Descendant. «Cha, and. faasu® Visrijyate, left; forsaken; . deserted. waa Ambayé, by its mother. 42 Driste, aspectad, wrcuerifiet Amara- rdjamantrina, by the Jupiter. ¢taig: Dirghdyuh, long-lived, gave, Sukhabhak, ‘ happy. Cha, and. m: Smritab, should be remembered or considered. | 14. Mars and Saturn being in one sign and the Moon & 8 (1) in the fifth, ninth or seventh house from them, the child will be forsaken by its mother; but if Jupiter aspects the } Moon, then the child, though abandoned by its mother, 4 will enjoy happiness and long life. 4 Note :(1) According to some other reading ‘if the Moon or the ; Sun occupy the 5th or the 9th house,” : qdataatmahaa aang get aat EN razah garasatrerata uv ateashe orale aera { geaate ahetatgacgeatatserag: ek Y wefa® PApeksite, aspected by evil planets, ie, Sun or Saturn, gfer Tuhi- & nagau, the Muon (ocoupying), 4% Udaye, in the Ascendant; in the rising sign, 4 § Kuje, Mars (being), w® Aste, in the Descendant. ram: ‘Tyaktab, forsaken, ===== стр 113 ===== 100 BRIHAJJATAKAM. fercaft, Vinagyati, dies, gemivt: Kujarkajayoh, Mars and Saturn, am Tatha, ‘ similarly, ww Aye, in the eleventh house. @r§ Saumye, or benefic planets ' (aspecting). wf Api, also. waft Pasyati, aspecting, wmfiweet TathAvidhahastam, i to the hands of one of the same caste as indicated by the corresponding planets. ; ft Eti, comes; falls into the hands of. @r%ty Saumyetaregu, other than the good E planets, i.e., malefic planets aspecting (and also being more powerful). yyer: 4 Parahastagatab, even when sheltered by the persons. wi Api, even, wmg: j Andyub, ceases to have any life; will die. ao 15, If the Moon occupy the Ascendant and be as- . pected by a malefic planet (Mars or Saturn), Mars at the same time occupying the Descendant, the child deserted by " its mother will die. Again if the Moon occupy the Ascendant and. be as- ut pected by a malefic planet (the Sun), Mars and Saturn at ? the same time occupying the 11th house from the Moon, : the child deserted by its mother will die. . Jn the above two cases, if the Moon be also aspected A by a powerful benefic planet (Jupiter), the deserted child will fall into the hands of the class of men represented by the aspecting benefic planet and will live; in this latter case, if the aspecting malefic planet be powerful, the deserted child will fall into the hands of others and will perish. . Raeia—Raargeey | ageraeurenfag = trait: Ua: uate Aardteg sifrat aatg fem gama een faeerayty. PittimAtrigrihegu, in the house of one’s father und mother. ngrery Tadbalat, by virtue of their superior strength. wwarefty Taruédladisu, . under a tree, or in a wooden house, ‘fw’: Nichagaih, when in their detrimental houses, yt Subhaih, all the benefic planets, #& Yadi, if. 4 Na, not, wmf: . Ekagataib, situated in the same house. gTu, but. ‘fw Vikpitau, aspected. ; way Lagnendd, the Ascendant and the Moon, fe® Vijano, where there are no persona ; in deserted places. »ywa Prastyato, is produced ; is born. 16. Birth will take place in one’s father’s. or uncle’s house if a paternal planet (Sun or Saturn) be powerful ; in one’s mother’s or maternal aunt’s house if the maternal : planets (Moon or Venus) be powerful, If all the benefic : planets be in their detrimental houses, then delivery will 7 ===== стр 114 ===== | | OW. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS, 101 | take place under trees, in wooden houses ; and if the Ascend- 7 ant and the Moon be not aspected by at least three bene- i fic planets in one sign, then delivery will take place in ; deserted places where there are no bodies; (and if aspected j by many good planets in one house, then birth will take : place in places where there are many persons), . . qarmter—araatat with fega aregbsoat ar | ATH a aaa waa aaa wt un aaahrsale eh mintag aaitarag egana: Saag ! TIT: W V9 Ul weqait?, Mandarksdmée, in Saturn’s Navamda. aff Sadini, the Moon. feg@ Hibuke, the fourth house from the Ascendant. ‘ag Mandadriste, aspected / by Saturn, sa% Abjage, in the water sigus (Karka and Mina.) = Va, or. wa . Tadyuke, united with the Saturn. a Va, or, wef Tamasi, in dark places; ! in places without any lamp. ‘%®% Sayaue, in the bed room; in the room where / delivery takes place; in lying-in-room. ‘wi: Nichasamsthaih, when more | than three benefic planets are situated in their detrimental houses. 4% Bhimau, on the ground; on the ground covered over with leaves. "qq Yadbat, in what- { ever manner. fe: RAédih, sign waft Vrajati, moves; rises. fix Harijam, in | the horizon. wre: Garbhamoksah, delivery ; birth. g Tu, but, gq Tadvat, in the same manner. wi: PApaih, by the evil planets (with the Moon.) am . Ubandrit, from the Moon. erga: Smarasukhagataib, in the seventh, and fourth houses from the Ascendant, ®t Kledam, birth-pain ; travail. wg: Abub, ] say, wre: Jananydb, of the mother. 17, There will be darkness, no lamp (a) in the deli- very place ifthe following conditions prevail :—(1) if the | Moon be in Saturn’s Navamsa, (2) or if the Moon be in the q fourth house (b) from the Ascendant, (3) or if the Moon be | aspected by Saturn, (4) or ifthe Moon be in the Navamsas | of watery signs, (c) or (5) if the Moon be united with Saturn. 4 The delivery will take place on ground covered with 4 leaves of trees, if three benefic planets occupy their detri- 4 mental houses (d). The child will come out of the womb 4 in the manner in which the rising sign reaches the horizon (e). i ===== стр 115 ===== 102 BRIHAJJATAKAM, The mother will suffer much from travail if Satum | (or malefic planet) and the Moon occupy the same sign or i if malefics occupy the 4th or the 7th house from the j Ascendant. ' Notes :-—(a) [£ the Sun be powerful and be aspected by Mars, there f will be no darkness ; or if the Moon be aspected by the Sun, there will be 4 no darkness, These are respectively the opinions of Sarfvali and Yava- 2 nedwara. f (b) Yavaneswara used the word kendra, meaning the lat, 4th, 7th, : and 10th houses. { (c} Water Navamvas are those of Karka and Mina (here). “ (d) Savavali has the word “ Neecha Samsthe, t.¢., if the Moon be in f her Neecha sign, viz., Scorpio. ‘d (e) That is, if the sign be one that rises with its head, then the vs . head of the child will appear first; if the sign be one that rises with its « back, the leg of the child will appear first; and if it be one that rises with both its head and leg, as the sign Mina, the hands willappear first. According A to certain commentators this part of the text is interpreted as follows :—~If ‘4 the body of the rising sign be in his direct course, the birth will be a natural one ; and if in his retrograde motion, the birth will be an irregular 4 one. This meaning has the support of Manittha. x . : ~ : gawi—aAe: walargeare afadtirshgae- o * * . ATER: U ak a aaregh tat wider Pavat es ; @e: Snehab, oil ina lamp, siert Sasamkat, from the position of the Moon ; in the sign which she occupies, i.e, according as the Moon is in the beginning, oO the middle, or the end of the sign, so the oil ie full, half full or empty. wart : Udayat, from the Ascendant, = Oha, and. ¥f': Vartih, the wick of a lamp, 4: : Dipab, lamp, wigmdaamy Arkayuktarksavadaf, according to the sign where the i Sun exists, wom: Charddyah, moveable, fixed or common, (If moveable sign, then the lamp was being removed from one place to another; if fixed, the lamp ° was fixed in a corner ; if common, the lamp was just placed in a corner after its : removal.) Some are vf opinion that the lamp is faced to the direction that is denoted by the sign where the Sun exists, some again say that the lamp is faced to the direction which the Sun in his diurnal revolution at present indicates, ‘ ‘The Sun faces towarde 8 directions respectively during the eight praharas, one prahara being equal to 3 hours, Some again say, that the colour of the wick of the lamp resembles the colour of the Ascendant. gr Dvaram, the door. Cha, and. ===== стр 116 ===== OH. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS. - 103 eee . waRgh ‘Tadvastuni, in the lying-in chamber. re: Kendrasamethaih, in the 7 angles, ®@4 Jieyam, to be known. n¥: Grahaih, by the planets, dvanfeat: Viryasa- manvitaih, according to its strength. = VA, or. 18. The oil in the lamp of a lying-in room will be full, half-full, or nearly empty if the Moon be at the begin- f ning, middle or. end of any sign (1). The wick will be f full, half, or nearly exhausted according as the Ascendant is Just rising, half risen or nearly wholly risen (2), The lamp is being moved, or stationary or just being fixed ac- cording as the sign where the Sun exists is cardinal, fixed, _ orcommon. The lamp will be fixed to that direction where b the Sun points in the course of his diurnal revolution (the i Sun points successively to eight directions in eight praharas.) . The entrance door to a lying-in chamber will. be in the § direction of the powerful planets occupying an angle or t kendra and if there be many planets, then in the direction Y of the most powerful planets (8). ‘ Notes :~~\1) According to Saravali, if the Moon be full, the oil will 7 be full and the quantity of the oil varies with the illuminated portion of , the Moon’s disc. Bhatta Utpala, the commentator, dbjects to this view, for 3 he says that if such were the case, children born on new Moon days should always be born in the dark—this cannot be. . | (2) The length of the wick varies with the position of the point of i the rising sign in contact with the horizon, The wick is of the colour é of the rising sign. b (3; If there are no planets in the kendras, the entrance will be in i the direction of the Ascendant or its Dvidasamsa. at: fo—sitel demands Ratge wa aa eftett tera aed TH afega atatreaa uw i fragd aa a yas Al ce at aaa qUWeT- | waa ardagat ae ee ‘i aw Jirpam,‘old ; used as such, on many previous occasions as auch, #ari A Samskritam, thoroughly repaired. wi® Arkaje, Saturn, feftg’ Ketisute, Mars. f qt Dagdham, burnt by fire, 7% Nayam, new. eat Sitagau, Moon, weny 4 g Kasthadhyam, of wood. "¢¥ Na Dridham, not strong, f& Ravau, the Sun. sfigt | ===== стр 117 ===== »y 104 BRIHAJJATAKAM. i Sasisute, Mercury. om Tat, that lying-in chamber, %wfiwgrey, Naikadilpyudbha- 4 vam, of varied workmanship, ei .Ramyam, pleasant and delightful. fat i Ohitrayutam, of various ornamentations, wt Navam, new. + Cha, and. yy # Bhriguje, Venus, wa Jive, Jupiter. 4q Dridham, solid, lasting for many years, a “ft< Mandirom, the lying-in room. wrt: Chokrasthaih, ih the horoscope. By the “a other planets near the moat powerful planet in the horoscope that fixes the lying a in room, ‘Oho, and. water Yathopadedarachan&m, the arrangement of the 7 rooms as deduced from the directions given above, erm! SAmantapirvam, : on all the four sides cf the lying-in room, the other rooms adjoining the lying-in : chamber, indue order. "aq Vadet, say. : 19, If Saturn be the most powerful in one’s nativity, ; the delivery takes-place in a chamber that is old but tho- i roughly repaired. If Mars be powerful, the lying-in chamber 4 will be partly burnt; if the Moon be powerful, thenitisa ~.: newly-built chamber ; if the Sun be powerful, the birth will i oceur in a chamber built of wood but weak and fragile; if 4 Mercury be powerful, then in a chamber of nice workman- i ship of various workmen; if Venus be powerful, then ina | beautiful chamber newly built and adorned with pictures ; 4 and if Jupiter be powerful, the delivery takes place in a | strong durable chamber. The other rooms on all the } , four sides of the lying-in chamber are also judged from -' the other planet's positions in one’s nativity (from the most *! powerful one in due order). Notes :—According to Saravali, if the Sun occupy the sign occupied : by the most powerful'planet as given in the text, the delivery will occur , in the room set apart for the worship of the Devas; if the Moon occupy : the sign occupied by the most powerful planet, the birth will occur in the bath room or where water is kept; if Mars, then in the kitchen or where sacred fires are kept; if Mercury, in the bed room; if Jupiter, in the ‘ treasure-room or store-house; if Venus, then in the playground ; and if : ‘ Saturn, the birth will occur in the place where all sweepings are gathered. , The commentator adds if there be 3 or more planeta in the 3 signa beginning from that oceupied by the most powerful planet, there will be rooms on the eastern side of the nature of the planet; if in the next 3 signs, there will be rooms on the south-eastern side; ifin the next three, . there will be rooms on the western side; and so on; and if in the last three, there will be rooms on the northern side, ===== стр 118 ===== j CH. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS. 105 ‘ Again, according to Laghu Jataka, if Jupiter at the same time be in a the 10th house from the Ascendant and at the same time exalted having passed’ over the exaltation degree, the birth will occur in a two-storied : house ; if he be under the exaltation degree, the birth will occur in a three- storied house, and if in the exaltation degree, then in a four-storied house. Again, if the sign Dhanu be powerful, the birth will occur ina house , consisting of 3 inner verandahs; if Jupiter occupy the 10th house from { the Ascendant or one of the signs, Mithuna, Kanyé and Mina, the house i will be one with two inner verandahs, | FaH AIGA GTAATS: MIATA TAT TAG tt qieras aq Paret ararrat satel ve + ° : ‘ Sagircyenfea®: Mega Kuliratulélighataih, by the signs Moga, Karka, Tula, Vriéchika, aud Kumbha (or their Navamdas, whichever is powerful), 9, Prék, eastern, towarde the eastern portion of the house. vee: Uttaratah, northern, towards the north side of house, ye@reryty Gurusaumyagrihesu, in the houses of : Jupiter and Mercury, i.e. the signs Dhanu, Mina, Mithuna, and Kany (becoming . if _ the Ascendant), fie: Pagchimatah, towarde the western side of the house, i ww Vrisena, the sign Vriga (rising), fiw: Nivasab, the position of the lying-in sy chamber. afeewmetr Daksinabhdgakarau, towards the southern side of the Hf house, gt Mrigasimhau, the signs Makara and Simha (rising). 3 20, The Ascendant being Mega, Karka, Tulé, Vris- chika, or Kumbha or any of its Navaméas (1) the lying-in f chamber will be situated towards the east, (2); the Ascen- ; dant being one of the signs Dhanu, Mina, Mithuna or Kany, i towards the north; the Ascendant being: Vriga, towards e the west; the Ascendant being Makara or Simha, towards q the south.. (1) Whichever is powerful. (2) The eastern portion of the house. f fade: uo meqeaty areqaatent: | sefaae- oa 2. i afeaa: atu : 2 aremfq? PrachyAdigribe, the eastern, etc,, directions of the lying-in chamber ye in the dwelling house, 4.¢., the dixections (east, east-south, south, south-west, west, t ccd % 4 ===== стр 119 ===== 106 BRIHAJJATAKAM. OO north-weat, north, or north-east of the dwelling house,) where the lying-in chambor is situated. fwga: KriyAdayah, the twelve signs, Mega, etc. td Dvau ~ Dvau, two and two, Sewn: Koyagatah, towards the corners, i. ¢., south-east, south- | west, north-west, and north-east corners, gyi: Dvimfrtayah, the common signs. weary Sayyasu, the cot on which slept the child with the mother. ff Api, also. went Vastuvat, like the divolling house. tq Vadet, is to say. w@: Padaih, the { four legs of the cot. sqfemaremaféea: Sattrinavantyasamsthitaih, considered as the : sixth, third, ninth, and twelth houses from the Ascendant. 21, The sign Mesa or Vrisa being the Ascendant, the bed of the mother will be towards the east of the lying-in chamber; Mithuna being the Ascendant, towards the south- | east; Karka or Simha being the Ascendant, towards the © | south; Kany& being the Ascendant, towards the south-west ; d Tula, or Vrischika being the Ascendant, towards the west; j Dhanu indicate the north-west; Makara or Kumbha, the north; and Mina towards the north-east. The same rule i holds good for the place in the bed or cot where the mother might lie. As regards the cot again, its two front legs will point towards the directions indicated by the 12th and 3rd } houses from the Ascendant, and its two hind legs towards | the quarters indicated by the 6th and 9th houses (1). | Notes :—(1) In other words, the 12th and the 3rd houses indicate | the position of the fore legs; the 9th and 6th houses indicate the hind legs; the 8rd and 6th houses indicate the two right legs and the 12th and | the 9th houses indicate the two left legs. Also the Ascendant at birth time and the 2ud house represent the head of the cot, the 4th and 6th house represent the right side; the 7th and 8th houses represent the part between the two hind legs, and the 10th and 11th houses represent the left side, Now whatever portion of the cot may be represented by the common signs, there the cot will be bent down a little, and this will : not be the case if such sign is either occupied or aspected by its ruler or by a benefic planet. . . Again, there will be defects, knots, cracks, holes, etc., in those parts of the cot which are represented by signa occupied by malefic planets . and this will not be the case if such malefic planets be in their exaltation : . Signs, in their Mfla Trikona signs, in friendly signs or in their own houses, | | ===== стр 120 ===== OH. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS. 107 AISA-WRATATHATMTA: TOTAL: afywacaara eraTewaseqet FN RT wxenrreia: Chandralagnantargataih, found between the Lagna at birth time and the Moon, 4%: Grahaib, by the planets.. @ Syub, existed, evgiter: Upastitikéh, the woman near to the woman recently delivered of child; the mid- wives and others close by. ft: Bahih, outeide the lying-in room. wm: Antah, inside the room. ~ Cha, and. wg’ Chakrardhe, in the same zodiac, yang DrisyAdrisye, the visible and invisible; the upper and the lower. wee Anyath, otherwise; reversed, 4: Paraih, different writers; other writers. 22. The number of women close by the woman re- cently delivered (including midwives) is as many as there are ; planets in the houses between the Lagna at birth time and , the house occupied by the Moon. Of these, outside the lying-in room would be as many women as there are planets in the visible half of the Zodiac; and inside would be as many as there are planets in the invisible (i.e., the lower) half of the Zodiac. Some writers are inclined to take just the reverse, . Note:—The age, caste and colour of the women are similar to the corresponding planets; if the benefic planets occupy the signs from the Lagna to the Moon, the midwives and other women will all be beautiful, well dressed and adorned; if malefic planets occupy the signs, the women will be dirty, ugly and with no ornaments. Some writers say that the ‘ women inside coyrespond to the planets in the visible Zodiac and the outside women correspond to the planets in the lower port of the Zodiac. Varaéha Mihira does not concur to this. If any of the planets be in its exalted portion or retrograde position then the number of women is to be trebled ; if any of the planets be in its Dreskénas, or in its own Navamdas or in its own sign then the number of females is it to doubled. FhaH-aAATAT ITI: ASA ET TTT NN aaereaaiaad: aeaterears: Ru somainggerry: Lagnanavamsaspatulyatanuh, resombling the ruler of the rising Navaméa, verse 8, Chapter II in form and appearance, «mq SyAt, becomes, diganggeryy: Viryautagrahatulyavapuh, of a body resembling that ofthe strongest planet in one’s nativity. ‘qetrminvet: Chandrasametanaviméapavarnah, colour resembling the ruler of the Navamsa where Moon exists, (See verse 4, Chap, IT.) ===== стр 121 ===== waftivenoemr: KAdivilagnavibhaktabhagatrah, the separate limbs of the body resembling their corresponding signs and their rulers and the planets in them as stated in the verse beginning with the letter Ka, - 23. The child resembles, in structure and other peculiarities of the body, the ruler of the rising Navamsa or the Ascendant (whichever is. powerful, vide verse 8, Chapter II) or, if these be weak, resembles the most powerful planet in its nativity. The colour of the child is similar to the ruler of the Navamga occupied by the Moon (verse 4, Chapter I). And the separate limbs would be according to the corresponding parts of the body of the Zodiacal Man (verse 4, Chapter I). (1) the Ascendant repre- senting the head.) % Note:~(1) The Lagna represents the head; the 2nd, the face; the 3rd, the chest; the 4th, the heart; the 5th, the belly; the 6th, the waist; the 7th, the abdomen; the ‘eighth, the private parts; the ninth, . the scrotum ; the 10th, the thighs; the 11th, the knees; the 12th, the legs | and féet. If the ruler ofa long siga exists in a long sign, the part : corresponding will be long; if tho ruler of a long sign exists in a short ; sign, the part will be of middle size and so on (vide stanza 19 of Chapter 1). | In stanza 19 of Chapter I, the relative magnitudes of the several : signs of the Zodiac were given as follows :-— . 7 , Mega 20 Mina. { Vyisa 24 Kumbha. } | 0 { Mithuna 28 Makara. | Karka 32 Dhanu, } ‘ 1 Simha 36 Vyidchika. \ { Kanyé 40 Tula. \ “ , Of these the 4 signs referred to in Division I are known as short , signs. ‘The 4 of Division Il are known as signs of middle length and the 4 of Division III are known as long signs. So that the part of the body will be long or short according asthe sign representing itis long or ¢ short. If the ruler of a short sign occupy a long sign, or if the ruler of a long sign occupy a short sign, the size ofthe part of body represented will : i ===== стр 122 ===== CH. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS. 109 be of middle length. Ifseveral planets occupy a sign, the most powerful \ of them shall be taken into account, and ifno planets occupy @ sign the size of the part of body will simply follow that of the sign. According to some the colour must be determined fromthe sign occupied by the Moon, vide stanza 20, Chapter I. To this the commenta- . tor objects. For he says there are no people of the colour of the parrot. In determining the colour, the country, the climate, occupation, the . : colour of the father, mother and the like should be taken into account. ; Ute ros catrararattaga Tet se ETAT ' oy. | ee datanargueteraniertr arfrert: u afta: i : L fragt aa ange aat sett 1 sabiruaa | ATA ALATA AST Wars ; . ‘ dquatvornstrgn: Kamdrikdrotranastkapollanavah, head, eyes, oars, nostrils, cheek, and jaws, we Vaktram, face, Oba, and, roy: HorAdayah, the signs . beginning with the Ascendant as the first house. "Te, they; the signs. . Ssiewryra preter KanthAmsakabdhupérivah sidayakrodani, neck, shoulders, arme, sides, heart, belly. wf: Nabhih, the navel. wm: Tatab, after ‘that ‘in tho rising of the second Dregkand. wfin: Vastih, the abdomen, fieg® Sidnagude, the generative organ and the anus, wm:Tatab, after that; on the rising of the third Dreskana. «Cha, and, evtr Vyigayau, the testicles, we Ura, the thighs. mm: Tatah after that, emp Janunt, the knees.sie Jamgh4, the shanks, sit Amghrt, the feet. wf Iti, thus, ew Ubbayatra, where the two things are mentioned. ry ‘Vamam, the left (is indicated). f¢®: Uditaih, by the upper half of the Zodiac that has risen above, fewewt: DregkGpbhAgaib, according to the division into Dregkégas, fiw Tridh&, three-fold division of the body beginning with the head, the neck, and the abdomen according as the three Dregk&pas of any Ascendant begin to rise. _ 24, (Now the different parts of the body are repre- sented according to the rising in the horizon of the three Dreskanas of any sign). When the first Decanate rises in the ‘ horizon, the Ascendant represents the head, the second and twelfth sign representing right and left eyes ; 3 and 11, the ears; 4 and 10, nostrils ; 5 and 9, cheek; 6 and 8, jaws; ' 7, face. When the second Decanate rises in the horizon, the Ascendant indicates the neck ; 2 and 12, the shoulders; 3 and 11, arms; 4 and 10, the sides; 5 and 9, the breasts ; ===== стр 123 ===== * 110 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 6 and 8, belly;.7, navel. When the third Decanate rises _ in the horizon, the Ascendant represents the abdomen: 2, : and 12, the generative organs and anus; 3 and 11, the right and left testicles; 4 and 10, the right and left thighs; 5 and 9, the knees; 6 and 8; shankles; 7, feet. In all these cases the right part of the body.is denoted by the signs from the Lagna to the seventh sign and the left part of the body is denoted by the signs from the 7th to the 12th, respectively. ; Note :—The object of the verse is to fix thescars or marksin any part of the body of the new-born child. : we iN ute fro—aftrg maga ae yaya TS TTT : * i erait Ravdgag aes: ereaniga: | . : . TernbraaisParatrast Aa gt ara: : . at aresageras feat steasssttcd: YT WAY afm, Tasmin, in any of the Decanates rising in the horizon, wagt PApayutam,. united with the evil planets, »¥ Vraye, sign of boil, a tumour, sore or an ulcer. yg? Subhaynte, united with the benefic planets. 4% Driste, aspected by, = Cha, and, went LakgmAdidet, should declare that there are spote, marks of sesamum, moles, &o, eit Svarkgdmde, in its own sign on Navaméa. Feevighy Sthirasamyutegu, ina fixed sign. oem: Sahajab, natural; from birth, amy Syt, produced. wen Anyath4, otherwise, ariga: Agantukah, after birth due to some causes, “tenfien: Mandesmanilajah, Saturn being the cause of wound, scars are due to the falling of stones or due to illness Vatavyadhi, aftrrenfirn: Agnidastravigajah, arising from fire, weapons or poisons, %® Bhaume, Mars ; being the cause of wound, g% Budhe, Mercury being the cause of wound, 4 ye Bhibbavab, caused by falls on the ground, gi Sdrye, the Sun being the cause, ‘reyyuitn Ké4gthachatugpadena, from wood, or from the quadruped animals. fer Himagau, the (waning) Moon being the cause. waver: Sringab- jajab, arising from the wounds inflicted by the horned animals or by aquatic animals, wr’: Anyaih, by other signs occupied by the benefic planets, yr Subbam, auspicious, 25. The rising Decanate, if united with evil planets, pro- duces scars due to hurts, wounds in the corresponding parts € of the body as determined in the preceding verse; if united with benefic planets or aspected by them, produces moles, : ; ¢ * ===== стр 124 ===== . CH. V, ON BIRTH MATTERS. 111 black marks or clots of hair such as til, &c. If the planets L be in their own houses or Navamgas or in the Navaméas of | fixed signs, then the marks are natural, seen from birth; ' . | otherwise, the marks are produced subsequently due to i gome wounds or other causes (1). If Saturn be the cause, ‘ the mark arises out of hurts from stones or by the wind. If Mars be the cause, the mark arises out of hurts from fire, ‘weapons or poisons. If malefic Mercury be the cause, then falls on the earth are the causes of marks. If the Sun be the cause, marks arise from hurts by wooden materials or quadruped animals, Ifthe waning Moon be ne the cause, then horned animals or aquatic animals are the sources of marks, There will be no wound in those parts of the bady which are represented by signs occupied by the ‘ i penefic planets. Note :—(1) That is, in the Dada periods of the several planets. —-eiteftegitar aRaert aa: agar ger wata Faarrerta: gheargag ar! swag: ~ . ae 8e daambr RanawHge: delgas a weH- 4 ary Rh “ efa sftacrefiizcrarisata geenad seafafratar- eaTa: TST: UK Ut amy: Samanupatitdh, are seen; exist. aq Yasmin, in whatever. wt Bhage, portions ; right or left sides, a: Trayab, the three. egw: Sabudhah, with Mercury. mm: Grah@b, planets. «aft Bhavati, arises. fawq Niyaméat, according to rule, certainly ; with all certainty, surely, a Tasya, their ; of them ; the marks due to scars or other wounds as described before, waft: Avaptih, receiving ; getting ; having; on being endowed with; possessing, ty Subhesu, benefic (planets). "qty Adubhesu, malefic. w Va,or. mwey Vragakyit, scar-pro- ducing cause; agent causing marks, ¢. g., black spots, &c, wy Agubhah, malefic planet, 2 Sasthe, the sixth house from the Ascendant, %% Dehe, on the body, mt: Tanok, from the Ascendant, wen Bhasamdasrite, on the portion of the body indicated by the corresponding sign as inferred from verse 4, Kélan- gani, Ohapter I. frextmmq Tilakamasakakrit, producer of black mark, Tila, ===== стр 125 ===== n2 BRIHAJJATAKAM. Madaka, &c, ge: Dyigtuh, is seen, 8: Saumyaih, with benefic planets. gn: Yutsh, united, » Cha, and. Sa, that; evil planet. eewm Laksmavan, producing marks, such as clote of hair termed Lakgma. ~ 26. On whichever part of the body (represénted by the sign, see stanza 24 of this Chapter) right or left, is seen the planet Mercury joined by the three other planets, benefic or malefic, there will surely be seen marks caused ~ ; by wounds or moles, etc. If the malefic planet causing marks, be situated in the sixth house from the Ascendant, then on that part of the body as denoted by verse 4, Chap- ter J, will be seen scars (1). But if a benefic planet aspects the malefic one then a dark and a white mole will be seen ; but if the sixth house be occupied | by benefics, then will ~ be seen simply a clot of hair. Note:—(1) In the Haga period of the mdst powerful planet. Thus ends the Fifth Chapter of Brihajjataka on Rules regarding , births by Sri Varaha Mihira of Avantika. i . ===== стр 126 ===== e y » . OHAPTER VI, . ON BALARISTA OR EARLY DEATH. | * A | Pregraret—eearat fradtitretcrartatanatira- . aa wet afraraada: Sat a araqaa neu ( wart Samdhy&ydm, in the twilight period, i.e, in the morning or evening, that period which precedes the moment (lj gbatia earlier) when the Sun hes q just half risen and that which succeeds the moment when the Sun has just half set during which the stars areinvisible. fesifibitrs Himadidhitihora, the lunar horé is rising ; the second halves in the odd signs, and the first halves in the even signs, : are known as lunar horés, w’: Papaih, the evil planets (occupying). wiewa: BhAmtagataih, the Jast Navdmsas of signs. f«ne Nidhandya, for death (soon after birth). 3% Pratyekam, one in every angle. «frmeata: SadipApasametaih, the Moon and the three other malefic planets (occupying). ®% Kendraih, . situated in the angular houses. w Va, or. © Sa, he; the child born. Remy ott os Vindéam Upaiti, meets with death ; dies. J. The new-born child will die soon after birth, if J he be born in the twilights in the morning or evening, | when there is rising the hora of the Moon (1) and when the | evil planets are situated in the last Nav&méas of the signs. { Similar will be the result if at the time of birth, the Moon ' exists in one angle and 3 evil planets in the three other i angles, respectively. ! Note:—(1) In the odd signs the second horas, and in the even signs i the first halves are known as lunar horis. \ . | fo poe GT ay Aeag 8 f ‘ . | aaa \ fast Part agi sra: wafserarer- 2 faa wu . . wa Qhakrasya, of the Zodiacal circle. galaeumtyg Pirvaparabhagagesu, situated in the first or eastern and second or western halves (of the Zodiac) ‘ respectively. The second half begins with the 4th house from the Ascendant and ends with the 10th house, The remainder is the firat half, How many degrees of the Ascendant have risen above the horizon so many degrees should 15 | 1 ===== стр 127 ===== 114 BRIHAJJATAKAM. nis be deducted ftom the fourth sign and corresponding corrections made in the : 10th sign. Some again remark that the first half is counted from the Ascendant to the seventh house and the second half, the remainder. ty Kr@tregu, the malefic ~ planets occupying, %€%q Saumyesu, the benefic planets occupying, + Oba, and. Wewi? Kifalagne, on the rising in the horizon of Vyischika and Karka signs (these sre the two meant here according to BAdarfyapa), fa Kyipram, soon. fert Vinddam, death. sytf Samupaiti, will meet with. oa: J&tah, the new- \ born child, ww: Papaih, the malefic planets occupying. fesrerrnfin: Vilagndsta- mayfbhitah, situated (sm:) in the Ascendant and in the Descendant, Some : say, situated in the Ascendant or in the Descendant, Some say, when the. malefic planets are on the two sides (mfia:) of the Lagna or of the Descendant, : respectively, ¢¢., when there are the malefic planets in the second and twelfth houses in one case; and where there are evil planets in the sixth and eighth houses in another case; in both these cases respectively the child will die soon. Some give a third meaning :—When all the evil planets occupy the second ~! house and are about to rise (wfim:) in the horizon or when all the evil planets ocoupy the cighth house and are about to disappear in the horizon. Some : say again, when all the evil planets occupy the twelfth or the sixth houses i respectively from the Lagna, for those are about to appear and disappear in | the horizon respectively. These different interprotations hang un the several | meanings of the word wfin; Abhitah. Oba, and. i 2. If there be malefic planets in the first or eastern half of the Zodiac (i. e., from the 10th sign to the 4th sign J from the Lagna) and if there be benefic planets in the second : or western half of the Zodiac (i.e, from 4th sign to the : 10th sign from the Lagna) while the Ascendant is Karka or ! Vrischika sign, then the child born will soon die. Again, if there be evil planets in the twelfth and in the seventh houses, | from the Ascendant, the child will soon die (1). 4 Notes :—(1) Some commentators take “If there be evil planets in the twelfth house or in the seventh house from the Ascendant, there will be early death. Again some commentators take “ If malefic planets occupy the 12th and 2nd houses or the 6th and 8th houses from the rising sign, i the child would die. Some again writo “ If malefics occupy the 2nd, 12th, F 6th and 8th houses, the child will die early.” According to Gargi, the child will die in each of the following cases, (1) all the malefic planets t ocoupying the 6th and the 12th houses, (2) the Sth and 2nd houses, (3) the ‘ 12th and 2nd houses; (4) the 8th and 6th houses. ' ===== стр 128 ===== OH. VI, ON BALARISTA OR HARLY DEATH. 115 , eee ATS UNGTTITA HrT Far walt gear "ptt qatar aaaPaTg UR wt Papau, the malefic planets being situated. sqaremt Udaydstagatan, in the Ascendant and Descendant. atu Krorepa, with a malefic planet. ga: Yutah cha, and united With, wi Sagi, the Moon (being). eg: Dristah, aypected by. + 4 Cha, and, y®: Subhail, by the benefice planets. Na, not. wr Yada, when, ‘ 7 wy: Mrityuh, death, Ohba, and. ¥@q Bhavet, will overtake. wf¥ay AchirAt, soon, 3. Death will soon overtake the new-born child if ' ; there be a malefic planet each in the Ascendant and the | Descendant and if the Moon be at the same time attended i by an evil planet and not aspected by benefic planets. 1 -_ bas o BPS I-Aty Fat srewt cdeeaea: | Feary Saver a aq Pas frat saan 2a G8 Ketne, waning, frat Himagan, the Moon, =a% Vyayage, occupying the twelfth house from the Ascendant. w®: Papail, the evil planet occupying, eqmewt: Udaydstamagaih, the Ascendant and the eighth house. @%q Kendregu, in the , angles. gut: Subhdh, the benefic planet, + Cha,and, Na, not, % Chet, if, few , Keipram, soon, ft} Nidhanam, death. waty Pravadet, declare. , 4, Ifthere be in the twelfth house from the Ascendant the waning Moon and the evil planets be seen in the Ascen- 7 dant and the eighth house and if there be no benefic planets | in the angles, the child will die soon. wai aya: wit aererygaat: | | queatate: Gaiters Ty WKN wv Kritrena, by the evil planets, égt; Samyutah, be attended by. wf Sadt, the Moon, eroverpget: Smardntyamrityulagnagah, occupying the seventh, twelfth, eighth and first houses, weer Kantakdt, the angles, =f: Bahih, ontside, gh: Subhaih, by the benefic planets, wifam: Aviksitah, not aspected. Cha, and. yi: Mrityudah, causing death. 5. If the Moon be joined with an evil planet and if she exist in the seventh, twelfth, eighth or in the first house, and ; jf she be not aspected by the benefic planets, also if there be no benefic planets in the angles, the child will die soon. N. B.—If£ there be good planets in the angles, then the child survives. ===== стр 129 ===== 116 BRIHAJJATAR AM. : geht—aRrahaart Praag wae gia anearqaaars fad: Rafe: 1 wafer ae. : 2 ~N fier are qa Haaated ay qrafatia Rrerarkers nh 0 fa Sasini, the Moon occupying. wffrra% Arivin&sage, the sixth and eighth : houses from the Ascendant, fw Nidhanam, death. srg Adu, soon, wife? Papek- site, aspected by an evil planet. g¥: Subhaib, by the benefic planets, wa Atha, thus, wet Samdstakam, for eight years, yt Dalam, the half. wa: Atah, from this; : of this (i.e, eight years), Cha,and. fi®: Misraih, both by the good and bad ‘ planets. feet: Sthitih, life in this world. wefg: Asadbhih, by the evil planets. ‘ wa®e® Avalokite, aspected by. «ffi: Balibhib, by the powerful planets. wm Atra, | : in the sixth or eighth house, wi Masam, one month, q¥ Subhe, the good planets, * Mercury, Jupiter or Venus, weeefea Kalatrasahite, in the seventh house, ¥ Cha, of and, waft Papavijite, defeated in the battle with other planets, fiestf® Vilagna- : dhipe, the ruler of the Ascendant at birth time, 5 6. Ifthe Moon occupy the sixth or the eighth house i from the Ascendant and be aspected by any of the evil ) planets the child will die soon; if the Moon be aspected by the benefic planets when she is in the sixth or in the eighth ; house, the child lives for eight years and then dies, If the . 4 Moon in the above case be aspected by both the good and H : : . ’ . . i the evil planets, the child lives half the period of eight 4 years (i.c., 4 years) and then dies. Ifin the sixth or eighth { house there be any benefic planet Mercury, Jupiter or Venus i aspected by powerful evil planets the child lives for one { month only. If the ruler of one’s Ascendant be in the . i seventh house and be defeated in battle (by an evil planet), ‘di the child lives for one month and then dies. i N. B.—Note should be here made that if the Moon in the sixth i or eighth house be not aspected by any evil or good planet then there is i wanting that union of circumstances which causes death; the child does i not die, Also if the Moon, in the above case be in the house of a benefic ‘| planet or united with good planets, the child does not die, If a child be y . born in the dark fortnight during day: time, the child (according to . Mandavya) does not die ; if a child be born in the bright fortnight and in the night time, the child does not die even if the Moon bein the 6th — or Sth house and aspected by both the good and evil planets, . | ===== стр 130 ===== t % “ CH. VI, ON BALARISTA OR EARLY DEATH. 117 5 ae j The battle of the planets, i.¢., the planetary conjunction, takes place 4 in the sky; when two or more planets come near each other, that planet i. is said to be defeated whose lustre is diminished and which goes towards : the south, is retrograde in motion, or of small size. Venus is always ; victorious, even if she be in the south. i Homte—aa ata alah Prat watery we | | aS : areas Mraenegnaed Tas od aN wae a : g amare wtatat ag af a qadtfera: afrata: 09 0 : , wi Lagne, occupying the Ascendant, ®@ Kgine, the waning crescent. =f - i Sasini, the Moon lceupying, fiw Nidhanam, death, watg Randhra Kendregu, in . the eighth house and in the four angles, wa: Papaih, by the malefic planets, warn’ PapAntyasthe, between the malofic planets. fwrfgnegat® Nidhanahibuka- r dyunasamsthe, situated in the eighth, fourth or the seventh houses, +wOha Chandre, and the Moon, 4 Evam, thus. w® Lagne, occupying the Ascendant. . waft Bhavati, be, werfiagée®: Madanachhidvasamsthaih, occupying the seventh and . eighth houses, *Oha, and. wi’: P&paih, the malefic planets occupying, wer ag” _ Métra sardham, with the mother. 9f& Yadi, if, » Na, no. * Oha, and, q&: ‘ Subhaih, by the benefic planets, fin: Viksitah, aspected, sftyiq: Saktibhyidbhib, i the powerful planets (fuiling to aspect.) ; 7. Ifthe waning Moon be in the Ascendant and the 2 ws . : ; malefic planets exist in the eighth, and the angles, the child soon dies. Again, if Moon exists between the evil planets ; and occupies the eighth, fourth or the seventh houses, the . child dies. Again, if Moon exists in the Ascendant between the two evil planets and if the malefic planets occupy the seventh or eighth house and the Moon be not aspected hy powerful benefic planets, the child dies with its mother (if aspected by the powerful good planets, the child dies, the mother is saved.) * . : : goq—urat afaratieraray ae fant . x wa: usta: sarang firgfiatret a aTtegfeat- Trac u ‘acin® Rasyantage, occupying the last Navaméas of any sign. eyfi: Sadbhih, by the benofic planets, sim’ Aviksyamane, not being aspected. 4 Ohandro, ===== стр 131 ===== 118 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : i the Moon (occupying), fata: Trikopopagataih, occupying the fifth and ninth houses from the Ascendant. Ohg, and. w: Papaih, the malefic planets (ocou- pying.) m®: Prdpaih, with life. weft Pray@ti, departs. wy Agu, soon. fag: . Sigub, the child, fatrry Viyogam, separation. wet Aste, occupying the Descend-. ant. ~ Oha, and, wt Papaih, by the malefic planets. gfeg ‘'uhindmsu, the Moon, w® Lagne, in the Ascendant, 8. If the Moon occupy, at the birth time, the last Navaémsa of any sign, and be not aspected by any benefic planet and also the malefic planets exist in the 5th and 9th houses, the child soon dies. Again the Moon being in the Ascendant and the malefic planets in the Descendant, death ensues of the child. . * ~ ehal—saprafed wet aS Ea Prana sa x tn : geatsyees TF Test: u Teas Tat ataiat ar LS AON Bratatrarna targa: ari qataa wen wprefy? Adubhasahite, united with evil planets; united with, Saturn. wef Graste, with Rahu; eclipsed. Rahu=the Moon’s Ascending Node. ¥% Chandre, the Moon occupying. y® Kujo, Mars occupying. franf¥t Nidhandsrite, the eighth house (being occupied.) wfign’t: Jananisutayoh, of the child and the mother both. yq: Myityuh, death. #4 Lagne, in the Ascendant, an waar amg) at awa Ae aaa atahae cara: set sett eh wegthtifarerningarg Sardhoditoditanavaméahatat, by multiplying the total num- . her of years already obtained by the number of the Navaméas between the : commencement of Megs and tho rising Navaméa of the Ascendant. (The rising : Navéméa though not risen fully is to be taken into account). ewer Samastat, ’ the full life periods, the total number of years granted by all the planets, “ wm: Bhagab, divided by. seyrmmmieg Agtayuktasatasamkhyam, one hundred and ‘ eight (108) (the total number of Navaméas of the Zodiac). 2f Upaiti, gets, ww NAsam, removal; decrease ; anbtraction. a@ Krfre, any of the malefic planets, Sun, Mars, Saturn (here the waning Moon is not taken into account). frenefea ‘ Vilagnasahite, when in tbe Ascendant during the time of birth, ffir Vidhind, by (this) rule, y Tu but. wm Anona, this, @rafat Saumyekgite, if aspected by benefice. ym Dalam, half. wa: Atah, of this, sed waft Pralayam prayati, is lost; is subtracted. - 4, If the Ascendant be occupied by a malefic planet, “ then multiply the total number of years (of all the planets) g ===== стр 140 ===== im OH, VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A CHILD. 127 a already obtained by the number of Navdméas between the ic beginning of the sign Mesa and the rising Navaméa of the | Ascendant (1); divide the product by 108 (the total number of the Navamégas in the Zodiac). The quotient will be the . number of years to be deducted from the total number of ° years already obtained. But if a benefic planet aspects : the malefic above-mentioned, only one-half of what was stated above is to be deducted. (. Notes:—This reduction is a very important one; it is called if Sirdhodita reduction or Krarodayaharana, or the reduction due to the : malefic planet being in the Ascendant. : (1) According to some the number of years of reduction is obtained F by multiplying the total number of years already obtained by the number t of Navitmsas of the rising sign that have risen above the horizon and dividing the product by 108, the total number of the Naviméas of the Zodiac. When both the benefic and the malefic are in the Ascendant, then the planet that is nearer to the eastern horizon is to be considered and not the others. If the malefic planet is nearer, then correction is to be made; if there be benefic, then no correction isto be made, This is the opinion of the commentator. Paample:—The position of the planets and the Ascendant during: ; the birth time is given in the following table; find how long will the j individual live ? - Planets. | Sun, | Moon. | Mars, iia Tupiter.| Vonus, {Saturn | Ascendant, x. Bign ve 0 1 wo | it Q ul 0 10 Degree on 9 2 28 24 4 26 19 0 Minute a () 0 | 0 0 0 0 1 1 : ‘Here the first Navamsa of the sign Kumbha is the Ascendant. The Sun, the Moon, and Venus occupy the exalted degrees; Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn occupy their debilitated degrees and Mars occupies the 28th degree of the sign Kumbha. : Now as the Sun, the Moon and Venus aré in their exalted degrees, their years are respectively 19, 25, and 21; and as Mercury, Jupiter and . Saturn occupy their debilitated degrees, their years are one-half of their ===== стр 141 ===== 128 BRIHAJJATAKAM. . maximum years, z.e., one-half of 12, 15 and 20 or &, 74, and 10 respective- ' ly. Now the 28th degree of the sign Makara is the exalted degree of _ Mars, and as he ocoupies the 28th degree of Kumbha, he is removed : from the exalted degree by exactly 30 degrees, His maximum number | of years when in the 28th degree of Makara being 15 ; 30 degrees or a sign gives us 3 x 4 or 1 year 3 months, Subtracting this from 15 years we get j 13 years and 9 months as the years of Mars. As the Ascendant Kumbha was just rising, it gives us no years; so that, at this stage, the planetary years 4 stand as follows :— The Sun—19 years, Mercury—6 years, ; Moon—25 years, Jupiter—7 years 6 months. Venus—21 years, Saturn—10 years. ; and Mars 13 years 9 months. Nowas Jupiter, a benefic planet, occupies the 12th house from the Ascendant, his years suffer a reduction of one- half of their length; sv that after the reduction he gives us only 3 years and 9 months ; again, as all the planets occupy friendly signs, no reductions for enemies’ houses need be made, Saturn being within 10 degrees from the Sun is a Descending planet and therefore his years suffer no reduc- tion. So that Saturn gives us 10 years. Thus we have the following :— ; The Sun—19 yenrs, Jupiter—8 years 9 months, Moon—25 years, Saturn—10 years, Venus—21 years, Mars—18 years 9 months. Mercury—6 years, Total oo os 98 years 6 months. Now as Mars, a malefic planet, occupies the rising sign, the total . number of 98 years and 6 months have to be subjected to a reduction known as malefic planet's rising reduction. Inother words, the 108 ; Navamsas of the ecliptic represent the total number of years. Now . there are 10X9+1=91 Naviimsas between the first point of Mega and ; the last point of the rising Navamsa of Kumbha. The quantity of ! reduction therefore is a x98. Therefore the years remaining after the ; reduction= 74, x wre 15 years 6 months and 10 daya=the length of ’ life required. (This is evidently leas than 20 years), Remnarks.—When any number of degrees, minutes are to be convert- ed into the number of Nav&msas, reduce to minutes and divide by 200 (the number of minutes in the Navimsa 3°20’). The result of division will give the number of Navamsas. “ This reduction system that has been applied to the number of years 4 of all the planets, is to be applied to the number of years of each ' planet to get the corrected number of years granted by each planet, i 3 t t : ===== стр 142 ===== | : CH. VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A OHILD, 129 | — TT i ss ' Rrattet—caratiier agsakat doa fe 5 aad . ° eat aairacarmt: danehs: | Rear arsengay- : ~ + ‘ 5 : aristargat wat amrdtat eaata: we a , Ae Wed : ama: Samasastih, sixty years, fgat Dvighnf, doubled. wyeeftei Manuja- | karinim, of men and elephants, 4 4 fim Paficha cha nigd, five days more, amt i Haydn, of horses. gfa'sq DvAtrimsat, thirty-two. wot: Kharakarabhayoh, { of asses and camels, wraft: Pafichakakritih, five square, ie, twenty-five. Fre | Virtpa, diminished by one, @ SA, that, ie, the number twenty-five. wf Api, | also. wg: Ayuh, life, ezafgs: Vyisamahigayoh, of bullocks and buffaloes, | aren yi Dvddaga sundm, twelve years of dogs and others having claws, eg., lions, cats, &o, amdgrt Chhigidiadm, of goats ete, (deer and other animals like these), | aenefen: Dagakasahitih, plus ton; added to ten, Sat, six. vOha, and, wry : Paramam, the maximum longevity ; the maximum length of life that is possible, : 5. Now the maximum lengths of lives of different : creatures are being stated :—Men and elephants live highest : up to 120 years and 5 days; horses, thirty-two years ; camels : and asses, twenty-five years ; bullocksand buffaloes, twenty- 4 four years ; dogs (and animals with claws), twelve years; goats, rams and deer etc., sixteen years. ‘ N.B.—These animals seldom live to such an extent, These figures are mentioned for the sake of calculation. Whatever calculations are done with regard to men, their highest lives being taken as 120 years 5 days, the same calculations are to be done with regard to the lives of other animals by Rule of Three thus :—if 120 years 5 days represent so many for men, what will 32 years represent for horses ; and so on. ; . oN AN . ghtrarn—atarraaiea Rat afte afi f La *, ; qaaaca | vara Ravage: sad ats ana: afar: A ‘ eraGTaAyg wk ra afifinrcria® Animisaparamiméake, the ninth (last) Navdméa of the sign o Mina (the Pisces). frw® Vilagne, being the Ascendant at birth time, afin’ t Sngitanaye, Mercury. af Gavi, in the sign Vriga. ‘emifie? Pafichavargalipte, m twenty-five minutes. "aft Bhavati, comes out, fe Hi, certainly. wer: Parama- F yugab, full life; highest longevity. wre Pramfpam, measure, af§ Yadi, if, : Ww ===== стр 143 ===== ‘130 BRIHAJJATAKAM. L wer: Sakalah, all the planets. sf: Sahitdh, are found together with; exist in. : enivty Svatamgavesu, their highest exaltation degree ; in their exalted signs, ~ 6. The person born under the ninth Navaméa of the ; sign Mina (the Pisces) as the Ascendant, when Mercury is situated within the twenty-fifth minute of the sign Vrisa, ; and when all the remaining planets are in their exalted ; houses, attains the maximum length of life, i.e., lives up to 120 years and 5 days. Note,—The planetary positions are shewn here under which a man | born attains the maximum life, i.e, 120 years and 5 months. How this : is obtained is shewn in the following :— Planets. Sun. i Mars. [serour Jupiter.| Venus. | Saturn. | Ascendant. ' Sign wf 0 1 | 9 1 8 u 6 i Degrees. | 9 a2 | 27 a a | 3% | w 29 ' Minutes | 0 0 o 25 0 0 0 50 The positions of the planets, the Sun etc. and the Ascendant are shewn in the above table. All of them are in their highly exalted degrees . except Mercury. Now to find the life of Mercury :— . a 8 foe ~ Mercury's position ... we o 1 0 2 0 Mercury’s detrimental degrees ... + 1115 0 0 Difference te we - 1 15 2 0 =2725 minutes, . Now by Rule of Proportion, 8 years, 6: 2725! tt 6 : @ or 10800’: 2725’ :: 6 12 or « = ° J year 6 months 5 days, This is to be added to the minimum life of Mercury, six years. | We got, then, 7 years 6 months 5 days as the life of Mureury. a Now a reduction known as ChakrapAtaharapa is to be rade from ‘ the years of Mars and Saturn, these two malefic planets occupying tespectively the 11th and the 8th bouses from the Ascendant, \ ===== стр 144 ===== OH. VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A CHILD, 131 eS Thus :—Mars being in the eleventh house from the Ascendant, hulf L of his full life 15 years is lost (see verse 3). “, The life of Mars=7 years 6 months, Saturn being in the eighth house, one-fifth of its life is lost. .. the life of Saturn=16 years, The life of the Ascendant in years equals the number of the Navamdas, 7.c.,=9 years. : Now sum up the lives of all :— ‘ Years months days, { Sun ae w 0 0 0 Moon aoe ow 2% 0 0 Mars on mo 7 6 0 | Mercury... te 7 #6 5 Jupiter... -» BH 0 0 Venus ow ow % 0 0 Saturn oa «~ 16 #0 0 Lagna oo ow 9 0 0 | Total . 1200 5, tho highest life that a human being can attain, : Here the corrections due to enemies’ houses (Satrukstraharana) Descending planets, (Agtangataharana) and malefic planet rising reduc- | tions (Kréodayaharana) are not to be made ' Tt should be noted here that Mercury cannot exist in the sign ‘ Kanyé, its exalted house. For Mercury is seen close to the Sun; hence H its posilion is assumed in the twenty-five minutes of the sign Vyiga. H ff Mercury’s position be 1-4-0-0, then following the above calcula i tions we get 7 years 7 months 18 days as the life of Mercury. In this : case the highest life comes to 120 years 1 month 23 days. i Some authors say that all the planets are to be taken in their highly ' exalted degrees: but this cannot be possible. ‘ Remarks :—Some authors urge that the Moon occupies the Venus’ ; house (Vriga); Moon being the enemy of Venus, 4 reduction is to be i made from the life of the Moon. Thus the maximum longevity is not x attained, Venus is ndt also the then friend of Moou. . This is one defect } in the Pindayu system. This is not valid; as the houses occupied are i certainly friendly. ‘ Ge . urfert—srgalt Psggetst Wa saan fre 3 5 k Brera ateabst sraasceraitss fee argfaaa: , SIT IaNT W9 N i: : i 3 oa : te, ===== стр 145 ===== 132 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a watt Ayurdiyam, this sum total longevity called Pigdayu; This Pinda- yurdaya method. frye: Viynuguptal, the author Vispugupta. wi Api, also. — 4 Cha evam, also inthis way. @rert Devasvam{, Devasvami. faa’: Siddha- senab, Siddhasena. ¥ Cha, and, wW Chalkre, did ; had given out as their opinions. Qt: Dogah, the fault, error, or discrepancy. *Oha, and. ei Egim, in_ this ] system adopted by these authors. maa Jayate, comes out, ‘werafte’ Agtivaristam, eight years from birth mentioned as the period within which death is forecast | of the children. fear Hitva, avoiding; rejecting. 1 Na, not, wyf"at: Ayur- | vimdateh, twenty years as the life period. wm SyAt, come out, wweng Adhastat, H below. : 7. This maximum length of life is also determined . similarly by Visnugupta, Devasvami and Siddhasena. The main defect in this system of Pind4yu. is that it does not ‘ give us in any case years less than 20; the age up to eight, : the period of early death being not here taken into account j (as none of the Ayurddya rules are applicable to early death). ! Note.—The author here and in the next stanza shows the defect , of this Pindayu system. The commentator, however, considers that this verse is interpolated ; itis not of Vardha Mibira; the commentator shows by example that the Pindayurdaya does give years below 20. He takes the following horos- cope. The first Navamga of Kumbha is the Ascendant. The Sun, Moon and Venus occupy their exaltation degrees; Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn occupy their debilitated degrees and Mars occupies the 28th degree of sign Kumbha. eer eenareneie tte Venus. Meroury, Sree Vriga, Moon, Mithuna. Kumbha Mars Lagna. Karka. oo Risi Chakra. |———$——_____-— . inal Simba, ea | i Dhanu. Vrischika, Tuld, Kanya, } en H The life of the individaal born under this horoscope comes out as i 15 years 6 months and 10 days. Vide the example worked out under q verse 4 of this Chapter. Others argue in the following way against this ‘ method of getting tbe life of an individual as 15 years 6 months and 10 ’ ===== стр 146 ===== CH. VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A CHILD. 188 days. It is not proper to put Mars, a malefic planet, in the Ascendant ; , putting a malefic planet in the Ascendant means reducing the life of an individual to an enormous extent. ‘I'he object of Variha Mihira is not so. When he takes for his example, the Mina sign as the Ascendant in the horoscope given under verse 6, he has taken it without any malefic accompanying it. So you must omit also the malefic planet (Mars) in your ‘ example ; then the number of years does not come below twenty. Other authors have taken the following horoscope where many planets are in ‘ their detrimental houses. Planets, Sun, Moon, | Mars. | Mercury, |Jupiter. | Venus. Saturn | Ascendant. ee en OO Se ee Sign 6 7 8 5 9 5 0 8 Dogrees. | 9 2 | a7 20 | 8 | 2% | w ° : We get the planetary years after all the reductions are done thus :— , Sun .., on o oo +» 4 years 9 months. : Moon wae we os aw O y 0 ” ‘ Mars ae vee we wa 6 4 0 ” . Mercury a os ” ow Boy Woy : Jupiter wee “ oo ow Ty 6 » 1 Venus oe we we ” 8 yy 9 ” I Saturn on os oe ow WO yy 0 ” : Lagna ae on we we O og 0 ” i ‘The total number wee 42 years | {1 months, { Taking all the possible features against the circumstances, when the i life of an individual comes to the lowest, we do not get twenty years at i the lowest, as mentioned in verse 7 but somewhat more than thirty. ; There is another fault of the verse 7, How is the number twenty : obtained? Again suppose we get the number twenty as the lowest term { of life by the Pindayu method ; now it is very easy to account for the death j of persons between the age 8 and between the age 20. There are certain i Mrityu yogas (Planetary combinations on death) When the planets cause i death in their Dag& period or Antardasa period as written by Badarfyana, which may come any time between the age 8 and between the age 20. ij Hence taking all the circumstances into account the commentator i thinks that this verse 7 is not written by Varaha Mihira but interpolated , here. 4 . A E mifet—akeat ogdiag: steed atneste . e ~ f, wanted: | seraist ag ata: misht sftaerg: qirtifirnte usu 4 ===== стр 147 ===== : { 134 BRIHAJJATAKAM. afery Yasmin, in whatever. %* Yoge, planetary positions. wy Param, . full, highest, maximum, wy: Ayub, life, fe’ Pradistam, has been ordained; has been declared. afer Tasmin, in the very same (planetary positions). sw a Proktam, said, raft, Chakravartitvam, sovereignty, the life of a king. ‘w% Anyaih, by other authors, eg., Badarfyapa and Yavanedwara. "aq: Pratyakgah, evident. wi Ayam, this. ®y Teguyin them. @~m: Dogah, fault, fallacy, defect in reasoning, q: Parah, others, @R Api, also. af Jivati, live. eg:ys Ayub Paryam, the maximum period in their lives, wt: Arthaih, wealth. fer Vina, . without, wf Api, also. . 8. The planetary positions under which the maximum ; longevity is said to be attained are the very positions, other authors say, under which a kingdom is attained. Now many persons live to the maximum periods without having any . wealth. This then is the defect on the very face of the Pindau system. Note:—Look to the horoscope given under verse 6 of this Chapter You will find there six planets exalted. Now Badardyana says :-~ When six planets are exalted, the individual born becomes the ruler of the three worlds. Now we see many persons living the maximum life and therefore in their horoscope six planets must have been exalted ; i.e, they should have obtained kingdom; but they are poor. This is then the second fallacy in this Pindéya system. This objection is not valid since, the commentator thinks, one set of planetary combinations can give a very long life, though not necessarily giving rulership over a vast dominion. ‘I'he following horoscope is discussed here :—~ Planets, Sun, | Moon. | Mars | Mercury.| Jupiter. | Venus, | Saturn, | Lagna, Signs. 1 2 10 0 4 0 10 8 Degrees ... 10 8 28 15 5 27 20 29 Minutes... oe oe oe oe a 20 | on 59 The planetary years after the first correction are :— : Sun «» 17 years 5 months. ‘Years, months, days, ghatis, Moon we 22, to» Mara a By 9 ” Venus ... 19 3 26 80 Mercury uw Toy 0 » Saturn ., 18 4 0 0 Tapiter we Boy Oy lagna... 99 0 0 0 ===== стр 148 ===== j CH, VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A OHILD, 135 i eee ‘ Now the other corrections :— . Jupiter in the 9th house from the Ascendant; a reduction of 3th ' the number of years is to be made, ‘Therefore the number of Jupiter's : years=12 years 0 months. 11 days 15 ghatis. | Moon being in the 7th house from the Ascendant, } reduction is to 4 be made. Therefore the number of years for the Moon=19 years 1 month 5 days. No other corrections need be made here. For Jupiter i is Sun's friend ; Venus is for the time being friendly, due to its being ! situated in the Mala Trikona house ; Mars is in the enemy’s liouse (i.e, of i Saturn) ; but being retrograde, no reductions are made and because it is Mars, therefore it isexempted. Mercury is the friend of Jupiter. The Sun is also the friend of Jupiter. Venus is also in the ally's house ; for | Venus is the friend of Mars. Saturn is in Kumbha, in his awn house. | Thus, after all the necessary corrections being made, we get the planetary years as follows : Years, months, days. ghatis. Sun we on oe we 17 5 0 0 q Moon ve te on wo 19 1 5 0 Mars on oe ae we 18 9 0 0 Marcury oo on on aw 7 0 0 0 Jupiter « “ oe ve 1D 0 iW 15 Venus on us tae we 2 26 380 7 Batuen oo we we oe 18 4 0 0 } Lagna tee on rr’) 0 0 0 , The total No. of years ve 110 » & 4 1 Thus we see that we get in this planetary combination a very long life. But there is Kemadruma Yoga here. (The Kemadruma Yoga will be discussed afterwards in the Nabhasa yoga Chapter), Those born under " Kemadruma Yoga become poor, miserable, mean and doing servile works * even if they belong to the roya) family, Therefore, the commentator thinks : that the seventh and eighth stanzas are not of Variha Mihira; they are : interpolated. Some may think that this Kemadruma Yoga is not applicable, be- cause the Moon is occupying the angular house ; not so; for the Moon is ‘ counted with the Ascendant; it is not counted separately. The Moon | awards results with the Ascendant; she cannot give a separate result; : similarly the Moon cannot give a separate result, due to her being placed { 49 inthe seventh house from the Ascendant. | ===== стр 149 ===== 136 BRIHAJJATAKAM. CC . ° * | sqsaattar—eanaa Phare siawat wear Iwar- + . iN . ; ge: ering | aeqeaiuniaed aged aq | aeararaay Wk ul ert Svamatena, according to his own authority, not according to others’ * opinions, f¥s Kila, certainly, ame Aha, said. ‘art Jivadarma, the author & JtvagarmA. seri Grahadayam, the life period granted by a planet. veargu: 4 Paramayusah, of the maximum length of life, i, ¢., 120 years 5 days, wrinq | Svariméam, ono-seventh part, weqeesivofages’ Grahabhuktanavdmdéardgitulyam, number of years, months the &., grantel by any planet being the same as the number of Navamias passed over bythat planet from Mega Navaméu up to the j planet. gerd BahusAmynam, the opinions of many Achfiryas, sift Samupziti, | receives the favor of, aruameay Satyavakyam, the opinion of SatyAchirya, 9, Jivé Sarm& expresses his opinion that one-seventh | of the maximum period of human life (120 years 5 days , +7=17 years 1 month 22 days 8 ghatis, and 34 palas) is . the maximum number of years for each planet when in his exalted degrees (1). Satydcharya holds that the number of . years granted by any planet is the same as the number of . NavAméas passed over by that planet from the Mesa Navaméa. : (2). Satya’s view is approved by many authorities. Notes:—(1) Accovling to Jivasarm’ the planets, when debilitated, grant half of 17 years 1 month 22 days, 8 ghatis and 34 palas. The number of years in the intermediate houses is to be obtained by proportion as shewn in the Pindayu method. The other reductions, (1.2, the (1) Satruksetraharana reduction, (2) ' the- Chakrapataharana reduction, (3) the Krarodayaharana reduction, ! (4) the Astahgataharana reduction), are to be made also as before and ; then the resulting length of life ascertained. Jiva Sarma is not supported ; by any other Acharya. (2 Count from the Mega NavAmda immediately preceding ; so that { no planet can give more than 12 years. Here the AmsAyu method to as i certain the longevity of any individual is being described. Find out the Navamsa where any planet (whose life is to be determined) is situated, ; The whole number of Navamdas will give the number of years and the fractional part will give the number of months, days and ghatis of the planet under question. eg., ‘The longitude of a planet is 7 signs 25 * degrees 10 minutes and 0 seconds, Here leave the signs and take the i ===== стр 150 ===== . CH. VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A CHILD. 137 —— degrees, minutes and seconds into account. Of 25°10! 0", the planet has passed the seventh Navamda and is in the eighth Navamsa, (each Nava- msa= 8°20’). The seven Naviméas (23° 20’) give 7 years. The remainder - 1° 50’ =110 minutes ; divide it by 200 (the number of minutes in one Navéméa) ; we will get 3% year=6 months, 18 days. Adding this to 7 years, we get 7 years6 months and 18 days as the planetary life. Seo the next stanza and its notes. 5 arai—aees aethes fadiseat waster, | . ASTAMTMADS HT: | Wary Aravar: vee ti grant Satyokte, in the method enunciated by SatyAchirya (in the preceding _verse). 3@{ Graham, the longitude of the planet whose years are to be deter- mined. vé Istam, desired ; under question. fedtern Lipttkritva, converting into minutes, wats Satadvyaena, by two hundred. wr Aptam, what is obtained by division, eer Mandalabhagavisuddhe, divided by twelve, wen: Abdah, 2 the number of years (granted by the planet). %@: Syuh, become, 3 Sosat, from the remainder. g Tu, also. wera: Masddyah, months, days, etc, 10. According to Satydcharya, convert the Sphuta or . the longitude of the planet into minutes ; divide the number r of minutes by 200; the quotient will represent the number of Navamsgas passed over by the planet from the first point of the sign Mesa. Divide this by 12; the remainder will ‘ give the number of Navamésas from the Navaméa of Aries ; : this number is the number of years and fraction of a year i granted by the planet. : Note.—Suppose the longitude of the Sun to be 115 degrees 13 : minutes. This converted into minutes gives 6,913 minutes. Now asa i Navamda contains 200 minutes, the number of Navamsas passed over by i the Sun from the first point of Mesa=-20 = 3430. Dividing, this by 12, we L get as remainder 10 in Navimdas from the next preceding Navamia of Mega. This then represents the years of the Sun which will be found to be 10 years 6 months 23 days and 24 ghatis ; and go on for each planet. : This is the opinion of Varaha Mihra, Yavaneswara, Satyacharya, Badarfyana, and many other famous astrologers. This is called the 4 Amsayu Method. . . iz area-agmaraeage feat 4 mS is oT garkateeg wantia aaraTerTAsgaT- i ! wT eeu j 18 , q 2 ===== стр 151 ===== . y 138 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a wajrete®: Svatumgavakropagataih, when situated in one's highly exalted degrees, or when in one’s retrograde position, frig’ Trisamguyam, the plane- tary yeara of the previous verse multiplied by three ; thrice. fy: Dvih, twice. ~— erveieeniewet: Uttamasvaméakabhatribhdgagaih, when situated in their own ' Vargottam NavAméas, their own houses, their own DregkAyas. vem Tyan, this. fea: Videgah, particularity; point of difference, special feature. gy ‘Tu, but. , vernfia Bhadattabhasite, according to the statement of Satyacharya, ory re SamAnam, equal; the same, wy Anyat, the others (i.e. the other reductions). : wet Prathame, before; according to the opinion of Maya and Yavana, etc. «fi H Api, also. wiry Udtritam, said (in the Pipdayu method.) : 11, Again the planets, when highly exalted or retro- ; grade, give thrice the number of years (obtained in the Amsayu method in the preceding stanzas) as their periods; _ and when in their own Vargottamas, or own Nav4méas, or . own houses, or in their Decanates, give twice the number of 7 years (assigned in the preceding stanza) as their periods. This is the special feature in Satydécharyas Amséyu method. : : . . we In other respects it is the same as the Pindayurdaya [1.c., the S several reductions (1) stated before are to be made here also]. Note:—(1) The reduction known as due to the malefic planets being in the Ascendant (Krdrodayaharana) does not apply to Satydcharya’s method (vide stanza 12). . qoao—fh wT izes zat atateaat wiz . ad a eer | RA shea: a ast art a arse: setae: Wek 0 fq Kim, now. gy Tu, but, © Atra, in this method of finding out the life period granted by planets according to Satyfcharya, vtaftt bhdmdapratimam, the number of years corresponding to the number of Navaméas of the Lagna or ‘ Ascendant that have risen above the horizon (calculated from the sign Mega). waft DadAti, grants, ‘iatfram Virydnvita, very powerful; 1,6, if aspected by the ruler of the Ascendant, Jupiter, and Mercury or united with them, «fit Rasisgmam, number of years corresponding to the number of signs. ‘Cha, and, wo Hora, the Ascendant, %@@ Krirodaye, any evil planet being in the Ascendant. «Cha, and, wi: Upachayah, increase; addition (here reduction is referred), Sa, that; reducing, diminishing. +Na, not. wAtra, in this Satyachdrya's method, wW Karyam, done, «Cha, also, Na, not, wt: Abdaih, the years ~. (not being subjected to several reductions), seiwiv®: Prathamopadi,faib, as : before stated in the lst stanza of this Chapter. : ~ ===== стр 152 ===== CH. VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFR OF A CHILD. 139 12. Now the life period granted by the Ascendant is = being stated according to Satyécharya’s method. If the Ascendant be very strong (on being aspected by its own ruler, Jupiter or Mercury) then it grants s0 many years as , the number of signs that have been passed over from the 1st sign Mega, and the months, etc., obtained by the number ; of Navaméas (1) Here if any evil planet be in the Ascen- dant, no reduction on that account is to be made as had been done in previous cases by the rule Krfrodayaharana : in verse 4. The years stated in the first stanza of this : . Chapter ought not also to be used in other reductions (2). a Notes :—(1) If the rising sign be not powerful, then the number : of years, months, etc.,is obtained from the number of Navimdsas of the : Ascendant that have risen above the horizon. in (2) Satyachfrya’s special years (vide stanzas 10, 11) are to he 1 : subjected to several reductions. Feqo—aenaaM aca eg grated aga THE | aaa a agwaath g ae aa Ta WR i wamga: Satyopadedah, Satyachdrya's directions. 9, Varam, very good ; ‘ excellent ; the best of all the three Amsfya, Piyddyu and Nisargayu methods, te wa Atra, amonget these (three) opinions, fry Kintu, but. yim Kurvanti, make. ; wit Ayogyam, unworthy; not fit for acceptance. ~ gfe ofracefitkerariaata gesagt srgetarena: | ; aaa: ton a qeafiefea Gurugadisahite, with Jupiter and Moon, grea Kuliralagne, the { Ascendant being the sign Karka (Cancer), fim Sadgitanaye, Mercury. yqa : Bhriguje, Venus. ~ Cha, and, ayw# Kendrayate, in the angles, waftgegstat: i Bhavaripusshajopagaih, situated in the eleventh, aixth, and third houses, ® ca Segaih, the remainder; Sun, Mars and Saturn, sf Amitam, not capable of being { measured ; far exceeding the maximum period of normal human existence. w Tha, ; in thie world; wg: Ayul, life. warm Anukramat, from all the calculations 3 "(as stated above). fmt Vina, without. =m SyAt, comes out to be, : 14, (Now the planetary combination is being describ- : ed where the period of life cannot be ascertained by calcu- : lations) Jupiter and Moon in the Ascendant Karka ; Venus and Mercury in the angles; Sun, Mars, Saturn in the eleventh, sixth and third houses respectively or all in any of them. Tn this case no-calculations can be made. The life of such a man far exceeds the maximum period of normal human existence. Note:—In other words, the ordinary, Ayurdfya rules for ascertain- ing the length of a man’s life do not apply to the horoscope mentioned in this last stanza. The whole period of life got by calculations in this chapter is actually seen in cases where the individual lives according to the Sastric rules and rites. But if the individual lives an immoral, unclean life, this period gets diminished. This is also stated in the Vedas. - Rep op wr, 4 ea te lan gil of life of any individnal. aE nn mn Orman Rent ae : Pn an yafiven by the author is hardly studied by the Indian astrologers, evidently from the difficulties in ===== стр 155 ===== M2 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : its application. These astrologers, as a class, employ the exceedingly simple division of life into what is known as Udu or Nakgatra Dadas, o These Nakgatra Dads are again divided under three separate headings :— (1) ‘Primdottart Dad’, (2) Vimsottart Dasa, and (3) Astottar! Daga. The trimdoitari Dasa method is rarely used ; the Vimsottart system is prevalent in the Decean and the United Provinces; and the Astottart system is * prevalent in Bengal. The Vimsottari system is now-a-days finding its way in Bengal too. Wo will dwell first on the Vimdottart system and then on the Agtottart system, ‘The Vimsottart system :—According to this system the maximum period of human life is 120 years. This period is divided into 9 parts presided over by the seven planets and by Rahu and Ketu, the Ascending , and the Descending Nodes of the Moon. They come in the following order _ and their years are also given below :— (1) The Sun ve 6 years, (5) Jupiter... 16 years. (2) TheMoon 10 years. (6) Saturn... 19 years. a (8) Mars a 7 years, (7) Mercury ... 17 years. q (4) R&bo oe 18 years, (8) Ketu wee 7 years, (8) Venus——20 years, The ruler of the Dasi period at the time of birth is ascertained from the Nakgatra which the Moon occupies at that time. If, therefore, at the time of birth, the Moon occupies one of the three asterisms Krittika, U. Phalguni, and U. Agadha, the Dasa period is that of the Sun. Rohini, Hasta, and Sravan& tae te ae ws Moon, Mrigasira, Chitra and Dhanigth6 .., ” ane a» Mats, Ararat, Sviti and Satabhiga ane we tn ww Rabu, Punarvasu, Visikhé, and P, Bhadrapada tee ww Tupiter. Pugya, Anuradha, and U. Bhidrapada ae a . Saturn, Aslega, Jyegtha, and Revati oe tee vee + Meroury, / Asvini, Magh4, and Mala we ae as «. Ketu, Bharanf, P. Phalguni, and P. Agadha te we «» Venus, How much of the period of a particutar Dasa has elapsed and how much remains at the time of birth must be ascertained from the portion of the Nakyatra passed over by the Moon and the portion remaining at the time. This may be roughly ascertained from the time taken by the Moon ' to go over the portion of the Naksatra, the whole time in which the Moon passes through a particular Naksatra (as given in the calendar) represent- . ing the full period of a Dasa; suppose an individual is born under the Uttara Phalguni Naksatra and suppose the Moon to take 65 dandas 18 ° ===== стр 156 ===== OH. VII, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A CHILD. 148 palas and 2 vipalas to go over the Naksatra Uttara Phalgunt and she has already passed over a part of the Naksatra denoted by 44 dandas 28 palas and 82 vipalas when the individual was born, required the Dasd period remaining at the time of birth to be enjoyed by the native. The Dads is here that of the Sun, the Naksatra being U. Phalguni. Now the time in which the Moon will go over the remaining portion of the Uttara Phalgunt Nakgatra=(65 dandas 18 palus and 2 vipalas)— (44 dandas 28 palas and 32 vipalas)=20 dandas 43 palas and 30 vipalas. 65 dandas 18 palas and 2 vipalas represent the whole period, 7. 2, 6 years of the Sun; what will 20d. 43p. 30v. represent? Therefore the Dada period of the Sun to be enjoyed by the indiyidnal = een, x 20d, 48p. 30v. ° = 1 year 10 months and 25 days, To this must be added in the order stated above, the Dasa periods of : the Moon, Mars, Rahu, &c,, till the whole life period granted by the planets : is reached, 7,e., up to the Dasa of that planet when the individual’s death : will occur, ‘The fruits of these Dadis then will be written in the : horoscope: : Again, the nine Dasa periods are each divided into 9 sub-divisions known as Antardasds, the ruler of the first Dasa being the ruler of the : Daga period and the rulers of the Antardadis which follow are the same as the rulers of the Dasa periods which follow; so that the Antardadfs of . the Dasa period of the Moon are those of the Moon, Mars, Rabu, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Ketu, Venus and the Sun. ‘The length or duration of the Antardaga periods bears the same proportion to each other as the lengths of the Dag periods. For instance, required the length of the Antardadé . period of the Moon in the Dasa period of the Sun, The Dada period of the Moon is 10 years and the Dasi period of the Sun is 6 years ; that of all : the planets is 120 years; then make the proportion :-—The maximum life 120 years, give 10 years as the Daa of the Moon; what will 6 years, the ‘ life period of the Sun, give to Moon ? Years, 120: 6 3} 10: (Moon's, Antardag& period), 7 Leal se = jyear or 6 months. ; Again, each of the Antardasa periods is further sub-divided into 9 parts in the same proportion, known as Pratyantara Davis or Sikyma ' periods, ===== стр 157 ===== ' 144 BRIHAJJATAKAM. The following table is for ready reference when the Antardaéis are to be found :— ’ ANTARDASAS, :4a. og cay re ia fag | REA me msA San, Sin == .. 0 8B 18 Moon,Moon .., 010 0 Mara, Mars .. 0 4 27 ‘ » Moon ow 0 6 0 4 Mars w O 7 0 » Ribu «. 10 18 of » Mars o 04 6 4 Raho. £6 O 4 Jupiter... OL 6 » Rihu +» 010 2% , Jupiter .. 1 4 0 4 Saturn .. 11 8 : » Jupiter .. 0 9 18 4, Saturn .. 1 7 0 4 Mereury... Off 27 : » Saturn 4, O11 12, Mereury.. 1°5 0 4, Ketu .. 0 4 27 : » Mercury .. 010 6 , Ketu wow O07 0 » Venus «. 12 0 » Ketu - 04 6 4 Venus .. 18 0 4 Sun wo 0 4 6 » =Venus - 10 0 » Sun oo 0 6 0 » Moon wo 07 0 oo) » 60 0 100 0 70 0 : Rabu, Ribu =... 28 12 Jupiver, Jupiter... 2 1 18 Saturn, Saturn .. 8 0 38 » Jupiter 4. 24 2 4 Saturn., 2 6 12 , Mercury. 28 9 . » Saturn 4. 210 6 ” Mercury 2 8 6 » Ketu .. 11 9 * » Mercury ., 2 6 18 ” Ketu .. O1L 6 » Venus .. 8 2 0 4, » Keu «10 18 4 ‘Vers. 28 0 4 Sun. O11 12 a » Venus ., 80 0 , Sm .. 0 9 18 4 Mon w 17 0 i » =San w= 010 2% 4 Mon .. 14 0 4» Mare . 11 9 2. » Moon « 16 0 » Mars .. OL 6 » Raho .. 210 6 Pr. » Mars 4. 1018 , Réhu « 2 4 2% ,, Jupiter... 2 6 12 i -——_- — —— 5 180 0 160 0 190 0 i —— —— ——- f Mercury, Mercury 2 4 27 Ketu, Ketu +» Q 4 27 Venus, Venus .. 8 4 0 it » Ketu.. O11 27 , Venus «. 12 0 y Sun -~ 10 0 » Venus... 210 0 ,, Sun ~ 0 4 6 4 Moon . 18 0 i; n Sun 4. 010 6 4 Mon . 07 0 4 Mars .. 13 0 o » Mon. 15 0 4 Mars « 0 4 27 4 Rabu 4. 80 0 a » Maw. 01 27 4 Rabu .. 10 18 , Jupiter .. 2 8 0 Ff » Rahu.. 26 18 ,, Jupiter .. O11 6 4, Saturn ., 8 2 0 f » dupiter 28 6 4, Saturn .. 1 1 9 4, Meroury,, 210 0 B » Saturn 2 8 0 4, Moronry... O11 27, Ketu «. 12 0 HI Woo 70 0 2% 0 0 THE ASTOTTARI DASA SYSTEM. a ii According to this system the maximum period of human life is a 108 years; this period divided into 8 parts (instead of 9 as in the “ 5 Vimsottari system) presided over by 7 planety and by Rabu (Ketu is not 7 taken into account). E i ; ===== стр 158 ===== , OH. VIT, ON THE LENGTH OF LIFE OF A CHILD. 148 SSE . They come in the following order and their years are given below :— , The Sun ae vO years. Saturn... «» 10 years, : The Moon we ww. 15 years, Jupiter, ws 19 years, Mars te « 8 years, Rahu ae v.12 years. Mercury ee ae LT yeara, Venus on we 21 years, The ruler of the Dasa period, at the time of birth, is ascertained from : the asterism which the Moon occupies at the time. If, therefore, at tho ; time of birth, the Moon occupy any of the three asterisms Kyittika, Rohint, ; Mrigasira, the Dadi period is that of the Sun. Ardrd, Punarvasu, Pugyf, Adlegi ... on ase we Moon, i Maghé, P. Phalguni, U. Phalgunt_.. te on v Mara. 5 Hasta, Chitra, Svati, Vidakha vee we oe ss Meroury. . Anuradha, Jyestha, Mala ses on on + Saturn, . Parvégtdht, U, Aghdha, Syavand ... te os w. Jupiter, Dhanigtha, Satabhisa, Parva Bhidrapada —... on vo Rahu, U. Bhadrapadi, Revati, Asvini, Bharant we oe a Venus, ” 7 Now if there be any of the three Nakgatras, Kyittika, Rohini or Mriga- : sir& occupied by the Moon during the birth time of any individual, the Sun’s Dada is prevalent; 6 years is the Sun’s Dasi; therefore each Nakgatra ; enjoys 2 years for the Sun’s Dasa. So on for the other Naksatras ; as :— a Planet's Das period _ \ Fo number of Nakgatras covering that period — °ch Nakgatra’s Dada, . Moon's Das& 15 years 15 4 © Aydri, Punarvasu, Pusyd, and Adlegi (the 7 “8 years 9 months, “ moon-oceupied Nakgatras) N as the Dasa of Ardré or Punarvasu, or Pusya or Aslesa. : How much of the period of a particular Dasa has elapsed and how 7 much remains to be enjoyed at the time of birth by the native must be : ascertained from the asterism and portion of the asterism passed over by 1 the Moon and the asterism and portion of the asterism remaining to be } passed over at the time. This may be roughly ascertained, thus :— ‘ } Suppose a child is born on the 22nd Jaistha—39 dandas 16 palas and 4 30 vipalas in the year 1814 Saka era under Uttara Phalguni. Find out how ‘ much Dasa& and which planet’s Dada has to be enjoyed yet by the child. ‘ Referring to the above list of the Dadas of the planets we find the three ‘ asterisms Maghé, P. Phalgunt, and U. Phalgunt are under the Dasa period . of Mars. So the Dag& under question is that of Mars. On the date 22nd ‘ Jaigtha, the duration of P, Phalgunt was 4 dandas 29 palas and 1 vipala, o the duration of U. Phalgunt on that date was therefore (60 dandas—4 ; . dandas 29 palas 1 vipala=) 55 dandas 30 palas and 59 vipalas, and its duration next day was 9 dandas 47 palas 30 vipalas, the whole duration of U. Phalguni being 55 dandas 30 palas 59 vipalas+-9 dandas 47 palas < and 3 vipalas= 64 dandas 35 palas 2 vipalas, the time taken by the Moon ’ 19 ===== стр 159 ===== 4 146 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a to pass over the Nakgatra U. Phalgunt. ‘The birth took place at 39° . dandas 16 palas and 30 vipalas. Therefore the portion of the Naksatra a U. Phalgunt yet to be enjoyed by the child is (64 dandas 35 palas 2 vipalas) ~ (39 dandas 16 palas 30 vipalas—4 dandas 29 palas1 vipala= - (64 dandas 35 palas 2 vipalas)—(34 dandas 47 palas 29 vipalas) =29 dandas 47 palas 33 vipalas. Now 64 dandas 35 palas 2 vipalas, the measure of U. Phalgunt represent 2 years 8 months ({ x 8 years), how many years will 29 dandas 47 palas and 33 vipalas ropresent ; the answer is 1 year 2 months 22 days , 50 dandas and 50 palas the Dasa period of Mars,’ Then ascertain the period of death; under whose Dasa period death will occur. See. Mrityu Yogas, Then write down the fruits of the Davas of the several planets. ' Again the eight Dasa periods are each sub-divided into 8 sub-divi- sions known as AntardaéAs, the ruler of the first Antardada being tho “ ruler of the Dasa period and those of the Antardagis which follow are the ‘ same as the rulers of the Daéa periods which follow. The length of the . Antardasa periods bear the same proportion to each other as the lengths of A the Dada periods, e.g., determine the Antardaga of Mercury in Sun’s Dasa. } 108 years represent the Sun’s Dasa period 6 years; how much will ‘ 17 years the Dada period of Mercury represent ?—5%}7 years or 11 months ‘ and 10 days will represent the Antardasa of Mercury. i Again each of the Antardasé period is further sub-divided into 8 parts in the same proportion known as Pratyantardasa periods or Sakgma periods, | The following table represents the Antardasa periods. The Dadas. ' The Antar, eee dass of | sun. | Moon.| Mara. a Saturn. | Jupiter, [= | Venus, 1 cencumtant lameness tenement Gailiiiimeeeeed teniiaieemeene tiie Wee —! fon uP A ORM Of S10 Go At Wb 620 aE Cae Ge way. we a Moon ../010 0/2 1 OjL 1 10 i 2 41010 1 4 202 7 20 ol 8 0 Oi 0 O Mars... 510 ]1 1100 7 8 201 3 8 2010 8 26 401 4 26 40l0 1020 of 620 0 Moreury. 01110 (2 410 | 3 8202 8 8 201 6 26 4012 11 26 40/1 10 20 O18 8 20 0 Saturn... {0 6201 420 0 8 26 401 6 26 400 11 8201 9 8 201 110 O11 10 0 Jupiter... |L 0 20/2 7 20 |t 4 26 dol2 11 26 4a] 9 8208 4 : 110 08 810 0 Rahu 8 O}L 8 00 10 20 00 110 200 1 1102 110 O11 4 0 02 4 0 0 Venus ..jl 2 0 tt jt 6 20 o 8 8 201 11 10 OB 810 02 4 0 W4 100 Li yeara(8 years, fs years. |10 years. Hi [32 years. | Rt years. Under Rahu’s asf period the individual is liable to quarrel with his H friends for his wife and her ornaments. There is fear from being struck . ; with weapons; the individual becomes fearful, powerless, deprived of $ friends, wealth, health and his life is in danger, g 4 | 9 ===== стр 160 ===== i H . | 4 a CHAPTER VIL, ; ON PLANETARY DIVISIONS ANJ) SUB-DIVISIONS OF LIFE, 7 KNOWN AS DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. i a : . i arte —zaartauta fuser: seas fs ~ ; Aas Tay: Hearfe | aw HE a wala: Hexeearay pi | ara wate fe Haas: gaarateask neu i sqaefanyiannieaanieem: UdayaravisadimkaprayikendrAdisamsthah, the As- hl cendant, the Sun or the Moon, (whichever of these thres is most powerful) ; then xv the planets residing in the angles; then those in the succedent or fixed houses a (2, 5, 8, 11); then those in the cadent or mutable houses (3, 6,9, 12), all reckoned. . seraufi Prathamavayasi, in the first part of life, ww Madhye, in the middle ‘ part of life, wr Antye, in the latter part of life. Cha, and. wa: Dadyuh, - give ; grant. we Phalani, effects; results ; fruits, ’™ Na, not. fi Hi, certainly. ie «Na, no, seftwa: Phalavipikab, period when the planets are ready to yield fruits. 7 Sxéengora Kendrasamsthidyabhave, on there being no planeta in the angles 1 (from the strongest planet). aft Bhavati, arise ; accrue, fy Hi, certainly, weft: Phalapaktib, ripening of fruits, becoming ready to yield fruits. yi4q Parvam, fe results like the preceding ones, fruits similar to those in the earlier period. . aafawe Apoklime Api, even if the planets be situated in the cadent houses (3, 6, 9,12). If the planets be not situated in the angles, tho fruits will ‘ be given by-the planets in the succedent houses ; if they are not found in the fe succedent, the fruits wil] be given by the planeta in the cadente houses. 1. The Ascendant, the Sun, or the Moon whichever 4 of these three is the strongest, first acts on the life of any ti individual (and continues to act for a period equal to the 4 number of years obtained in the preceding Chapter as his “ planetary years) and yields fruits according to its nature ; : this period is known as the Dasa of that planet. Then act “ the planets in the angular houses (1, 4, 7, 10 houses reckoned i" from the house of the strongest) (according, to their D superiority in strength, vide next stanza) in the middle part I of his life and award fruits proper to their natures res- pectively ; next come the planets in the succedent houses i a ' ===== стр 161 ===== 148 BRIHAJJATAKAM. (2, 5, 8, 11 from the house of the strongest) ; and lastly work the planets in the cadent houses (3, 6, 9,12 from the house of the strongest) in the latter part of the life of that individual. ve (These several periods of the several planets are called the Dasas or the planetary Divisions of life). In case there be no planets in the angles, the planets in the succedent houses will act in their places and award fruits ; and if there be no planets in the succedent houses, the planets in the cadent . houses will act in their places and award appropriate results). Notes.—'lhe first point. to determine is which planet's Dasa period comes first; which planet’s Das&i comes second; which planet's Dada ; comes third and so on. Determine first which of the following three is most powerful— ; the Rising sign, the Sun or the Moon. His Da¥a comes first. Second “ comes the most powerful of the planets that are occupying the Kendra houses, from such powerful rising sign or the Sun or the Moon. Then the other planets of the Kendra houses come in their seniority of strength ; - 4 but if the planets be all of equal power, the Dada period of the planet, : whose period is the longest comes first; and ifthe planets be of equal power and period, then the period of the planet which rises first, ie., : s reappears after its conjunction with the Sun, comes first. hen comes i the periods or Dasas of the planets oceuping the succedent or Panphara : houses in the order above stated ; and lastly, these of the Apoklima i or cadent houses come. } Remarks :—If there be no planets in the angles, will this part of life be void of any planetary influences ? No, the planets in the succedent V (and if their house be without any planets) or cadent house will at once ‘ come in and exert their influences, If there be planets in the angles { and no planets in the succedent or cadent houses, the planets in the { angles will exert their influence throughtout the remaining part ; so that no ‘ } period of life will be void of any planet's influence. If there be no planet 4 in the angles or succedent houses, then the planets in the cadeut houses i work throughout the remaining part of life. If there be no planets i in the cadent houses, the planets in the succedent houses will go on H working throughout the remaining part of life. This is also the opinion of Yavaneswara and others. | General Remarks :—The first thing to be noted is that during the ~ 4 working period (Daa period) of any planet other planets also work. The i : 4 7 4 Hy oy . fs ===== стр 162 ===== i CH, VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTRARDASAS, 149 | ruling planet of the period works first for a part of its period; then the : other planets as mentioned in the 2nd verse work during the remaining part. Se These periods are called Antardasis, The Antardasi of the ruling planet a is called the Mala or Primary Antardasé and the Antardasis of the other " planets are called the subsidiary Antardasis, - It is owing to these Antardagas that the period of working (Dada) i of any planet is not one of coutinuous pleasure or of continuous pain ; a other planets intervene and thus make the period bright or dark at ‘- intervals as the case may be. i + : Fo Foy: Ha Aa FY ques Heel aw aT Wa- 4 * + : wet gala | area agai agadeed Sst = ered, guai- : feaer uz tl a wry: Ayuh, life; number of years granted by a planet after corrections a (according to the rules in the preceding Chapter.) wi Kyitam, granted; ordained. a a Yena, by whichever planet, fe Hi, certainly, a Yat, whatever (number ‘A of years.) #4 ‘T'at, the same number of years. w Eva, certainly, wet Kalpyé, are to be reckoned ; are to be considered. ae Dasa, the period of working; the i Planetary Division of life. # Si, the period ; the Dasa, wee Prabalasya, of the is strongest planet, of the planet that is very powerful. yi Parvam, first (acts and produces results.) &% SAmye, on being equally strong. «qi Bahindm, of i many planets. «gq Bahuvaryadasya, of that planet which ordains the greatest . va number of years as life, @#i Tegim, of these. ¥ Cha, and. a Sfimye, on © a being equal on account of their granting the same number of years as the life 4 period, sw%tfirer Prathamoditasya, of that planet which rises first in the horizon. 7 2, The periods of the several Planetary Divisions iz P y 7 known as Dass are the same as the planetary years found a in the last Chapter. Again, of tle several planets occupying h the angular, succedent, or cadent houses, the Dasa period " of the strongest planet appears first, next appears that of (i the planet next in power and so on; but if the planets be all fa equally strong, the Dasa period of the planet whose period a is the longest comes first; and if the planets be equally 4 + ‘ : . o strong and lasting, then the period of the planet which rises ; first (i. e., reappears after its conjunction with the Sun) - comes first. . { Note :—The planets are to be reckoned equally strong when their . ] position in their friends’ houses, fifth and ninth houses, their houses of “ ‘ & ===== стр 163 ===== 150 - BRIHAJJATAKAM. exaltation, their favourable aspects, when their strength as regards posi- tion, direction, energy and time, all taken together are equal. Some planets are naturally strong; and in that case when all planets are equal- ly strong as far as the above considerations are made, still by virtue of the natural strength one is superior. Suppose one, for instance, Saturn is strengthened by three other favourable positions and Mars is strengthened by only two other favourable positions, yet Mars being naturally stronger than Saturn, Mars in this case is equal to Saturn. The planets are said to rise on the horizon either when they rise first naturally in the east above the horizon or when they rise in the west just after sunset, os . ao fao—aaRRSENIEE sate g et siet Bata: . . : VET WUT: ATTA | WS WHS VATA: TENT A qreacran: aftarita 3 won: Ekarksagah, the planet that is situated in the same sign (with the DadApati or the then ruler of the DagA period. wa Arddham, half of Antardasé of the DadApati, sugru Apahritya, taking; appropriating for its own purpose. atti Dadati, grants, y ‘Tu, but. * Svam, its own ; (the Antardadi period) uf the planet that is in the same sign as the ruler of the Dasf poriod, wt Tryaméam, one-third (ofthe Antardagé period of the DadApati), fatreqen: Trikonagrihagah, when the planet is in the fifth and ninth houses from the house of the Dad&pati, ee: Smaragal, when in the seventh house from the Dadapati. ey Smaraméam, one- seventh part (of the Antardaga period of the DasApati). wy. Padam, one-fourth (of the Antardad& period of the Dasfpati). we Phalasya, of the fruits; of the result ; of the period of the DagApati, qearm: Chaturasragatah, when the planet is in the eighth and the fourth house from the DaéApati. wera: Sahorah, the planets that are with Ascendant, here the Ascendant is considered as the Dagdpati. g Tu, but, ea Evam, in this way; in the manner mentioned above, waren: Paramparagatah, situated in houses in the order stated above. uftrsiit Paripichayanti, award results according to their natures respectively ; bears fruits according to their own natures. 3. The Dasa period (i.¢., the planetary division of a life) of any planet is divided into sub-periods. These sub- periods, called Antardasds, belong first to the Dasa-pati itself or the ruling planet; then to the planet occupying . the same house as the Dasapati; then to the planet occupy- , ing the 5th or 9th house fromthe Dasgdpati; then to the planet occupying the seventhhouse ; and lastly to the planet ===== стр 164 ===== , CH. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 151 . occupying the 4th or 8th house from the Dasdpati. If there - be several planets in the same house with the Dasapati, the most powerful amongst them will only have the Antardasd period. Similarly, if several planets occupy the Sth or 9th houses, or the 7th house, or the 4th or 8th house from the sign occupied by the Dasgapati, the ruler of the Antardasi in each of the houses is the most powerful planet. If there be no planets in one or two of these honses, the Antardasé period of the planets in the remaining honses only should be taken. Now, the Antardasé period of the planet that is in the same sign with the Dasfpati is half of the Antardasd period of the Das@pati; the Antardas& period of the planet that is in the 5th and 9th house is one third the Antardagé period of the DasApati; in the 7th house, one-seventh ; in the 4th ' and 8th houses from that of the Dasapati, one-fourth of the Antardasa period of the Dasapati. When the Ascendant is the Das@pati, the planet with the Ascendant or situated in the order above stated, will award its Antardasé results (as specified). Note :—The several Antardasa periods are in the proportion 1; 4: $: }: 4; 1 cepresenting the Antarda¥i period of the Dadapati., If there be many planets in the houses under consideration, the strongest one in each house awards its Antardavii results for a period as stated ; not the others, This is also the opinion of many other authors and is the correct one. There are some authors who advocate that all the planets in the same sign should share the number of years due to them; not the strongest only; others there are who say that one share is to be taken only, _ but that should be proportionately distributed to all. These views sre not correct. Fo qo—eTaaaaa aahrean saturate Prefer 1 eerrsq hee erent TT AeA TATA: NN . * wenft Sthandni, the numbers corresponding to tho houses, ¢, ., half, one- third, one-seventh and one fourth. wa Atha, and ; afterwards; then, enh Etani, 11 these, wa¥ftrw Savarpaitva, converting them s0 as to have the same denominators, ===== стр 165 ===== 152 BRIHAJJATAKAM. nnn waif SarvAyi, all the numbers corresponding to the planets’ situations. wertafa- a! fatnfi Adhaéchhedavivarjitani, depriving their fractions of their denominators, . i, ,, taking the numorators only. gaa’? DasAbdapinde, on the life period grant- ed by any Daspati or the ruling planet. qvw: Gunakdh, the multipliers. qatt Yathiméam, the numbers in the numerators (being respectively the multipliers). ‘ au Chhedah, the divisor being. avi" Tadaikyena, their sum; the sum of the numerators (being tho divisor), am: Dadapravedal,,. the number of years, the Antardagas of each planet respectively. 4. The fractions (1, 4, 4, 3, and 4), should ‘all be reduced to have a common denominator with different numerators. The -DagA period of the Dasfpati should he divided by the sum of the numerators and the quotient when multiplied by the several numerators will give the . periods of the Antardasas of the other planets. Notes :—Suppose, for instance, there are planets in the several places referred to in the last stanzas, excepting say, the 7th house from the sign occupied by the Davi ruler. ‘The peviods of the four Antardasis —those Q of (1) the Dada ruler ; (2) the planet with it; (3) the planet occupying the 5th or the Oth house from it; and (4) the planet occupying the 4th or the 8th : house from it are in the pérportion of 3, 4, 4, 4. Reducing these fractions ! to those with 2 common denominator, we get 5 & 4, 4 ; in other words, the Antardadi periods aro in the proportions of 12:6: 4: 3. : The sum of these numbers is 25; if therefore the Dasa period of the : Davapati be divided by 25, and the quotient multiplied 12, 6, 4, and, 3, we ' shall obtain the periods of the four Antardasas respectively. Remarks,—Each case is now separately dealt with :—- Example.—(1) Suppose there is only one planet with the planet Dasapati and there are no other planets in the houses ebove mentioned. ‘ Tn this case proceed as follows. Put for Dadapati ¢. Put for the other : planet which absorbs half the period of the Antardasa of the Dasapati 4. Thus put 3,4, Convert these fractions to have the same denominators Thus we get 3, 4 Take away the denommators, and we get the nume- rators, 2 and 1 as the multiplier and their sum (2+1=8) 3 as the divi- sor. Here suppose the life period granted hy ‘the Dada ruler is 3... Now : multiply 3 by 2 and 1 respectively and divide by 3 we get oa and a equal to 2 and 1 thus 2 (two years) are the Antardaga of the Dadapati and 1 - year 0 months 0 days and 0 ghatis represents the Antardasa of the planet that is with the Dasapati. Thus it is evident that the secondary planet absorbs half the Antardas4 (4 x 2=1) of the Dasapati. ===== стр 166 ===== OH, VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 153 (2) Suppose theré is one planet in the 5th or 9th house from the Dasapati and there are no other planets in the 4th, 8th or 7th house or “ with the Dasipati. Put for Daipati 3 and for the other planet 3. Bring these to a common denominator §, 4. ‘Three and one are respectively the multipliers and 4 is the divisor. Suppose years months days, £0-0-0, ghatis is the life period granted by the ruling planet. Multiply it by 8 and 1 divide by 4. We get3and1. Thus 3 years 0 months 0 days 0 ghatis are the Antardada of the ruling planet and 1 year, 0 month, 0 days, 0 ghatis are Antardasa of the subsidiary planet. (3) Suppose there is a planet in the fourth or eighth house from the Daddpati and there is no other planet with the principal planet or in any : of the other hovses above mentioned, Proceed as follows. Put for the Dasapati}; and for the subsidiary planet +; make these have a common denominator $, 4. 4 and 1 are the multipliers and 5 is the divisor. Sup-_ pose 5 to be the Dasa, z. ¢., the life period granted by the ruling planet. Then axe and Sxtnd andl, Thus 4 years, O months, 0 days, 0 ghatis,= the Antardusa of the ruling planet and 1 year 0 months 0 days, 0 ghatis ¢ =the Antardasé of the subsidiary planet. (4) Suppose there is a planet in the seventh house from the ruling planet and no other planet with the ruler or in the 9th, 5th, 4th, 8th house. Proceed as follows +, 4; make these a common denominator thus:—~4, }. ‘ Then 7 and 1 are the multipliers and 8 isthe divisor, Suppose 8 years j 0 months 0 days 0 ghatis=Méla Digi. Then our and es =7 and 1, fl Thus 7 yearsare the Antardada of the ruling planet and 1 year is the | Antardagd of the subsidiary planet. 4 (5)* Suppose there is one planet with the ruler (Dadipati) and | another planet in the fifth or ninth house and no other planet in 4th, 8th, { or 7th house. Proceed as follows, Put 4, }, 4; make these of a common | denominator, §, &, #; then 6, 3, and 2 are the multipliers and their sum 11 is the divisor. Suppose 11 years as the life or Dada of theruler. Then } Uixe ws and 126, 38, and 2, representing the Antardagac of the ruler, 4 the planet with the ruler and the planet in the 5th or 9th house respeo- : tively. i (6; Suppose there is a planet with the ruler and there is a planet { in the 4th or 8th house from the ruler and there are no other planets in the 4 9th, Sth or 7th house, Proceed as follows :—Put the fractions thus }, 4, 4; +. make these of a common denominator §, #,§. Thus8, 4 and 2are the 4 multipliers and 14 is the divisor. Then suppose 14 as the life period of . i the ruler. Now we, ue 438, 4 2 representing the Antardadas jn o 20 : H j tf i . ===== стр 167 ===== 154 . BRIHAJJATAKAM. years of the ruler, the planets with the ruler, and of the planet in the 4th | or 8th house respectively. | (7) Suppose there is a planet with the ruler and there is another “ planct in the seventh house from the ruler and no other planets in the other houses above mentioned. Put the fractions thus, z, $,#; make them of a common denominator }$, yy. Thus 14, 7 and 2 become. the a] multipliers ; and their sum 23 is the divisor. Suppose 23 is the Daxa of the ruler ; then ox at, 1s or 14, 7, and 2 are the Antardasés of the ruler, of the planet with the ruler, and of the planet in the 7th house from the ruler. 8. Suppose there is a planet in the 5th house and there is another planet in the ninth house from the ruler and no other planets anywhere in the aforesaid other houses, Put the fractions thus 3, 4, }; make these of acommon denominator (3 x 3=9) 9 thus 8, g, § Thus 9, 8 and 3 are the - multipliers ; and 15 is the divisor. Supposing 5 the life period of the ruler, we get aan x8 ; ax , or 3, 1, 1 as the Antardasas of the ruler, and the two other planets. 9, Suppose there is a planetin the 5th or 9th house from the ruler, 3 .and algo another planet in the 4th or 8th house from the ruler and no other planets in the other houses of reference. Put the fractions thus :— 4, 3,2; make them of a common denominator, 13, 4, 2. Thus 12, 4, 3 are the multipliers; and 19 is the divisor. Supposing 19 years the Dadi of 19x12 Wx4 19x38 . the ruler, we get Fg, yg ~>, Gp or 12, 4 and 38 asthe Antardadis of the ruler, and the planet in the Trikona and of the planet in the 4th or 8th house respectively. 10, Suppose there is a planet in the 5th or 9th house from the ruler and another planet inthe 7th house. Put the fractions thus hh th make them of a common denominator, #3, 7, gy ; the numerators 21, 7, and 3 are the multipliers and their sum 81 is the divisor, Supposing 31 years to be the life period granted by the ruler we get at IX and SOE or 21, 7, 3 asthe number of years, the Antardava of the ruler and the subsidiary planets respectively. 11, Suppose there is a planet in the 4th and also a planet in the Sth : house from tho ruler. Put the fractions thus, 3, } } make them of a com- mon denominator 16 thus +8, is, fs. Then 16, 4, 4 are the multipliers and 24 is the divisor, Supposing 6 to be the life period granted by the cad 6x16 8x4 6x4 ruler, we get. - 9, ~, gy, —gp7, or 4, 1, 1, as the Antardasiis of the ruler and the two other planets, respectively. . y ===== стр 168 ===== OH. VIII, ON DAS&S AND ANTARDASAS. 155 12. Suppose there is a planet in the 4th or 8th house from the hom ruler and also one planet in the 7th house from the ruler, Put the fractions thus :—~}, }, +; make them: of a common denominator 38, gg, : dy Thus 28,7, 4 are the multipliera and their sum 39 is the divisor. : Supposing 36 years the life period granted by the ruler we get . ae Sgxt Pax or 25 years 10 months 4 daysand 36 ghatis; 6 | years 5 months 16 days and 9 ghatis; 3 years 8 months 9 days and 15 | ghatis,as the Antardadis of the ruler and ihe other planets respectively. Thus far 3 planets are taken on supposition. | 13. Suppose there is one planet with the ruler or Dasapati and there is one planet in the 5th and another planet in the ninth house. Put | the fractions thus , 4, $, $; make them of a common denominator 48, yy Do, te, vs; The numerators 18, 9,6, 6 are respectively the multipliers and | their sum 39. is the divisor. Supposing 13 years as the Dasa of the | DasApati we get Bx 6 years as the Antardasd of the ruler. Similarly | a 1 at exe. ov 3, 2, 2 years are respectively the Antardadis r of the other planets. ' 14. Suppose there is one planet with the ruler, one planet in the 5th or 9th house, and one other planet in 4th or 8th house. Put the fractions thus 7, 3, &, $; make them of acommon denominator thus :—3f, 32, 4, fe. Thus 24, 12, 8,6 are the multipliers and their sum 50 is the divisor. Supposing 36 years as the Mala Das or the life period granted by the ruler, we get ce , xt ax. ae or 17 years 3 months 10 days 48 ghatis ; 8 years 7 months 20 days 28 ghatis; 6 years 9 months 3 days . and 36 ghatis; 4 years 3 months 25 days and 12 ghatis as the Antardadas of the ruler and tlfe subsidiary planets. 15, Suppose there is one planet with the ruler, and one planet in the 5th or 9th house, and one other planet in the 7th house. Put the frac- tions thus 4, 3, 4,4; make these of a common denominator $%, 24, 34, a; thus 42, 21, 14 and 6are the multipliers and 83 is the divisor. Suppose 16 years as the Maladava of theruler. We get - 1exta : axa aot ’ 18x8 or 8 years 1 month 4 days 42 ghatis ; 4 years 0 months 17 days and 21 ghatis ; 2 years 8 months 11 days and 34 ghatis;1 year 1 month 26 days 23 ghatis as respective Antardasis. “6 16. Suppose there is one planet with the ruler and one planetin - the 4th and another planet in the 8th house. Put the fractions thug 3, # 4,43 make these of a common denominator §%, df ds ve. Thus 82, 16, 8, 8 are the multipliers and 64 is the divisor. Suppose the life ===== стр 169 ===== 156 BRIHAJJATAKAM. period of the ruler is 36, Then by the .above mentioned processes 18 years, 9 years, 44 years, 44 years are the Antardadis of the ruler and ws planets respectively. 17, Suppose there is one planet with the ruling planet, onein ~ the 4th or Sth house, another planet in the 7th house. Put the fractions thus 4, 4, 4,4: or $8 28 34 v%. Thus 56, 28, 14 and 8 are the multi- pliers and their sum 106 the divisor. Supposing 36 years the life period of the ruler, we get by the above process, 19 years () months 6 days . 48 ghatis; 9 years 6 months 3 days and 24 ghatis; 4 years 9 months 1 day 42 ghatis; 2 years 8 months 18 days 6 ghatis as the respective Antardasas. . 18, Suppose there is one planet in the 5th, one planet in the 9th and anothér planet in 4th or 8th house. Put the fractions thus, 4, 3, 4, 4, or 88, 48, 48, ds. ‘Thus 36, 12, 12, and 9 are the multipliers and 69 is ” the divisor. Supposing 23 as the life period of the ruler, wo get 12, 4, 4, 3 years as the respective Antardadis. 19. Suppose there is one planet in the 5th or 9th house and one planet in the 4th and another planet in the 8th house. Put thus 4, 4, < 4, + or 44, 28, 24, 12; we get 48, 16, 12, 12, as the multipliers and 88 as the divisor. Suppose 22 years the life period of the ruler; we get 12, 4, 8, 3, as the Antardadis of the ruler and the other planets. 20, Suppose there is one planet in the 5th or 9th, one planet in the 4th or 8th, another planet in the seventh house. Put thus bhi, + For 84, 82, #4, a2. We get 84, 28, 21, 12 as the multipliers and 145 as the divisor. Take 36 as the life of theruler. We get 20-10-7-51, 6-11-12- 38, 5-2-16-58, 2-11-22-33 as the respective Antardsis, 21, Suppose there is one planet in the 4th, one planet in the 8th & and one planet in the 7th house. Put thus 4, 4, 4,2; or 348, Aa, Ay vey. : We get 112, 28, 28, 16 as the multipliers and their sum 184 4s the divisor. Suppose 36 years as the life of the ruler. We get 21-10-28-42 ; 5-5-22-10; 5-5-22-10; 3-1-16-8 as the Antardasis vespectively., ‘ : 22. Now 5 planets are being taken. Here only the fractions are ' put. From the fractions one is to infer the positions of the planets. } 4, 4, 4, 3, 4; multipliers 24, 12, 8, 8, 6 and divisor 58, j 23, Fractions 4, 4, , 4.4; multipliers 42, 21, 14, 14, 6; divisor 97. i 24. Fractions t, 4, 4, 4,4; multipliers 24, 12, 8, 6,6; divisor 56. ! 25, Fractions %, 4, 4, 4,3; multipliers 56, 28, 14, 14,8; divisor at 120. . { 26. Fractions }, 4, 4, 4, 4; multipliers 84, 42, 28, 21, 12; divisor } 187. | ; { i { 4 i ===== стр 170 ===== OH. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. —18T eee 27. Fractions }, 3, 4, 4,4; multipliers 144, 48, 48, 36, 36; divisor 312. Len 28, Fractions 4, 4, 4, 4,4; multipliers 84, 28, 28, 21,12; divisor . 173. 29. Now six planets are taken. Fractions 3, $, 4, 4, 4,4; multi- . pliers 252, 126, 84, 84, 63, 36; divisor 645. - 30. Fractions ¢, 3,4, 4, 4,7; multipliers 168, 84, 56, 42, 42, 24; divisor 416. 31. Fractions $, $, 4,4, 4,4; multipliers 96, 48, 32, 32, 94, 24; divisor 256. 32. Fractions $, $,4, 4,4,3; multipliers 84, 28, 28, 21, 21, 12; divisor 194. ‘ 32. Now 7 planets are taken. Tractions }, $, $, 4, $, 4,3; multi- . pliers 168, 84, 56, 56, 42, 42, 24; divisor 472. Thus there arise 32 cases in all. There are 4 cases of two planets ; 7 of three ; 9 of four ; 7 of five; 4 of six and 1 of seven. Thus all the possible cases have been discussed. : Jarta-aeraiaa: agra agut aaa * aN fer ariavaed ougarat defeeae aM : meat & werafer: Samyagbalinali, the period of the planct that is all powerful, (occupying the exaltation degree of its exalted sign). rn Svatumgabhage, when the planet is in its highly exalted degrees, zat Sampirpd, named “ Sam- t pirpa,” i. ¢, All-complete, sesftaa Balavarjitasya, the period of that planet which is without any strength ; the period of o very weak planet, fim Rikta, ie is termed “ rikta",i.¢, All-empty. ‘ ‘rviwrr NichAméagatasya, the period of the planet when situated in the degrees of detriment or in the Navamdas of detrimental sign. av? Satrubhége, in the houses of enemies or in the enemies’ Navaméas. @ Jfleyd, is known, afigeet Anistaplala, bearing evil results in the shape of loss of wealth or loss of health. am Dasa the Davé period (as well as the Antardadd period). 79% Prast- tau, during any man’s birth time, 5. The Dasé (and the Antardasi) of the strongest planet when exalted and in its exalted degrees is termed Sampfirné. The Dasé of the weak planet whenrdebilitat- “ ed arid in detrimental degrees is termed Rikti. The Dasa of the planet when in its enemy's Navamsa and also ===== стр 171 ===== 158 BRIHAJJATAKAM. in its debilitated house and in detrimental degrees is termed Anista. on Note.—When the Das& or Antardag& is Sampfrna, one gets wealth, | health, happiness, and prosperity. i The Dada period of a planet ocgupying simply its exaltation sign and t not very powerful is known as Parga. The person will get health, wealth, 7 in due time. The Dasa period of « weak planet occupying simply its detrimental sign is known as Rikta. During this period one will suffer the loss of wealth and the loss of health. Soin Anista Dav& also; but to a greater degree. . . SqaMl-weTEr aa YaA AT HAT GETS am 1 srtfet « freaaftegee « dterftattersar . WaT We wea—Bhrastasya, when going away from ; when descending, ira Tungat, from the highest exaltation, watfiw Avarohisanjia, termed ‘descending.’ a wer Madhy&, middling ; fair; average, 2 Bhavet, becomes, w Sa, that. grgpn® Suhyiduchchabhage, when in its friond’s quarters, when in its own Navaméakas or when in its own house. wtfqt Arohini, ascending. frymfere Nimnaparichyu- taaya, when quitting the lowest degrees of detriment (towards the exaltation). Yrafnity NichdribhAmdesu, in the detrimental degrees, in its enemies’ quarters or Navaméas, wen Adhama, worst. #7 Bhavet, becomes, # Sé, that; the then Dasa period is called). 6. Whenaplanet is in its descent from the highest ; degrees of exaltation, its Dasa period is known as ‘ descend- : ing,’ (tillit reaches the lowest degrees of detriment). When a in course of its descent, it comes to its ally’s quarters or in its own or ally’s Navamsas, the Dasa is called ‘ fair or aver- : age.’ When aplanet is in its ascent from its lowest degrees of detriment, it is termed ‘Ascending’ and when in course of its ascent, it comes to its enemies’ quarters or enemies’ Navamésas, its state,is termed the ‘ Adhama,’ : N. B.—-The planet yields bad results in its ‘descending’ Daé& and good results in its ‘ascending’ Dasi. The planet is somewhat better in < its average Dasa. The results in the Anigt4 Dasa in the preceding verse = are to be considered as nhore painful than the results in ‘ Adhamé’ as stated in this verse, - ===== стр 172 ===== : OH. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 159 eS Mes x. oS sristfeatrartait anaterra wet oe fee - . 3 wet seat | aaaenity neat emg sear TATA WO ; frefHig Nicharibhameée, in the houses of detriment, in the enemies’ houses, or in the enemies’ Navaméas, or in the NavAmdas of its detrimental sign. emaftere Samavasthitasya, the Das&i as well as the Antardasis of the planet that is situated, %e® Saste, in the auspicious houses, ie, in ite exalted, Malatrikoya, own house, or the ally’s housc. 9 Grihe, houses. fmv Misraphalé, mixed yesults; fruits partly good and partly bad. denyenfe Samjhanurdpini, according to their names or designations, we Phaldni, result; fruits, wa Atha, and afterwards, est HsAm, of these ; their. amg Dagdsu, in their Dagas or planetary life periods, weaft Vaksyami, will narrate, rir Yathopyogam, daly ; in proper , order ; in a befitting way, . . 7. The planet situated in the exalted portion, Mala. tr1xona, own house, or ally’s house, if found to occupy the detrimental Naviéméga or the enemy’s Navéméa will yield in his Dasa or Antardasd period mixed results, e.g.,-will give wealth but at the same time will inflict diseases. Similarly 4 if the planet be situated in an enemy’s house or in the ' house of detriment, and also occupies the exalted Navaméas or ally’s Navamsas or his own Navaméas then, too, mixed , results will be awarded. The results will be highly auspici- : ous, in auspicious, mixed, and worst according to their designations respectively. Now will be stated in their proper : order the Dasa and the Antardaga results. Notes.—The name “Sampérnaé” indicates vast prosperity. Parna indicates prosperity. Adhama indicates misery or destruction and very little prosperity. Rikta indicates misery and poverty. And Midrapbala : indicates mixture of both good and evil. Farag easy atev- . aM ON sgascant: feat amet: ofteievar : ars ul : ‘ “a Ubhaye, in the common signs; in the dual signs; when the Ascendant is acommon sign, werrergfiet Adbamamadhyap(ijita, worst, fair and best. jew; ===== стр 173 ===== 160 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ee DreskAyaih, by the three Decanates, vy ¥ Charabhegu Cha, when the Ascendant is a cardinal sign, + eam Cha Utkramat, and inversely, wgterm: Adubhestasamah, bad, best and fair, fee Sthire, when the Ascendant is a fixed sign. mart Kramat, al in due order; respectively, rr: Horfy&h, of the Ascendant. sfteftam: Parikalpitah, ‘are considered; are told, ya Dadga, the fruits in the life of any planet, 8. The Das&pati being the Ascendant, what will be its Dag&? When the Ascendant is a common sign, the first Dresk4na is worst; the second Dreskéna is mixed, partly good and partly bad ; and the third Dreskana is good. If the Ascendant be a cardinal sign, the first Dreskéna is good, the : second is mixed, and the third Dregkana is worst. If the Ascendant be a fixed sign, the first Dregkéna is inauspici- ous, the second is good, the third is mixed. Note :—In other words, if the rising sign be one of the common signs, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari, and Pisces, the Lagna Dasa is known as Adhamé if the rising Decanate be the lst ; Madhyamé if it be the 2nd; and Uttamé or Pajita if it be 3rd, Again, if the rising sign be one of the moveable signs Aries, Cancer, Libra, and Capricorn, the Lagna Dasa : ig known as Uttama if the rising Decanate be the Ist; MadhyamA, if it be the 2nd; and Adhamé, if it be 3rd, Lastly, ifthe rising sign be one of j the fixed signs Tanrus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius, the Lagna Dada is known as Adhama or Adubha if the rising DreskAna be the first; Uttama or Ista if it be the 2nd; and Madhyamé or Samé if it be the 3rd. These } names indicate the nature of the Das& period, eg,, Adhamé indicates 5 misery, Madhyama, indicates partly good and partly evil ; Uttamé indicates if prosperity. I . * 3 ! Wie fro—ua a vated tarreat aa 2 wu i qattqauastaaataradat wan) &: &: gera- , —~ arf ante: Taare: RATA TAT BAT TAT | Frat Sra ue tt | wi Ekam, one. # Dvau, two, waf'sfi: Navavimdatih, nine and twenty. | wfteet Dhritikriti, eighteen and twenty, waq Panchadat, fifty, ei Esim, of these planets, mm Kramiat, in regular order, successively, Yar gaapnstiattrred wert . t Ohandrérendujagukrajivadinakriddaivakaripa4m, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, { Jupiter, Sun and Saturn. ww: Samah, years,, e@; Svaih, their own: w: Svaih, i their own. yewer: Pustaphalah, with prosperous results; with ally’s benefic { T ===== стр 174 ===== de . ¢ + OH. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 161 | results, ffatafi®: Nisargajanitaih, when coinciding with the natural Dadae, wt: th Paktih, maturity. zu: Daddyéh, of the Dadds or the planetary periods as stated in the previous Chapter. m#mq Kramat, regularly; in seriatim, wa Ante, the : period that is over 120 years. engw Lagna Dada, the natural Dada of the Ascen- dant, the Ascendant’s natural period. ya Subha, auspicious. «ff Iti, thus (ia the : opinion). aan Yavand, (of) the author Yavandcharya. » Na, not, eft Ichhanti, : wish. a@fq Kechit, some authors, Srutiktrti and others. ww ‘Tatha, in the same j light ; auspicious, : 9. Now the natural Dasas or life periods of the planets t are being stated. The first year after birth belong to . the Moon ; next two years belong to Mars; next nine years i to Mercury; next twenty years belong to Venus; next eighteen years to Jupiter ; next twenty years to the Sun; ; and next fifty years belong to Saturn. Thus one hundred and twenty years are the sum total of the natural Dasas a of the several planets. If the planetary periods or Dagas as - determined in the preceding Chapter (1) coincide with these : natural Dasds regularly, then the period gets full advan- : tages and becomes prosperous. The closing period and that over 120 years belong to the Ascendant’s natural Das§ and it is auspicious; thisis the opinion of Yavandcharya. Other authors do not like this. : N.B.—When a natural ruler is strong and situated in Upachaya houses, the results are auspicious and when the natural ruler is weak and in Apachaya house, the results are inauspicious. This is true with all the natural rulers, (1) A similar remark applies to the Antardasé periods. ate fYo—araReaTiatr aa Gere ar aviseq ah : ~ Fastt at sresat guar aut Rawagarmy ar aaa frararrsafiaraaaa waar Reaeisz: acne ahr Her Warky AaASeATIT Ngo ti wwenfifi Pakasvamini, the ruler whose Dag& or Antardas& has commenced, wit Lagnage, when in the Ascendant. gyfe Suhridi, the ally (of the ruler, whose Dad& has commenced), «Va, or, i Varge, the Varga (of the ruler, whose Antardagé has commenced), we Asya, of the ruler whose Antardaéé has a ===== стр 175 ===== 162 BRIHAJJATARAM., ee commenced, %% Saumye, the benefic planet. i Api, even, w VA, or, src Prarabdha, the beginning of the period, Antardada, yvat Subhada, auspicious, producing beneficial effects. qu Dada, the Dag or Antardadé period. firrqerty a Tridagasadl@bhesu, in the third, tenth, sixth and eleventh houses. = VA, or. wet Pakape, the ruler, whose Das& or Antardadd has begun, Faritgtewaftetrereg? Mitrochchopachayastrikopamadane, in the ally’s house, or in the exalted house, orin the Upachaya house, or in the fifth, ninth or seventh houses. Wawee PAakesgvarasya, the ruler of the Antardadd, fin: Sthitah, when situated. wz: Chandrah, the Moon, wewrtnnf Satphalabodhanani, auspicious results. ge? Kurute, manifests, waft PapAni, inauspicious resulta. »Cha, and, ‘wm: Atak, from this, sw Anyatha, differing, i.e,, when the Moon ia in the ruler’s detri- mental or enemy’s house or in the same house with the ruler or in the 2nd, 4th, 8th and 12th houses, then the results are bad, even when the commencement of the Dada is lucky. 10. The Dasa period (a) is an auspicious one when the Dag&pati(1) is in the Ascendant or when its ally or any of its Vargas (2) or any benefic planet is in the Ascen- ' dant ; or when the Dagapati occupies the third, tenth, sixth, : or eleventh houses from the then Ascendant. If the Moon resides in the Dasfpati’s the then houses of friendship, in its exalted or in its Upachayas houses or in the fifth, ninth and seventh houses from the Dasapati then | happiness and prosperity are markedly manifested (3). Con- i trary effects, i.¢., misery and suffering are visible when the j Moon resides in houses other than those mentioned above. } Notes :—(a) Or the Antardasa period. : (1) This is interpreted to mean the rising sign at the moment ° : of the commencement of the Dasa period; so that the hour of com- t mencement of a Dasa period must first be ascertained and a figure of the | heavens drawn up for the hours, \ (2) Varga: If, for instance, the Ascendant be the sign, Hora, | Decanate, Naviméa, Dvidasaméa, or Trimsimda of the Dada ruler. ot (3) If either the friendly planet or the benefic planet occupying | the Ascendant be an Atimitra planet to the Dada ruler, such period i will be a very prosperous one. Ifsuch benefic planet be an Atisatru j planet, the period will not be a prosperous one; but if the planet bea ‘ I neutral one, just the effects of the Dad’ period will occur. i ===== стр 176 ===== CH. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTRADASAS. 163 , The Commentator says :— bb When the ruler of the Antardaga is in its enemy's houses or in we the detrimental houses, then the evil effects are produced when the ' Moon resides in the Dasépati's enemies’ houses, or in the detrimental houses, or lives in the same house with the ruler or in the 2nd, 4th, 8th, i or 12th houses from the Ascendant then bad effects are visible though . i the beginning is auspicious. ; Time is measured in four ways :—(1) Solar, (2) Savana, (3) Nakgatra, des and (4) Lunar. By Solar day is meant the period when one degree i is passed over by the Sun, When the Sun makes acomplete circuit ye of the Zodiac, it is called o Solar year of 365 days. By Sivana day : is meant the period from one rising of the Sun to the next rising. " Jt is sixty ghatis. And 360 such days make one Sivana year. Here in this verse Savana time is the standard according to which astrological : calculations are made. Thus from the Khandés during the birth time , of any individual, prepare the Dasa periods ; next is to be ascertained , when the period of a Dasa or Antardasa commences. . . are Pro—sresat feast qa TET AraTeeteTT- agra gaalt fei gay Rargefeaer 1 qateas aN . ° . qaraat stint foe Racisear getter ATGTGETS ATATHANSATATRT Wee Ul meet Prarabdhé, just commenced ; just entered (if at the commencement of the DagA period of a planet), fit Himagau, Moon. & Dada, the life period. — . ergy? Svagrihage, in her own house ; i.e., in the sign Karka (Cancer), sarerdrearengt , ManarthasaukhyAvaha, giving honour, wealth and happiness, %& Kauje, ‘ Mars’ houses, i.¢., in the signs Mega and Vridchika. get Dosayati,, makes one vidious. feri Striyam, wife. grt Budhagrihe, in the houses of Mercury, i.e, ‘ in the house Mithuna and Kanyd. — Peerggfgrer Vidy&suhridvittadé, giving learning; friends and wealth. gitwaaret Durgarapyapathalaye, close to forts, ‘forests, roads, and houses. wnt Krigi kart, cultivating lands. .f% Simhe, in : the sign Simha. feng Sitarkge, in the signs of Venus, i.¢., in the signs Vriga ‘ and Libra. sar Annada, giving articles of food, sweets and delicious eatables. . gta Kustrida, giving ugly wife. qgr: Myigakumbhayoh, in the houses : Mriga and Kumbha, ie,, Capricorn and Aquarius. yey’ Gurugrihe, in the houses of Jupiter, i.¢., in the houses (Sagittarius) Dhanu and. (Pisces) Mina. srart@rewraqr MAnarthasaukhyAbabé, carrying honour, wealth and happiness. , 11. If, at the commencement of any planet's Dasa period (or Antardasa periyd), the Moon be situated in the ===== стр 177 ===== 164 BRIHAJJATAKAM. house Karka (Cancer), she brings honour, wealth and happi- negs ; if at the time, the Moon be in the houses Mega (Aries) and ~ Vrischika (Scorpio), the wife of the individual will become unchaste ; if in the houses Kanyé (Virgo) and Mithuna (the Geminni) she gives learning, friends and wealth; if in the sign Simha (Leo), makes one cultivate land near fortified places, forests, road, and dwelling houses; if in the houses ; Vrisa (Taurus) and Tul4 (the Libra), gives sweet articles of food; if in the signs Mriga (Capricorn) and Kumbha (Aquarius) gives bad ugly wife and if in the houses Dhanu (Sagittarius) and Mina (Pisces), carries honour, wealth and happiness. Note :—When this auspicious beginning of the Antardasa happens in an auspicious moment, the effects are better and far excellent, and when the inauspicious beginning happens in an unlucky moment the bad effecta are rendered far worse ; and mixed results follow when they follow a middle course. meffe—aat ar Wasegqaatt: erfl: sarateta: | avatgsrear- =~ Rerageynyraar saraeertt aes: erat emieteram: Neeru &at Sauryém, during the Sun’s Dad& or Antardaé& period. w Svam, wealth, weqerenmtaheryare® : Nakhadantacharmakanakakrauryadhvabhtpahavaih, arising from the sale of fragrant scents, nails, elephant's tusks, tigers’ or other animals’ skins, gold, wicked actions, or from roads, kings, or battles. fei Talxsyyam, hot temper. rurenggrreih: Dhairyamayasramudyamaratih, Pporsevering, courageous, and always active. eft: Khyatih, a man of fame, "entrafa: Pratdponnatib, prosperity on one’s own exertion, wratgenenftrengrymsitrgar: Bharya- puttradhandrigagtranutabhug bh podbhavah, arising from wife, son, wealth enemies, weapons, fire, kings, me: Vydpadah, dangers, serious calamities, ret Tydat, generous ; charitable ; when the auspicious Dasa prevails, then one gi ves in good causes and under good circumstances, When the unlucky Dag& prevails, then one gives away things in had causes and under bad circumstances, weft: Paparatih, addicted to vices, eryrewey: Svavrityakalahah, quarrels with one’szown servants, gomtederr: Hritkrodaptdamayah, diseases of heart and abdomen or belly, ===== стр 178 ===== { ; j | CH. VIII, ON BASAB AND ANTARDASAS, 165 ann nS i . i 12. During the Sun’s auspicious Dasd or Antardasé ’ period, one acquires+ wealth by dealing in fragrant scents, nails, ivory articles, hides, (e.g., tigers’ and other hides) and gold; or one will get wealth by cruel deeds, (by exacting & taxes from) thoroughfares, through kings, or battles. One : becomes cruel, of firm and patient disposition, incessantly : active and enterprising, gets fame and prosperity by one’s i own exertion and valour. { . . oe 4 b During the Sun’s inauspicious Das& or Antar- ' dasa one gets calamities through one’s wife, children, one’s : own wealth, enemies, weapons, fire, or kings. One is also : prone to be munificent for a good cause in auspicious Dasas i and for bad purposes in case of inauspicious Dag4s; one is : addicted to vices, quarrels with one’s own servants, and will \ become afflicted in mind and willbe liable to be attacked . with chest diseases and those of belly. ‘ Notes:—Mixed results, partly good and partly bad, will follow where there is a mingling of auspicious and inauspicious causes. Discre- : tion is to be used in judging of the effects. Cea’ 2. 2. ate gat: ora eat meri wad date: varigenfaraaggraretcarata: ( Prarere- n agtarawt: ata Aare atelatesent @ ae. . ~ : PAL eras Te a : #t: Indoh, of the Moon. st Pripya, on having, yt Dag&m, the Dada or : the Antardaga, swf Phaldni, the results. wi Labhate, gets. safyerqyuf Man- \ tradvijatyudbhavani, the sacred Mantras from the Brahmagas, wyatdiemcrngyuite- frum: Ikguketrgvikaravastrakusumkridatilannagramaih, good profta from molasses, curds, clothings, flowers, amusement, sesamum, food, and atrength, Forwerygigurret: Nidrdlasyamrjdudvijamararatih, sleep, idleness, forhearing nature, attachment towarda Devas and BrAdhmanas, sem Strijanma, daughters, ‘wafien Medtirwreth Medhavitakirtyarthopachayaksyayau, the Joss of intellect, fame, and wealth, even when these are increasing. 4 Cha, and, sfefi: Ralibba, with the strong. & Vairam, enmity. wie Svapakgena, with one’s own relations. Cha, and, £ . ===== стр 179 ===== } 166 ' BRIHAJJATAKAM. | 13. During the Moon’s auspicious Dasa or Antardasé, i the individual will be blessed with the Mantrams from the we twicé-born (the Brahmanas) and will derive profits by deal- ing in molasses, curds, butter, clothings, flowers, amuse- | ments, sesamum seed, food and his personal strength; he i ' ’ will respect the virtuous Brahmanas and Devas ; he will ac- ! ; quire an increase of wisdom, wealth and renown. | During the Moon’s inauspicious Dasa or Antardas& one will indulge in laziness and sleep; will be of a forbearing | , nature ; will get daughters and lose his quick intelligence, wealth and renown; and will be involved in enmity with ' the strong and with his own relations. os We fo—irentRarqraenteantasd F- as: gataaagaageese | qaresahien- afrar tim: aetear: Sif: cravacrafacta: qreeaa- erty TN eeu ‘ret Bhaumasya, of Mars ; during Mars’s Dag, auspicious and inauspicious, respectively. wftangyvegafeenfir®: = Arivimardabhfipasahajaksityavikajaih, by crushing enemies: from kings, brothers, earth, and woollen things obtained froin sheep's wool. wt Dhanam, wealth. ja: Pradvesah, enmity. gafmareee@: Suta- -mitradarasahajaib, with sons, friends, wives, and brothers. fagyegem Vidvadguru- dvestrita, disagreement with literary persons and religious teachers. aereewdieni- wwfin: Tyispdsyigjvarapittabhaftgajanitah, arising out of hunger and thirst, fever from spoilt blood, bilious disaffections,-and boils, %m: RogAh, diseases, seettent: Parastrtkritdh, arising out of illegitimate intercourses. ff: Prttth, love, affection ; friendship; intimacy. wy«@: PAparataib, with vicious persons, wwiftcfi: . Adharmaniratih, pleasure in committing sins. waewaeatt Parugyataikendni, of harsh speech and cruel temper, . . 14. During Mars’s auspicious Dasa or Aptardaga, one gets wealth through defeated enemies, kings, brothers, lands . and woollen articles and goats, : During Mars’s inauspicious Dag4 or Antardaga one hates one’s own sons, friends, wives, brothers, literary persons and religious teachers; will suffer from diseases caused by hunger and thirst, spoilt blood, bilious disaffections ; fevers ===== стр 180 ===== CH.. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 167 a and boils, from illegitimate intercourses and friendship with be wicked persons and vicious acts. One will become harsh ; in speech and cruel. ‘ in P ‘ we fro—ahai tageqaaasad Raersier aa ghaasrgadaacadralaraateaeas: | greataraaat- o eS. : 2 ad aftaa wfrarftea: cet aaaaraeaga: det a agar Wey tl P @rai Baudhyam, during Mercury's Dag& or Antardaga, auspicious and inaus- picious, ragyyysfgerrt Dautyasuhbpidgurudvijadhanam, wealth from ambassador- ij ship, friends, preceptors and Braéhmayas. fagemiet Vidvatpragamea, praises from literary persons, wu: Yadah, fame, ginpagwtecnfitritena: Yuktidravyasuva- rpavesaramabisaubhagyasaukhyaptayah, attainment of brass and other mixed : metal utensils, gold, mules, lands, good fortunc, aud happiness. retarted ‘ Hasyopasanakauéalam, cleverness in witty talks and serving others, ‘fiw: L Matichayah, much intellect. wiiwnféga: Dharmakriydsiddhayah, success in { religious duties, wed Paérusyam, harsh words, wriwwmegy: Sramabandhama- nasaguchah, suffering from grief, imprisonment, and mental pain, Pida, iy diseases, «Cha, and, wymam DhatutrayAt, (diseases) out of the three humours j of the body, viz. bile, phlegm, and wind (disordered), 15. During Mercury’s auspicious Dasa or Antardasa one gets wealth from ambassadorship, from friends, precep- tors, and Bréhmanas; acquires name and fame amongst literary persons and obtains brass utensils, gold, mules, lands, good fortune and happiness. One is also very witty, serviceable, of much intellectual power, and attains success in doing religious deeds. During Mercury’s inauspicious Das4 or Antardadé, one becomes rough in speech, suffers from grief, imprison- ment, pain of mind and diseases due to the disorders in bile, phlegm, and wind. . wre fro—Seai araguteat aftrra: afta: ser n Teaftagetnaattquitercnaratiag | Far- ===== стр 181 ===== 168 BRIBAJJATAR AM. : mega: Nea aq: | qearenear ore: STATE frat ra: Wee Qi Jaivyém, during Jupiter's Dada or Antardad@, auspicious, or inauspi- cious, ‘wrytet: MAnagunodaysh, worship, learning, prowess and similar good qualifications, ftea: Matichayah, much intellectual power. srfemmtft: Kantib- pratdponnatih, beauty and rise on one’s own prowess (in putting enemies under con- . trol), weretrarnnifigfreranit : Mabétmyodyamamantranttingipatisvadhyayaman- traih, by means of one's greatness, energy, or by meana of Vaidik mantras, poli- tics, or from kings, studies, or by reciting sacred formule of prayer to any deity. wr Dharam, wealth, Queacaogeciwees : HomAdvatinajakufijarambarachayah, inore- ment of gold, horses, sons, elephants, raiments, Mf: ¥ Pritih cha, and friendly feelings. wqyftf: Sadbhimipaih, with good and talented kings, pre Sikemyohdgahandéramah, labour in solving subtle problems, wavreq Sravanaruk, eye diseases, % Vairam, enmity, fewhfw®: VidharmAéritaih, with the religious disbelievers, 16. During Jupiter’s auspicious Dasa or Antardaga one acquires reverential feelings, learning, prowess, intellect and beauty. One gets wealth through one’s own power ; by being beneficial to others, energetic; from Vaidik mantras ; from kings, studies, and recitation of sacred formule. One gets gold, horses, sons, elephants, and raiments, and becomes friendly to great kings. During Jupiter’s inauspicious Dasa or Antardas&, one : gets mental pain in solving subtle problems, eye diseases and enmity with religious disbelievers. wre Pro—maai frat: sarcaehasareraareat . sragfaararacagmetrsrrmnn: | Arete ‘ prahaitaeart | eaitereraaceaat wa: SEA: 99 0 ford Saukryam, during Venus’ Dag& or Antardndd, auspicious or inaus- Picious. erefi: Gitaratih, taste for music ; pleasure in music, > ragefieanemacelt- ‘rg, feerreercenr teen: Pramodasurabhidravyannapandmbarastrtratnadyatiman- mathopakarayajfianesfamitragamah, attainment of pleasures and amusements, : fragrant articles, sumptuous fooding, drinking, clothings, fine appearance, valour ‘ and women, jewels, gems, nice beddings, etc., to increase one’s passion, knowledg ===== стр 182 ===== j | OH, VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 169 desires, and friends, @ma Kaudalyam, cleverness in actions, ment Krayavikraye, . in buying and selling. whfienft: Krisinidhipraptib, tilling, and attainment of hidden treasures and wealth. wre Dhanasya, of wealth. em Agamah, getting, wW@ri'aiterpete@: Veindorvidanistdadharmarabiteih, with the crowd, with the king, with the hunter, and irreligious persons, @% Vairam, enmity. qe Suchah, suffering pain. ta: Snehatah, out of too much affection, love. 17. During Venus’ auspicious Das& or Antardasa, one is fond of music, will enjoy pleasures and amusements, obtain fragrant articles, fooding, drinking, clothing, women, gems and jewels, acquirements (¢.g., fine appearance, valour, i.e, tending to incite lust), knowledge, objects of desires and friends. One becomes clever in buying and selling, tilling and attains hidden treasures and wealth. During Venus’ inauspicious Das& or Antardas& one is | involved in quarrels with the public, king, hunter and j irreligious folks and suffers pains from undue feeling of love. . mroffo—aet sreay atieaafrafesiaarqararesy: | Wataragetaansattay FT Faas: 1 wereal- i ~ Raat afasarareraerar | waren wee TTA aT SATA Us Ul @r@t Saurim, during Saturn’s Dad&i and Antardaéis, auspicious and inaus- picious, ary Pr&pya, on getting. atreaferafigdtegrgrraned : Kharos}rapakgimahigt- vridhamgandvaptayah, acquiring of asses, camels, hawks, buffaloes and old wife. Heoagafeercafiarger SropigramapurAdhikarajanitApaja, worship from villagers and townsmen where many people of the same caste reside. geram: Kudhanyé- gamah, obtaining of grains, eg., of jowari and bAjra that are usually taken by poorer classes. xdteatiieartnenferarterigrny Slegmersyfnilakopamohamalinavya- pattitandrasraméaf, arising from cold and cough, jealousy, wind, anger, delusion, miserableness, calamities, sleep, or fatigue. yruvrewemurdt Bhyitydpatyakalatra- bbarteanam, revilings and threats from servants, children, and wife. wf Api, also, maft Prapnoti, gets. + Cha, also. werry Vyangatdm, from the cutting of some parts of the body or from diseases of defective limbs ; from some defective organs. 18. During Saturn’s auspicious Das& or Antardadé, one gains asses, damels, hawks and other birds, old wife and 2 ===== стр 183 ===== 170 BRIHAJJATAKAM. . worship from villagers or townsmen where many people of the same caste reside, and also coarse grains such as jowar and bajra, &e. During Saturn’s inauspicious Dasé or Antardada, one gets calamities from cough, jealousy, wind, anger, delusion, miserableness, idleness, and fatigue (1); one also gets reproaches from servants, children and wife, and suffers from defective organs. Note :—(1) The individual will suffer from phlegmatic and windy complaints; will be jealous, angry, distracted in mind, dirty, exposed to danger, idle, safer from grief, and be much troubled. . soartent—arg Weakyg went giahedan , euria Faq 1 feng feenitt erat erent AUT: SATA WE way Daddsu, during the Dad period, weng Sastaeu, auspicious, gait Subhani, , good, beneficial. g¥ft Kurvanti, do; effect ; produce. wgyey Anistasamjfiaeu, when inauspicious, wef Adubhani, bad. yey Cha evam, and thus. fiwy Midrésu, mixed, of the nature of good and bad mixed. ffwi¥ Midr&éni, mixed. yaeet . DadAphalAni, results; fruition ; fruits in Dag& periods, rave Horaphalam, the result of the Ascendant. i?: Lagnapateh, of the ruler of the Ascendant, wm Samfnam, equal, similar. 19. The planets in their auspicious Dag&s when in the auspicious houses, e.g., Upachaya houses, when not descend- ant, in the exalted houses, and in their auspicious Vargas, produce good and beneficial effects. The planets in their inauspicious Dasa or Antardad& periods, 4.2, when in the inauspicious houses, e.g., when defeated, or when descendant, or when in the detrimental houses produce bad effects in their Dadés. When the causes are good as well as bad, the effects are also mixed. The effects of the Ascendant Dag& are the same as those of its ruler’s Dasa. | ; uifet—aareart qeq ageaye: aeisiat gar ; qeqatee: | ARATE A AM cer TSF TATA Ro ‘ ===== стр 184 ===== j CH, VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. wm. ql awrent Sanjfiadhydye, in the Chapter on Sanjiia, where technical names and | . their designations are stated. 4 Yasya, of whichever planet, sqm Yaddravyam, a- whichever things, copper, etc. wm Uktam, are mentioned. wetéa: Karmajivah, the occupation of a man in his life, 4: « Yah cha, and who, we Yasya, of whichever planet. afte: Upadistah, are advised; are stated, wraeermamartinr Bhdvasthand- lokayogodbhavam, fruits arieing from the natures of the twelve houses or signs yr and the aspects and combinations, 7m weW Tat tat sarvam, all these, wa Taaya, to that, @ei Yojyam, to be considered; to be taken in account. yarry Daddyam, a, during the Daé& period; when the Dasa or fruition period of planets are taken : into account. 20. The materials, copper, etc., favourite to any planet, mentioned already in the Chapter on Sanjffa or designations . or whatever occupations advised under each planet (in the . following chapters), the natures of the 12 houses, the mutual aspects of planets and their combinations, all these are to be reckoned into account, when judging of the effects, of the DasA, i.e., fruition period of any planet. If the Das& period be auspicious, these materials will be gained by the ~~ native ; else they will be lost. When the combinations are . of a mixed character, the result will be mixed. Notes :—As stated already, the character, whether benefio or malefic of a Dada period is to be determined from the technical names given to the ruler of the period. Vide stanzas 6 and 7. Again, if, at the time of birth, any of the planets occupy the Upachaya houses, be of bright discs and of distinct motion, the effects will be gdod in their Dada periods. But if the plarets suffer defeat in conjunction, be of disagreeable appearance or of small disc, the effects will be bad in their Daé& periods. The planets which, at the time of the commencement of their Antardada periods, might be aspected by benefic planets or occupy the Vargas of benefic or very friendly planets, are powerful and will not cause death ; if they be situated otherwise they will cause death. : . . Jo Fo-HTai HENMEdt aT aashretaaea wag . : * wae | aeaarargduia aTareEeraagaUT- ara NReU wsi Chhayam, the light, the reflection in this body, ~qryftest Mah&bhite- kyitam, caused by the primary elements, earth, water, fire, air, and Akgéa, Cha, and. #% Sarve, all the planets, wfmieifti Abhivyamjayanti, manifest, make visible, ===== стр 185 ===== 172 BRIHAJJATAKAM. | a want Svadastm, their Dads. wera Avapya, on having, ieafareacor Kkambvagni- : vayavambarajan, derived from earth, water, fire, air and Akasa respectively. 3m Guyén, the properties; the qualities, smell, taste, appearance, touch and sound . respectively, § Cha, and, wategareequergtam Nasdsyadziktvaksravapanumeyan, , inferred by nose, tongue, sight, skin, and ears respectively. 21. All the planets on-attaining their Dasds reflect in our bodies their respective qualities smell, taste, appear- : ance, touch, and sound generated out of the primary elements, ‘ earth, water, fire, air and Akaga and that can be perceived by nose, tongue, sight, skin and ears. Note.—If the reflection caused by a planet be good, the results will be good ; otherwise, bad; and if the combination of planets be of a mixed character, the result will also be mixed. Vhis verse is specially intended to find out the Dadapatis where the Dass of planets are unknown during , the birth time. They can be inferred indirectly by the reflections caused by the planets as described above. ‘I'he quality of earth is smell and this can be perceived by nose; similarly the quality of water is taste and can be perceived by tongue; the quality of fire is appearance, form and can ‘ be recognised by sight; the quality of air is touch and can be perceived by touch and the quality of Akasa is sound and can be perceived by ears. Now the question is:—Find out which planet’s Dasa is working at any time, The Answer is:—Find out which element is working predo- minantly and the planet corresponding to that element has its Das& at that time. Suppose nice smell is perceived, then the planet Mercury is working. If one likes sweet things at any moment, then the Moon or Venus is working. If the appearance of the body be beautiful and of good complexion, know that it is caused by fire and the Sun or Mars is working then. If the touch be gentle, then Saturn’s Dada is working, and if the voice of any person be sweet at any time, Jupiter is working. If these reflections be good, then the Dasa is good; otherwise, of a bad or mixed character as the case may be, Remarks.—Physical man is a composition of the five elementary principles—earth, water, fire, air and Akfisa (ether); Mercury presides over earth ; Venus and the Moon over water; Mars andthe Sun over fire ; Saturn over air;and Jupiter over Akéda, In the Dasa period of a particular planet, his elementary principle will predominate and the complexion of the per- son during such period will be that due to the particular elementary princi- ple. Vardha Mihira in Chapter 68 of his Brihat Sambita (atanzas 90 to 93) has thus stated in detail the complexion due to each of the seven planets. q ===== стр 186 ===== OH. VIIT, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 173 ‘ . “The complexion discernible in shining teeth, skin, nails and hairs of the body and of the head will be attended with prosperity ; it is caused by the element of earth ; it makes the person happy, rich and virtuous,” i “The complexion which is glossy, white, clear, green. snd agreeable | to look at is caused by the element of water; it will make all creatures | Possessing it happy and successful in all their attempts and will produce ’ wealth, comfort, luxury and prosperity.” | “The complexion which is fearful, unbearable, of the colour of the lotus, gold, or fire and indicating strength, power, and valour, is caused by the element of fire, and it brings success to 8 person and enables him to gain his desired object.” “The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and and of bad scent, is caused by the element of air, it will cause to the person death or imprisonment, disease, ruin, and loss of wealth.” :$ “The complexion which is of the colour of crystal, noble, clear and if indicating wealth, and generosity, is caused by the element of ether ; it : gives a person all that he desires.” Now suppose the Dasi period to be that of Mars, his element is fire ; f the complexion caused by the elementary principle of fire described above, will be the complexion of a person in the Daga period of Mars ! and so for the other planets. Again, the property of earth is smell, discernible by the nose; that of water is taste, discernible by the tongue ; that of fire or light is shape or appearance, discernible by the eye ; that of air is touch, discernible by the : body; and that of Aka is sound, discernible by the ear. Suppose the Dasa period to be that of Venus ; his element is water ; the quality belonging to water is taste, discernible by the tongue. Therefore in the Dad& period of Venus, the person will eat juicy meals according to his desire, In the : Dasa period of Jupiter (AkAga-sound) the person's speech will be sweet ' and agreeable to the ear; in the period of Mercury (earth-smell) the per- son’s body will be with an agreeable odour ; in that of Mars (fire-shape) he will be of agreenble appearance; and in that of Saturn (air-touch) | he will be of soft body. From a careful observation of these qualities the particular Daéa period of a person may also be determined. | aa -QanageIal ATTAIATT | AY TA- af gat meant a ou aftranaftaraad | aaarat t cafe were: eee: 0 22 ===== стр 187 ===== 174 BRIHAJJATAKAM. spemerrcarat Subhaphaladadadayam, in the auspicious Dada time of any planet. wwe TAdrik eva, certainly of the same nature. sree Antarftmé, the inner self, ey Babu, all sorts, oft Janayati, bring forth. Yet Pumsdm, to any person, rem Saukhyam, pleasurable, happy feelings. wim Arthdgamam, the gaining of { wealth, «Cha, and. sfirwefen®: Kathitaphalavipakaih, on knowing the results | aforesaid. witq Tarkayet, one isto argue; one should get information, srt i Vartamandm, the present Dada ; the Dadé that is being experienced at the time Q in question. ‘ftyaft Parinamati, become experienced ; become perceived. weft: * Phalaptih, the results; the fruits obtained. eafterg Svapnachintasu, during the dreaming or mental state, w¥ Avirjaih, by the planets, by the DadApatis when they are weak ; by the weak planets. 22. As the Dasd of a planet is auspicious, so the inner self of the person is also pleased and happy, and all sorts of pleasure and wealth are incoming at that time (1). Therefore when one knows the present state of one’s mind ' or the results that are being experienced at that time, one can at once tell what the Das is and which planet is work- i ing. If the planet be not sufficiently strong, then its Dasa . is also weak and can be perceived while in a dreamy state or in mind only, not actually carried out in practice. Note.—In all these cases it should be remembered that when the planetary combinations are partly good and partly bad, the results also become go. (1, If the Dada period be inauspicious, the inner self also feels itself weak and unhappy ; and if the Dada period be of a mixed nature, the inner self also feels itself so. : . ao fo—aangET Get HTT | art azar . . afte oftceqa ag ul ateat og: aemaernet fafa | eat eat VETTE: THATATEA: WRB Ul TSA: WS wore Ekagrahasya, of one and the same planet, w® Sadrige, equal ; of s the rame strength, ww: Phalayoh, of the fruits, fe® Virodhe, being con- tradictory. wt Naam, non-effective. w®q Vadet, should say; is to declare or 4 pass his judgment, Yat, whichever of the two fruits, wf Adhikam, of the greater strength ; stronger. wftea® Paripachyate, comes into effect ; bears fruit, Fa ===== стр 188 ===== OH. VIII, ON DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 175 m Tat, that, Na, not, we Anyah, other planet, sg Grahah, planet. wt Sadyigam, of the same power, similarly strong. wee Anyaphalam, opposite . results. firftt Hinasti, destroys. «i wi Svdm svdm, their own (respectively). aat Dadam, Dasés ; fruition periods, , sw: Upagatdh, on getting. wwe: Saphala- pradah, bestower of their own fruits. wz: Syul, become, 23. When one planet gives two equal contradictory results, then no results are carried into effect. When two contradictory results are not of the same strength, the more powerful one is carried into effect. One planet does not destroy another planet’s effect, though one is equal and contradictory to the other. Both these bear fruits in their own Dads or fruition periods respectively. Note:—Suppose one planet gives wealth by one sort of reasoning . (unde one set of planetary combinations) and this very planet takes away wealth by another sort of reasoning (under another set of planetary : combinations) and both the reasonings are equally strong; in this case, no coming of wealth nor loss will take place. But if one reasoning be stronger, then gain or loss as the case may be will take place, Suppose one planet gives wealth; another planet takes it with equal force; in this case fruits will not be nullified. Wealth will come and go respec- tively in each planet’s fruition period (Dasa). Thus ends the Eighth Chapter in Byihat Jaétakam dealing on Dasis and Antardadis by rt Varaha MihirAchArya of Avantika. wo ' % | \ > ===== стр 189 ===== OBAPTER IX 4 ON ASTAKA VARGA. ‘ ato fo—erah: TUATTagarreararatteyaTt | aM aes Tegareatianty | sitaraag- ~ 3 araNgy Teaser: wtanitastaterat: Tay A AATEa- par ARATE: We eq Svat, from its own (position), The sign where any planet resides during the time of birth is called that planet's own position, Here the Sun’s . position (i.e. the sign occupied by the Sun) is meant, wi Arkab, the Sun. vi memrenghrergarmmaiem: §Prathamdyabandhunidhanadvyajfatapodvyunagah, in the first, eleventh, fourth, eighth, second, tenth, ninth and seventh houses reckoned from the Sun’s own position, (it is auspicious), wm Vakraét, from the Mars. weary Svat, own position, yw Iva, like. gy Tadvat, similar to that (the Sun.) . wa Eva, certainly, A ecaiittanag Sa aATETaT: AEA: UW TaTAT- ~ ~ aera He Tete: | Yew WSTIATA- ¢. iS : PUY Te: HAPaATATTT UR we: Vakrah, Mars. g Tu, but. saway Upachayegu, in the Upachaya houses, i, 3rd, 6th, 11th and 10th houses, wm Inat, from the San, ‘wamty Satanayegu, in the 5th house in addition, vwenftty Ady@dhikesu, with the Ist house also. , weamt Udayat, from the Ascendant, swarm Chandrat, from the Moon, Faiaaty ' Digviphalogu, excepting the 10th house, @yfiwmmrain: KendranidhanaprAptyar- thagah, in the let, 4th, 7th, 10th, 8th, 11th and 2nd houses. wry Svat, from its : own sign, gt: Subbah, auspicious. witergtegir: Dharmaydgtamakendragoh, in the 9th, 11th, 8th, let, 4th, 7th and 10th houses. ‘wiemarq Arkatanay&t, from : Saturn. wa Jat, from Mercury. sefwitenm: Sattridhtlabhagah, in the 6th, 8rd, i 5th, 11th houses, yprq Sukrat, from Venus, qarenigryy Sadvyayalabhamrityugu, . in the 6th, 12th, 11th and 8th houses. yw: Guroh, from Jupiter, waterennfty KarmAntyalabhérigu, in the 10th, 12th, 11th and 6th houses, 3. The auspicious results are produced in the follow- ing cases. When Mars is the 8rd, 6th, 10th, llth and . 5th houses from the Sun; or in the 8rd, 6th, 10th, llth ===== стр 192 ===== E , ; OH. IX, ON ASTAKA VARGA. 119 EE \ and Ist houses from the Ascendant; orin the 3rd, 6th and ; 11th houses from the Moon; or in the Ist, 4th, 7th, 10th, 8th, 11th and 2nd houses from his own position; or in the 9th, 11th, 8th, Ist, 4th, 7th, and 10th houses from Saturn ; orin the 6th, 3rd, 5th, 11th houses from Mercury; or in the 6th, 12th, 11th, and 8th houses from Venus; or in the ) 10th, 12th, 11th, and 6th houses from Jupiter. - Note:—This is also the opinion of Satyacharya. Thus is the Astaka Varga of Mars. Mo Fo—gaTaaTEaT: GAY WINKRASATHI NAGA: a ~ < “ argreay aarcatsdahtgorcaent area: | ala eaaea- H fas ¢. ay aig: eareraTHAta: searaecgareday feat: | Brag ears 2 i wararnena:gay DvyAdyAyastatapahaukhegu, in the 2nd, Ist, 11th, 8th, 9th, f Ath houses. yy Bhrigujét, from Venus, warty SatryAtmajesu, with the : 3rd and 5th houses in addition. tq: Indujah, from the Moon, ewrety Sajfide- H tegu, with the [Oth and 7th houses in addition, we: Yamérayoh, from Saturn and Mars, swfigaezez%: Vyayaripupraptyastagoh, in the 12th, 6th, 11th, i and 8th houses, west: Vakpateh, from Jupiter, whafgraty Dharmaydrisuta- vyaegu, in the 9th, llth, 6th, 5th, and 12th houses, sffy: Savituk, from the Sun, emt Svat, from its own sign, serpwtfim: Sadyakarmatrigah, with the Jst, 10th, 3rd houses in addition, ‘rrmegarety Satsvaydstasukhdspadesu, in the 6th, 2nd, 11th, 8th, 4th and 10th houses. fyrt: Himagoh, from the Moon. ; erqiy SAdyesu, with the lst house in addition, uy Lagnat, from the Ascendant, ‘ me Subbah, auspicious, j 4. The auspicious results of Mercury are produced in the following cases. : When Mercury is in the 2nd, Ist, 11th, 8th, 9th, 4th, : 3rd and 5th houses from Venus; or in the 2nd, Ist, 11th, ; 8th, 9th, 4th, 10th, and 7th houses from Saturn or from Mars ; { orin 12th, 6th, 11th and 8th houses from Jupiter ; or in the { Oth, 11th, 6th, 5th, and 12th houses from the Sun; or in the { Oth, 11th, 6th, 5th, 12th, Ist, 10th and 3rd houses from its own r i j i i ===== стр 193 ===== 180 BRIHAJJATAKAM. — er O OHV ll position ; or in the 6th, 2nd, 11th, 8th, 4th, and 10th houses from the Moon; or in the 6th, 2nd, 11th, 8th, 4th, 10th, - and 1st houses from the Ascendant. . Note:—This ia also the opinion of Satyachirya. This is the Astaka Varga of Mercury. ate ffo-faereenaaayy «garearearanct fer: qakatratguteaaterentt artara, | sre | ardraaay Rerviartirantisad feritecergamy’- wait area WK Ul Reqemarerarvigy DikevadyAgtamadayabandhuyu, in the 10th, 2nd, lst, 8th, 7th lth and 4th houses, gamq Kujat, from Mars, «rq Svat, from his (Jupiter's) own position, fy Satrikegu, with the 3rd house in addition, wha: Amgirh, Jupiter, yety SdryAt, from the Sun, sfiity Satrinavegu, with the 3rd and 9th houses in addition. Wremafgrennfttr: Dhisvanavadiglabharigah, in the 5th, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th and 6th houses. wit Bhargavat, from Venus, orarartvarnty ; TayAyarthanavatmajegu, in the 7th, 11th, 2nd, 9th and 5th houses, fart: ! Himagoh, from the Moon. ary Mandat, from Saturn, fiqie® Trigaddhivyae, in : the 8rd, 6th, 5th, and 12th houses. faniueeryurevtinan: Dighdhisatsvasukhaya- pirvanavagah, in the 10th, 5th, 6th, 2nd, 4th, 11th, 1st and 9th houses. we Jat, from Mercury. were: Sasmarah, with the 7th house in addition, ¥ Cha, and. samy Udayat, from the Ascendant. ; 5. The auspicious results are produced in the follow- ing cases:—When Jupiter is in the 10th, 2nd, Ist, 8th, 7th, 11th, and 4th houses from Mars; or in the 10th, 2nd, Ist, 8th, 7th, 11th, 4th and 3rd houses from his own position; or in the 10th, 2nd, 1st, 8th, 7th, llth, 4th, 3rd, and 9th . houses from the Sun ; or in the 5th, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th, and 6th houses from Venus ; or in the 7th, 11th, 2nd, 9th and 5th houses from the’ Moon; or in the 3rd, 6th, 5th and 12th ; houses from Saturn; or in the 10th, 5th, 6th, 2nd, 4th, 11th, | lst and 9th houses from Mercury ; or in the 10th, 5th, *6th, | 2nd, 4th, 11th, 1st, 9th, and 7th houses from the Ascendant. Note—There are some differences here with Satyacharya, This is the Astakavarga of Jupiter. | ===== стр 194 ===== OH. TX, ON ASTAKA VARGA. 181 . We Fo—aarargaanTTaat: ae: WaHT TT: aRnay gabritaaaanea: qasng | dracait 9° aaa TE eM TiaialsaraaTAN eas TTT TET aie: HATg_U & Ui wary Lagnat, from the Ascendant. sgrenrorrm: Asutalabharandhranavagah, in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 8th and 9th houses, aie: SAntyah, with the 12th houses in addition. waiwq Sadamkat, from the Moon, fet: Sitah, Venus, eq Svat, from her own position, sf¥q SAjfiesu, with the 10th house in addition, gafetmquftentie: Sukhotridhtnavadasachhidraptigah, in the 4th, 3rd, 5th, 9th, 10th, ie 8th and 11th houses. gery Saryajat, from Saturn. ‘mem: Randhrdyavyayagah, 1 in the 8th, 11th and 12th houses. *®: Raveh, from the Sun, wepemmewte: : NavadaduprAptyastadhtsthak, in the 9th, LOth, L1th, 8th and 5th houses, yu: Guroh, : from Jupiter. wa Jat, from Mercury. foarerafta: Dbitryayanavarigah, in the 5th, , 8rd, 11th, 9th and 6th houses, feownqymraaiea : Trinavasa} putrdys&ntyah, in the 3rd, : 9th, 6th, 5th, 1}th, 12th houses, gwm Kujat, from Mars, 6. These are the following auspicious cases :—When ‘ Venus is in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 8th, and ‘ 9th houses from the Ascendant, or in the Ist, 2nd, 8rd, 4th, ' 5th, 11th, 8th, 9th and 12th houses from the Moon; or in : the lst, 2nd, 8rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 8th, 9th, 10th houses t from her own position ; or in the 4th, 3rd, 5th, 9th, 10th, 8th, 11th houses from Saturn; or in the 8th, llth, 12th houses from the Sun ; or in the 9th, 10th, 11th, 8th, 5th houses from Jupiter; or in the 5th, 3rd, llth 9th, and 6th houses from ' Mercury; orin the 3rd, 9th, 6th, 5th, 11th and 12th houses y from Mars. Note.—This is in accordance with Satyach4rya, and is the Agtakavarga (i.e., the benefice places) of Venus. aN 2 * . Mo Ho-AqegaaTgy YH: araiertt aft x . ata, Hassan Ga Ate | wat mR TaaaTehagarnn: wraieara: ar GIT: sredaaiayy Wu ===== стр 195 ===== 182 ' BRIHAJJATARAM. q: Mandah, Saturn, rq Svat, from its own position. fageramyy Trisutdya- datrugu, in the 8rd, 5th, 11th and 6th houses, gy: Subbah, auspicious, arwiran: Sajfiantyagah, with the 10th and 12th houses in addition, i.e, in 3rd, 5th, 11th, 6th, 10th, and 12th houses. yftq Bhamijat, from Mars, @*qrrgvty Kendrayasta- dhanegu, in the Ist, 4th, 7th, 10th, 11th, 8th and 2nd houses. «mq Indt, from the . Sun, yy Upachayegu, in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses. sa? Adye, in the Ist house (also. g@ Sukhe, in the 4th house (also). Cha, alao, eq Udayat, from the Ascendant, wataftgsieegryy DharmAydridadantyamryityugu, in the 9th, 11th, . 6th, 10th, 12th, and 8th houses. gw Budhat, from Mercury. amt Chandrat, from the Moon. fiegenm: Trisadlabhagah, in the 8rd, 6th, 11th houses. ‘seriram: Sasthayantyagatah, in the 6th, 11th, 12th houses, feeq SitAt, from Venus, gryv: Suraguroh, from Jupiter. sy wimg Praptyantyadhigatrugu, in the 11th, 12th, 5th, and 6th houses. 7. The following are, the auspicious cases :—When Saturn is in the 3rd, 5th, 11th, and 6th houses from its own position; or in the 3rd, 5th, 11th, 6th, 10th, and 12th houses ' from Mars; or in the Ist, 4th, 7th, 10th, 11th, 8th and 2nd houses from the Sun; or in the 3rd, 6th, 10th, 11th, Ist, . and 4th houses from the Ascendant ; or in the 9th, 11th, 6tb, : 10th, 12th, and 8th houses from Mercury; or in the 8rd, ; 6th, and 11th houses from the Moon; or in the 6th, 11th, and 12th houses from Venus; or in the 11th, 112th, 5th, and ; 6th houses from Jupiter. ; Note,—This is the Agtakavarga of Saturn. [ AS a } atfadt—sfe Pra@aitss Ascacatetrrefawa- | fra saree ta: | sraauefterede: qeeftes SECU ECCI Ui 0 i gfe stracrelafecaeaa geared ! } AERA TTA: NEN wt Tti, thus. fini Nigaditam, said, «e' Istam, whatever is auspicious; the suspicious cases, Na, not, ve’ Ietam, auspicious, wey Anyat, not mentioned. faery VigesAt, after the required correction ; what remains as net balance, especi- ally after correcting the auspicious and inauspicious results; the sum total that 'y ===== стр 196 ===== Cd. IX, ON ASTAKA VARGA. 183 —— is left as balance whether auspicious or inauspicious or neutral, efiqwefrad ; Adhikaphaluvipikam, the excess in the good and bad results, all considered toge- x ther ; the net result, whether good, bad, or neutral, wera Janmabhat, from the signs where the planets were found during birth time, wa Tatra, at any eign in question. wa: Dadyuh, produced ; gave; yielded, srerygfimeaty’: Upachayagrihami- trasvochchagaih, in the Upachaya houses (from the Ascendant or the Moon) or in the allies’ houses, or in the houses of exaltation. ga’ Pustam, get very much increased. ve Istam, the auspicions result, ‘Tu, but, ‘seryeirafat: Apachayagrihant- charAtignih, in the Apachaya houses, (from the Ascendant or the Moon) enemies’ houses, or houses of detriment. #Na, not. eww Istasampat, good auspicious results as desired. The auspicious results here are not of the best order as might be desired ; they are rather of inferior or bad order, 8. Those that are mentioned above are productive Pp " of auspicious results; and those that are not mentioned, are full of inauspicious results. Thus at any sign, of all the i | good or evils taken collectively as indicated by the planets ; at birth time, only so much of either as remains after cancella- , tion is seen to bear fruit. The net good results, when in| the Upachaya houses (houses of profit, i.e, 8rd, 6th, 10th, » I. and 11th), in the allies’ houses, and in the houses of exalta-, ] tion, are rendered successively auspicious whereas those in| t the Apachaya houses (houses of loss), in the enemies’ houses ' ; and in the houses of detriment are much weakened. (The net bad results are rendered more malefic in the Apachaya _houses and somewhat improved in the Upachaya houses | etc.). } Note :—The manner in which cancellation of good or evil is done an isshown thus:—The good results are indicated by dots (o) and the bad : results are indicated by vertical lines (1), Deduct the number of dots from : the number of lines, if the number of lines exceed; or the reverse, if the number of dots exceed, The balance will indicate the good or bad that will actnally come to pass. Ifthe number of dots be eight then the fullest , amount of good will come to pass. If the number of dots be six after cancellation, then three fourths good will be visible; ifthe number of dots be four, half the good results will come to pass; if the number of dots be two, one-fourth good will be seen. ‘hus ia calculated about the lines 13 also. Now let us take an example. The horoscope here referred to is ===== стр 197 ===== 184 BRIBAJJATAKAM. . given in the annexed diagram ; and here the Astakavarga of Mars has been exemplified. Thus :— Tn the 1 house of Mega, 5 lines and 3 , dots are seen. Cancel three lines with three oro NI 000 12) 07009) dots. There remain two lines. Thus the me muy i” native suffers always one-fourth evil when- wa 8 ever Mars happens to move through the . > sign Mega or Aries. And so with other signs. ; oon Wherever the dots and lines are equal, i.e., Wane four in number, then neither good nor wvil = is visible. Apart from the Aytakavarga, FIG. 5 whenever there is contradiction in the simi- lar results, (by other yogas) then no results will be visible; this is to be understood. For instance, by one sort of planetary combination, one : ia to acquire gold ; and by another sort of combination, one is to lose gold ; in this case no gold will be obtained by the native. | The Astakavarga tables ara generally prepared with the number of benefic dots alone marked in them, the number representing the malefic ' lines being the difference between the number 8 and the number of | dots, The A. V. (Astaka Varga): tables are useful in the prediction of ‘ most of the important events of life. Regular treatises by Paridara and F others exist on this branch of horoscopy, which should be consulted for M full particulars. In predicting the length of life, Antardagas, and all other benefic “y - or malefic results, these Agtakavarga results are first determined to \ ascertain which planets are benefic (or malefic) in which houses, as they: ' pass round the heavens; and then ultimate resulta are judged, 4 | 1 | | 1 ; i i F fF ===== стр 198 ===== 4 | q L | OHAPTER X. ON AVOCATION 4 Or Means of Livelihood, | sefiaht-aathe: fighgaterrgiteranaathraras | afar: | dtattaandtGaertar Aaah | + TMATATTAT We u wif: Artha@ptih, the acquisition of wealth, — Rafiqaftrm fimwnrethymennr ~ Pitripitripatuigatrumitrabhratristribhyitakajandt, from father, father's wife | (mother), foe, friend, brothers, wife, and sorvant. fawwag?: Divakarddyaih, under ' the influence of the Sun, ete.; i.¢, of the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, r Venus, and Saturn, ®¥f: Horendvoh, from the Ascendant and the Moon, gan’: {, Dagamagataih, in the tenth house, faweriem: Vikalpantyah, to be considered, | Wqwtequimiereqrar Bhendvarkaspadapatigdmsanathavritya, under the influence of 4 the rulers of the Navamsakas where the rulers of the tenth houses from the : Ascendant, the Moon and the Sun severally are residing. : Now the Chapter on the means of acquiring money is commenced. Here the planets are described ag the bes- towers of wealth in two ways. The planet in the tenth & house from the Ascendant or the Moon bestows wealth. In case there be no planet in the tenth house, the ruler of the Navamsaka where the lord of the tenth house from the Ascendant, the Moon or the Sun resides, is the bestower of wealth. 1. I£ there be Sun in the tenth house from the As- ‘ cendant or the Moon during one’s nativity, then wealth comes from father ; if there be Moon, then wealth is obtain- ed from mother ; if Mars, then wealth is got from enemy ; : if Mercury, friends give wealth; if Jupiter, brothers; it . Venus, wife; if Saturn, servants give wealth. In case there be no planets in the tenth house, then the ruler of the Navaéméaka which is governed by the lord of the tenth house u ===== стр 199 ===== i 186 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ; from the Ascendant, the Moon or the Sun bestows wealth in the way above described(1). Note:—lf there be one planet in the (enth house from the Ascen- ° dant and if there be another planet in the tenth house from the Moon, then it should be understood that both the planets bestow wealth in their respective Dagiis, If there be many planets, then all of them give wealth . in their respective Antardasiis. It is also to be noted that the meaning that the most powerful of the planets bestow wealth and not the other planets, is not tenable here, since there are various ways of acquiring money and the planets are so many sources whereby money can be had. Besides one planet overpowering another aud making it ineffective is not meant here, ' (1) Suppose the sign Karka is the Ascendant; the 10th house from Karka is Mega; the ruler of Mesa is Mars; suppose Mars to occupy the - Navamsa of Dhanu; the ruler of Dhanu is Jupiter and the avocation stated for Jupiter (see 3rd stanza) will be the avocation of a person. Tt also follows that a person’s avocation will be all the three stated for the rulers of the Navimsas occupied by the rulers of the 10th houses 4 from the Ascendant, the Moon and the Sun. sehiaht—salt guaraiandasit afista- aire | TeaRorecranee: gait areaiz fate atwarigareatiret: U2 wit Arkamée, on the Sun being the ruler of the Navdméa where the ruler of the tenth house from the Ascendant, Moon, and the Sun resides. aewridine?: Trinakanakorgabhegajadyaih, by means of scents, gold, woollen articles, drugs and practice of medicines. ‘ait Chandr&mse, on the Moon being the ruler of the Navamea. sfteecinnmary Krisijalajamgandsrayat, by } means of cultivation, trade in conchehells; pearls &., things of the sea; or from women; or by giving shelter to women and others, ‘ Oha, and, weafieyewarg?: DhAtvagniprabaranasdbasaih, by dealing with metals, earthen | pots or orpiment and other mineral ores, by cooking or other acts in contact with fire, by acts of bravery or warfare with swords and other weapons, grit Kujamée, | on Mars’ Navaméa, é.e., on Mars being the ruler of the Navaméa where the ruler of | the tenth house from the Ascendant, the Moon, or the Sun resides, raid i Saumy&mde, on Mercury being the ruler of the Navamss where the ruler of | the tenth house from the Ascendant, the Moon and the Sun resides, Faftnivmrfirwrea- + fava: LipiganitddikAvyasilpaih, by means of writing, mathematical knowledge, | poetry, or fine and mechanical arta. : , I ===== стр 200 ===== OH. X, ON AVOCATION. 187 ee ~ Now is described the second way how wealth is acquired, i.e., when the planet is the ruler of the Navimsaka where the ruler of the tenth house from the Sun, Moon and the Ascendant resides. > 2. On Sun being the ruler of the Navaméa, (1) the native earns money from scents, dealings with gold, woollen materials, drugs; on Moon being so, money is got from cultivation, selling conch shells, whalebones, pearls, &c. (articles of the sea), from women, and from protecting others. On Mars being such, from metals, cooking and all sorta of action in connection with fire (2) from bravery and using weapons. On Mercury being such, from reading and writing arithmetic, poetry and fine or mechanical arts (3). Notes :—(1) That is, the ruler of the Naviméa occupied by the ruler * of the 10th house from the Ascendant, the Moon, and the Sun. (2) The native may he the driver of a fire engine or a dealer in matches and the like. (3) eg. painting, bookbinding, arrow-making or the making of flower wreaths, sandal paste, perfumes, and the like. TO ‘ sefiaht—stait Ratrgaracnited: areatst attr- (pas waar’: | arid aaararettahret: aeerey- * frasaterenatera: 3 U aimi®, Jivamde, on Jupiter being such, i.e, tho ruler of the Navaméa. fqofieqererather: Dvijavibudhakarddidharmaih, from the Brahmagas, Devas, or Jearned men, from dealings with material sderived from ores, or from religious practices, i.e, sacrifices, gifts, austeritics, pilgrimages, or serving religious precep- tors, wa Kavyamée, on Venus being such. alweomfgtrfe’: Manirajatadigoma- higyaih, from dealing with jewels, silver, etc., cows and also from queens. &® Saurfmée, on Saturn being such. awmaurciefiet: Sramavadhabharanfchasilpai), by hard labour, marching on roads, or by hunting, or by carrying heavy loads, or by lower arts, wtanegherrainentfefe: Karmedadhyusitanavaméakarmasidhhib, according to the nature of the ruler of the Navaméaka where the ruler of the tenth house 2 from the Ascendant, Sun or Moon resides. 3. On Jupiter being the ruler of the Navamsaka where the ruler of the tenth ‘house from the Ascendant, the Moon ’ and the Sun resides, one earns money from the Brahmanas, ===== стр 201 ===== 188 BRIHAJJATAKAM. oT Devas, or learned men; from mines or dealings with sub- stances from ores ; or from religious sacrifices, gifts, austeri- o ties, pilgrimages or serving religious preceptors ; on Venus being such, money is obtained from dealing with jewels, ; silver, etc., from cows and alsb from buffaloes (1) ; on Saturn : being such, from hard labour, marching on roads, or by hunting and acts of torture (2) or by lower acts unsuited to his rank. Thus persons acquire wealth by avocation stated for the rulers of the Navamégas occupied by the rulers of the 10th house. Notes :—(1) Some take the word to mean “ queens” (2) Either by self-torture or by torturing others. foes sefieht—frartaqendsteeratsd grea afta + Sa * a arent edad | aerate ated: ares ‘ ATALANTA SA UF I sfareqrat 2A: go fenfterent: Mitrarisvagrihagataih, when found in friend’s, foe’s, or in one’s own house, #@: Grahaih, by the planets (in the Navamdaka where the ruler of the tenth house from the Ascendant, Sun or Moon) resides. am: Tatah, from those friend’s, foe's or one’s own house respectively. wi Artham, wealth ; money ; livelihood, m& Tumgasthe, in one’s exalted position, ff Balini, becoming powerful ; well aspected by other powerful planets, + Oha, and. wrest Bhaskare, the Sun. weiaty Svaviryat, by one’s own efforts ; by one’s own prowess, sa’: Ayaethaih, when in the eleventh house. eawenfa®: Udayadhandgritaih, in the Ascendant or the second house, @r@: Saumyaih, hy the benefic planets, ort Samchintyam, to be thought. ‘weft: Balasahitaih, wellaspected by the other | powerful planets. ww Anekadha, from various sources, w4Svam, wealth; the | money. ! a ! 4. When the ruler of the Navaméaka where the ruler i of the tenth house from the Ascendant, the sun and Moon (1) « resides in friend’s house, wealth is obtained from friends ; if in enemy’s house, enemies give wealth ; if in one’s own house, ; 4 ===== стр 202 ===== OH, X, ON AVOCATION. 189 then wealth is got from one’s own house; when the above- > mentioned ruler is Sun and it resides in the exalted house, i.e, in the sign Mesa and favourably aspected by other benefics, then wealth is got by one’s own prowess. If there’ > be, during his birth time, in the eleventh, second houses, or in the Ascendant the powerful benefic planets (i.e. well as- pected by strong planets) then one gets wealth easily from various sources, (i.¢., in any avocation he chooses to follow). Notes :—(1) Or the planet which occupies the LOth house from the Ascendant or the Moon. Thus ends the tenth Chapter on Avocation by Varaha Mihira. * ===== стр 203 ===== I a | ss OHAPTER XI, : ON RAJA YOGADHAYA ¢ Or on the Birth of Kings. - Fareta—orgdaat: adh: ae: aeeetate: | , ateg a siamty: a rata: sera ue i omg: Prihub, said; declared. 4m: Yavanih, Yavandcharya, the famous astrologer Yavandchfrya and others. edt’: Svatumgagaih, when in their own exalted houses. yt: Kriraih, by three or more malofic planeta, ert: Krora- matih, cruel; tyrannical ; wicked ; hot tempered ; impetuous. weft: Mahipatih, king; lord of the earth; sovereign. ¥%: Krfraih, by the three or more malefic planets, g Tu, but, Na, not, ante: Jivasarmanah, according to Jivagarmé, the astrologer. v8 Pakge, opinion. fara: Kgityadhipak, kings. mma Praja- foal yate, are born. When the planets three or more are in their reg- pective exalted houses, then sovereignty is obtained, This is in all Jétaka (astrological) works, Now the point of dif- ference according to Yavandchérya is being stated. 1. Yavandcharya and others are of opinion that when ‘ three or more malefic planets are in their own respective . exalted houses, then the cruel and tyrannical kings are born(1). ‘ But according to. Jivasarmé, no kings at all are born . by such malefic planets(2). Note :—-(1) According to Yavanacharya and others, when the three or more malefics are in thoir exalted positions, sovereigns are born but cruel; when the three benefics are exalted, sovereigns become virtuous 3 and when both benefic and malefics are exalted, sovereigns partly virtu- ous and partly wicked are born. But (2) according to Jivadarmf, no kings are born; they become wealthy like the kings; and they are “ also angry, quarrelsome, and cruel, Varaha Mihira is of the opinion of ’ the Yavanas, i % ===== стр 204 ===== | OH. XI, ON RAJA YOGADHAYA. 191 7 aofto—amTastagent: amaties atay ~ dew gar: aidan aratbrag a ade Pe | at ea aA stem BRT: | uz ! sonra ehh Vakrarkajarkagurdbhih, by the Mara, Saturn, Sun, and Jupiter, awa: Sakalaih, by all of them; by all the four. fafi: Tribhib, by the three (of the above mentioned planets); by any three of the above mentioned planets, wCha, and. gy Svochchegu, in their own respective exalted houses. Yer: Sodasanyipah, sixteen cases of the birth of kings; 16 Rajayogas, wfitema Kathitaikalagne, one of the aforesaid planets being the Ascendant. giwfaty Dye- kAgritegu, when any two of the above mentioned planets, or when any one of them are exalted. Cha, and, aa Tathd, similarly, eaa® Ekatame, one of the two exalted, or one exalted, , fae® Vilagne, the Ascendant. eat Svakgetrage, in their own houses. sfifi Sagini, the Moon, ®reeyfim: Sodasabhdmip4h, sixteen ae (cases) of Rajayogas. g: Syuh, arise, 2, Sixteen cases of Rajayogas or kingships arise when the four planets Mars, Saturn, Sun and Jupiter are all exalt- ed or when any three of them are exalted, one of the four or three above mentioned being then the Ascendant. Any two or one of the aforesaid planets when exalted, one of these two being the Ascendant at the same time, bring out also sixteen cases of kingships provided the Moon occupy her own house Karka. ; Note:—The first sixteen cases are being enumerated :— FOUR PLANETS EXALTED AND ONE ASCENDANT, J. Sun in Mesa (Ascendant); Jupiter in Karka, Satuin in Tula, * Makara in Mars. . 2. Jupiter in Karka (Ascendant), Saturn in Tula, Mars in Makara, Sun in Mega. 3. Saturn in Tula (Ascendant), Mars in Makara, Sun in Mesa, Jupi- ter in Karka. 4, Mars in Makara (Ascendant), Sun in Mexa, Jupiter in Karka, Saturn in Tulé, THREE PLANETS EXALTED, AND ONE OF THESR THE ASCENDANT, 5, Sun in Mega (Lagna); Jupiter in Karka, Saturn in Tuld. 6. Sun in Mega (Lagna); Jupiter in Karka, Mars in Makara, ‘ 7, Sun in Mega (Lagna); Saturn in Tula, Mars in Makara, ===== стр 205 ===== | | 192 BRIHAJJATAKAM. EY 8. Jupiter in Karka (Lagna) ; Saturn in Tula, Mars in Makara. 9, Jupiter in Karka (Lagna) ; Saturn in Tula, Sun in Mega. - 10. Jupiter in Karka (Lagna); Mars in Makara, Sun in Mega. - 11, Saturn in Tulé (Lagna); Mars in Makara, Sun in Mega. - 12. Saturn in Tulé (Lagna) ; Mars in Makara, Jupiter in Karka. 13. Saturn in Tula (Lagna); Jupiter in Karka, Sun in Mega. 14. Mars in Makara (Lagna); Sun in Mesa, Jupiter in Karka. . 15. Mars in Makara (Lagna); Sun in Mesa, Saturn in Tuld. 16. Mars in Makara (Lagna) ; Saturn in Tula, Jupiter in Karka. The second sixteen cases are being enumerated, thus :—- (a) MOON IN TARKA; TWO PLANETS EXALTED; ONE BEING THH ASOBNDANT, J. Sun in Mesa, (Lagna), Jupiter in Karka, Moon in Karka. 2, Sun in Mesa, Jupiter and Moon in Karka (Lagna). 3. Sun in Mega, (Lagna), Moon in Karka, Saturn in ‘Tula. 4, Sun in Mega, Moon in Karka, Saturn in Tulé (Ascendant). 5. Sun in Mega, (Lagna), Moon in Karka, Mars in Makara. 6. Sun in Mega, Moon in Karka, Mars in Makara (Ascendant). 7. Saturn in Tula, Moon in Karka, Jupiter in Karka (Ascendant). 8. Saturn in Tula (Ascendant), Moon in Karka, Jupiter in Karka. 9. Mars in Makara, Moon in Karka, Jupiter in Karka (Ascendant). 10. Mars in Makara (Ascendant), Moon in Karka, Jupiter in Karka. 11. Saturn in Tula, Moon in Karka, Mars in Makara (Ascendant). 12, Saturn in Tula (Ascendant), Moon in Karka, Mars in Makara. (6) MOON IN KARKA; ONE PLANET EXALTED AND ASOENDANT. : 13. Sun in Mega (Ascendant) ; Moon in Karka, : 14. Jupiter in Karka (Ascendant); Moon in Karka. 15. Saturn in Tula (Ascendant); Moon in Karka. 16. Mars in Makara (Ascendant) ; Moon in Karka. sage vies wa a2 at aegatGa: : aqu Sagar arfderfe: ayer: Wk 0 | sirevrit Vargottamagate, posted in Vargottama. The firat Navaméa of Mesa, Karka, Tula or Makara is their Vargothama respectively; the fifth Navarasa : of Vriga, Simba, Vridchika and Kumbha is their Vargottama respectively and ; the last (i.¢, the ninth Navamsa) of Mithuna, Kanya, Dhanu and Mina is their Vargottama respectively, #® Lagne, in the Ascendant. Chandre, on the i Moon being. * Vé, or, ‘aaf#®: Chandravarjitaih, on the absence of the Moon. 4 sgoet: Chaturidyaih, by the four, five, six, planets, a: Grahaih, by the planets, t we Dristo, aspected, ww: Nripah, kinge, grfiwin: Dvaviméatih, twenty-two, ey: ; Smritah, considered. i : i f ===== стр 206 ===== CH. XI, ON RAJA YOGADHAYA. 193 3. Ifthe Ascendant or the Moon be in Vargottama position (in the Navamsakas where the sign Ascendavt or the Moon in her Navaméas give most auspicious results) and if these be at the same time aspected by 4, 5, or 6 planets excepting the Moon, then twenty-two cases of Rajayogas ' arise in each case (forty-four cases arise when both the : Lagna and the Moon are considered). Note :—18 cases arise when four planets aspect the Ascendant or |" Moon Vargottama, six cases arise when five planets aspect, and one case ( only when six planets aspect. These are now being mentioned :— i FOUR PLANETS ASPECTING ; MOON NOT IN THE ASCENDANT. : 1, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, . 2, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus. 5 8, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Saturn, ; 4, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, ‘Venus. \. 5, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, 6, Sun, Mars, Vonus, Saturn. 7. Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 8, Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn. : 9, Sun, Mercury, ‘Venus, - Saturn. 10. Sun, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. ‘ 11, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, 12, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn. 18, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Saturn. 14, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. 15, Mercury Jopiter, Venus, Saturn, 5 PLANETS ASPEOTING. 16. Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, 17, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, 18, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Saturn. 19, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, ‘Venus, Saturn, ‘ 20, Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, 21. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, ‘Venus, Saturn, | 6 PLANETS. i t 22, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, I : : . Similarly these 22 cases also arise when there is Moon in the As- cendant. Thus 44 cases in all. If each of tho twelve houses be taken in succession, then 22x 12 cases arise in one, 7. e., 264 cases; and so 264 cases in the other, making in all 528 cases. 25 i ===== стр 207 ===== 194 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : ~ : Rrataiaa Erastiss ay ahah Ata agg ~ ~ > 4 Ranta: aise: u agate afte x afist gear gaara: aftagesiaea aT Ne w Yama, Saturn occupying, y® Kumbhe, the sign Kumbha, Arke, | the Sun occupying. WA Aje, the sign Mega. ff Gavi, the sign Vriga, afi Sagini, | the Moon occupying. #: Taih, by them ; by any one of them, Eva, certainly. | wg®: Tanugaih, in the Ascendant. maitre: Nyiyuksimhalisthaih, posted in | Mithuna, Simha, and Vyigchik. shreqea®: Sagijagurfvakraih, Mercury, Jupiter, ! and Mars (being posted in). wa: Nripatayah, kings; three cases of kingship. i wz Yamendd, Saturn and the Moon being. ag Lunge, exalted. we Ange, the Ascendant, efvanfuth Savitrigagijau, Sun and Mercury being. waa Sastha- bhavane, in the sixth house Kany&, geritegat: Tuldjenduksetraih, in the signs ; Tulé, Mesa, and Karka, efimgerfi@: Susitakujajivaih, with Venus, Mare, and | Jupiter. wt Narapau, two cases of kingship. 4. Saturn in Kumbha sign, Sun in Mega, Moon in ; Vrisa and one of these three being the Ascendants also, Mercury in Mithuna, Jupiter in Simha, and Mars in Vrischika, (3) three cases of king-making combinations arise. Saturn : and Moon being exalted and one of these being the Ascen- : dant, Sun and Mercury in the sign*Kanyd, the sixth sign, ' Venus in Tuld, Mars in Mesa, and Jupiter in Karka, two : cases of king-making combinations arise. . Note :~-Some take the sixth sign as the one from the Ascendant and " not the sign Kanya as the sixth sign. But tlis is not reasonable. For : Venus being in the Ascendant Tula, the Sun cannot be taken as residing in the sixth house from Tula, i.e, Mina, The author Badarayana : takes the sixth sign to mean Kanya. : 2 SN ~ : frataft-ea aishigglt arama a gat: nn NX ~~ . + fps: Regehr anfirtr i aa asd . ~ ; garg ae egret arargeagaand fale ofa: nit 3% Kuje, Mars occupying. q%Tutge, the exalted sign. ¥q#: Arkendoh, the Sun and Moon being situtated, ‘yf Dhanugi, in the sign Dhanu, «wr? ===== стр 208 ===== | OH. XI,ON RAJA YOGADHAYA. 195 } : Yamalagne, Saturn in the Ascendant Makara. Others hold one of the two signs te Makara and Kumbha as the Ascendant. « Cha, and. gyi: Kupatih, king. vit: Patih, lord. 4: Bhaimeh, of the earth. Cha, and. wa: Anyah, the second case of Rajayoga. fafiqafent Ksitisutavilagno, Mars being the Ascendant. waftfi Sagadini, together with the Moon, #2 Sachandre, with the Moon, & Saure, Saturn being. w® Aste, in the Descendant, gcafayt Surapatigurau, Jupiter being, wrt ChApadharage, in the sign Dhanu. wgn® Svatuhgasthe, | being exalted. wh Bh&nau, the Sun being, ary Udayam, rising in the i horizon. sqara Upaydte, on or about to commence. faftafi: Kgitipatih, lord of i the earth, a king. . 5. Mars exalted in Makara, the Sun and Moon in Dhanu, and Saturn being in the Ascendant Makara, the lord : of the earth is born. Second case :—Makara being the As- cendant, the Moon and Mars being in Makara, Sun in Dhanu, j a king also is born. Third case:—Mesa being the As- cendant and the Sun being in Mega, Jupiter in Dhanu, the Moon and Saturn in Tula, a king again is born, AS > * Rraftai—sy Sat wa aftquedreutgard: ¢ oy SN gesraracdaata faararagtt: i wae at TEs + . fgaterand: waar: eae: sagas: qa ae: Wk . W Vrise, the sign Vriga being, @ Sendau, with the Moon, w% Lagne, being the Ascendant. afaqyadtesiga®: SavitrigurutikenAméutanaih, Sun, Jupiter and Saturn being respectively. ggewarer’: Surhijjayakhasthaik, posted in the fourth, seventh aud tenth houses, i.e, in the signs Simha, Vridchika, Kumbha, waft Bhavati, becomes, ffm Niyamat, certainly; undoubtedly, wreft: Ma- navapatih, “ruler of mon. ¥ Myige, the sign Makara, 2% Mande, Saturn occupying, w® Lagne, becoming the Ascendant, ayafigutamn®: Sahajaripu- dharmavyayagataih, in the third, sixth, ninth, and twelfth houses, satwed: ‘ SadamkAdyaih, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter occupying respectively. em: Khytah, famous; far-famed. wywem: Prithugupayasih, whose goodness and { prowess are spread far and wide. qevia: Pungalapatih, lord of men, | Two cases of Rajayoga are being described here. : 6. The Ascendant being the sign Vrisa and the Moon occupying it, the Sun being in the sign Simha, Jupiter in Vyigchika, and Saturn in Kumbha, the ruler of men is » i . 5 { ===== стр 209 ===== 196 BRIHAJJATAKAM., Deen eee ar ann IEEE NINES AERA certainly born. The second case is mentioned in the follow- ' ing:—The Ascendant being Makara and Saturn in it, also a Moon, Mars Mercury, and Jupiter in Mina, Mithuna, Kanyé, a and Dhanu respectively, the world renowned lord of men whose prowess and goodness have spread far and wide, is born unto this earth. Rratcht—ea Sat st argent afretad Tet wa agar git u gaeat aarat & | x ufeftrarcatt fega ge aaa vate fe gatsratsth } TWAT N 9 @ Haye, the sign Dhanu, @ Sendau, with the Moon. W® Jive, Jupiter ; being. yyw® Mrigamukhagate, in the first half of Makara. ym’ Bhdmitanaye, Mars being. rjret Svatumgasthau, exalted in their own houses respectively, w® Lagne, the Ascendant, i.e. Venus or Mercury in their exalted houses and becoming the Ascendant, yywafeér Bhrigujadadijau, Venus or Mercury becoming. Atra, in this, wot Nripati, two cases of Rajayogas. grt Sutasthau, in the fifth house (from Kany&; ie. in Mina), wef’ Vakrarkau, Mars and Saturn, i qeafifem: Gurudadisitah, Jupiter, Moon and Venus, «fi Cha api, also. feg® Hivuke, in the 4th house, .¢,in the sign Dhanu. 3% Budhe, Mercury being. ; wow? Kanydlagno, in the Ascendant Kanya. waft Bhavati, gets born. f¢ Hi, certainly, 4: Nyipab, king. wu: Anyal, second, wfi Api, also. yea Gupavan, : ' well qualified. 7. Jupiter in Dhanu, and the Moon being in it, Mars in the first half of Makara, Mercury or Venus being exalted . in their own houses, two cases of kingship arise, one when the sign Mina is the Ascendant, and second when the sign Kanya is the Ascendant. Third case :—Kanyd, the Ascendant 7 and Mercury in it, Saturn and Mars in Makara; and Jupiter, Moon and Venus in the sign Dhanu, then in this case a well qualified king is born. x Rraket—ant Gat wa aeyraity afta- TANS AE Aa: anita ATTA 4 Bat AT qat meres Bay | SS a oe aeheneeas he gaa us a . ===== стр 210 ===== : CH. XI, ON RAJA YOGADHAYA. 197 : sss ssn nee aW Jjhage, the sign Mina becoming @% Sendau, with: the Moon. #® . Lagne, the Ascendant, weyrtrgy Ghatamyigamrigendregu, in the signs Kumbha, ” Makara, and Simba. fe: Sahitaih, with. wor! Yamararkaih, by Saturn, | Mars and the Sun respectively. a: Yah, He, wm Abhit, who is born. Khalu, certainly. ye: Manujal, men. ‘ft Sfsti, rules. squrq Vasudham, the earth. W®Aje, in the sign Moga, so Sfre, Mars being. yt Martau, (Mega) becoming the Ascendant, afiryynt Sasigrihagate, the sign Karka (alao rising.) 7 wwrqt Oho Amuragurau, and Jupiter occupying. ytt Surejye, Jupiter being, i w V4, or, ® Lagne, in the Ascendant, wtnfi: Dharanipatih, lord of the 4 earth, wa: Anyah, another ; third case. #fi Api, also, yewt Guyavdn, well qualified, % 8. The Ascendant being the sign Mina with the Moon in it, Saturn in Kumbha, Mars in Makara gnd the ‘ Sun in Simha produce rulers of the earth. This is the 5 first case. Mars in Mesa the Ascendant, Jupiter in Karka E produce powerful kings. This is the second case. Jupiter . : in Karka the Ascendant and Mars in Mesa produce alao 7 rulers of the earth. This is the third case. , ~ . : Prgrarer—athhe at cee she ahha e . . : gma: awTaSS ate fenfeeage edtaraq nl & tl q «fe Karkini, Karka being, %Lagne, the Ascendant, ar@ Tatsthe, in 4 that, &% Jive, Jupiter. ‘afar: Chandrasitajiiail, the Moon, Venus, and Mercury A oceupying, stam: Ayapraptail, the eleventh house, the sign Vriga, ‘eit Mosa- a gate, in the sign Mega. Wi Arke, the Sun being. wt JAtam, born, Vidyat, know. ] forge, Vikramayuktam, powerful, ytrren, Prithvinatham, ruler of the earth. Fi 9. Jupiter in the Ascendant Karka and the eleventh q house, the sign Vyisa, being occupied by the Moon, Venus ‘ and Mercury, and the Sun being in the sign Mesa produce ] powerful kings. ‘ : i gaiatrerarqasarmegiey: Prageilte- wistraget: u frgaaifeafeat gaat ate dar gga: afereatr: ve it j ara’ Mrig.ukhe, in the sign Makara, wis: Arkatanayab, Saturn being. ‘ Tyyden: Tanusamathah, being the Ascendant. fieagérogett: Kriyakulfraharayoh, in the signe Mega, Karka, and Simha, wfigw: Adhipayuktah, with their rulers, ie, Mare, Moon and the Sun being respectively, Fignfeefear Mithunataulisabitau, in the signs Mithuna and Tulé. gega Budhagukrau, Mercury and Venus being i ===== стр 211 ===== 198 BRIHAJJATARAM. respectively. 9% Yadi, if. wg TadA then. vwyrm: PrithuyadgAh, far-famed ; world- renowned. vim: Prithividah, lord of the earth, 10. Saturn in the Ascendant Makara, Mars in Mesa, ' Moon in Karka, the Sun in Simha, Mercury in Mithuna and : Venus in Tula produce famous rulers of the soil. : i x + \ d WISI -ATATY FI TA TM AAT : ~ N . : asftasel rare usit Aareat: TAU ee wyh’ Svochchasamsthe, in its own exalted house, 7. ¢,in the sign Kanya. { gt Budhe, Mercury being. w®Lagne, the Ascendant. yt Bhyigau, Venus. } AqeufRA Mestirayddrite, in the tenth house, the sign Mithuna. ws Sajtve, with { Jupiter, wea Aste, in the seventh house; the sign Mina, fiarn® Nigandthe, the : Moon, vor Raja, king. daret: Mandarayob, Saturn and Mars, g® Sute, in the fifth \ house, the Sign Makara. 4 11. Mercury in the Ascendant Kany, Venus in the : sign Mithuna, Jupiter and the Moon in the sign Mina, Saturn 7 and Mars in Makara, a person born becomes a king. f afatt—att aagasrat ara asaa: ga ~ i Teter: Tea: uo gaftgeeager: what qeTATa NAA FAAGeTEAATTAGA: RU ! wf Api, even, gage: Khalakulajatah, born in low families, =m: Mana- 1 vah, persons, vena: Rajyabhajah, become kings. fagt Kimuta, what to say; : there is nothing to be said against. watrea: Nyipakulotthah, (those) born of a royal : family, @wguret4: ProktabhdpAlayogaih, under she planetary combinations already : stated (indicating future kingships). wfigewyra: Nyipatikulasamutthah, born of 5 a royal family, «iva: Parthivah, kings, sem’: Vakeyamanaih, now to be described. aft Bhavati, become. wfayer: Nripatitulyah, rich like kings, ay ‘ Tegu, in them. raga: Abhfip4laputrah, persons otherwise than the sons of kings, 12. Persons born under the various Yogas above ; stated will become kings, though they come out of low fami- lies. If such persons are born of a royal family they will doubtless be kings. We shall now proceed to describe certain Yogas, persons born under which will become kings if they belong to a royal family; otherwise they will become im- mensely rich like kings, i | ===== стр 212 ===== CH. XI, ON RAJA YOGADHYAYA. 199 ca ~ iv iv + : arasara eae rH TARA eae Aaa TAT Fa Uw eaeierdesa aaa a af qTat: ek ul ! ageiaaret ; Uchchasvatrikonagaih, in their exalted house or in their Malatri- \ koya houses, or in their own houses. ww: Balasthaih, when strong by virtue of f time, effort, and one’s natural strength, (see the end of Chapter Il), amet: | TryAddaih, three or more planets, yawn: Bhipativamsajah, born of a royal family, { wen: Narondrah, kings. tigfi: Pafichadibhih, the five, six, or seven planets (being). wainern: Anyvaméajatth, born of other than royal family, €%: Hinaih, deprived of strength by virtue of time, &c, Some authors take it to mean, if the | number of powerful planets be less than three or five. fem: Vittayutih, wealthy ; immensely rich. 7 Na, not, ¥faret: Bhiimipalah, kings, 13. Three or more planets when exalted or in their own houses or in their Mélatrikona houses and also endow- | ed with power (by virtue of time, &c.), persons born of a royal family become kings, and others become wealthy. If these three or more be devoid of strength (by virtue of { time, &c.) then persons of the royal family do not become kings but wealthy. If 5, 6,or7 planets be exalted or in their own houses or in their Mé@latrikona houses, then others also, even if they do not come out of the royal family, become kings. (If in either case the number of powerful planets 1 be less than three or five, the persons described above will ; not become kings but will become only rich.) ~S + : Agere AaAET wa a aed ga Hz W arasa sha ca: gat Gareazdterea vee Wer’ Lekhisthe, the Ascendant, Some read @® Leyasthe, in the sign Simha, wt Arke, the Sun becoming. w Aje, in the sign Mega, ¥% Indau, the ; Moon being. w*Lagne, the Ascendant. ** Bhaume, Mars being, *r¥ Syochche, i! in their exalted houses. $% Kumbhe, in Kumbha sign, ¥% Mande, Saturn being. ; ‘wom? ChApaprapte, in the sign Dhanu, 2 Jive, Jupiter, ow: RAjfiah, of kings. t yw Puttram, son. fWerq Vindyat, know. vettmey Prithvindtham, lord of the earth, | 14. The Sun and Moon being in the Ascendant Mega, i Mars in Makara, Saturn in Kumbha, and Jupiter in Dhanu, | 14 make kings the persons born of a royal family only. 4 ‘ i . H ===== стр 213 ===== 200 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a Note :—Some read @ instead of &. Then the Sun enters in the sign Simha and Moon in Mesa becomes the Ascendant. This is also correct. Pregraren—eaet Us Tarees reared set AN qhraainsritrore: Vesta: aralt yw: ugk U ww Svarkgo, in her own sign; in the sign Vrisn or Tula, yw Sukre, Venus . being, were’ PAtélasthe, in the fourth house from the Ascendant. wheri Dhar- ; masth&nam, the ninth house. 7 Prapte, seen. %® Chandre, the Moon ocbupying, 4 gftewinnfinn?: Dudchikyatgapraptipraptaih, in the 3rd, the Ascendant, and eleventh houses. @: Sesaih, by the remaining planets, i.e, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn. wm: Jatah, person born; native, wrt Svami, lord. 4%: Bhimeh, of the ; parth. 15. Venus in her own sign (Vrisa or Tuld) and in the : ° fourth house from the Ascendant; the Moon in the ninth house; the other planets, viz., the Sun, Mars, Mercury, ; Jupiter, and Saturn being in the 3rd, 1st, and 11th houses, persons of royal family become kings ; others become weal- ; thy like kings. 4 Note :—Kumbha may be the Ascendant, or Karka may be the Ascen- ; dant, -These are the two cases, J ‘ wf are age age dete aah WaT n watered ger: weer ween | ®t Saumye, on Mercury becoming. “4g Viryayute, atrong (by virtue of 1 time, &c.), gq Tanuyukte, in the Ascendant, ‘tea Viradhye, strong, + Cha, 4 and, ¥® Subhe, the benofic planet Jupiter or Venus occupying. yvat Subhayate, : in auspicious signs ; in religious signs ; in the 9th sign, Some read yan? Sukha- yAte, i.e., benefics in the 4th house, ~wat¥ewty Dharmérthopachayegu, in the 9th, { 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 10th, and 11th signs, wa¥’: Avadesaik, the remaining planets, water Dharmétmé, virtuous. ww: Nyipajah, prince. vftiw: Prithividah,lord of the earth, J 16. Mercury becoming strong and occupying the ; Ascendant (1) and a benefic planet Venus or Jupiter being also strong and occupying the ninth sign (2) and the other planets (3) occupying as far as possible the 9th, 2nd, 3rd, 6th 10th and 11th houses (4), princes become virtuous rulers of | the earth. ===== стр 214 ===== 7 } 1 | | CH. XI, ON RAJAYOGADHYAYA. 201 f i j Notes :—(1) This may be any one of the 12 signa. (2) Some read gan? b instead of ya, i.¢., the benefic planets being in the 4th house. (3) When ; ~ one or more of the other planets according to the Commentator. (4) One ] of these houses according to the Commentator. ara —aaa qfrsaritara: waiasitarkgar- ~ wary | aT: Ga TI S afedraahfadt ante anme- » Fatsat WON } Wire’ Vyisodaye, the Ascendant being Vyisa, qunfterm®: Martidhandsie { labhagaih, in the Ascendant, secdnd, sixth and eleventh houses, sawteégamt: : SadamkajivarkasutAparaih, the Moon, Jupiter, Saturn, and also others, te, Sun, i Mars, Mercury, Venus. w: Nripab, king, g@ Sukhe, in the fourth sign. yt i Gurau, Jupiter being. @ Khe, in the tenth house, sfidewdifint Saditiksvadtdhitt, r Moon and the Sun. a Yamodaye, Saturn in the Ascendant, erwn®: Labhagataih, | in the eleventh house. wt: Nripah, king. wit: Aparaih, the remaining planeta, i.e, Mars, Mercury, and Venus, 17, The Ascendant Vrisa with the Moon, Jupiter in Mithuna, Saturn in Tuld, Sun, Mare, Mercury and Venus in | Mina, make princes kings. Others become wealthy like a king. Second case :—Saturn in the Ascendant, (1) Jupiter in the fourth house, the Sun and Moon in the tenth house, Mars, Mercury and Venus in the eleventh house make also princes kings. Note ;~-(1) This may be any one of the 12 signs according to Com- | mentator. : aerate award: akMaasitar wt wa frat Regt atza 1 tarftat afraiwateersalear guigarangarartarar: wT Nes Agearaeyt: Mogurandyatanugah, in the tenth and eleventh houses and in the Ascendant. ‘"firett: Sagimandajtvab, the Moon, Saturn and Jupiter respectively occupying. wt Jfidrau, Mercury and Mars being. wt Dhane, in the second house, fared Sitaravi, Venus and the Sun being. fey& Hibuk: ‘ the fourth house, Wor Nerendram, king. wmf Vakydsitau, Mare, and Saturn being. sfagtoetonitren: Sadisureyyasitarkadaumyah, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus, the Sun, and Mercury deing, toyareryqwarfien: Horésukhdstadubbakhdptigatdh, in the Ascendant, fourth, seventh, ninth, tenth, and eleventh houses, respectively, *tey Prajedam, ruler of subjects, 36 ===== стр 215 ===== | i ! 202 BRIHAJJATAKAM. { Se en ttn nnn j 18. The Moon in the tenth house, Saturn in the eleventh \ house, Jupiter in the Ascendant, Mercury and Mars in the 5 second house, Venus and the Sun in the 4th house make i princes kings. Second Case :—-Mars and Saturn in the i Ascendant, the Moon in the fourth house, Jupiter in the ’ seventh house, Venus in the ninth house, the Sun in the : tenth, Mercury in the eleventh house make also princes : kings. Others become wealthy like kings. } ao” \ enna wsaafar Te wer | ugetarearcerat fareerrea afta Ne et steogrrmera KarmalagnayutapAkadasdyam, during the Dasa or the Antardaga Q of the planet that is in the Ascendant or during the Dasf or the Antardasa of the | planet in the JOth house from the Ascendant, weqefiw: Rajyalabdhih, the acquisi- i tion of sovereignty or kingdom. we Athavé, or. sewer Pravalasya, during 2 the Dada of the planet that is most powerful. sm reyermguat Satcunichagrihaya- ‘ tadaddyam, during the Dag& or the Antardaga of the planet residing in the house ; of the enemy of the king-making planet or in its detrimental house. feqewet | ChhidrasamérayadagA, the weak period during the Dag& when kingdom might a be lost and when making friendship or taking refuge under other powerful } victorious kings is advisable. tar Parikalpya, to be considered over. ‘ 19. The kingdom will be obtained when the Dasa or : the Antardas4 comes of the planet that is in the Ascendant, (1) : or in the 10th house from the Ascendant, or in that of the most powerful planet (2). The kingdom might be lost also during the Dasa or the Antardasé of the planet that is in the enemies’ houses or in the detrimental houses (8); if it be not : powerful then resort to other just and powerful kings should be had recourse to. Notes :—(1) If there be planets both in the Ascendant and in the - 10th house or if there be several planets in either, then in the Antardad& . period of the most powerful of them, : (2) If there be no planets both in the Lagna and in the 10th house, (8) If such planets be powerful, the king will lose his kingdom permanently ; and if they be not powerful, he will recover it by the help : of hig allies, ===== стр 216 ===== ¢ . E y . i 5 OH. XI, ON RAJAYOGADHYAYA, 203 a eee ¢ aifert—gefragead aemeatstga Raft frre t ava wife sea Garg | gaaagasd: greeter i E ateistte wateeqeafearTa TE Ro | i gfe sfreacrefaieheha geeras ua. E aaregT a: RTE: ge L gefiageer? Gurusitabudhalagne, on Jupiter, Venus or Meroury being in the i -Ascondant, ar’ Saptamasthe, in the 7th house, wag Arkaputre, Saturn ‘ being. feof Viyati, in the tenth house, fgrem§ Divasandthe, on the Sun going. 4 fini Bhogindin, of those that are devoted to enjoyments ; the enjoyers of the senses ; : of the epicures, wm Janma, the birth of, fred VindyAt, know. grewgey: ; Subhabslayutakendraih, when the powerful, auspicious signs are in the angular f houses. ge: + Krdvasamsthaih cha, and in the malefic signs, wt: Papaih, i when the mallefic planets reside in, afi Vrajati, gets; goes into. werent Sabaradasyusvamitim, the chief of hunters and dacoits. wiwa, ~ Arthabhgk ( cha, and becomes wealthy. 4 20, Jupiter, Venus or Mercury in the Ascendant, (1) q Saturn in the seventh house, the Sun in the tenth give birth i to epicures (?.e., men of enjoyments). When the powerful : benefic signs form the angular houses (Kendras) (2) and the : malefic planets occupy the malignant signs, persons born ‘become rich and turn out the chiefs of the hunters and dacoits. Notes :—(1) The interpretation given of this portion of the text is objected by some on the ground that when Venus and Mercury (the inferior planeta) ocoupy the rising sign, the Sun cannot occupy the 10th house, a place more’ than 60 degrees removed from them, Accordingly the following interpretation is proposed:—“If the rising sign be. the house of Jupiter, Venus, or Mercury.” Bhattautpala, the Commentator, while granting the validity of the objection, says that the interpretation has the support of Gfrgt whom he quotes. Varaha Mihira, while udmit- ting the impossibility of the Yoga, says that his task is simply to state the ; views of the ancient writers aud nothing more. (2) This portion of the text is interpreted by some as follows :— “When powerful benefic planets occupy the Kendras.” But this interpretation is opposed to G&rgt whom the Commentator quotes. Thus ends the eleventh Chapter on Rajayoga by Srt Varéha Mibira of Avantika. : ===== стр 217 ===== OHAPTER Xil, On NABHASA YOGAS. Or on Particular Acavenly Combination. - . atedahta—aateaaateartvaagiren faa fiaeam: @: | giafagat fe seat ar attra fea TST RAAT: BU LU wftwea: Navadigvasavah, the numbers nine, ten, and eight, respectively ; 9, 10, 8, fiwfua2: TrikAgnivedaih, by threo, three and four reepectively ; by 3, 3, 4. , y¥r: Gupitah, multiplied by. faftegfi'sern; Dvitrichaturvikalpajah, arising out ; of the combinations of the first two, first three, and first four numbers (indicat- ing the number of the four varieties of heavenly combinations). The first variety is called Akriti Yoga or the combination consequent ona specific form; and its number is 20. ‘I'he second variety is called the Samkhya Yoga or the combination consequent on numbering ; and its number is seven, The third variety is called Asraya Yoga or the combination consequent on dependence on another ; and its number is three. ‘The fourth variety is called Dala Yoga or the combination : consequent on the troop of planets all being arranged so as to produce good or : bad effects; and its number is two, Now it will be seen easily that the number : 27 is got by adding 20 and 7 ; the number 30 is got by adding 20, 7, and 3; and the number 32 is got by adding 20, 7, 3, and 2 respectively. waa: Yavanaib, by : the astrologer Yavanacharya and other ancient astrologers. faye Triguna, thrice, : fe Hi, meh Satdat!, six hundred. «Sa, the Navasa Yogas. afer KathitA, said ; mentioned, fern: Vistaratah, in detail; extensively. wa Atra, here; in this treatise. me: Tatsmah, those in brief. 4: Syuh, are (described), 1. The numbers nine, ten and eight (9, 10, 8), multi- plied respectively by three, three, and four (3, 3, 4), give rise to the numbers (i.¢., 27, 30, 82) indicating the sums of the first two, first three and the first four combinations. Yavanacharya and others treat extensively of 1,800 varieties of various such combinations. What is described in this “ treatise is a summary of them, (but containing the essence of 1,800 varieties). Note.—The heavenly combinations (Navasa Yogas) are conceived to be of four kinds :—The first kind is called Akyiti Yoga; the second kind ===== стр 218 ===== CH. XII, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 205 we j is called Samkhya Yoga ; the third kind is called Adraya Yoga ; the fourth » kind is called Dala Yoga. The first one has twenty sub-divisions, the second one, seven sub-divisions ; the third one, three} and the fourth one : has got two sub-divisions. These will be described in details shortly ; 1 their fruits too will be described. Yavandchfrya’s 1,800 varieties will ' also be dealt with in the Notes at the end of this Chapter. : aregata-sggad aaa: qatar ‘ Ss me dima NFS: azagdiaredt eaatt afeat 4 ~ RYN ' «wy: Rajjuk, named Rajju, (i, ¢., rope, cord, tie). gat Mugalam, named Mu- j galam (club). 4: Nalab, termed Nala (a tube). woe? Sharadyaih, according as the , planets are in the moveable, fixed, or common signs, wa: Satyah, Satyacharya, the Hl astrologer. * Cha, and. wwawy Adrayajin, arising out of Asraya, or of dependent i position, wwq Jagfda, said; mentioned. ary Yogén, combinations, a¥: Kendraih, j the angles, qwa?: Sadasadyutaih, when occupied by benefica or malefica, qwrt i Dalakgyau, termed Dala Yoga, erat Srakearpau, named otherwise Garland Yoga | or Serpent Yoga, sftfr Kathitau, said. wemty Pardgarena, by Pardéara, the Astrologer. 2. Satyach4rya says:—The Asraya Yoga is termed Rajju (rope), Mugalam (club), or Nala (tube) according as all the planets (1) are found in the moveable, fixed or common signs. Again, Pardgara says that Dala Yoga is then formed when the planets reside in the angles. The Dala Yoga is termed Srak Yoga (combinations looking like a garland) when the benefic planets (2) reside in the angles and it is also named Sarpa Yoga (combinations looking like a Serpent) when the malefic planets (3) reside in the angles. Notes.—The author here begins with Adraya and Dala Yogas, the 3rd and the 4th variety of Nibhasa Yoga, (1) When all the planets are found in one, two, three or four move- able signs, it is called Rajju or Rope combination ; similarly, when all the planets are found in one, two, three, or four fixed signs, it is termed Magalam (club) combination ; and when all the planets are found in one, two, three, or four common signs, it is named Nala (tube) combination, Some say when all the planets are found in all the 4 moveable signs it is called Rajju and 20 on ; but this is not proper, as vot being countenanced by higher authorities Gargi and others. Persons born under Rajju Yogs ===== стр 219 ===== 206 BRIHAJJATAKAM. * ee : ave fond of gambling and residing in foreign or distant lands and get ‘4 wealth ; those under Musala Yoga get honor and wealth ; those under Nala * Yoga get lean or fat bodies; they become clever, amass wealth and derive enjoyments. i (2) When the benefie planets Mercury, Jupiter, and Venus are | in any three angles, it is armed Garland combination ; and (8) when the 4 malefic planets Sun, Mars and Saturn reside in any three angles, it is : termed Serpent combination. Here any three angles are taken into account . and not all the angles for this reason: the Moon is considered benefic ‘ in the light half and malefic in the dark half of the lunar month. And when the benefics reside in the three angles and the waning Moon in the , fourth angle, it is known as Serpent Yoga; or when the malefics reside in the three angles and the waning Moon in the fourth angle, even then : it is known as Serpent Yoga. And this is countenanced by higher 4 authorities Gargt, Paradara, etc. : ' Srak-Yoga or Garland-Yoga produces auspicious good effect and . Serpent Yoga evil effects. G + 2 z - saat AsIII: GA TaTeTTAIS- EN iN TANTRA: NRA: stant saareanitargedt 4 garnet au ku wn: Yogah, combinations. wf Vrajanti, go to, wrvn: Agrayajah, Adgraya Yoga, called Rajju, Musalam, and Nala Yogas. wari Samatvam, equality ; same- . nees, *romgivatened: Yavabjavajrandajagolakadyaih, with Yava (barley), Abja (lotus), Vajra (the thunderbolt), Andaja (birds), Golaka (globe) combinations, ete, #3: Kendropagaih, due to the planets being stationed in the angles. iimatr Proktaphalau, the effects, auspicious or inauspicious as the case may be, already mentioned. gare Dalakeau, termed Dala Yoga. xf Iti, thus. wg: Ahuh, said; mentioned. w® Anye, other astrologers. 4 Na, not. yest Prithakphalau, : producing separate eifects. @ Tau, they. 3. Other astrologers say that the Agraya Yogas (the . Rope, Club, and tubular combinations) do not differ at all from the Yava (barley), Abja (lotus), Vajra (thunderbolt), Andaja (bird), Golaka (globe) and the like Yogas (see the next stanzas), and that when the effects of planeta occupying . the Kendras (or angles) are described, the effects of Dala Yogas are also described and they produce no separate effects. ; ===== стр 220 ===== | | i CH. XII, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 207 SS 1 Notes :—In this stanza the author states the reason why certain e astrologers have not mentioned at all in their works, the Avraya and the ; Dala Yogas. It may be asked why then Var&ha Mihtra has mentioned | these in his treatise? The reply is, there are special reasons for their being mentioned separately here. The Agraya Yogas may be these and may not be these ; hence the author has deemed it advisable to treat them separately. For instance, if all the planeis occupy the signs Mithuna and Dhanu—2 of the common signs—when one of these is also the rising sign, the Yoga is known both as Vajra and Nala; but if any other sign be the rising sign, it is not a Vajra Yoga but only a Nala Yoga. . Asregards the Dala Yogas, it is said that other writers have described the effects of benefic and of malefic planets accupying the Kendras and as these are also the effects of the two Dala Yogas they have omitted to treat « them separately; the author hero treats of these separately in order to ; make it known that the two are Nabhasa Yogas and as such their effects { are felt throughout life (i.¢., in all the Daas), The other Yogas produce | effects in their respective Dada or Antardasit period and do not produce any effect when that Dasa period is over. The special reasons for taking the Avraya and Dala Yogas separate- ly will be further discussed in the notes at the end of this Chapter. ; qoho—SAAATAAATANNTSTAAR | WHT Aen aret: tamed aaTATeaGaaea- fafa saafe asa: 2 0 swanteqvangva: Asannakendrabhavanadvayagaik, when in the two adjacent angular houses, (all the planets occupy), ‘ere: Gadfkeyah, Yoga termed Gada (club). waery Tanvastagegu, when in the Ascendant and Descendant, (all the planets occupy). #¢ Sakatam, Yoga termed Sakatam (cart), fqn: Vihagah, Yoga termed Vihaga (bird). wet: Khabandolj, when in the tenth ond fourth houses, (all the planets reside), waer SringAtakam, Yoga termed SringAtakam; saree wem®: Navamapafichamalagnasamathaih, in the ninth, fifth, and the firat houses, (all the planets reside). wart: Lagndnyagaih, in the other triangular houses, i.e., the other ninth and fifth houses than those counted from the Ascendant. This may be in 3 ways :—(1) the 2nd, 6th and 10th houses, (2) the 3rd, 7th and 11th houses, (3) the 4th, 8th and 12th houses. «i Halam, Yoga termed Halam. «fi Iti, . thus. wagft Pravadanti, say. www: Tajjfiah, astrologers well vorsed in their ° sciences, 4. The Yoga is known as Gada when all the planets are in the two adjacent angular houses ; (1) termed Sakatam ===== стр 221 ===== 208 BRIBAJJATAKAM. when all the planets are in the Ascendant and the Descendant ; known as Vihaga when all the planets are in the tenth and j fourth houses ; termed Sringdtakam when all the planets are in the fifth, ninth houses and in the Ascendant; and the i Yoga is known as Halam when all the planets are in the other 7 triangular houses, .¢., other fifth and ninth houses, than those stated above (2). Thus say the well-versed astrologers. Notes:—i1) The author now proceeds to describe the 20 Akriti Yogas ; 5 of them are described in this stanza, There are 4 varieties in the Gada Yoga. (1) Gadi (Lagna, fourth); (2) Samkha (fourth and seventh) ; (5) Bavruka (seventh and tenth) ; (4) Dhvaja, ‘tenth and Lagna). The Yavanas consider these 4 as 4 distinct Yogas and call them respective- . ly as Gada, Samkha, Bavruka and Dhvaja. | (2) This may be in 3 ways. A All the planets may occupy. 4 (1) the 2nd, 6th and 10th houses. . (2) the 3rd, 7th and 11th houses. (3) the 4th, 8th and 12th houses. Farin-waciewarguyRast awataa: 2 2 iy are g faferaadaite cate tezarera: eu wreivot Sakatdndajavat, like Sakata and Aydaja (as described in the pre- ceding verse), gwy%: SubhAgubhaih, by the benefic and malefic planets reapec- ! tively, "y Vajram, Yoga termed Vajra (thunderbolt). afyvém’: Tadviparttagaih, | when posted in the reverse order (from the Vajra-yoga). #4: Yavah, Yoga known as | Yavah, at Kamalam, Yoga termed Kamala (lotus). faftarifeea: Vimidrasamethitaih, when all the planets, benefics and malefics, are stationed (without any restriction) in all the angular houses, it VApt, Yoga termed VApt. aq Tat, all the planets. \ wf Yadi, if. geen: Kendravahyatah, in the other houses than the angles ; in the four succedent or in the 4 cadent houses. 5. The Vajra Yoga takes place when the benefic planets are in the Ascendant and Descendant and the malefic planets are in the fourth and tenth houses (no planets being in the other houses); the reverse of this is Yava Yoga, i.c., when the malefics are in the Ascendant and Descendant and ‘the 5 benefics are in the fourth and tenth houses. The Yoga is known as Kamala or Avja, when all the planets are scattered ===== стр 222 ===== OH. XII, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 209 without any restriction in all the angles and nowhere else; and the Yoga is termed Vapi when all the planets are inter- spersed in houses other than the angles (i.e., in the four succedent or in the 4 cadent houses.) Note:-—Four Akyiti Yogas are described in this verse. Thus far nine (5+4) Akyiti Yogas are described. ~ | BTSA-TAMSAGTAMY AM IAT: FAT: i ~ age wat qaisafeat aaa: ea & 0 qiurengerts Piirvagdstrinusfrena, according to the ancient treatises (by Maya, Yavano, Garga and others), 71 Maya, by me(VardhaMihiracharya), swe | Vajradayah, these Yogas, Vajra, etc., (and the yoga mentioned ip the beginning of : atartza 20 of the Chapter on Ré&ja Yoga). ww: Kyildh, done, wy¥ Chaturthe, in the fourth, #4 Bhavane, house. gta StryAt, from the Sun, wf Jiasitau, Mer- cury and Venus. 4 Katham, how. . 6. These Vajra and other Yogas I have taken from the ancient Sastras by Maya, Yavana and others. The dis- crepancy arises thus :—when the Sun isin the 4th (or 10th) house (with the malefics) how can Venus and Mercury be in the lst or 7th house? (j.e., this is impossible, as Venus and Mercury cannot be so distant from the Sun) (1). Note:—(1) According to Mr. Sundareswara Srouty of Trivadi, the Vajra and Yava Yogas refer to the positions of the planets in the Bhava & * Chakra and not to their position in their Rasi Chakra as supposed by Varaha Mihira. He is therefore of opinion that Garga and other writers have not erred in treating of these Yogas as possible ones, A HAA —HeaATT AAEM: | Zag UAE SeTSaT BUA: HEA: HAT U9 Ul : seufredt: KantakAdipravyittaih , commencing firet from the angular house, gTa, but, srw: Chaturgrihagataib, when posted in the four houses consecu- . tively. 9%: Grahaih, the planets accupying. Wy afteyeren: Yupegu Saktidanda- khy&h, the Yogas named Yfpa and Igu, Sakti and Danda. gree: HorAdyaih, taking first the Ascendant. we®: Kantakaib, the angles. x*m Kramét, succes- ‘ sively. ; 7, When all the planets are found in the four houses consecutively from the Ascendant, the fourth, the seventh a . 7 ===== стр 223 ===== 210 BRIHAJJATAKAM. and the tenth, the angular houses, respectively, the Yogas are termed Yfpa, Isu, Sakti, and Danda one after an- { other (1). : Note.—-Four Akriti Yogas are described in this verse, Thus 4 (5 +4 +4) thirteen Akyiti Yogas in all are described. ° (1) If all the planets occupy the four signs 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th, : the Yoga is known as Yupa. If they occupy the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th houses, the Yoga is known as Igu; if they occupy the 7th, 8th, 9th ; and 10th houses, the Yoga is known as Sakti; and if they occupy the 4signs 10th, 11th, 12th and the Ascendant, the Yoga is known as Danda. WAGA Age TaT ATI Aaa TS: | STE agg ama: sraearaaaa: tic fqearenfi: Naukfitachhatrachipani, the Yogas termed Nau (boat), Kata u (mountain peak), Chhatra (umbrella) and Ohapa (arrow). «gt Tadvat, like what have been described in the preceding verse, from the Ascenduat, the 4th, the 7th, and the 10th houses, ‘mdvfe?: Saptarkgasamsthitaih, situated in the seven signs, w@'sq: Ardliachandrah, the Yoga known as Ardhachandra (semi-lunar), g Tu, but, were; Navadyaih, the Nau Yoga, etc., that have been already mentioned. im: Proktah, mentioned. qTu, but, weddfiea: Anyarkeasamathitaih, : situated in tho signs not according to the previous arrangement, i.e., in the signs not commencing with the Ascendant, but with the cadent or succedent houses, 8. If, as before, the seven planets reside in the seven : houses consecutively, starting from the Ascendant, the fourth, the seventh, and the tenth houses respectively, we will have Nau (boat) Yoga, Kata (mountain peak) Yoga, Chhatra (umbrella) Yoga, and Chapa (arrow) Yoga, And : if these seven planets be situated in the seven houses consecutively not starting from the Ascendant or the angles but from the succedent or cadent houses, we get the Ardha- ; chandra (semi-lunar) Yoga. Notes.—Here five Akriti Yogas (so far 18 Akriti Yogas) are described. Ardhachandra Yoga is of eight sub-divisions, and these can be easily traced out. As there are 4 succedent and 4 cadent houses, the Ardha- © chandra Yogas are of 8 kinds :—viz., all the planets may oceupy (1) from * the 2nd to the 8th houses, (2) from the 3rd to the 9th house, (3) from the ===== стр 224 ===== | CH, XTI, ON NABHASA YOGAS. all pe | 5th to the 11th house, (4) from the 6th to the 12th house, (5) from the 8th to the 2nd house, (6) from the 9th to the 3rd house, (7) from the 11th to the 5th house, (8) from the 12th to the 6th house, * ss i HISA-THiaTarseays: TAEITa: | Pera- i feudarntihearataadne: ev 3 ewinot: EkAntaragataih, when situated in every alternate housos, ‘wiry Arthét, (beginni .z) from the second house, gx: Samudrah, the Yoga known as Samudra Yoga (ocean). wayeRa: Sadgrihdsritaih, situated in the six alternate , houses. frewf@fvd: Vilagn@disthitaih, situated in the houses commencing from the Ascendant. wr Ohakram, termed Chakra (wheel) Yoga. xf Iti, thus, srafierime: Akyitijasamgrahah, all the Akriti Yogas thus described briefly. 9. When all the planets are found in the six (ie,, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th, and 12th) (1) houses, it is known as [ Samudra Yoga; when all the planets are found in the id six (i.e. 1st. 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th, and 11th)(2) houses, it is termed Chakra Yoga. Thus all the Akyiti Yogas are described briefly. oe Note-—Here 2 Akpiti Yogas are described, Thus twenty Akryiti . ‘Yogas in all are dealt with, (1) Six alternate signs beginning from the 2nd house, - (2) Six alternate houses beginning from the Ascendant. aifah Terai: Sy PATTON BITTE at arte a arr: Hare: great gt aT aeareaT- sydgretieagra get werten:Sankbydyogah, all the Sankhy& Yogas. ~: Syuh, are these; are the ; following. svewdie®: Saptasaptarkgasamethaih, the seven planets being situated . in the seven signs, ewrmea EkApdyat, removing one (from the seven houses ; ( six houses, five, four, three, and two one house, successively.) gv Vallakt, : named Vallakt Yoga, tf Daminf, known as DAmint Yoga. Cha, and, we: i, Padah, Pada Yoga. 4am: Keddrah, Keddra Yoga. etm: Sdlayogah, Stila Yoga. Hl s Yugam, Yuga Yoga. + Cha, and. ‘ww: Golah, Gola Yoga, » Cha, and, : wwt Anydn, others, gtywm Pirvamuktin, already mentioned. fm VihAya, ; avoiding ; not taking into account. i 10. Now the seven Sankhy& Yogas are being described. When the seven planets are in any seven signs, it is known as Vallaki Yoga. When the seven planets are in any six ===== стр 225 ===== 212 BRIHAJJATAKAM. signs, it is Damint; in any five, Pasa ; in any four, Kedara; in any three, Sala Yoga; in any two, Yuga Yoga; and when all the planets are in any one sign, it is known as Gola Yoga. : The Yogas already described, if they look like Samkhya Yoga, are not to be taken into account under Samkhya Yogas. (1) Mote:—(1) For instance, the Gada, Sakata, and Vihaga Yogas described in stanza 4 are to be treated only as such and not as Yuga yoga described in this stanza ; the Spiagataka and Hala Yogas described in stanza 4 are to be treated only as such and not as Sala Yoga described in this stanza. Again the Vajra, Yava, Kamala, and Vapi Yogas described in stanza 5 as well the Yapa, Isu, Sakti, and Danda Yogas described in stanza 7 shall not be confounded with the Kedéra Yogas described in this stazna. And eo on. qo fro-gegaatrdisaetaa teat art att aqua ayers: oat: Rereafgutaas: aged ainPadt BI TYQaATFeATT ee Ul ted: fray, envious; jealous of the wealth of othera, f@sfien: Videda- niratah, living in foreign or distant lands. svaef¥: Adhvaruchih, fond of travel- ling. ¥Cha, and, ‘tt Rajjvm, in the Rajju Yoga, (coming under Aéraya Yoga). wih Mant, proud ; respectable. wi Dhanf, wealthy. ~Oha, and. ga® Mudale, in ‘the Mugala Yoga. sgwaem: Bahukrithyasaktal, capable of doing great worke. wm: Vyamgah, of defective body ; of defective organs. fteueafigw: Sthirdfhya- nipuyah, ateady and clever. wen: Nalajal, arising out of Nala Yoga, ~wyrw: Sragutthah, arising out of Srak or Garland Yoga. *mftaa: Bhogdnvital, possessed , of all enjoyments, living in comfort and Inxury, ge: Bhujagajah, arising out | of Serpent Yoga. sgg:awrm, Bahudhukhabhaék, very miserable. erm Syat, become. 11. Those born under Rajju Yoga are envious, fond ; of travelling, and live in foreign or distant lands; those born under Muéala Yoga are respectable and wealthy ; and capable of doing great works. Those born under Nala Yoga are defective in body, steady and clever. People born under Srak or Garland Yoga are possessed of many enjoyments and those born under Serpent Yoga get many afflictions and ‘ miséries, ===== стр 226 ===== | q ; CH, XII, ON NABHAS8A YOGAS. 213 eee ] Note:—In this stanza, the author describes the effects of the three q Agraya Yogas and_of the two Dala Yogas. ~ r aqey-serirerg fear waaasatren: | Frere Sea wet eeelie: HATA: WAR rtm: Agrayoktih, what have been already described as to the effects of Aéraya Yoge. x Tu, but, fewer: Viphalah, not producing any result ; ineffective. waft Vabanti, are, wi: Anyaih, with other Yogas, ffife: Vimidritah, resembling : in form. fmt: Midréh, like ; resembling ; similar in appearance. &: Yai, with ‘ whatever other Yogas. ® Te, those other Yogas. wt Phalam, fruits. we | Dadyuh, bear, sf: Amiérah, not resembling with any other Yoga. www: Svaphalapradah, productive of its own consequences, 12. The Asraya Yogas become ineffective, when i they look like other Yogas. The other Yogas, with which the | Asraya Yogas happen to resemble, those other Yogas become i operative and bear fruits, When the Aéraya Yogas do not i bear any resemblance with other Yogas, it is then that the | Asraya Yogas produce results. Note :—For instance, if a Rajju Yoga or a Mudala Yoga or a Nala Yoga partake of the nature of a Kamala Yoga (see Stanza 5) it should be treated as the latter. qo ffo—eardarraaaAderaiarat agaheyE Wa : ZH: HOM: FANE: | Fellsea: SARHTaEA alee: yea ~ Fret aftaaarer 23 qeatirg Yajvarthabhak, will perform sacrificial rites, and will become rich, at Satatam, always, wit; Artharuchih, eager to amass wealth ; eager to collect money. ‘ti Gaday&m, under Gad&é Yoga. ayaftyy Tadvyittibhuk, earning one’s livelihood by business in carts, hackney carriages, etc. wew: Sakafajab, of those born under Sakata Yoga. ova; Sarujah, having always one bodily complaint or other ; of diseased body, ga: Kudarah, having ugly and blameable wife ; having a mean wife. gx: Dita, messenger ; envoy ; ambassador. ‘em: Afaaah, of wandering habits ; fond of travels. «weey Kalabakyij, queral- ous ; quarrelsome. fee? Vihage, under Vihaga Yoga. uff; Pradigtah, mentioned. wort Srimgatake, under Srimgataka Yoga. firg@ Obirasnkh, always happy; happy throughout their lives, eft Krisikrit, earning one’s livelihood by agriculture. qeret Halakeye, under Hala Yoga, ===== стр 227 ===== 214 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ee SESSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSs—s— 13. Persons born under Gad& Yoga perform religious sacrifices, are always eager to collect wealth and they amass \ also much wealth ; those under Sakata Yoga earn their liveli- hood by means of trade in carts or hackney carriages, are | always sickly, and possess ugly mean wives; those born under \ Vihaga Yoga become messengers, travellers, and are quarrel- some ; those under Srimgitaka Yoga are happy throughout i their lives and those born under Hala Yoga are agriculturisis. | Note :—In this stanza the author describes the effects of 5 Alyiti q Yogas. | N ¢ aofa o—agiserpaghaa: gaatstagat Rateaatscra ~ + a gfaar adisa: 0 Peqradtreantadheag ae vat acai agkacget fafiaa erat n gen ; ag’ Vajre, under Vajra Yoga. weagigfn: Antyapirvasukhinah, happy in the eatly and in theold age; at the beginning and ond of life. ye: Subhagah, ° lovely ; liked by all ; 2 general favourite, wfiyc: Atigdrah, very powerful; much 4 endowed with strength; bold in fight. ‘atfean: Virydnvitah, powerful; \ vigorous; full of energy. WA Api, also. wa Atha, and. w& Yave, under Yava 1 Yoga. gfwa: Sukhitah, happy. stim: Vayontah, in their middle age, Frewmfreif- i ntrays: §=Vikhydtakirtyamitasaukhyaganah, of world-renowned fame ; of deep I friendship and inestimable good qualities. + Cha, and. 44 Padthe, under f Padma Yoga. sat Vapydm, under Vapi Yoga. agféga: Tanusthirasukhah, | always tolorably happy; possessing bodily enjoyments throughout their life; of : gootl physique. ffeq Nidhikrit, hiding their wealth underground. 4 Na, not. i we Data, giver ; donor ; generous man. 1 14. Persons born under Vajra Yoga are happy in their young and old ages, become very lovely and great warriors ; those born under Yava Yoga are vigorous and happy in their middle ages; those born under Padma Yoga acquire glory on all sides and their friendship and good qualities are unsur- pas ed; those born under Vapi Yoga are somewhat rich, of good phys que, keep their wealth hidden safely underground and do not subscribe any money in any cause (are misers). Note—In this stanza, the author describes the effects of 4 more Akriti Yogas. ===== стр 228 ===== j ‘ CH. XIT, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 215 | fro—ariTrerareagad: qi } io) i} a : aqoft - wa a ge feeatse geez “ : free: aerarrea un atatseea: geuafigaer meat ] : : ES | a fafaea: gediserafa: u ek tt ramerareegat; Tydgdtmaviankratuvaraih, generous, self-controlled, and ranked as best sacrificer, s#® Yajate, performe sacrifices. ¥ Cha, and. #8 Ydpe, under Yupa Yoga. f¥a: Himerah, mischievous; murderous. wa Atha, and, qafiea: Guptya- dhikyitah, jailor ; making prisoners ; master of prisons, wey Sarakyit, maker of arrows, wwet Sardksye, under Sara Yoga. Ym: Nichah, mean; doing acts un- worthy of one’s position. wee: Alasah, idle, lazy, geet: Sukhadhanaih, of pleasure and wealth. faga: ¥ Viyutah cha, and bereft of. wf Saktau, under Sakti Yoga, q Dande, under Danda Yoga. ff%: Priyaih, with those that are nearest and dearest, . faxfa: Virahiath, devoid, bereft of. ye: Purugah, the person born. weft: Antya- vrittih ; of servile disposition. 15. Persons born under Yaipa Yoga are generous, self- controlled and great sacrificers ; those under Sara Yoga are mischievous, murderous, masters of prisons and makers of ’ bows and arrows ; those under Sakti Yoga are of low disposi- tion, indolent, poor and unhappy; those born under Danda Yoga suffer bereavements from their nearest and dearest ‘ relations, and pass their days in servile works, | Note—In this stanza the author describes the effects of 4 more Akriti Yogas. 7 qofto—geant FAAIATS: FAUT ale: HEsTA- PAATIAITA STH: SaAtea: aTalernciseaater: QRra BRT: TTATTETST: th yk - Wat Kirtya, with fame. ga: Yutah, endowed. vega: Chalasukhah, of varying happiness. we: Kripayah cha, and misers, fra: § Naujah, of persons born under Nau Yoga. y@ Kite, under Kita Yoga, wmgrrterm: = Anritaplavanaban- ’ dhanapah cha, and meditating and telling lies, and preserving or guarding the jails, wa: Jatab, born; persons born. waiqwa: Chhatrodbhavah, persons born under Chhatra Yoga. eemérerrc: Svajanasaukhyakarah, giver of happiness to one's + own relations, ‘wervtre: Antyasaukhyah, happy in their old age. yx: + Sfrah cha, and powerful hero in battle, sjwwa: Karmukabhavah, persons born under Chapa Yoga, awmrratra; Prathaméutyasaukhyah, happy in their childhood and in 15 their old age. . ===== стр 229 ===== { 216 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 16, Persons horn under Nau Yoga get name and fame, | sometimes happy, sometimes miserable, and they are misers; those born under Kiita Yoga meditate and tell lies i and are the jail keepers; those born under Chhatra Yoga i keep their relations happy and they themselves become “ happy in their old age; those horn under Chapa Yoga are : great warriors and are happy in their childhood and in their j old age. . : Note.—The effects of four more Akyiti Yogas are described in this j stanza. ° + > ~ : ao o-wiga: qunataay: saaedaray az. . ~ 2 2. desir att | ae ataggeghifraitdtareaas faga: Rrvfteyer: n 99 0 wig: Ardhendujah, persona born under Ardhendu Yoga. yreiaay: Subhaga- H kantavapuh, lovely and of fine appearance, 3am: Pradhdinah, worshipped by all ; the chief amongst men ; superior. rae Toyflaye, under Samudra Yoga, avaftnfie: Narapatipratimah, like a king, enjoying like a king. i Bhogi, enjoying ; anepicure, wT Chakre, under Chakra Yoga, xqqeeyfiefaifi: Narondramukuta- . dyutiranjitimghrih, whose feet are worshipped by the kings lowing with their : heads ornamented with jewels; become MaharAjddhirajis (due to théir per- forming austerities and attaining knowledge). @rpra: Vfpodbhavah, persons : bora under Vind Yoga. fige: Nipunah, of subtle vision and judgment. _fireirrera: : Priyagttanzityah, fond of music and dancing, ‘ 17. Persons born under Ardhachandra Yoga are lovely and of fine appearance and superior to all persons; those born under Samudra Yoga become king-like and great epicures ; those born under Chakra Yoga become Mahéraja- dhiréjas and their feet are worshipped by kings, wearing lustrous jewels on their crowns; and those born under Vin& ' Yoga are discriminating and fond of dancing and music. : Nota :—In this stanza the author describes the effects of the three Akriti Yogas and of the first Sankhy& Yoga. 9 ao feo—grareqanraiate: gter arf wat wars a airy: (Aart: Hat gagwaret aq wat wrefafater art ngs ul ===== стр 230 ===== t OH. XII, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 217 am Data, generous; kind-hearted, wewéfn: Anyskaryaniyatah, doing bs good to others; of philanthropic disposition, yt: ¥ Padupah cha, and the : protector of cattle ; and the master of cattle. af Damni, under Dam or Rajju Yoga. w% Pade, under Pasa Yoga. wintafadeeyrady: Dhandrjanavidtlasabhryitya- bandhuh, earning money by honest means and doing good works with friends and . servants, @qen: Kedfrajah, persons born under Kedara Yoga. sftw: Kyigikarah, f agriculturist, gaggia: Subahdpayojyah, doing good to many people, yw Sarah, \ hero in battle. a: Kgatah, bearing marks of warfare in body. wat: Dhanara- ; - chih, very eager to get money. fre 4 Vidhanah cha, and poor; having no ‘ money, ¥& Siile, under Sila Yoga. i 18. Persons born under Rajju (Démini) Yoga are generous, philanthropic, and warders of many cattle; those : under P&sa Yoga earn money with honest endeavours * and are surrounded by friends and servants; those born | under Kedara Yoga are agriculturists and do good to many { people ; and those born under Séila Yoga are great warriors, ; get marks of wounds on their bodies, eager to acquire : money but they are without any money. : Note:—In this stanza the author describes the effects of 4 more Samkhyé Yogas. i . ekat-watea: oeadt ar at ag as Pre: ~ aataat wate: Beaten: 1 gfe fakar ate: are Hafte ante Praanaaren Bet waeceu- avy Wee 0 earat ETET WRN veer: Dhanavirahitah, void of money. wi P&khandt, an heretic; a hypocrite ; one not following the tenets of Veda; one acting in contravention of Vedic rules, w Va, or. ¥% Yuge, under Yuga Yoga. g Tu, but, wa Atha, and, Mre® Golake, under Golaka Yoga. fern: Vidhanamalinah, poor, dirty, and gloomy. ew: Ajfianopetah, illiterate. gfwt Kudil possessing know- | ledge of bad workmanship; bad workman. ‘wee: Alasah, idle, lazy; not cap- a able of doing any work. ‘em: Atanab, of wandering habits, sf Iti, thus, free: Nigaditah, said. ‘rm: ‘Yog&h, the different combinations, wy” Sardham, with. wi Phslam, offects. +e Jha, in this Chapter, wr: N&- 38 ===== стр 231 ===== 218 BRIHAJJATAKAM. vasth, heavenly. ffewwg: Niyataphalad&h, always effective. fe «& Hi ete, ‘ these certainly. wwremg Samastadadasn, in all the Daéds throughout one’s life. > wf Api, oven, 19. Persons born under Yuga Yoga are void of money, irreligious and not the abider of the Vedas; those ‘ born under Gola Yoga are poor, dirty and gloomy, illiter- ate, bad workmen, indolent and of wandering habits (1). Thus have been described the several Névasa Yogas with their effects. These bear fruits throughout one’s life, in all the Dasas of human beings (2). Notes:—In this stanza the effects of the remaining two Sam- * khya Yogas are described. . (1) For bare subsistence. ‘ (2) Except in case of Vajra and other Yogas (see stanza 14) whose : effects will be felt, as stated in certain periods of a person’s life. So that wherever no periods are mentioned the effects will be felt throughout life. ; Thus ends the twelfth Chapter on Naivasa Yoga (miscellaneous heavenly combinations), by Sri Varaha Mihiracharya of Avantika. Note:—It 1s to be remembered that this Navasa Yoga, as a rule, yields results throughout all the periods of life. Now the doubt arises :— in Vajra Yoga it has been mentioned that people are happy in their young and old age ; low then this rule is applicable to the whole period of life? The answer is that the rule will be applicable there only where no definite periods of time are expressly stated, Again the doubt arises :— there are cases where it has been stated that the person will be happy throughout all the periods of their lives ; now a person, in the midst of all sorts of happy circumstances, feels some mental pain and becomes miserable ; or a person in the midst of all distressing circumstances, feels happiness in his mind; how is that possible? The answer is that this Navasa Yoga does not nullify the effect of Astaka Varga or other planetary combinations and therefore a man feels happiness in the midst of all contrary circumstances indicated in this Chapter. In the 3rd Sloka of this Chapter, it has been mentioned that there are special reasons for mentioning Asraya Yoga and Dala Yoga separate from Akita Yoga and Samkhy& Yoga. Now these reasons are being explained. When the Dala Yoga resembles the Samkhya Yoga « the effects of the Dala Yoga are visible and not those of the Samkhya Yoga (see verae 10), This accounts for taking the Dala Yoga separate. < ===== стр 232 ===== OH. XII, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 219 eee The Dala Yogas do neither coincide with Asraya Yogas nor with Akriti ~ Yogas. Where the Akriti Yoga resembles the Adraya Yoga, there the effects _ of the Akriti Yoga are visible. Where the Akriti Yoga resembles the Samkhy& Yoga, even there the Akriti Yoga bears truita (see verse 12), Here then one can argue that the Samkhya Yoga sbould not also be taken separately. As SamkhyA Yoga has been counted separate, 80 Aéraya Yoga may also be taken separately. Now the meaning of the statement ‘‘Adraya Yoga becomes inoperative when it resembles other Yogas” should be made clear, Here it means that the Samkhy& Yogas and the Araya Yogas both are inoperative when these two resemble Akriti Yogas. Now suppose Adraya and Samkhya Yogas to coincide with each other. Are they to be treated as the former or as the latter? The Commentator says that if the coincidence refers to the ‘s Kedara, Sala, and Yuga Yogas, the Yogas are to be treated as Avraya Yogas only ; but if it refers to the Gola Yoga it is to be treated as such, and not as an Araya Yoga—otherwise there will be no room for Gola Yoga at all. Thus there is sufficient reason for taking the Adraya Yogas ” separately. | Now the 1,800 sub-divisions of Navasa Yogas as enunciated by the | ancient Yavandchérya, are being described. Taking any sign as the Ascendant, there are 150 sub-divisions (will be explained further on); i then taking the twelve signs as Ascendants consecutively, there are 12x 150=1800 sub-divisions. According to Yavana, there are 23 sub- divisions inthe Akriti Yogas; and 127 sub-divisions in the Samkhy& | Yogas; thus giving the number 150 (127+23). The Yavanas do not take Adraya and Dala Yogas into account. Vardha Mihira has men- | tioned 20 Akriti°Yogas; but the Gad& Yogain it has 4 sub-divisions (as already stated). Thus (19+4) 23 Akryiti Yogas of Yavana are easily understood. One hundred and twenty-seven Samkhyé Yogas are thus : made out :—Taking one planet we get 7 cases: two planets we get 21 cases ; three planets we get 35 cases ; four planets 35 cases: five planets, 21 cases ; six planets, 7 cases; seven planets, one case; thus making up the total (7+21+35+35+21+7+))=127 cases, These numbers are thus obtained. The first Samkhyé Yoga treated of by Vardha Mihira is known as Vallakt Yoga; according to which the 7 planets might occupy any seven a signs. This may be in many ways; but the Yavanas select only a few; | as each of the seven planets might occupy the Lagna, the number of | - Yogas under this division is 7, Again the 2nd Samkhy& Yoga treated i | ===== стр 233 ===== 220 BRIHAJJATAKAM. = * of by the author is one according to which the 7 planets are said to oc- cupy any six signs. This may be in many ways; but the Yavanas select hy, the following few: of the seven planets, five may occupy five houses and two more may occupy the Lagna, These two may be any two of : the seven planeta. The number of Yogas under this head will be the number of combinations of seven things taken two at a time= ps =21. Again, the 3rd SamkhyAé Yoga is one in which the seven planets occupy 5 houses, This may be in many ways; but the following are selected :—4 planets occupying 4 houses and 3 more occupying the Lagna. These three may be any three out of the 7 planets. The number of cases under this head is the number of combinations of 7 things taken 3 ata time= paps =35, And soon. 5[4(3/2{1 ’ 6, 7, thus: —7/ 913] $[8 | (7, Pat 7, 6,5, 4. 3, 2,1, in one line; and below that line put 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. When one planet is taken into account, take 7 and divide by 1, the number underneath ; when two planets are taken into account, take : 7,6; and multiply; divide the product by the product of the figures underneath ; thus 2. =21; thus we get 21. And so on 5 Pegg = 35 jand so on. In other words, take the combinations of seven things taken one at a time take two at a time and soon. These are now shewn by the positions of the planets. First case ; one planet, Second case; two planets. 1, San 7. Moon, Mars, 2, Moon, 8. Moon, Mercury, . 3, Mars. 9. Moon, Jupiter. 4. Meroury, 10, Moon, Venus. 5. Jupiter, 11, Moon, Saturn, 6. Venus, 12, Mars, Mercury. 7. Satorn, 18. Mars, Jupiter. ———— 14, Mars, Venus, . Second case ; two planets, 15. Mars, Saturn. 1 Bun, Moon, 16. Mercury, Jupiter, 3, Sun, Mara, 17%, Mercury Venus. 8. Ban, Mercury. 18. Meroury, Saturn, 4, Sun, Jupiter. 19. Jupiter, Venus. 5. Sun, Venns. 20 Jupiter, Saturn, . so ste @. Son, Satorms- se so -- 21> Venus, Saturn, «>> tee ae ¢ ===== стр 234 ===== CH, XII, ON NABHASA YOGAS. 221 Third cage ; three planets, 11, Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, ~~ 1, Sun, Moon, Mara, 12, San, Mercury, Jupitor, Saturn, = 2, Sun, Moon, Mercury, 18, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter. 8. Sun, Moon, Jupiter. 14 Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus, 4, Sun, Moon, Venus, 15, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Saturn, 5. Sun, Moon, Saturn, 16, Sun, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, . 6, Sun, Mars, Mercury, 17. Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus. 7. Bun, Mars, Jupiter. 18. Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, 8, Sun, Mara, Venus. 19. Bun, Mars, Venus, Saturn. 9, Sun, Mars, Saturn, 20, Sun, Mercury, Venus, Saturn. 10. Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, 21. Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter. iL Sun, Mercury, Venus, 22. Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, | 12, Sun, Mercury, Saturn, 28. Moon, Mars, Mercury, Saturn. | 18, Sun, Jupiter, Venus. 24. Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, | 14, Sun, Jupiter, Saturn, 25. Moon, Mara, Jupiter, Saturn, 15, Sun, Venna, Saturn, 26, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. } 16. Moon, Mars, Mercury, 27. Moon, Meroury, Jupiter, Saturn, ad 17, Moon, Mars, Jupiter, 28. Moon, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, 18, Moon, Mars, Vonus. 29. Moon, Mara, Venus, Saturn. 19, Moon, Mars, Saturo. 80, Moon, Mercury, Venus, Saturn. 20. Moon, Mercury, Jupiter. 81. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, 21, Moon, Mercury, Venus, 82. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, 7 22, Moon, Meroury, Saturn, 38. Mara, Meroury, Venus, Saturn, 28. Moon, Jupiter, Venus, 84. Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. 24, Moon, Jupiter, Saturn, 85. Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, 35. Moon, Venus, Saturn, Fifth case, 6 planets. : 20. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, 1, Sun, Moon, Mars, Meroury, Jupiter. 27, Mars, Mercury, Venus, 2. Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus. 28, Mars, Mercury, Saturn, 8, Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Saturn. 29. Mars, Jupiter, Venus, 4. Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, 80, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. 5. Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, $1. Mars, Venus, Saturn, 6, Sun, Moon, Mars, Venus, Saturn. 82. Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, 7. sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 88. Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, 8. Sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, 84. Mercury, Venus, Saturn, 9 Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus, Saturn, 85, Jupiter, Verus, Saturn, 10. Bun, Moon, Jupiter, Venua, Saturn, Fourth case, 4 planets. 11, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 1, Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury. 12. Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, 2. Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter. 18, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Satorn. 8. Sun, Moon, Mars, Venus, 14, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. 4. Bun, Moon, Mars, Saturn. 15, Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, 5. Sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter. 16, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 6, Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus. 17. Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn. 7. Sun, Moon, Mercury, Saturn. 18. Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Saturn. 8, Sun, Moon, Jupiter, Venus, 19. Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, | 9. Sun, Moon, Jupiter, Saturn. 20. Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, . 10. Sun, Moon, Venus, Saturn, 21, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Sixch case, 6 pleacts. a we 1. 8an, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. ““ " 4"gan, Moon, Mare, Mercury, Jupiter, Satura, ~~ eee ===== стр 235 ===== 222 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 8, Sun, Moon, Mara, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. 4, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, 5. Sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. ¢ 6, Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, a 7. Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venns, Saturn. Seventh case, 7 planets, 1, Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, The following table shews the Divisions and Sub-divisions of the Navasa Yogas :— ((1) Akriti Yoga ..1, Grads Yous all tho planets in any two adjacent , angles, | 2, Sakats Yoga, all the planets in the Ist and 7th houses. 8, Vihaga Yoga, all the planets in the 10th and 4th , houses, 4. Spingétaka Yoga, all the planets in the Ist, 5th and 8th houses. [ (a) BH %6A AL TALL Lanes 5, Hala Yoga, all the 4 5) . planets Ute) sea 6 Va Ve . *t ‘ot 8" Yet and 7th 7 Ya og, te . nd malefics in Ist and 7th houses, 8, Kamala Yoga, all the planets promiscuously in 4 angles. 9 Vapt Yoga, all the planets promiscuously in all the 4 succedent or 4 cadent houses. + 10, Yapa Yoga, all the planets in the 1st, 2nd, 8rd , and 4th houses. UU. Sara (Igu) Yoga, all the planets in the 4th, 5th, , . 8th and 7th houses. 12, Nakti Yoga, all the plancts in the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th houses, 18, Danda Yoga, all the plancts in the 10th, 1ith, 104K end fot hangad 4 Nata. ote ain the 1st, 2nd, 8rd, . ran ouses. Navan Yogas,.. 15, Kata Yoga, all the planets in the 4th, :th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th and Lith houses, 16. Chhatra Yoga, ali the planets in the 7th, 8th, Oth, 10th, 11th, 12th and 1st houses. 17, Chapa Yoga, all the planets in the 10th, 11th, 12th, ist, 2nd, 8rd and 4th houses. as 18. Ardhachandra Yoga, all the planets in the 7 houses beginning from the 4 Panaphara and 4 Apoklima houses. 19. Samudra Yoga, all planets in the 2nd, 4th, 6th 8th, 10th, and 12th houses. 20, Chakra Yoga, all planets in the 1st, 8rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th houses, (2) Samkhy& Yoga...t. Vallaki Yoga, all the planets in any 7 houses, . 2, D&mini Yoga = ,, ” 6 oy 8, Pisa Yoga ” ” 5B oy 4. Kedira Yoga ” 4 3 6. Sola yore ” ” : ” . Yuga Yoga = ” ” . 7. Gola Yoga » ” 1 os (8) Adraya Yoga ...1, Rajju Yoga, all the planets in 1, 2, 8 or 4 moveable signs. 2. Muaala Yoga, all the planets in 1, 2, 8 or 4 fixed signs. 8. Nala Yoga, all the planets in 1, 2,3 or 4 common signs, (4) Dala Yoga vel, Srak Yoga, all the benefics in 1, 2, 8 or 4 anglea and no malefic in the angles, 2, Sarpa Yoga, all the malefics in 1, 2,8 or 4 angles and no benefic in tho angles, ===== стр 236 ===== coe fT ! CHAPTER XII. - 4 ON CHANDRA YOGA, OR LUNAR COMBINATIONS. arfertt—srananatteraanateees ahr Ra atiaarrdiagara vu svete frit a ad ashiRrateas at qgeftag’ fareareargel au eu wengeafeeatii Adhamasamavaristhani, worst, middling and best ; poor, moder- ate ov excellent. wramfgé® Arkakendrfdisamsthe, situated in the angles, etc. po (i. e., in the angles, succedent or cadent houses, respectively) from the Sun, ; aft Sadini, the Moon occupying, Fimafierarnitgertt Vinayavittajianadhinaipugani, | modesty, politeness, wealth, knowledge, intelligence, and cleverness, gf Ahani, : during the day. fifiw Nisi cha, and during the night (successively), %z & Ohandre, the Moon being. Sve, in her own Navimdéaka, wfafmiv® Adhimitra- méake, or in the Navaméas of her Adhimitya (or a very friendly planet), = VA, or. ycyefiaq? Suragurusitadriste, aspected by Jupiter and Venus respectively, faery Vittavin, wealthy. am SyAt, becomes. gwts Sukht cha, and happy. 1. When the Moon isin any of the angular houses from the Sun, the native is wanting in modesty, politeness, wealth, knowledge, intelligence, and cleverness ; if the Moon be in the succedent houses (2, 5, 8, 11) from the Sun, the native is possessed of the above qualities in a moderate degree ; and if the Moon be in the cadent houses (8, 6,9, 12) from the Sun, the native possesses the above qualities . pre-eminently. Again if the Moon be in her own Navémgaka or in the Navdméas of her Adhimitra, the native, if born during the day, becomes wealthy and happy provided the Moon be aspected by Jupiter; or if the Moon be in her Navaémsaka or in her Adhimitra’s Navémgas and if she be aspected by Venus, then the native becomes wealthy and sb happy, if the birth tuke place during the night. ' . Note :—This meaning is supported by Yavana, Gargt and others ; : hence this meaning is correct. A man will have very little of the above qualities if the Moon occupy either the sign occupied by the Suv, or the a . ===== стр 237 ===== 224 BRIHAJJATAK AM, aera 4th, 7th, or 10th sign from it. He will have these qualities in a moderate degree if the Moon occupy the 2nd, 5th, 8th or 11th sign from the sign 7 oceupied by the Sun ; and he will have these qualities in a greater degree , if the Moon occupy the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th sign from the sign occupied : by the Sun. : x 2 ' voftomthea: craftittacahie sdreafeiarq- | . { afrafatacrasa i dardieaear geweaer drat | get Raat ara: WRN &&: Saumyaih, the benefic plancts Mercury, Jupiter and Venus (being situated in). wrofifwag Smardrinidhanegu, in the sixth, seventh and eighth houses, wftm Adhiyoga, is known as Adhiyoga. ww: Indoh, from the Moon. afer « Tasmin cha, and in this Adhiyoga; and the regults of this Adhiyoga, a wafeefefrarmerm ChamfpasachivaksitipAlajanma, indicating the birth of a com- mander of an army, a minister of a king, or a king. wan@reaforn: Sampanna- saukhyavibhabAb, and having close intimacy with friends and enjoying great pleasures, power and property. rma: Hatadatravah, whose enemies are killed or t crushed or subdued, 4 Oha, and. gwtgu: DirghAyusah, of long life; long-lived. fewer: « Vigatarogabhayah cha, and free from diseases or fear. 2. ‘When the benefics Mercury, Jupiter, and Venus are in the sixth, seventh and eighth houses from the Moon, the Yoga is known as Adhiyoga. Persons born under this Yoga become commanders of armies, king’s ministers, or | kings (1); they will get intimate friends, great pleasures and wealth, will have their enemies crushed, will live long, : free from diseases and fear. Note:—(1) If the benefics are all very powerful by virtue of time, . position, &c., then persona born will become kings; if the benefics be : fairly powerful, then they become councillors, and if they he tolerably powerful, they become commanders. There are seven sub-divisions, rather seven different combinations in this Yoga:—(1) When the benefics are all in the sixth house, (2) when all are in the seventh house, (3) when all are in the eighth house, (4) when all are in the sixth and seventh, (5) when all are in'the sixth and eighth, (8) when all are in the seventh and eighth, and (7) when all are distribut- ‘ ed in the sixth, seventh, and eighth. : “In the astrological work known as Sfravali, ‘the “Adhiyoga is classed ~~ oe with Rajayoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter, and Venus are not q ===== стр 238 ===== | CH, XIII, ON CHANDRA YOGA. 225 eee Astahgata or setting planets, nor aspected by malefic planets. Mandavya is of the same opinion. : : Moffo—arh HAHAH: eaiaaal- FR: alae: ahreatsaer g agit: Hagatsdeaet ee elantsvar sega Aagat wera ataahaaaterky sage: sfrer a an zu fran’ Hitvarkam, not taking the Sun into account; excepting the Sun, . grammrgeye: Sunaphanaphadurudhurah, known as Sunaphé Yoga, Anapha Yoga, and Durudhura Yoga, respectively, wtrn®; Svantyobhayasthaih, in the second or twelfth houses or in both of them. 1%: Grahsih, the other planets (excepting the Sun) occupying. mit: Sitamdoh, from the Moon, sfia: Kathitah, said. wean Anyathé, otherwise; if there be no planets in the second and twelfth houses from the Moon, g Tu, again. ‘gf: Bahuvih, by many astrologers, @gy: Kemadrumah, known as Kemadruma Yoga. ‘8: Anyaih, according to other : astrologers, Gargt, Parfdara, &c, y Tu, again, we Asau, this (Kemadruma- { yoga). *% Kendre, in the angles from the Ascendant, i.¢., in the 4th, or 10th house : from the Ascendant, rat Sitakare, the Moon occupying. wen Athavé, or. seq@ Grahayute, accompanied by any of the above mentioned planeta, Mara, &o, @qu: i Komadrumah, the Yoga Kemadruma, 44 Na isyate, not approved of; : not liked, i, ¢, the Kemadruma Yoga is not formed; it ceases to exist. i fq Kechit, some authors, Srutaktrtib, Jtvadarmd, &ywiety Kondranavdm- i dakegu, in the houses on both sides of the sign, whose Navainda is occupied by I the Moon, Cha, and, =f Vadanti, say, sft: Uktih, these views. »feyat; Pra- i siddhah, authoritative. «Na, not. # Te, these. , 3. If the planets other than the Sun (i.e, Mars, Mer- | cury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn) occupy the second house from the Moon, the Yoga is known as Sunaphé Yoga ; if the planets above mentioned (i.e., excepting the Sun) occupy the twelfth house from the Moon, the Yoga is known as Anaphé Yoga; again if these planets (excepting the Sun) be in the second as well as in the twelfth house from the Moon, the Yoga is known as Durudhuré Yoga (1). But if there be no planets (above mentioned) in the second as well asin the twelfth houses from the Moon, it is known by numerous writers as Kemadruma Yoga. - .. .. According to-some astrologers (Garga and . Pardgara) if the Moon occupy the Kendra house (the angular n ===== стр 239 ===== 226 : BRIMAJJATAKAM. house) from the Ascendant or if the Moon be accompanied ' by any of the above mentioned planets, the Yoga ceases to 4 be a Kemadruma Yoga. ” According to others (Srutakirti and others) these three Yogas take place when the above planets Mars, &c., occupy : the Kendra houses (the angular houses, fourth, tenth, or both) : from the Moon (2) ; while, again, according to some (Jivagsar- : mA and others) these three Yogas take place when the above ; mentioned planets occupy the second and the twelfth houses from the sign whose Navaméa is occupied by the Moon (8). But these views are not considered as authoritative. Notes ;—(1) 1f the Sun be found with any of the other planets in these - houses, there is no harin; the only thing to be remembered is that the Sun ; here is uot at all the agent. i (2) That is, if the planets excepting the Sun occupy the 4th house from the Moon, the Yoga is known as Sunapha ; if they occupy the 10th } house from the Moon, the Yoga is known as Anapha, and if they occupy : both the 4th and the 10th house from the Moon, it is known as Durndhura : and if the 4th and 10th houses from the Moon be not occupied by ; planets the Yoga is known as Kemadruma, , i (3) Suppose the Moon to oceupy the NavAmda of Dhanu in Mesa y sign. Now if the planets excepting the Sun and the Moon oceupy the ’ 2nd or the 12th or both the 2nd and the 12th houses from the Dhanu : sign, the Yoga is respectively known as Sunapha, Anapha and Durudhura; ’ but if these two houses be not so occupied the Yoga is known as Kemadruma. d gaao—Freeerert: gaarraret: after are : ~ x 7 4 ae wat: u gear: meister art faa: ij nn Gara: v2 0 frereen; Triméatsardpéh, thirty-one 31 (each.) grarvarex; Sunaphdna- : ph&kl.yah, the Sunaph& Yoga and the Anaph& Yogs. wert Sagtitrayam, one “ hundred und eighty (180). %reg®_ Datrudhore, in Durddhura Yoga. tq: Prabhedah, varieties; differences, werfiwel: IchbAvikalpaih, by the various ‘ combinations as desired amongst the 1,2, 3,4, 5 planets. m™4a: Kramagah, Q successively; one after another. sfitw A vhintya, representing or exhibiting ; 1 by forming the series of combinations according to mathematical rule. #1 Nite, when the combinations are arrived at according to the rule, fiwfe: Nivyittib, itis ' finished ; itis satisfied; it ie diminished one by one (ie. 5, 4,8, 2 1) yu ===== стр 240 ===== $ CH. XITI, ON CHANDRA YOGA, 227 eee Punab, again. webft: Anyanttih, forming another series of combinations, either representing on paper another set of combinations or working out according to : the rule, 4. There are thirty-one (31) varieties of Snnapha and thirty-one (31) varieties of Anaphé Yoga and there are one hundred and eighty (180) varieties of Durudhuré Yoga. These varieties are to be taken one by one and represented actually on paper or worked out according to mathematical | rule (for finding the number of combinations ofa given i : . i number of things taken r at a time). | Notes:—The three Yogas are formed by (1) Mars, (2) Mercury, (3) \. Jupiter, (4) Venus, and (5) Saturn. Now the 31 varieties of Sunupha ; Yoga and 381 varieties of Anapha Yoga are being shewn in the : following table. t Put the numbers 5, 4, 3, 2, and Lin one row; underneath another row of the same numbers reversed (1, 2, 3, 4,5) thus :— | . . 5 [4 [3 2 fl Then when one planet is taken into account, the number : 1 [2 (3 [4 [5 | ofcombinations is § = 5; when two planets are taken : in account, the number of combinations is RE = 10. When tliree pla- nets are taken in account, the number ig DRAKE = 10. When four | planets are taken, the number is Suet = 5, When five planets are 3,5 xK4x BK AXT toe taken, the number is -SySyyqxe = 1. Thus the total combinations =5 +10-+10+5+1 = 31. Graphically thus:— . Different combinations of Sunaphé Yoga, Different combinations of 1, Mars. 17, Mars, Mercury, Venus. Anaphé Yoga~Name as 2. Mercury. 18, Mars; Mercury, Situro. Sunaphé Yoga, 8 Jupiter. 19, Mars, Jupiter, Venus. , 4, Venus, 20, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. 5. Satorn, 21, Mars, Venus, Saturn, 6. Mars, Mercury. 2%, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, 7. Mars, Jupiter. 28, Moronry, Jupiter. Saturn, 8, Mars, Venus. 24. Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, 9. Mars, Saturn. 25, Mercury, Venus, Saturn. 10. Mercury, Jupiter. 26. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, il, Mercury, Venus. 27. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn, 12. Mercury, Saturn. 28. Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. 18. Jupiter, Venus. 29, Meroury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn. 14, Jupiter, Saturn, 80. Mars, Mercury, Venus, Saturn, 15. Venus, Satura. Bi, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, 16. Mars, Meroury, Jupiter. ‘Venns, Saturn, ===== стр 241 ===== £ 228 BRIDAJJATAKAM. r —_— | i Now about 180 varieties of the Durudhuré Yoga :— ig ‘Take the case in which the 2nd house from the Moon is occupied A by a single planet; while it does so, the remaining four planets may " occupy the 12th house from the Moon 1, 2, 3, and 4 ata time. ‘The num- q ber of these will be thesum of the number of combinations of four things i taken 1, 2, 3, and 4 together. This will be found tobe4 +6+4+1= | 15. So that for one of the five Sunapha Yogas we get 15 Durudhura Yogas. The five Sunaphé Yogas of one planet will therefore give us ¢ 65 x 16 = 75 Durudhurd Yogas. Take one of the 10 Sunaphé Yogas of ! two planets from Mars to Saturn; the remaining 3 planets may occupy | the 12th house from the Moon, 1, 2, and 3 at a time. The number required is the sum of the number of combinations of three things taken \ 1, 2,and 3atatime. This will be found to be3+3+1=7. Com ~ pining these with the 10 Sunaphé Yogas of two planets we shall get a 10 x 7 = 70 DurudhurAé Yogas. Similarly the 10 Sunaphi Yogas of 7 three planets will give 10 x 3 = 30 Durudhuraé Yogas; and the five ' Sunapha Yogas of 4 planets will give us 5 x 1 = 5 Durudhur’ Yogas. So q that the number of possible Durudhurf Yogas = 75 +70 + 30+ 5 = 180. : Now 180 varieties of Durudhuré Yoga are being mentioned graphi- cally. M=Mereury ; J=Jupiter; V=Venus; S=Saturn ; Mr.=Mars, ‘ 1. Mr, M. & Mr, M,3, 20. J, Mr, 8. « 68, S, Mr, V. 2. M, Mr. 6. M,8, Mr, 30, Mr, 8, J. 54, Mr, ¥, 8. : 8, Mr, J. 7 Mra, V. 31, ,M, Ve 55. 8M, J. . 4, J, Mr, 8. 3, V, Mr. 82, M, V, Jo. 56, M,J,8, 4 5. Mr, Ve % Mr,J, 8 83. J, M,S, 57. 8, M, V. { 8 V, Mr 10. Mr, 8, M, 84, M, 8, J, 58. M, V,8, ‘ 1. Mr, 8. 11, Mr, V, 8 8, J, V,8. 59. 8,3, V. j 8 9, Mr 12, V, 8, Mr. 36. V, 5d, 60. 3, V,8. , 9% MJ, 18 M, Mr, J. 87. V, Mr, M. 61. Mr,M,J, Vv. : 1. 5M. 14. 3,Mr, M. 88 Mr, M, V. 62, M3, V. Mr. t 1, MY. 15, M, Mr, V. 89, V, Mx, J. 68. Mr, M, J, 8, 4 1, V,M, 16, Mr, V,M, 40. Mr, J, V. 64, M,J,8, Mr. 5 18% M,8. 17, M, Mr, 8 41. V, Mr, 8, 65. Mr, M,V.8, i 14. 8,M, 18. Mr, 8, M, 42, Mr, S, V. 66, M, V,8,Mr. 1B. 3, 19, M,J,V. 43, V,M,J. 67, Mr, J, V, 8, ; 16. ¥, J. 20, J, V,M. 44, M, J, V. 68 J, V,8, Mr. j 3,8, 2. M,J,8. 45. V,M,8, 69. M,Mr,J, V. i 18, 8,7. 22. 3,8,M, 46. M,S, V. 70. Mx, J, V, M 19, V,8 38, M, V, 8. 47, V, 9,8, 71. M, Mr, J,8, 20. 8, V. a4. V,8,M. 48, J,8,V. 72. Mr, J,8, M. 1, Mr, M,J. 25. J, Mr, M. 49. 8, Mr, M, 78, M, Mr, V,8 2. MJ, Mr. 26, Mr, M, J. 50. Mr. M,B 74. Mr, V,8,M. ' & 3,V,M 27, J, Mr, V. 51. 8, Mr, J, 75. My, V8, : 4. M, Mr, V, 28, Mr, V,J. 52, Mr, J,S, 78. 3, V,8,M. i 4 ===== стр 242 ===== { f . CH. XIII, ON CHANDRA YOGA. 229 : 77. 3, MxM, V. 98 Mr,J,V,8. 119. Mr,J,M,$, 140, M, 8, J, V, k. 78, Mr, M, V,J. 99. 8, M, J, V. 120, M,8,Mr,J, 141. Mr, M,J, V8. 79. J, My, M,S, 100. M,J, V,8. 121, Mr,J,V,& 142, J, V,8, MxM. 80, Mr, M, 8, J. 101, Mr,M,J,V,8. 122, V,8,Mr,J, 148, Mx, J, M, V, 8. 81, J, Mr, V,S, 102, M,J,V,S, Mr. 123. Mr, V,M,J. 144, M, V,8, Mr,J, 82, Mz, V,8,J. 108, M,Mr,J,V,8. 124, M,J,Mr,V. 145, Mr, V,M,J, 8 88, J,M, V,8, 104, Mr, J,V,8, M. 125. Mr, V,M,8, 148, M, J, 8, Mr, V. 84. M, V,8,J, 105, J,Mr,M,V, 8. 126. M,8, Mr, V. 147, Mr,8,M,J, V. 85, V,Mr,M,J, 106, Mr, M,V,8,J. 127, Mr, V,,8 -148.-M,J,V, Mr, & 86, Mr, M,J, V. 107, V,Mr,M,J,5. 128 3,8, Mr, ¥. 149, M,J, Mz, V, 8. 87. V, Mr, M, 8, 108, Mr, M,J,8,V, 120 M,J, Mr, S160, Mr, %,5,M,J, 88, Mr, M, 9, V. 109, 8,Mr,M,J, VY. 180, Mr,8,M,J, 161, M, V, Mr, J, 8 80. V, Mr, J, 8. 110, Mr,M,J,V,8. 181, My,8,M,V. 152, Mz, J,8,M,V. 90, Mr.J,8, V. Lu. Me, M, J, Ve. 182, M, V,Mr,S, 158 M, 5, Mr,J, V, : ot, V,M,J, 8 112, J, V, Mr, MI 188, Mr,8,J,V. 154, Mr, 3, VM, 8 ' 2, M,J, V, 8, 18. Mr, M, J, 8 14, J,V,Mr,8, 163, J, V,Mr, M, 8. vs 98, 3, Mr, M,J. 114, 5,8, Mr, M, 185, M,J,V,S, 166, Mx, M,8,J, V. f 04, Mr, M, J,8. 115, Mr, M, V, 8 188, V,S,M,J, 187, J, 8, Mr, MV. 95, 8, Mr, M, V. 116. V,S, Mr, M, 187, M,V,J,8. 158. Mr, M, V, 3,5. 96. Mr,M,V,8, 117, Mr, J, V, M, 188, J,8,M,V, 159, -V, 8, Mr,M,J, 97, 8, Mr, J, V. 118, -V, M, Mr, J! 189, 3,V,M,8, 160, Mr, M,J,V, 8 160-+20= 180, atecdt—eaaafanata: arflaeret ar waft . ‘ | fe gaarat drarertftaier u seperate: efreateear- aanfatioagegant Paaarcrnray UX 0 verafinafer: Svayamadhigatavittal, acquiring wealth by one's own exertion. wi¥a: Parthivah, king. a: Tatsamab, like a king. «t Va, or. weft Bhavati, becomes, fig Hi, certainly. grarai Sunaphayam, under the Sunaphé Yoga, frerwarfaat Dbidhanakhy&tim4m, endowed with intelligence, wealth, and fame. © Cha, and. ay: Prabhuh, master whose commands are obeyed, mente: Agadagarirah, free from diseases. fwary Slavin, good-natured; well behaved. sumif¥: Khydta- kirtib, famous, feamgayta: Visayasukhasuvesak, enjoying pleasures of the senses and having decent dresses, &c. fav: Nirvyitah, mind undisturbed by the passions; calm; serene, ~ Cha, and, wawer, Anaphdydm, under Anapha ; Yoga. . 5. Persons, born under the Sunaphé Yoga, acquire wealth by their own exertions, become kings or like kings and are endowed with intelligence, fame and wealth. ; Persons, born under the Anaphé Yoga, are men of influence and authority, good natured, healthy, far-famed, enjoying : pleasures of the senses, dressing well, and enjoying peace of mind. ===== стр 243 ===== 230 BRIGAJJATARAM. Fofte—SeaA ATG ay IASI aA Te . ~ ~ 4 GUN: (Ia: u Raga afeag:faaiatteen: sean: ~ . eater FIAT ssa: Ue : eramtimgeys, Utpannabhogasukhabhuk, enjoying all manner of pleasures, werent; Dhanavahanadhyah, having wealth, horses, and conveyances, etc. ' rornfian: TyAgdnvitah, generous; liberal-minded. geyema: Durudhurdpravahah, under the influence of Durudhuré Yoga, gyre: Sublhrityah, poesesaing faithful servants. &g% Kemadrume, under Kemadruma Yoga. “ferag:fawarefire: Malina- | duhkhitantchanihsvah, dirty, miserable, morose, mean, and poor. ®t: Presyah, doing servant's works. wet: ¥ Khaléh cha,and wicked. wi: Nyipateh, of kings. efi Api, even. évorm: Vamenjilah, born out of the families. 6. Persons born under Durudhura Yoga enjoy various ; pleasures arising from the possession of the produced articles, get wealth, horses, conveyances and faithful servants. Persons born under Kemadruma Yoga are dirty, miserable, . morose, inean, poor, fond of doing servile works unsuited to their ranks and are wicked, even born of a royal family. bn SAY - Ay qofto—TeareMawangaaragia: aq: az: ~ ~ ¢, : grat faye: werg u siatsienigaarg quire a © ~ > ' BAT YI AA PIaTaTET V9 Ul arceettramerpert =Utedhagauryadhanagdhasavin, always energetic, heroic, | wealthy, and daring (not minding the consequences). "fe: Mahijah, born ] under the abiding influence of Mars: born when Mars is supreme in the Yoga, ! When Mars is the Yoga planet. ra: Saumyah, when Mercury is supreme; . when Mercury is the Yoga planet. vg: Tatuh, clever; skilled in work, gee: Suvachanah, speaking good words, polite in speech; smooth-tongued. faye: Nipunah, expert, serg Kaldsu, in music and fine arts, «ma: Jivah, when Jupiter presides, wevigawy Arthadharmasukhabhak, possessing wealth, religion and happiness; wealthy, religious and happy. wef%a: Nripapfjitab, honoured by kings. srt Kami, passionate; liking women. ya: Bhriguh, when Venus : presides, agen: Bahudhanah, very wealthy, fsaaim Vicayopabhokté, epicures; ; enjoying sexual pleasures, : 7. Inthe three Yogas above described if Mars be supreme, then persons born become energetic, heroic, wealthy and daring ; if Mercury be supreme, people become clever, j j § ===== стр 244 ===== i } i OH, XIII, ON OHANDRA YOGA. 231 : eee i polite in speech, and expert in fine arts. When Jupiter - reigns, people enjoy religion, wealth, happiness and are i honoured by kings ; Venus reigning, people become addicted to women, get very much wealth and enjoy the senses ‘ verily. i fad a N ghar —akeaitager waa ay i S ~ US ind aS: u aUragiisle exaylateaagar WASTE Ws i efivemafteetraiirnt Paravibhavaparichhadopabhokt&, enjoying ather’é wealth and property, a7; Ravitanayah, Saturn; when Saturn is the chief in the planetary combination. agar BahukAryakyit, doing various works, 9 , Ganedah, lord of many people; the chief of parties of men, ‘sy Agubhakrit, : producing bad results, e.g., poverty, &.; bringing in misery. equ: Udupab, } the Moon. ft Abni, during the day, 4yf': Drigyamdrtih, above the horizon | (when the moon is visible). fem: Galitatanuh, below the horizon (when the i moon is invisible), «Cha, and, yw: Subhab, auspicione ; producing prosperity ; ‘ bringing in prosperity, we Anyathf, otherwise, wet Anyat, the reverse . effects, ey Uhyam, are understood, \ 8. When Saturn is the ruler in the above Yoga, | persons born enjoy others’ wealth, property, and servants, do many works and get the leadership of lots of persons, (1). Underthe Moon's sway, if she be above the horizon persons \ P born during the day become miserable ; but if she be below, people become prosperous and happy ; the reverse effect is to be understood in the opposite case (i.¢., persons born during the night become prosperous ‘and happy if the Moon be above the horizon and miserable if she be below the horizon). ‘ Note:—(1) If two or more planets be Yoga planets, the effects i described for them all will come to pags, | os . aofte—aaredta AQUIFAgarTaTiATeA aN LET aetna: era: UL aTeah TAISeTAYHI agaaraTAy- ag RRA Haase We ot ===== стр 245 ===== 232 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : iN : _ aft stacefifterariadta geerat aqzares ATARTT: WU eQu * em Lagnat, from the Ascendant. wie Ativa, very. "gw Vasuman, wealthy, eyrem Vasuman, wealthy, weer SadAmkdt, from the Moon. @ran€: Saumyagrahaib, benefic planeta, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus (occupying). ‘wawirm’: Upachayopa- gataib, situated in the Upachaya (3, 6,10, and 11) houses, «wea: Samastaib, ' all (the three planets Mercury, Jupiter and Venus), grti DvAbhydm, ,the two \ planets occupying. e4: Samah, mean; middling; fairly wealthy, way Alpavasuman, very little wealthy. «Cha, and, agri Tadfinatayam, when ' there is leas; 4. ¢., when there is only one benefic planet in the 3, 6, 10, and 11 H honses. wy Anyegu, other. weg Asateu, inauspicious results. ‘fi Api, even. ! ‘sty Phalegu, results. wy Idam, this, i.e, the suspicious results described above : takes place, wrt" Utkatena, owing to its being more powerful (than any in- : auspicious combination, such as Kemadruma Yoga, &c.) * 9. Ifall the benefic planets Mercury, Jupiter and Venus occupy the Upachaya houses from the Ascendant at the time of birth, a person will become exceedingly wealthy ; if the benefic planets Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be all ; found in the third, sixth, tenth and eleventh houses (the : Upachaya houses) from the Moon, then the people become : wealthy; if two benefics be in these houses, less wealthy ; ' if one, then very little wealthy (1). These effects take place 4 in the face of other inauspicious results to be brought about | by other combinations (2) (Kemadruma Yoga, for instance). i So the result in this verse is very strong. j Notes :—(1) Or poor. If benefic planets occupy the Upachaya houses | both from the Ascendant and from tne Moon, a person will be exceadingly } rich. (2) That is, suppose a person to be born in a Kemadruma Yoga and t suppose the benefice planets to occupy the Upachaya houses from the [ Ascendant or from the Moon or from both, the person will become rich. I and not poor. } Thus ends the Thirteenth Chapter on the Chandra Yoga in the Brihaj- H jataka by Srt Varahe Mibiracharya, | { —_—— t u ===== стр 246 ===== OHAPTER XIV, ANY TWO PLANETS IN ANY ONE SIGN. ~ A : : | Mefe—Rraigsargivaea dara at 2 2 Las | eared gaa Pro statfeetearFaay u . : A | pt araftarraritet gi rai ‘ . ss : | tered UR UTggae Hteratty aT neu a fiewig: TigmAméub, the Sun, waft Janayati, produces, stvefgn: Upedasahi- [ tab, when residing with the Moon, smmwt Yantradmakdram, maker of various machines, fireengines, &c,, and clever in stone-work. wt Naram, the man (born). | ®t Bhaumena, when residing with Mars. wet Aghartam, vicious; addicted to sinful deeds, g% Budhena, when with Mercury, fg¥ Nipugam, clever. ‘Swifi'- . Sreufeery Dhtkirtisaukhvydnvitam, endowed with intelligence, fame, comfort and friends, 9X Krdram, cruel; wicked. wear Vakpatin&, when with Jupiter, ewarifict Anyakdryaniratam, engaged in doing other's (unprofitable) works, | wie Sukroya, with Venus. ea’: Rangdyudhaih, by wrestling and fighting with / weapons. wwe Labdhasvam, getting money, <#% Ravijens, with Saturn, wyye DbAtukudgalam, clever in dealing with various metals ; skilled in metal-work, ] wtemmty t BhAndaprakaregu va, or in making various potteries ; or clever in earthenware works, 1. When the Sun is in the same sign with the Moon, persons born at that time become makers of fire-engines and _ various other machines (1) and they are clever in stone works ; when the Sun is with Mars, persons become vicious ; when with Mercury, men become clever and intelligent; famous and get comfort and aptitude to make friends with others; when the Sun is with Jupiter, persons become cruel and do other men’s works; when with Venus, people gain wealth by wrestling and fighting with weapons and when the Sun is in the same sign with Saturn, people are clever in metal-work and in earthenware works, ie, in dealing with various metals and pottery work. Note.—(1) Engines of destruction according to Commentator. 380 ===== стр 247 ===== 234 BRIHAJJATAK AM. * me fio-grecaragearaaaid ATG: am: . 9 : wait vag: stiansaadiaga aaraatattraa : : . A : fiard guaeaatamia feat aif 1 aarat : ¢ afta: Rrarfegera anh: gaya iz eared Kfitastryasavakumbbhapapyam, pimps and publicans, and sellers of rough instruments; sellers of works of art, wives, wines and bottles. By works of art are meant hammer, ploughshare, concealed weapons, &c. ‘htt Aéivam, . an evil; harmful; giving trouble to one's mother. wg: Math, to one’s mother. wor: Savakrah, when united with Mars. = Sagf, the Moon, ew: Sajfiyah, when united with Mercury. xfwranmy Pradritavakyam, polite; graceful in speech, wifigy Arthnipuyam, clever in earning wealth or skilled in literary interpreta- tion, nratratftary Saubhagyakirtyénvitam, endearing to all, and praised by all, feret Vikrantam, powerful; heroic. geqei Kulamukhyam, illustrious in one’s - family, wftecwf’ Asthiramatim, fickle; irresolute, fatiaé Vitheévaram, very wealthy, wife SémgirA, when united with Jupiter. yemvi Vastranam, skilled in cloth-work, fn: Sasitah, with Venus. fraritgut Kriyfdikudalam, clever in buying and selling cloths, in weaving, stitching, dyeing. wf: Sarkih, with Saturn, grigr, Punarbhisutam, son of mother who has married a second time ; the son of a remarried woman. 2. When the Moon isin the same house with Mars, persons born at that time become pimps and publicans, sellers of many implements, e.g., hammer, &c., and trouble- some to their mothers ; when the Moon is in conjunction with Mercury, persons become graceful in their speech, clever in acquiring money or in making literary interpretation, endearing and praised by all; when with Jupiter, people become heroic and powerful, illustrious scions, fickle, and get much wealth; when she is with Venus, people are ; clever in weaving, stitching, dyeing, &c., and buying and ' selling clothes; and if the Moon be with Saturn, people are © porn of twice-married women. meffoaatergecdag = aftrrargater | x eat | grave: asia aah aah: seaat Pest aT at ARIST Te: TARR Gawd Tar atseereta: cearagart ya fifraar ng 0 ; q ===== стр 248 ===== ; CH, XIV, ANY TWO PLANETS IN ANY ONE SIGN. 235 eee qegetyg®: Miladisnchakutaih, with roots of various planta, éc, (leaves, fea flowers, gums, barks) and various sorts of (eweet scented or ordinary) oile, weyeft Vyavaharati, deals ; practises trade with. afm Vanik, a trader, smytr Bahuyod- dhé, a wrestler, w&e% Saszumye, when united with Mercury. géaw: Purya- 1 dhyaksyah, ruler; a custodian of cities, #¥ Sajtve, when united with Jupiter. i wafa Bhavati, becomes. wa: Narapatih, king, ram: Praptevittah, will acquire money. fgw: Dvijab, a Brahmin, VA, or, 9: Gopab, cow-herd. "wm: Mallah, a wrestler, ea Atha, thus. qa: Dakgab, clever. wqvfte: Parayuvatiratah, addicizd to others’ wives. ere Dyfdtakrit, gambler and cheat, egw’ Sasurejye, fl with Venus, g:ai: Duhkhartab, afflicted with grief, miserable sufferer of pains. ql werwiy; Asatyasandah, untruthful; liara of the first water, eefeqmm® Sasavityi- ‘ tanaye, with Saturn. yf Bhamije, Mars, fan: Ninditab, cursed by all; q reproached by all; low ; vile. Oha, and. 8. When Mars and Mercury are in one sign, persons : born become wrestlers and merchants, deal in roots of plants, leaves, flowers, gums, barks and in various sorts of ordinary or sweet-scented oils; when Mars is in the same [ sign with Jupiter, they are custodians of cities or kings or Brahmans, and get money ; when Mars is with Venus in one : sign, persons become wrestlers, cowherds, clever, addicted to others’ wives, gamblers, and cheats; and when Mars is with Saturn, people are afflicted with grief, full of miseries, un- truthful, and reproached by all. | mo fro-area tract geenfaga Aree gare ° : areait apr: faa agar ararageine: 1 afta TATA: WU Te gd Fa: wagatshiad } acHararsaarashe a eu @ra Saumye, Mercury being, mt: Ramgacharah, a wrestler; a boxer, . wucftq? Vrihaspatiyute, united with Jupiter. ‘infra: Gftapriyal, fond of music. efi Nyityavit, skilled in dancing. ‘mt Vagmt, eloquent speaker ; orator. ‘yaw Bhogayapah, owners of lands and chief amongst number of followers. fe" Sitena, with Venue, yg Mriduna, with Saturn. sang: Méay4patuh, clever in cheating; a great cheat, wes: Lamghakab, disobeying the religious preceptors ; disobedient, sfya: Sadvidyal, having higher knowledge ; learned in various good subjects, were Dhanadarvan, having wife and riches, ayye: Bahugfyab, well qualified in many subjects; variously qualified, gi Sukreya, with Venus, gw Yukte, united with, gt Gurau, with Jupiter, 9: Jfiyesh, to be learnt ; to be ===== стр 249 ===== 236 | ‘BRIHAJJATAKAM. understood, TRe: Smadgrukarah, a barber, wf¥" Asitena, with Saturn, wy Ghutakrit, a potter sm: JAtah, born; the person born, wwe: Annakarab, a - cook, fi Api, even. = V4, or. 4, When Mercury is in the same sign with Jupiter, persons born become great athletes, are fond of music, and well skilled in dancing. When Mercury is with Venus, persons born become eloquent, landlords and chief amongst great assemblages; when Mercury is with Saturn, aman : becomes a great cheat, disobedient to elders and superiors. ; When Venus and Jupiter are in one sign, a man gets know- . ledge in some respectable department, possesses wife and , wealth and many good qualities. When Jupiter and Saturn “ are in one sign, a man becomes a barber, a potter or a cook. gftrarmn—aftaftiaaamaserrggalaaaerae- ~ rage: | wala fafigeararta afrana: aeet Praerttar: KN AMATET: Wee wfnférewm® AsitasitasamAgamne, when Venus ie united with Saturn, wervg: Alpachaksuh, short-sighted, gefterwerenegien: Yuvatisamasrayasampravriddha- vittah, increasing their wealth under the influence of one’s wile ors young woman, weft Bhavati, becomes, + Cha, and, fwigerfiwter Lipipustakachitravetta, authors of books, paintings and pictures. wfaw®: Kathitapbalaih, by the effects already described ; by means of the aforesaid fruits, wm: Paratab, after two; when three planets are united. fawewinn: VikalpaniyAb, ought to be applied and determined. 5. When Venus and Saturn are in one sign, persons born become short-sighted, earn money and increase it through their wives or young women, are authors and paint- ers. When more than two planets are united, the results will also be according to the aforesaid results, (For in- tance, if there be three planets, three results are to be ===== стр 250 ===== CH, XIV, ANY TWO PLANETS IN ANY ONE SIGN, 287 mentioned, e.g., if the Sun, Moon and Mars be in one sign; here (1) the results of the Sun and the Moon, (2) the results of the Sun and Mars, and (3) the results of the Moon and Mars are to be taken into account. And so on, Thus ends the fourteenth Chapter on the two Planetary Combinations by Varaha Mihira in Byihajjatakam. ” ‘ é H i f f j f } : : j f ===== стр 251 ===== OHAPTER XV ON PRAVRAJYADHYAYA Or on Ascetic Yogas. qartarguieaaagastar: cadet: | . mesitatgreaca feeraara: | Ae Taqeaatamarais: HAT | gasaT atent: aan aebicerentahe: segfa: tu : wt: Ekasthaib, situated in one sign, wala: Chaturddibhib, by four, five, six or seven planets; by the planets, whose number commences with four (i.¢., four, five, six, or seven planets), swy@: Balayataib, strong by virtue of time, position, &c, stm: Jatah, persons born, wri: Prithagviryagaih, different (sorta of asceticism) according to the nature of the most powerful planot, =earchféenFig- agvew: fiwawnen: SikyAjivikabhiksuvriddhacharakéh nirgranthavanyAsanéh, (1) Sakya (a class of Buddhist ascetics, wearing red coloured cloths), (2) Ajtvika (a class of Jaina mendicants), (3) Bhikgu, (a class of Brdhmin ascetics, holding one staff, called Ekadandis, these abandoning their homes and families and subsisting ‘ on alms), (4) Vriddha (Vriddha Sravaka, a class of Buddhist saints or yotaries ‘ or otherwise called Kapdlikas, a class of Sakti followers.) (5) Charaka, a class of devotees wearing circular discus, (6) Nirgranthas or Nagas, a class of devotees, quite naked and (7) Vanydéanah, a class of devotees or ascetics, living on fruits and roots only and engaged in Divine meditation. | wawyequanfemmmnanga: Maheya- jhagurukeapAkerasitaprébhdkarinaib, under the presiding influence of Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Moon, Venus, Saturn and the Sun, reapectively, mwqyKramat, successively ; in seriatim, ‘mem: Prayrajyab, asceticiems, ffi: Balibhih, to the most powerful planet that decides the fate of asceticism, ww; Samab, corresponding to, ‘ea: Parajitaih, when defeated (by other strong planets in planetary con- junction). srewfifi: Tatevamibhih, by the lord of any other form of asceticism. . sqft: Prachyutib, fall; renouncing the order of asceticiem that was first accepted and reverting to his former condition. 1. When not less than four planets (4, 5, 6, or 7 pla- nets) occupy any one sign at the time of birth, know that 4 Pravrajya Yoga (the planetary combination indicating asce- | ticism) is to take place, as indicated by the strongest in the | ===== стр 252 ===== CH. XV, ON PRAVRAJYADAYAYA, 239 ae group in that sign. (If the Pravrajyé-making planets be , all weak, the Pravrajyé Yoga ceases. If one planet be found the strongest, the corresponding order of asceticism will be f adopted ; if two planets be equally strong, the two corres- ' ponding orders will be taken, one after another and so on) (1). ; If Mars be the strongest of all the planets in the group, i a person born becomes a Sakya ascetic (a class of Buddhist monks wearing Bhagué or red-coloured cloth); if Mercury : be the most powerful in one’s nativity, a person becomes an | Ajivika (a class of Jaina ascetics or class of Vaignavites) ; . if Jupiter be the most powerful, persons become Ekadandis, | (a class of the Brahman Sannydsins, leaving their homes | i and families and always engaged in Divine communion); if Moon be so, persons become Kapilikas (a certain class of i Saktas or worshippers of Sakti); if Venus reigns supreme, i then Charakas or Chakradhayras wearing circular discus are ; born ; if Saturn be the strongest, then Négés or naked asce- . tics are indicated, and if the Sun be the most powerful, then ' persons born become ascetics living on roots and fruits, engaged in Divine meditation. If such lord of one order of i asceticism be defeated at the time of birth in planetary con- : junction by the lord of another order of asceticism, then the person born will accept the first order, renounce it and ‘ adopt the second order and so on or revert to his former condition, if all the planets be defeated (2). Notes :—(1) lf all the Yoga planets be equally strong, the person born will take up each corresponding order during the Antardadas of the corresponding ruler and renounce the previous order. (2) The person will take first the ascetic life indicated by the moat powerful planets in its Dada and Antardagé period, then that indicated . by the next in power and so on, in the Antardas periods of the respective ‘ planets. If the most powerful planet be one only and if that does not encounter any defeat in the battle of planetary conjunction, the native | will continue to be an ascetic of one order till the moment of his death ; ; ===== стр 253 ===== 240 BRIHAJJATARAM. nn nN : otherwise he will revert to his former state by a single powerful planet which does not suffer defeat in conjunction ; the ascetic life assumed will continue till death. ; Farta-weratra = afafrenenreat aan: | ern Paraarardt erat Predera haraehe 8 0 sfigewt: Raviluptakaraih, on the strongest planet descending ; by the planet whose lustre has been overpowered by the Sun (1), eff: Adiksitéh, not initiated. ; efi: Balibhih, by the powerful planet, sgerma: Tadgatabhaktayah, votaries : to those who have entered the ascetic order, wa: Nar&b, persons. wherRerimeffern: Abhiy&chitamt&radiksitab, wanting to be initiated ; desirous of being initiated. fig’: Nihatai, when defeated (by other planets) in conjunction, swef@fea: Anya- nirfkgiaik, when aspected by other planets. ‘fi Api, even; and meanwhile. [a 2. Persons born under the most powerful but des- cending (1) (ascetic-producing) planet do not become initiated 7 Ascetics (2) but they become the votaries (Bhaktas) of those | who have entered into an ascetic order. Again, if the | strongest planet be defeated in planetary battle (.e., planet- ; ary conjunction) but if it be aspected by other planets (3), then a native becomes very desirous to get initiation | into the holy mantrams but they do not find themselves | initiated (4). | Notes:—(1) In the verse the planet that has been overpowered by the lustre of the Sun is mentioned ; this may occur at sunrise or at sun- | set; nay, even some hours before that. But here the sunset is meant i according to the Commentator, ' (2) It may be that he may lead an outward appearance of asceticism without being initiated. (3) The doubt here may arise, when the most powerful planet is . \ stated to be defeated by other planets, it may be taken to mean (vide pre- ceding stanza), that the native becomes an initiated ascetic and then renounces his crder. But not so:~In this verse it has been specially atated “that when the strongest planet is defeated but aspected by another planet.” This state of being aspected by another planet nullifies the meaning of the lst stanza; and it should be taken to mean that the native becomes very eager to get initiation but he does not become successful. If the powerful planet were not aspected he would have been initiated, { and after a time reverted to his former state, as mentioned in the lst | stanza, | ‘ ===== стр 254 ===== OH. XV, ON PRAVRAJYADHYAYA. 241 nD (4) It may be that the person might lead outwardly an ascetic life but he will not get initiation. Ata aa ease TeTeaTseAe aT adtay | dat catearficeredet wart att aa Naw wet: Janmegah, the ruler of the sign which the Moon occupies during the time of birth, e’: Anyaih, by other planets. #% Yadi, if, wee: Adrigtah, not aspected, ign’ Arknputtram, Saturn, waft Pasyati, aspects, wiv’: Arkib, Saturn, went Janmapam, the ruler of the sign where the Moon resides during birth time, a Va, or. wary Balonam, weak, ei Diks4m, initiation. sift Pr&pnoti, gets. eR gree Arkidrikk@gasamsthe, situated in the Decanate of Saturn. Troe’ S Bhaumarkyamée, and oceupying the Navaméa of Mare or that of Saturn, @reqg* Sauradyisfe, aspected by Saturn (only and not by otber planets). + Cha, and. wi Ohandre, Moon, 3. If the ruler of the sign which the Moon occupies during the birth be not aspected by others and if it aspects Saturn, then the order of asceticism indicated by Saturn (1) will be entered into; or when Saturn aspects the above mentioned ruler and if that ruler be weak, then also the order of Saturn will be entered into. The same result also takes place if the Moon occupy the Saturn Decanate and the Navaméa of Mars or that of Saturn, and if she be aspected by Saturn (only and not by other planets). Note:—(1) And it will take place in the Antardada of Satura or the ruler, whichever is powerful, nN afarit-gaeufreeaigerg wa RT IT * oN arat aramedtdacera | aaaardey aigitsaeee wate acaatt atta: aTaz: eu TATA: FATT: Wee N geqeafigrag Suragurudadihorfsu, on Jupiter, Moon and the Ascendant. sfe'gerg Arkidrigtisu, being aspected by Saturn. w4Dharme, in the ninth house, qs: Guruk, Jupiter, Atha, thus, weimi Nyipatindm, of kings, am: Yogajab, 81 ===== стр 255 ===== 242 BRIHAJJATAKAM. person born under any one King-making combination, ‘eq Tirthakrit, pilgrim and compiler of Sastrad and Darsanas (i.e, philosophy, etc.); pilgrim going from one sacrad place to another, *m™ SyAt, becomes. wea Navamabhavanasamsthe, . situated in the ninth house, we? Mandage, Saturn. %: Anyaih, by other planets, wee Adriste, not aspected. afi Bhavati, becomes, eat Narapayoge, born under the combinations indicating kirgship. fea: Diksitah, initiated in the ascetic order, wf arg: Parthivendrah, king. 4. IJ£ Jupiter, Moon and the Ascendant be aspected by Saturn and if Jupiter be in the ninth house from the Ascendant, and if there be one Raja Yoga, then the person born will roam about in places of pilgrimage and will read and write Sagtras and will not become a king in spite there be the combinations tending to make him aking. If Saturn be in the ninth house from the Ascendant and if it be not 7 aspected by any other planet, and if there be any king-making planetary combination then the person born will become a king and will also take the order of asceticism; if there be no king-making combination, then simply the ascetic life will be lead. Note:—Some render the meaning of the first half of the verse thus:—if Dhanu, Mina or Karkata be the Ascendant and be aspected by Saturn, then the person born undera Rija Yoga will not be a king but he will be a Sastrakira or author of sacred scriptures. But this is not | generally approved. Persons born under the first case will become like Kantda, Buddha, Paiicha Sikha, Varaha Mibira, Brahmagupta, and others; persons born ‘ under the second case will become like Janaka, Kasiraja, Suchidhavaja and others. If there be two Raja Yogas and one ascetic Yoga, the person will become a king. : Thus ends the fifteenth Chapter on Asceticism in Byihajjataka by Sri Variha Mibirficharya. ===== стр 256 ===== a OHAPTER XVI. . ON THE MOON AND STARS. | ara-Rreyay: Gea: HAT zasPatty afe- Air) gatrereerece: ghar wraltg ue freywe: Priyabhfigayah, fond of dressing and decorating one’s body. get Surdpah, handsome. gm: Subhagah, lovely; endearing, yu: Daksgh, clever. wht Advintsu, under Advint asterism ; when Moon is in the star Advint, ¥ftenm : Matiman, intelligent. Cha, and. waficw: Kritanigchayah, firmly resolved (to do ] a thing thoroughly); resolute; determinate, wu: Satyah, truthful. wey Aruk, healthy. qe: Dakyabh, clever; skilful. gf: Sukhitab, happy. +Oha and. why Bharaytsu, in Bharapt star; when the Moon is in the Bharani star. ; The Moon and the star Advint (Arietis.) 1 The combination of the Moon with the star Agvint (Arietis) during the birth time of any individual makes the character a lover of show, fine clothes and ornaments, an attractive personality, handsome and lovely; clever, skilful and intelligent. The Moon and the star Bharani (Musca). The combi- nation of Moon with the star Bharant (Musca) makes one firm | in one’s resolves, truthful, healthy, dexterous, free from grief and happy. | Note :—This Chapter gives the results when the Moon is found in each of the twenty-seven (27) Asterisms successively. In this verse the results are stated when the Moon lies in Arietis and Musca, (Advint and Bharani.) maaan strata Pear: | . * Afkwat aaruls: Retaa: Racaie: geITsT RW age Babubhuk, eating much ; voracious eater; glutton. wereer: Paraddra- t rata, addicted to other’s wives. eet Tejasvi, energetic ; spirited ; mighty; mettled ; splendid, wftwy KrittikAsu, in Krittika star. When the Moon passes . through Pleiades, — frem: VikhyAtah, famous, frst Rohipy&m, under the | Rohint star ; when the Moon passes through Rohini, wagf: Satyaduchib, truthful | ) ===== стр 257 ===== 244 BRIHAJJATAKAM. and pure; trathful and uncovetous. fiweq: Priyamvadah, sweet tongued; ; of smooth and persuasive tongue. feexaft: Sthiramatih, lconstant; not fickle; . resolute, get: Surfipah, of good appearance ; handsome; lovely ; elegant, ¥ Cha, * and, 2. The Moon and the Pleiade (or the star Krittika). This combination makes one a voracious eater, holding illicit ' intercourse with others’ wives, very spirited and intolerant, : and of wide celebrity. The Moon and the star Rohint (Aldebaran). This makes one truthful, pure, uncovetous, clean, of smooth and persuasive tongue, of steady mind and heart, and of excellent appearance. ' aral—araragar vite: czeeardd eit ait weft weufia: ant fer: care iret 3 we: Chapalah, fickle; unsteady ; wavering. wye: Chaturah, ingenious ; crafty ; shrewd, ‘fe: Bhirub, timid; afraid ; shy; cowardly. vw: Patub, clever; skilful ; expert, erent Utsaht. energetic; encouraging, wit Dhani, wealthy. 4 Mrige, under Mriga asterism; when the Moon passes through Myigadirf, % Bhogt, enjoyer;an epicure, sevit'a: Sathagarvitab, deceitful and haughty. wm: Kyita- ghnah, traitor ; treacherous; ungrateful. fe’: Himsrah, cruel ; mischievous; mur- derous, wi: Papah, vicious, ‘gi Raudrarkse, when the Moon passes through : Ayué star, ' 3. The Moon and a Orionis (the star Mrigasir4). This combination makes one flying and quick, like a deer, ! i.e., unsteady and ingenious, timid and shy, skilful, hopeful : and energetic, rich, and a great epicure. ; The Moon and« Orionis (the star Ardr4). The native will be vain and deceitful, treacher..us, harmful, and vicious. . ~ oral—aia: get axtet ghar teenage A Bett TAGE: FARA STAT ATT: 0B ain: Dntab, forbearing; whose passions are subdued. gWSukht, happy. g@e: Sudtlah, courteous ; modest; polite; humble. y¥w: Durmedhab, stupid ; of ‘ a dull intellect ; of wrong views, ‘wry Rogabhak, sickly; diseased ; ill. fing: { Pipdeub, thirsty. «Cha, and, www Alpena cha, and with very little, ge: | Santustab, satisfied. gvit Punarvasau, when the Moon passes through the i Punarvasu atar, wR Jéyate, is born, yw: Manujab, person, t ===== стр 258 ===== | CH. XVI, ON THE MOON AND STARS. 245 | 4, The Moon and the star Punarvasu (s Geminorum). 7 The individual born under this combination will draw the mind away from evil deeds, will be happy, good-natured and humble but rather of dull intellect, sickly, thirsty and contented with very little. : AMAT GaN: arsat wt waa: FA! ° WS! SRT: FATTATT BAR WK | wnrnt Santatma, of a calm temper ; one whose passions ara subdued, gy: Subhagab, lovely. ‘wn: Panditab, well versed in Sfetras; learned; scholar. wt Dhant, wealthy, wtéw Dharmasamaritah, virtuous, ye Pugye, when the Moon passes through the Pugyd star, "a: Sathab, a cheat, wiwwnq: Sarvabhaksapapab, hoarding money and vicious; it may mean also, eating every thing and doing : evil deeds, wong: Kritghna dhfirteb, ungrateful and wily, ‘Cha, and, Greg : Bhaujamge, under the Adles& star. 5. The Moon and the Star Pusyd (Cancri). The : native enjoys mental quietness on account of the restraint of his passions, is of lovely figure, well versed in his Séstras, wealthy, religious and observes religious rites and : ceremonies. H The Moon and the Star Asles& (« 1 and 2 Cancri). ' The man becomes wanting in honesty of purpose, eats all : sorts of food and does evil deeds, is wily and treacherous, t fas | Naga weit qagaTet ever: Fae ' + oN fraarcarar gfearaaedt qreaar APS Uk | agewi; Bahubhrityadhanah, having very many servants and much wealth, - } ir Bhogi, enjoyer ; epicure. gdvawm: Surapitribhaktah, -devotee of the Devas and Pitris. w@rgt:, Mahodyamah, very energetic ; a great,enthusiast, fir’ Pitrye, | under the Star Regulus or Maghd. few Priyavak, of smooth and persuasive tongue ;.sweet-speaking ; affable ; agreeable, at DAt&, generous; charitable. I afi Dyutimfn, handsome ; majestic; beautiful, wet: Aftanah, sojourner; one of travelling disposition, we: Nripasevakah, devoted to the service of I kings; loyal, wt Bhagyo, under Parva Phalgunt Star. . 6. The Moon and the Star Magha (a Leonis, ! Regulus). The man born under this combination will | become a great enthusiast, a great devotee ot the Devas ===== стр 259 ===== 246 BRIHAJJATAKAM. and the Pitris (the Fathers), a thorough enjoyer of the sexual pleasures and will be attended by numerous servants and will possess immense wealth. The Moon and the Star Parva Phalguni (8 Leonis). This combination makes one affable, charitable, illustrious and beautiful. One will be very prone to travel and will be ; a walker and engaged in honouring and paying one’s service to kings. . . aig farsa veh gears Bdrante- FIT | Beare Tse: Aaa Tah ae Fea 9 gm: Subhagah, lovely and handsome, frartwa: VidyAptadhanah, obtaining wealth by one’s literary merits, ¥rit Bhogi, an enjoyer of the senses ; an epicure, . gery Sukhabbak, happy. fytewreyary Dvitiyaphalgunyém, under the Uttara Phélguni star, staré Utedbi, energetic ; liable to be intensely excited. we: Dhristah, bold; rude; insolent. wr: Panapah, addicted to drinking. ea Aghrini, heart- less ; cruel; hateful, wert: Taskarab, thief. ® Haste, under the Hasté star. 7. The Moon and the star Uttara Phalguni ( # Leonis). The native will be beautiful and lovely, earn money by his : literary merits, will be an enjoyer of the senses, and happy. The Moon and the star Hasta (v or s Corvi). This combination makes one liable to be very easily and intensely excited, bold and insolent, addicted to drinking habits, . heartless and lastly a thief. | ari -araarenst: garages wate Pest. ara | aeat afrg Ea: Haaraathra: earat visu | ferercreque: Obitrdimbaramalyadharah, wearing variegated clothes and garlands, y@reng: « Sulochanfmgah cha, and possessing beautiful eyes and . limbs. ‘eft Bhavati, becomes. fray Chitréyam, under the Chitra or Spica star, ] rn: Dantah, ofsubdued passions, afvq Vayik, merchant ; trader. wag: Kripaluh, | generous; merciful, fivwa Priyavak, sweet tongued. whfia: Dharmasritab, virtuous, «ta Svdtau, under the star Svatt, | 8. The Moon and the star Chitra (Spica). This com- . bination makes one fond of wearing variously coloured garments and garlands and makes the eyes and limbs well proportioned and elegant. ===== стр 260 ===== : OH. XVI, ON THE MOON AND STARS. 247 en | The Moon and the star Svati (a Bootes; Arcturus). , This makes one practise self-retraint, a merchant, generous- ‘ hearted, sweet speaking, and religious in spirit and actions. : $ srai-sauet gleacsaae: waeHleereng | arent Reward qaraedisarang we tet frouh, envious; jealous. ge: Lubdhah, avaricious; greedy. afta Dyutiman, fair complexioned ; lustrous, swag: Vachanapatuh, clever in speak- ing; some read it wayg: Arthapatuh, clever in earning money, weqeq Kalahakrit, quarrelsome. famerg Vigakh4su, under the star VidakhAé. ere: Adhyah, wealthy, fatemh Videdavast, living in foreign or distant lands, weg: Kgudhaluh, unable to bear hunger. wav: Atanah, vagrant; wandering. wywey Anurfdh&su, under the star AnurAdha. 9. The Moon and the star Vis&ékha (co or x Libra). This combination makes one jealous, avaricious, fair com- plexioned; one will speak nicely and persuasively to gain one’s ends, and will bring about quarrels among men. The Moon and the star Anuradh& (8 Scorpionis). This : combination brings forth wealthy persons living in foreign countries, and of travelling habits These are unable to bear hunger. 2 “N sral—saerg 7 ayia: agel wecaalt: | ae art waarged a fre: feact weit neon vag Jyesthasu, under the star Jyesthé. Na,no; not, sgf; Bahumitrab, having many friends. ‘ge: Samtustah, contented; happy. wy Dharmakrit, virtuous, "ycwa: Prachurakopah, very angry. y@ Mile, under the star Mdlé. ww MAnt, proud; haughty; respectable. wm Dhanavan, wealthy. gw Sukbt, happy. wNa,not. fea: Himsrah, mischievous, feet: Sthirab, steady. % Bhog!, enjoyer ; one living in luxury ; epicure, 10. The Moon and the star Jyesth4 (« Scorpionis ; Antares). Persons born under the star Jyegth4 have a few friends, i are well contented, virtuous, but very angry. H The Moon and the star Mila (» Scorpionis). Persons i under the star Malé are haughty, respectable, wealthy, happy, | 17 not mischievous, one-minded; and these live in luxury. ===== стр 261 ===== 248 BRIHAJJATS KAM. ee . ~ aral-gerienaat art geaterer swaet 133 Pritaamtargtranaggasy Nee i teriquen: Istdnandakalatrah, getting an agreeable wife who gives comfort and happiness, wi Mani, respectable; honourable; proud. gat: § Dridhasauhridah cha, anda staunch friend. w#@% Jaladaive, under the star Parvisddhé, %? Vaidve, under the star Uttarisidhd. fatrmnft'aagfgemegm: VinftadhArmikabahu- tnitrakyitajfiaeubhagal, humble and obedient ; virtuous; having many friends ; ; grateful and lovely. + Cha, and 11. The Moon and the star Parvas4dh4 (8 Sagittarii). This combination gives one an agreeable wife giving com- fort and happiness, makes one proud, honourable and a . staunch friend. The Moon and the star Uttarfsédha (Sagittarii). One born under this combination becomes gentlemanly, obedient, religious, gets himself surrounded by many friends, becomes : grateful, and he is beautiful and general y liked. . AN aral—isgay yaarganant wares: Saat arat set: yt rafter aftetg waraes: kz , sem SrimAn, fortunate; prosperous; beautiful, wa’ Sravane, under the star : Sravapa, yrery Srutavan, versed in Vedas ; learned. wqrege: Uddraddrah, having : @ liberal ininded wife. wmftan: Dhananvitah, wealthy. wm: KhyAtah, well known ; celebrated. wa Dati, generous; charitable. wx: Adhyah, wealthy. qc Strah, hero, ‘fie: Gitapriyah, fond of music. fey Dhanigthfsu, under the star Dhanigth&, wea: Dhanalubdhah, covetuous ; eager to acquire money ; desirous of wealth. i 4 12, The Moon and the star Sravané (a Aquilae). 7 This combination makes one prosperous and fortunate, versed in the Vedas, gives one a noble and distinguished wife, : wealth and fame. The Moon and the star Dhanisthé (s Delphini). This | combination makes one charitable, wealthy, hero, fond of music and desirous of wealth, | i ===== стр 262 ===== CH. XVI, ON THH MOON AND STARS. 249 srai—eqearsrat fitger arefta: wahtahi [ * Ay gate: uargraregiaaa: aitreradt serarar Te eymg Sphutavak, truthful; frank ; plain speaking, swt Vyasani, addicted to evil practices; vicious, fiyw Ripuhé, the killer of enemies; crushing one’s ~— enemies, otyfiw: SAhasikal ; daring, adventurous, ‘xafiee Satabhigaji, under the star SatabhigA, gata: DurgrAhyah, not liking to be subordinate, bearing no subordination, wag Bhadrapaddsu, under the star PirvabhAdrapada ; «fw Udvignah, thinking of some inauspicious circumstances; anxious; sorrowful. sifim: Strijitah, under one’s wife's control; henpecked. wh Dhant, wealthy. % Patuh, clever. warat Adata, ungenerous ; uncharitable. 13. ‘The Moon and the star Satabhis4 (AAquarie). This combination makes one truthful, harsh in one’s speech, vicious, . the conqueror of one’s enemies, bold and daring, very difficult of subordination, somewhat of an independent character. The Moon and the star Pirvabhadrapada (Pegasi). - This combination makes one anxious and sorrowful ; look 7 on one’s wife as one’s master; one will also be wealthy, clever | and uncharitable. arat—aer get sear Gramguittent feet arg. aequig: gat: ye: Oracsary Tea ge i Nn gestae gesrae aTAKATETT: TST: ee Ul wm Vaktd, eloquent speaker ; eloquent in Sastras, ga Sukbi, happy, err Prajavan, having many sons and grandsons. fang: Jitagatruh, victorious over ‘ one’s enemies, wis: Dharmikeh, virtuous fig Dvitiydsu, under the star r second or Uttarabhadrapada. «weystx: Sampfirpfmgah, of a fully developed body or limbs ; well-proportioned. grt: Subhagal), lovely ; graceful, yt: Sarah, hero ; valiant, 4M: Sachik, pure. weary Arthavan, wealthy. %® Paugne, under the atar Revatt. 14. The Moon and the stars Uttarabhddrapada (« Andromedo) and Revatf (# Piscium). Persons born under the star Uttarabhadrapada can speak on Sastrus or religious i books fluently, are happy and blessed with many sons and grandsons, conquerors of enemies and are religious, 3 33 ===== стр 263 ===== 250 BRIDAJJATAKAM. Persons born under the star Revati get all their limbs fully developed, look lovely and graceful, become heroes, . pure and: wealthy. Note.—It should be borne in mind that the above described results will fully take place only when the Moon is powerful. . Thus ends the sixteenth Chapter on the Moon and Stars in Brihajja- taka by Srt Varaba Mihirichiryn. ‘ . ‘ ===== стр 264 ===== Boe | CHAPTER THE XVII. me ON THE MOON AND THE ZODIAC. Ue fF—-gaarsegUTTAATTTR Rssrerasea: | are TraTAqUaCT: SRKATASA: | Bare: grat fas aungaraer art aga: | ara oftraaishrats ~ fraceediasttte: Ba ug eenaraey, Vrittitdmvadrik, eyes round and ruddy, wwmrmyya Usy.sdkalaghu- bhuk, eating végetables warm and fresh but moderately, An abstemious vege- tarian, taking fresh and warm things. fern: Kgipraprasfdah, very easily satia- fied ; feeling compassion too easily, ‘en: Afanah, wandering; vagrant, w# Kami, lustful; sensual, géeorg: Durbalajanul, of weak knees ; of meagre knees. wheecun: { Asthiradhanah, of fluctuating wealth; at times wealthy, at times poor. ¥ Sfrab, | hero; brave warrior. wmay4; Amganavallabhab, cynosure of women; liked by women, ®mw: Sevdjiiah, serviceable; knowing how to do service to others, yw Kunakhi, with ugly nails, snfgefra: Vrapdmkitadirah, having ecars on one’s head, wi Mani, haughty, arrogant; respectable, tram: SahotthAgrajah, the eldest amongst brothers; superior amongst them. wr Saktyé, with peculiar marks indicative of strength, wim@ Payitab, on one’s palm, wha; Amkitab, marked. wfiwaw: Atichapalab, very fickle. ®& © Toye cha, and in water. #«: Bhtrub, afraid ; fearful ; timid. f& Kriye, in the sign Mega, i. ¢., when Moon is in the sign Aries, 1. The Moon in the sign Mesa or Aries during the { birth time. This combination gives the native eyes round and ruddy, makes him a vegetarian and eat moderately fresh and hot things ; and his nature is easily relenting. It keeps him very frequently out of doors, making him knock about here and there, prone to travel, and makes him lustful. His knees are meagre and weak; his wealth is not ateady; he is a militant and a great hero and he is very much loved by the opposite sex. He knows very well how to serve others ; his nails are ugly and there are many scars or marks of great wounds on his head. He is honourable, eldest amongst his ===== стр 265 ===== 252 BRIHAJJATARAM. brothers and there are marks indicative of strength on the palm of his hand; he is very fickle and timid of water. ; Ueffo—ata: Baas: wyeea: Berea fa . + “ RAT PTGE: WY: HHTATEHAAT: FAA: ageraasga: Grarage: alt : ~ terha: saattia: ferqearaiaateat aft u 2 u win; Kantah, lovely; beautiful. @eft: Khelagatih, of playful motiona and gestures, wPrithd, broad; wide ; large. ewer: Urdvadanah, thighs and face. Warenest fim; PristhdsynpArdvaakitah, having some marks on the back, face, and sides, revit l'yAgt, generous; liberal hearted, @xee: Klegasahah, patient; enduring. wy: Prabhuh, master. zany Kakudvan, having one’s neck raised like that ofa bull. wr: Kany&prajah, having many daughters. er: Slegmalah, phlegmatic. . wt: Parvaih, firet, ageneaf; Bandhudhandtmajaih, friends, wealth and sons. frcfign: . Virahitah, deprived of, @raraym: Saubhagyayuktah, prosperous. wt Keami, for- x giving, dmfi: Diptagnih, of strong appetites ; voracious; greedy, wrerfia: Prama- dapriyah, liked by women, feeegyy Sthirasulrit, staunch friend, wairvrer; Mad- hyAntasaukhyah, happy in the middle ‘i.e, youth) and old age. «a Gavi, in the sign Vrioa, i.e, when the Moon ia in Taurus. 2. The Moon in the sign Taurus or Vrisa during the birth time. This combination makes one fine and lovely and of a beautiful gait, the thighs and face being broad, rather fleshy and heavy. His back, face and sides get marked with some signs; the individual becomes unselfish and generous, capable to endure pain and suffering, can command and authorise over others; his neck is raised ; he gives birth to many daughters and is phlegmatic. He will be separated from his former friends, from the money that he first earns and from his first born sons. He will be, however, a fortunate . man, forgiving. His appetites will be strong; he will be liked by the other sex; -he will become a staunch: friend ; and the middle and the latter part of his days will be spent happily. ===== стр 266 ===== | CH. XVII, ON THE MOON AND THE ZODIAG. 263 | Mofto—eaeita: KATAGUTTTAT: Taly- eee . age: Stren: walauteatitragartg | 2. i IN | qa: Beraraesaraghatatrat garg a Ay | giaatta a agaaaads qdtaat ua warm: Strilolah, amative; fond of women. getremegem: Suratopachdra- kugalab, skilled in the art of lust; clever in sexual union. Artew; ‘lamreksanahk, eyes red, mreafiry SAstravit, versed in the Sastras, ye: Dittah, envoy; messenger ; an ambassadar, afmga's; Kufichitamdrdhajah, of curling hair, yew: Patumatih, of sharp intellect, ynafina afm Hasyengitadyutavit, witty; jolly; doing many gestures and skilled in gambling. ‘wis; Charvatgab, of graceful limbs, fwry Priyavak, sweet tongued, awawef¥: Prabhaksataruchib, voracious ; a great eater. ‘mfg: Gitapriyah, fond of music. weft Nrityavit, skilled in dancing. #9: i Kiibaih, with eunuchs ; with timid persons. +f Ratim, friendship ; intercourse, | ‘eyerra: Samunnatanssah, with an elevated nose (like the beak of some birds). we? Chandre, Moon, affiwe'® Tritiyarkeage, in the third sign, ie, Mithuna or \7 Gemini. | 8. The Moon in Gemini or Mithuna. The native is greatly fond of women and clever in sexual union. His eyes are reddish ; he knows Sastras and can play the part of a messenger. The hairs on his head are curling; | he becomes very clever and intelligent; he becomes very witty, a joker and a thorough gambler. His limbs are graceful; he is of smooth and persuasive speech ; can eat much, is fond of music; knows well how to dance and joins in sexual union or friendship with eunuchs or timid i persons ; his nose is tolerably elevated. | Woflo—mMaHgaT: AyaaHle: asia: TI- ag: sya: AAI VWTIT | Fea: free: aah a aa ate TEA: | x NN | AAT: SATAAS Aa: WATE AT Ve a wwungen: Avakradrutaggh, body crooked ahd going fast, equ: Samun- : natakatib, hips raised or elevated, having high hips, wife's: Strinirjjitah, under one’s Wife; subject to the influence of women. wgyq Sateuhrit, an excellent : friend, ww: Daivajiiab, an astrologer. syuwa: Prachuralsyah, owner of lots of , ===== стр 267 ===== , 254 BRIHAJJATAKAM. “ houses, ww": Ksyayadhanaib, with changing (sometimes increasing, sometimes decreasing) wealth, dgvw® Samyujyate, united. way Chandravat, like the (waning or waxing) moon, 4: Hrasvah, of short stature, mm: Pinagalah, broad or thick-necked. ft Sameti, comes ; gets. *Cha, and. 3% Vasam, cap- able of being won over. stm Samnd, by sweet and loving words. gygres: Suhri- dvaisalab, loving his friends. @ranrea: ‘ToyadyAnaratah, liking tanks and gardens . » Bera Svavedmasahite, united with one’s own house; in Karka sign, oma: Jatah, born wag Sas4mke, Moon. *: Narah, person. 4, The Moon in Cancer. The individual is in the habit of going fast and his body is not straight; (his body being somewhat crooked) ; his hips are elevated ; he is completely under the grasp of his wife and other women. He is a good friend and astro- loger. He possesses good many houses and there are many ups and downs in his wealth like the wanings and waxings of the Moon. He is of short stature, his neck is broad ; he can be brought over, by sweet words; loves his friends , very much; and is found engaged in making tanks and gardens that he likes. int ~ mofe—dey: wager: yaatsear- * ws: | aes Gaara: saat au SAMlAreraaraEN THA TINT | fea: Raed:gatanar. agaaatsna wx vee: Tikenah, angry ; easily affected, req: Sthitlahanuh, of broad jaws. frawega: Viddlavadanah, broad, face, fayae: Pitgeksanah, of yellow eyes, warn: Alpitmajah, having afew sons. eig¥ Stridvest, having a feeling of dislike or hatred towards women, fiemivarmm: PriyamfmsakAnanagah, liking meat, forests and mountains, gai Kupyati, becomes angry. wY AkArye, in unbe- coming acta; in wrong doings. f+ Chiram, long, yn aurmeet Keuttrish- odaradantamdnasarujé, by hunger, thirst, belly, teeth and mind, wréfea: Samptd- itah, afflicted; vexed ; troubled. rarmm TyAgavan, liberal, femrm: Vikrantah, powerful, fer; Sthiradhih, calm-headed ; cool-headed. yiWart Bugarvitamand, respectable, wy: fata: Matuh vidheyah, obedient to one’s mother, wR Arkabhe, in the sigh of Sun ie., in Leo, 5. The Moon in the Leo or Simha. . This makes the individual angry and hot tempered, his chin thick, his face broad, his eyes yellow and his ===== стр 268 ===== \ . CH. XVII, ON THE MOON AND TAH ZODIAC, 255 EE eee offspring very few. He is a hater of women, likes to eat ma meat and to reside in mountains and forests; and when- ever any things are done ‘unbecoming, he gets irritated fora long time. He gets trouble with hunger and thirst; t his teeth get troubled and he is also involved in some mental trouble or other. But he is unselfish and charitable, is very high-minded, his intellect is calm and steady and his prowess is great. He is very obedient and respectful to his mother. wroffo—hterrararetaane: aeciaargy: ga | . Ra: TEA: Fag Faq: wrarafsaths: ti iN : fart gratia: wages dasa | + Braet wet: Reraa: BAraTTsH SCTE: tN & ‘ Racrexceredremft: Vridimantharachiruvikeanagatih, bashful and casting a . graceful glance languidly and walking slowly, waeiwng: SrastAmeabAhuh, shoulders and arms drooping, as it were. gat Sukhi, happy. xem: Slaksgah, of soft body and soft speech. eam: Satyaratah, truthful. weg Kaldsu, in fine arts, 42, dancing, music, painting, ete, fige: Nipunah, skilful. -aennifig Sastrartha- vit, versed in Séatras. fifa: Dhfrmikah, religious. wit Medhavi. intelligent, qf: Suratapriyah, lustful ; passionate, wt: Paragribaib, with other's houses, fae: Vittaih, wenlth, Cha, and. #gra? Samyujyate, united. wai Kanyayam, when Moon is in the sign Kany or Virgo, va: Paradedagah, living in different lands or places, fiw: Priyavachéh, sweet tongued, warm: Kanyfprajah, having lots of daughters. sem: AlpAtmajah, having few sons. 6. The Moon in Kanyé or Virgo. : This lunar position makes those born under it walk and glance at others with slowness and shyness charac- teristic of women, the arms and the shoulder hanging as it were loosely; the individual becomes happy, his body being soft and gentle ; he is truthful, clever and skilled in various arts, t.e., dancing, music and painting, versed in Sastras and religions. The native has excellent mental , powers, is fond of love intercourses, gets wealth and houses from other sources. There is likelihood of going to distant : or foreign lands and the native is yery sweet speaking. t ===== стр 269 ===== 256 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ———— . 5 : Uroffo—FamaMTay AAT: Sst: Uhs: tira: ; * lon ~ x A yigwtacaa: euaaeatseasateaza: . ~ dain: sahredg gual tafkarar wey : a i ayarqrareaeeracawmeg a: TIA uo \ Sanguarggeta: Dovabrélmayasidhupdjanaratah, devoted to Devas, Brah- ' * mapas and Sadhus or saints. am Prdjfiah, intelligent, xf Suchih, uncoye- : tuous ; pure; clean, wifi: Strfjitah, subject to the influence of wife or women. ' aig: © Prémguh cha, and tall, swernfis: Unnatandsikah, of elevated nose. wrrequm: Krisachaladgatrah, limbs, lean and thin. wen: Atanah, fond of travels. wala: \ ArthAnvitah, wealthy. rit: Hinfmgah, of defective limbs, wafimtg gua: Kraya- " vikrayagukudalah, capable and clever in huying and selling, clever in business, . afar Devadvindma, named second time after the name of a Deva, weg Saruk, 4 sickly. *gry Bandhdndm, to friends and kinsmen. stare Upak@rakrit, doing . good. fisim: Virugitah, reproached ; abused. ram: ‘I'yaktah, forsaken ; left. Tu, . but. @ Taih, by them, wat Saptame, in the 7th house, i.e, when Moon is in TulA or Libra, 7. The Moon in Libra or Tulé. : The person is very devoted in worshipping the Devas, Bréhmanas, and saints, is wise, pure, uncovetuous but con- trolled by wife or women. He is tall; his nose is elevated. | His limbs are weak and lean; he is given to travelling habits and is wealthy. He is of defective limbs, clever in buying and selling. He gets a second name in honour U of some Deva. He is afflicted with maladies and is always | ready to do good to his friends and kinsmen, though re- proached by them and in the end forsaken by them. i - wfert-wgaaaaa TMaentasangeagE: a Y. ~ a u : : - ta sarftrara eat eayT: fina: ETaEt ae Hreamaniarsaaatskarsira: won wrarrmer Prithulanayanavaked, eyes and cheat broad and spacious, writen: i Vrittajatghorajanuh, thighs, knees, and Jegs circular (or round), smmqefign: { Janakaguruviyuktal), separated from father and religious preceptor, 2% Saidave, + in early age. safim: + Vyfdhitah cha, and diseased; and ill, weaftigeyea: Narapatikulapdjyah, worshipped in royal families, f¥h#; Pingalah, yellowish ; ===== стр 270 ===== , CH. XVII, ON THE MOON AND THE ZODIAQ, 287 ee Eee Sees i auburn. te: Krirachestah, not straightforward; wicked. wrgfémie: Jhaga- 2 kulidakhag&mkah, bearing marks ofa fish, thunderbolt or bird (in hands or fest or some other limbs), amy: Chhannapdpah, secretly victous, ‘ftom: Alijétah, born under Moon and Vridchika (Scorpio). -8. The Moon in Scorpio or Vrischika. This combination makes the individual’s eyes and chest ; wide and spacious, thighs, knees and legs round and fleshy, : makes him separated from his father and religious preceptor . at an early age and afflicts the native with maladies. The f individual is worshipped by royal families; he is yellowish in colour. His actions are not straightforward and he | bears in his body some astrological marks of a fish, thunder- bolt or a bird. The individual commits vicious deed i hiddenly and in great privacy. ns } mroffo—sardiateafererae: Rgqureanit afraid | ad | aeat Byatatataraa: wate: Rrerkaq un | gsatt: GAS SATaays: TST | . 0 apgfke a aarti a act aritaereaisam: ue sagiuhafitre: VyAdirghdeyasirodharab, face and neck very long or elongated. ffavm: Pitridhanab, inheriting father’s property, emit Tydgi, liberal; kind, we: Kavih, a literary author ; a poet, wary Viryavan, powerful. sr Vakt&, a speaker, agerequitwere: Sthdlaradaéravodharanasah, teeth, eyes, lips, and nose being very 5 large. wifea: Karmodyatah, energetic in actions, faeviy Silpavit, a sculptor ; , author and painter, etc. grat: Kubjamsah, shoulders depressed. gt Kunakht, having bad nails, ererys: Samamsalabhujah, arms and handa long, ser, Pragalbhavan, having genius ; witty and mature, wifg Dharmavit, virtuous, wgfty Bandhudvif, hating friends. "Na, not. seq Balat, under compulsion. Aft . Samaiti, conies (under control). ‘¥ Cha, and. %% Badam, control, ere Samna, : with love; with sweet words, ewera: Ekasfidhyah, practicable only, we: Aévajah, born under the Dhanu sign. 9. The Moon in Sagittarius or Dhanu. | The individual’s neck and face are very long. He inherits his father’s property, is charitable and unselfish, and he is a literary author. He is of great prowess, and can talk well, His teeth, ears, lips and nose are large or thick. He 88 ===== стр 271 ===== 258 BRIHAJJATAKAM. is found always ready to do many works and is a good ; sculptor. His shoulders are low; his nails are disfigured ; ~ hisarmsare long; he is witty and mature in his speech ; and manners ; religious but hater of his friends and kinsmen. He can be influenced not by force but by sweet words. \ * $ ‘ Weffo—fet araawia Maa TEAST: SU: | aa: Maaseetaraa: Ghiragarsaa: |i id ~ ‘ dhaggatsera wat cartia: arermegeats- WITT F AT farce: CATA STU: gon : fret Nityam, always, weef Lélayati, caresses and cherishes wary 4 Svaddratanaydm, one’s own wife and children, wie: Dharmadhvajah, hypocrite ; 5 impostor in religious matters, we: Adhahkyigsah, lower half of the body being Jean and thin, «we; Svaksab, graceful eyes ; eyes being good, wrawfé: KsAmakatih, waist being slender. yer: Grihitavachanah, open to advice; once heard and } kept in memory; very retentive; of good memory. &wragm: Saubhigyayuktah, " prosperous ; of good luck. wee: Alasah, idle ; lethargic. ‘img: Sitaluh, unable to Z bear cold. "gq": Manujah, the human being. wen: 5 Atanah cha, and of wandering i character, 4% Makare, under Makara sign, weanfem: Satvddhikah, strong and " liberal, wera Kavyakrit, a literary author, yew: Lubdhah, covetous } avaricious, : wraorigny Agamyajarimganisu, with tabooed old women; with old women of . low caste. fim: Niratah, addicted to, damnm: Samtaktyalajjah, shameless ; j impudent, we: Aghrinal, heartless, merciless, } 10 The Moon in Makara or Capricorn. ; The individual always cherishes and supports his ! wife and children, is an hypocrite in religion; the lower 4 half of his body is lean and thin. His eyes are nice ; and graceful and his waist is slender. He is open to ; advice, and has a very retentive memory ; he is fortunate ; but idle. He is unable to bear cold and is prone to : travel. He is strong and liberal, and composer of literary works, He is covetous and holds illicit intercourse with ‘ tabooed old women (of low caste). He is shameless and heartless, ===== стр 272 ===== CH. XVII, ON THH MOON AND THE ZODIAC, 259 Eee f ~ aea—mora: Rng: arahradtiag: Tat te Wrevesrareraesits: u watrardarafaa: arate oa: RaggTaatgEs FAST ATTE: meeeu wom; Karabhagalal, having a neck like that of a camel, frag: Sirdluh, nerve, vein being visible all throughout ‘the body. ®mwiWay: Kharalomada- dirghatanub, having a tall body, rough and covered with hairs. WBreregamereree: Pyithucharanoruprigthajaghandsyakatil, having feet, thighs, back, hip, face, and waist, long and broad, we: Jarathah, illiterate, vesftembyrefiica: Paravanitartha- pf&ipanirateh, addicted to others’ wives, others’ wealth and interested in the wicked deeds of others, weftgn: Ksayavriddhiyutah, subject to riso and fall by turns. PagggaeggT PriyakusumAnulepanasubrit, liking flowers, emollienta, and friends, we: Ghatajab, born when Moon is in Kumbha or Aquariua, wereg: Adhvasahsh, * capable to bear fatigue in long marches on roads. 11. The Moon in Aquarius or Kumbha. The individual will have a neck like that of a camel ; his nerves and veins, being very prominent and visible all throughout; his body will be hairy, hairs being rough and thick; he will be of a tall stature ; his feet, thighs, back, hip, face and waist being long and broad; the native will be quite illiterate. He will hold illicit connection with others’ wives and will be involved with others’ wealth. He will be vicious and there will be many ups and downs in life. The native will have a liking for flowers, emollients and friends and will be able to stand the troubles of long marches on roads. : ATA TAIT TATA SATE: | TART o ~ mdvegrarat Teen: Uo Area arenreltiratarre- + qheelfatrtrantatt daateerat uk tl aeqceritw Jalaparadhanabhokta, enjoying others’ wealth or what is obtained by selJing pearls, jewels or the produce of the sea, aearererem: Daravasonuraktab ‘ devoted to wife, property and clothings or dresses. wuefvertr; Samaruchiradartrab, of fully developed limbs and fair body. gre: Tumgandsah, having a prominent nose, we: Brihatkah, of large head, sfwaft Abhibhavati, overpowers, Wray Sapatnan, enemies. effin: Strijitah, conquered by wife or other women. regi: ChBrudrigtib, of eyes good looking. 9 fitAFewnitrft Dyutinidhidhanabhogt, one ===== стр 273 ===== 260 BRIHAJJATAKAM. beautiful and enjoying wealth and hidden properties. ‘fea: Panditah, Pandit ; a learned man, + Cha, and, weautr Antyaragau, in the last sign, i.e, when _ Moon is in the sign Mina or Pisces, 12. The Moon in Pisces or Mina. The person born under this combination will earn money by the sale of pearls, jewels and other sea pro- ducts ; will enjoy money earned by other persons; will be fond of his wife, his property and clothings or dresses ; his body will be evenly built and he will be beautiful ; his nose will be long and prominent, and the native will possess a very big head. He will overpower his adver- saries but he himself will be overpowered by his wife * or other women. His eyes will be beautiful. He will enjoy the hidden wealth obtained accidentally and the * beauty of his body. The native will also be a learned : scholar. setatia—raata ust agheat a erate gfaty: | atranarararraaaran afragaset wartthier: 0 23 0 . gfe stravetafeerarsata geared aererit- : sfiareara: GAT: go tt weft Balavati, on becoming powerful, v% R&gau, thesign where the Moon is during the birth time. aafivt Tadadhipatau, the ruler of the sign (above mentioned) 4 Cha, and. wawgn: Svabalayutah, on becoming powerful. am Syat, be. #% Yadi, if. gfgig: Tuhindméuh, the Moon. sfiwemrm Kathitaphalandém, the fruits; results above mentioned, wear Avikaladdta, the full bestower. sftwq Sadivat, like the results of Moon, wa: Atah, from this, w’% Anye, with other planets than the Moon. «i Iti, thus, wyvfi¥rn: Anuparichintyah, should be thus considered subsequently, 13. Now the results that have been already mentioned will be fully brought into display when (1) the sign where 4 the Moon existed during the birth time, (2) the ruler of this . sign, and (3) the Moon, these three be all powerful (not ===== стр 274 ===== CH. XVII, ON THE MOON AND THBP ZODIAO. 261 afflicted in any way) and united or aspected by benefics. “ Such should be considered also, while judging of the other ] planets and the signs to be.described in the following Chapter. [ Note.—{a) If two of the three be powerful, the results will not be so t full; if one only be powerful, the results will be very feeble and if none : of the three be powerful, no effects will be seen. : Thus ends the Seventeenth Chapter of the Byihajjitaka on the Moon 7 and the signs, by Sri Vardha Mihiracharya. | f fe i ===== стр 275 ===== | | | | { OHAPTER XVII, ON THE PLANETS AND THE ZODIAC, \ Srdata—-otraargiseatseataa: Beat ay ator las wagers aantee gee Ta a : | wfia; Prathitah, well celebrated, ge: Chaturah, clever ; skilful ; intelligent, ‘em: Atanab, walker; prone to travel; of travelling habits, sem: Alpavittah, ' slightly wealthy ; not so wealthy, fea Kriyage, when the Sun is in Aries, y Tu, but. wae Ayudhabhrit, earning one’s livelihood by using weapons of warfare ; ® military man; a soldier. faggw® Vitutgabhfge, not in the highly oxalted I degrees of Aries. Wf Gavi, in the sign Vriga; when the Sun is in Taurus, weremsrrae Vastrasugundhapayysjivt, a cloth merchant, or perfumery, or general ' merchant, afiefgg Vanitddvit, disagreeing with wife and other females, uw: Kudaleh, welltrained. te? Geyavadye, in music and singing, 1. The Sun and the sign Mesa or Aries. : When the Sun is in that portion of Aries which : is not exalted, then the individual born will become cele- . brated, dexterous, somewhat crafty and of wandering habits; he will possess small wealth and will earn his livelihood as a professional soldier. (But when the Sun is in the exalted portion of the sign Mesa or Aries, then the bad results, ¢,g. very little wealth and proneness to travel, ‘ &c., will not take place ; the native will get more auspicious ! results.) (1.) The Sun in Taurus. | When the Sun is in the sign Vriga or Taurus, the indi- , vidual born will earn his livelihood as a cloth merchant or will sell sweet scents and oils or will become a general merchant. He will dislike the company of his wife or other females and will be skilled in singing and music, ===== стр 276 ===== i t CH. XVIII, ON THE PLANETS AND THE ZODIAC. 263 Note.-A person born with the Sua exalted in Mesa will bo very 7 rich, will remain in a place and will have numerous armed servants, will f be celebrated and able. a | te fo—rarsatftatraneagat arat galt ~ . 7 1 Raa deaisea: warecqaiagia agqeaa | feet ; aadanigaadtateatsa: gar aay fate aleanitqagtaneaat: Bag: wz | Fearetftefieray, Vidydyyotisavittavan, a scholar, an astrologer, and a wealthy { individual, ffgy® Mithunage, in the sign of Mithuna. wt Bhfnau, on the Sun j being. gf Kullre, when the Sun is in Karka. fe Sthite, being situated. j ew: Tikgyab, fierce; surly; hot; wrathful; passionate, we: Asvah, poor; J indigent; without wealth, vertiey Parakdryakyit, servants of othere; doing ‘ others’ works, waa: Sramapathaklesaih, feeling exhausted from foot journey. 1 « Cha, and, tye? Samyujyate, yoked; engaged. fig’ Simhasthe, when the | Sun ia in Simha or Leo. atetgecht: Vanagailagokularatih, fond to live in forests, | mountains, and cowsheds, elf: Virydnvitah, vigorous; strong. ‘ww: Ajiiah, : illiterate, gam Pumén, the individual, wraR® Kanydsthe, when the Sun is in i Kany& or Virgo. faRitwmemivawnfern: Lipilekhyokdvyaganpitajidndnvitah, skilled in writing, painting, literature, and mathematics (eg., astrology, &c). tay: Stri- ‘ vapub, having bodies like females, 2. The Sun in the signs Gemini (Mithuna), Cancer i (Karka), Leo (Simha), and Virgo (Kany) respectively. , The Sun in Mithuna :—Learned (in grammar or kindred : subjects), versed in astrology and wealthy. | jects), verse By _. 4 The Sun in Karka—-—Fierce ; hot tempered, irritable ; i poor ; agent or manager of others ; earning one’s livelihood : ‘by hard toils and fatigued by long marches on roads, y The Sun in Leo——Lover of mountains and forests : and cowshed; very powerful and high-minded but illiterate. : The Sun in Virgo——Writer, painter, poet, mathe- ; matician, and well up in other subjects of knowledge. But ‘ he possesses a feminine body. ato Pro—sracatioter wifeatsafacar Beat { A fraaq age: avefrat Prefers: metarrsfaae | aye waraeca creat fragt atteitse: fag Sate serrratesd TAPS TH UR U k $ | ===== стр 277 ===== 264 BRIHAJJATAKAM. am: Jatah, born. @faf Taulini, under the Libra or Tulé. ifee: Saundikah, : diétiller; vintner, wafter: Adhvaniratah, one walking and walking, Y=: Hai- ; rayyakah,a goldsmith. ‘req Nichakritt, doing servile or mean works, ER: ~ Krirah, cruel ; mischievous; wicked, erafen; Sahasikah, daring, faufamnm: Visa- rjitadhanah, earning money by selling poisons, seri: Sastrantagah, skilful in the art of warfare or handling weapons. efefte® Alisihithe, in the sign Vriéchika ; when the Sun is in the sign Scorpio. ergew: Satpfijyah, fit for saint-like worship; fit to be respected even by the saints. wr Dhanavén, wealthy. wyg'e? Dhanur- dharagate, in the sign Dhanu. ‘tee: Tiksnah, fiery; keen; intelligent, fiw Bhigak, physician, sree: Karukah, workman; artist. 4: Nichah, mean ; vile, low. ‘ ‘wu: Ajiah, illiterate. gaftqy Kuvayik, a bad merchant. 4 Mrige, when the Sun isin Mriga or Capricornus. wen Alpadhanavdn, slightly wealthy; some- what rich, yew: Lubdhab, avaricious; covetous; greedy. wwmt: Anyabhdgyaih, by others’ fortunes, ww: Ratah, living by; taking advantage of. : Note.—Some read; wfi'me: Vrithdrjitadhanah, one whose earnings are : pent in vain for “feerfa'men:” 8. The Sun in the signs Tulé (Libra), Vrischika . (Scorpio), Dhanu (Sagittarii) and Makara (Capricorn) res- pectively. ; The Sun in Tula——Distiller, vintner; always on foot on roads ; a goldsmith ; doing low services. The Sun in Vrigchika——Cruel ; adventuresome, bold; earning money by selling poisons; skilful in the art of warfare, (The result might be that his earnings may be spent in vain). The Sun in Dhanu——Worshipped by saints, wealthy, : keen, intelligent, physician and artist or sculptor. 7 The Sun in Makara——Vile, low, illiterate, a mer- ' chant dealing in mean articles, somewhat wealthy, avari- ' cious and taking benefit of other's fortunes and help. ao ftositat ad aamaqaitatseredtatea- waft attic’ tase Peak | MATa GAA ATE te 4m: Nichab, doing low, mean works. W Ghate, when the Sun is in Kumbha : or Aquarius, mrmneaiteya: Tanayabhagyaparichutab, bereft of sons and fortune. ° we: Asvab, poor; not having money. trevor: Toyotthapayyavibhavah, : ===== стр 278 ===== CH, XVIII, ON THE PLANETS AND THE ZODIAC. 265 eee eS earning money by selling jewels, pearls or other sea-products, wftmga: VanitAdyitah, pe honoured by wife. wr% Antye, when the Sun is in the sign Mina or Pisces, wenmrmangafat Nakentramdnavatanupratime, corresponding to the portion of the body of the Zodiacal Man (K@lapuruge) which the sign in question (the Sun and Moon both existing here} indicates, faut Vibhage, part or portion of the body; . limb, wea Lakgma, mole or other signs; marke, wfiiq Adiget, tell; to be declared, gferfxafiugy? Tuhinaragmidinegayukte, the Sun and the Moon united in the sign. 4. The Sun in Aquarius or Kumbha. The individual born under this combination will do deeds unsuited to his rank in life and will lose his sons ; and fortune. He will become poor. | The Sun in the sign Pisces or Mina. The individual will become fortunate in acquiring money by the sale of pearls, jewels, and other sea-products. | He will be very much honoured and loved by women ‘ and will possess a mole or other marks on the part of the body corresponding to that of the Zodiacal Man indicated " by the sign occupied by the Sun and Moon together. | qian aceasta: aaa ~ ania ge: wag gaafrarged Feary we anna Feaganieagalaas sag uk Ul . wrafteren: Narapatisatkritah, honoured by kings, wew: Atsnah, walker ; prone to travel. ‘sqva@qrwt; Chamupavanikeadhansh, commander, merchant, and 8 , wealthy man, wang: Keatatanuh, body with many scars or marks of wounds, @e: Chaurah, thief, few BharivigayAn, having one's mind diverted to various things; having one’s senses directed to many things. Of divided attention and hence somewhat of restless mind. +Cha, and. ga: KOjah, Mara. wat Svagrihe, jn his own houses, é¢., in the Ist and 8th houses; in Aries and Vyidchika, gafaferry Yuvatijitén, one subject to one’s wife. ygyry Suhritsu, towards friends, fiwerq VigamAn, disagreeing ; not on favourable terme, vareamt Paradéraratdn, in : connection with other’s wives. gregtviwer, Kuhakasuvegabbtruparugdn, magi- cian, fond of dressing, timid, and heartless, fem Sttabhe, in the houses of Venus, i.e., in Vriga and Tuld, in Taurus and Libra, w¥q Janayet, produces, —_ 5. Mars in Mesa (Aries) or Vrischika (Scorpio) (Mars’ houses). | mM ===== стр 279 ===== 266 BRIHAJJATAKAM. The individual born under this combination will be honoured by kings, will become the commander of an ” army and will be a traveller. He will become a trader and a rich person; get in his body marks of wounds in some warfare; will be a thief; will possess many things and enjoy many pleasures and hence his attention will be divided. : Mars in Vrisah (Taurus) and Tula (Libra) (Venus’ houses). The person will become subject to the influence of women, will be on bad terms with his friends, will be ; in illicit intercourse with others’ wives. The man will become a magician, will be fond of good shows and fine clothings, timid, and of coarse speech and no affection. vo fto-aagemanmrgeeam abdge- sy Ue sratswatsel i aidsdareaftaaraaalsraes: ~ organ fray fat: wear ue Nl 8 Reudhe, when Mars isin the houses of Mercury, ie, in Mithuna and Kany& (in Gemini, and Virgo). wee: Asahah, spirited and intolerant, aman Tanayavan, having lota of children, fgyq Visuhrit, wanting friends. em: Kritajtiah, grateful, swtgeque: GAndharbayuddhakuéalah, expert in singing and ‘ warfare. ww: Kripayab, miser. wi: Abbayab, fearless. wif Arthi, wanting money ; desirous of wealth. wi® Chandre, when Moon is in Karka or Cancer, wie Arthavin, wonlthy, efiwarmenfw'are: SalilayAnasamarjitasvah, earning money. by business of ships ,&c. mw: Prajfiah, intelligent; learned, + Oha, and. ght ‘ Bhimitanaye, Mare, fee: Vikalah, of defective limba. we: Khalah, wicked; cheat ; a deceitful person, : 6. Mars in Mithuna and Kanya (houses of Mercury). ; The person will become spirited and intolerant, will get many sons, and no friends, doing good to others, and clever in music, singing, and in the knowledge of warfare, : The individual will be a miser, fearless, and desirous of wealth. . Mars in Karka (Cancer) (Moon’s house). ===== стр 280 ===== | | | CH. XVIII, ON THH PLANETS AND THE ZODIAO. 267 The native will become rich, will earn money by ship “+ business and crossing seas, will be learned, will be of defec- tive body and will turn out a wicked and deceitful person. ato Pro—fea: Saag aalacat: feegserar- trast 33 Fatgaizaha: wraloiereas: | qeardt fraatsettsaeracteura gated ata ae IS VATA TTA BMISTAT TATA: 9 fire; Nibevah, without any property, ®ve: Kledasahab, patient ; enduring ; suffering patiently, wwe: Vandntaracharah, wandering in the forests. RT 7 Simhe, when the Mars isin Leo or Simha, ‘werernn: Alpaddratmajah, having o few wives and children. @& Jaive, in the houses of Jupiter, in Dhanu or Mtns, a eaftg: Na ekaripuh, having many enemies, *refta: Narendrasachivah, royal minister, wm: KhyAtsh, well-celebrated. wr: Abhayah, fearless, weve: Alpftmajab, having few children, g:amt: Dubkhartah, afflicted; troubled with pain, fren: Vidhanab, poor. sew: Ajanah, one prone to travel; a traveller. wanea: Anyitaratah, one telling lies; liar, ew: Tikenab, irritable ; hot; inde- pendent, «Cha, and, qf? Kumbhasthite, when Mars is in Kumbha or Aquarius. %& Bhaume, on Mare being. yfeenrm: Bhtridhandtmajah, having much riches and many children. ym® Mrigagate, when Mars is in Makara or Capricorn. Bhfipah, king, wan Athavé, or. rem: Tatsamah, equal toa king; like a king; king-like, 1 7. Marsin Simha (Leo), Dhanu (Sagittarius) Mina (Pisces), Kumbha (Aquarius) and Makara (Capricornus) res- pectively. Mars in Simha (Leo)—a person born under this com- ination will become poor, and enduring, a wanderer in the | forests, and will possess a few wives and children. . | Mars in Dhanu or Mina—The native will get many | enemies, will become a royal minister, will be well reput- ed, fearless and will get very few children. | Mars in Kumbha (Aquarius)—The individual born : under this planetary combination will become afflicted with ' miseries, deprived of wealth and addicted to falsehood. He will be a traveller and of an independent temper. 4 i t ===== стр 281 ===== 268 BRIHAJJATAKAM. Mars in Makara (Capricorn)—This combination makes the individual owner of abundance of wealth and sons, a - king or like a king. ao fto—qadmaranttaaaen: geraqe- SUM: Hr | aanyfigagesasiater: Ws aaTeaTEAATATTT GET Uc aneqereeenieentrehh eat: Dyitarpapanaratandstikachauranihevib, a gambler, debtor, drunkard, atheist, thief and an impoverished person, qeterqerqucren: Kustrikakitakridasatyarath, having a debauched wife, deceitful, and arrogant and addicted to falsehood. ga Kujarkse, when Mercury is in Mar’s houses, i.e., in Mesa and Vridchika, wi: Achfryab, preacher; teacher; spiritual guide. afqrroemite: Bhirisutadéradhandrjanestah, having rhany children and wives ~ and always engaged in earning money. %8 Saukre, when Mercury is in Vriga or Tula, Taurus or Libra, sqreapenfercar: Vaddnyagurubhaktiratéh, gencrous and a devotee to one’s Guru, alma-giving and a religious person attached to his spiri- tual guide. «Cha, and, @&% Saumye, on Mercury being. t 8. Mercury in Mega (Aries), Vriéchika (Scorpio), Tulé (Libra) and Vyisa (Taurus) respectively. Mercury in Mesa or Vyischika—This combination makes the native a gambler, debtor, drunkard, atheist, thief and an impoverished person. His wife will become de- bauched ; he will become deceitful, insolent and addicted to falsehood. Mercury in Vyisa or Tulé—The man will become a preacher ; will get many wives and children and will be already intent in earning money. He will be also liberal and very much devoted to his Gurf or spiritual preceptor. : sinag—faar: meaner: freiae: ata N Can i Taga | cafes: se Ug: Tae faa nN TSU . Ferre: Vikatthanah, liar; garrulous; talkative, ureumefiqra: Sastrakalavi- dagdhah, versed in Sfstras or religious books and in fine arts, ie, music, of painting, singing, &c. friaq: Priyamvadah, speaking sweet and appropriate words, ‘era: Saukgyaratah, fond of pleasures ; ease loving. aff’ ‘ritiye, when Mercury { ===== стр 282 ===== i \ | OH. XVIII, ON THE PLANETS AND THE ZODIAC. 269 t is in Mithuna or 8rd house. oenf’we: Jalirjitasvah, earning money by the sale ss of pearls, jewels and other sea-products. ‘ererrey HL: Svajanasya éatruh, enemies to one’s own friends and relations, weie® Saddnikaje, Mercury, tq? Sitakararkgayukte, when in Karka sign, the sign of the Moon. 9. Mercury in Mithuna (Gemini) or Karka (Cancer.) Mercury in Mithuna.—The individual born under this combination will talk much (ironically), will become well ; versed in Sastras and fine aris, music, painting, singing, &c., ] will speak sweet words and will always be fond of ease | and convenience. Mercury in Karka.—The person born will earn money . by the sale of jewels, pearls and other sea products and will become an enemy to his own friends and relations. ~ j vefich—eaca Pragarasitsedise: aftcita: | equtaatshtnt F lant a: saw: Tet sara N | ahaa fra weet ti got Wize: Stridvegyah, disliked by women. wfrwrgwerr: VidhanasukhAtmajab, deprived of money, happiness and children, ‘en: Atanak, one prone to travel ; traveller ; walker. ww: Ajfiab, illiterate; ignorant, et@m: Strilolah, hankering after women ; eagerly desirous of women, ‘ftw: Svaparibhavah, defeated by one’s own relations; suffering disgrace from one’s own relations. wiufti ¥ Arkarddige jie, when Mercury is in the Sun's sign, é.¢,, in the sign Simba or Leo. ri Ty>, generous, : Jiiah, a learned scholar, "yq¥: Prachuragupah, well and variously qualified; possessing many virtues. gt Sukbf, happy; living in comfort. wim KeamAvén, forgiving. fw: Yuktijfiah, knowing; ressoning; capable to make one understand through reasoning. fem: = Vigatabhayah cha, and fear- less, woot SagtharAdau, in the aixth sign; when Mercury is in Virgo or Kanyé, 10, Mercury in Simha (Leo) or Kany (Virgo) res- pectively. Mercury in Simha.—The person born will be dis- . liked, rather hated by his wives or women; and will , become deprived of money, happiness and children. He will be @ traveller and an illiterate person. He will eagerly desire women, and suffer disgrace from his own relations. ===== стр 283 ===== 270 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ee Mercury in Kany&—The person born under this combination will become unselfish, generous, a learned - scholar, endowed with many qualities, happy, forgiving, will know how to convince others by reasoning and will be void of any fear. ye siesta aacamegel wuartaeat °. ~ ~ Teast u qrrHaiararaat aaiser Rravagits- waftrea: ee venter Parakarmakrit, doing others’ works; working for other men, : wet: Asvab, poor ; indigenous. Fruyfg: Silpabuddhih, intelligentin arts ; a sculptor. wwem Ripavin, running into debt; apt to take away others’ things but not to return them, fafiwe; Vigtikarah, attending on others’ calls for no foes, Carrying out others’ orders for no fees. 3% Budhe, Mercury. wid : Arkajarkge, in Saturn’s sign, i.¢., in Makara and Kumbha; in Capricorn and Aquarius, wereni&reme: Neipasatkyitapagditaptavakyah, honoured by kings ; learned in sciences and laws. 744 Navame, in the ninth- sign, i.e, in Dhanu or Sagittarius, we Antye, in Mina, the 12th sign; in Pisces, the last sign. fires; Jitasovakah, an intelligent servant, serving or attending cleverly and intelligently; readily discovering the views of other peoplo, rafter: Antyadilpah, an artisan of a low order. 11, Mercury in Makara (Capricornus), Kumbha (Aquarius), Dhanu (Sagittarius) and Mina (Pisces). Mercury in Makara or Kumbha.—The man will be engaged in the services of others, poor, will have some tact for sculpturing, will be a debtor, and will attend on others’ calls for no fees. Mercury in Dhanu.—The native will get honours from kings, will become learned in sciences ‘and laws. Mercury in Mina,—The native will be an intelligent and faithful servant or will be able to befriend other men and will readily discover the views of other people and will also be an artisan of a low order. ===== стр 284 ===== CH. XVIII, ON THE PLANETS AND THE ZODIAC. 271 x . Mohs o—AaaR ATA Tat PAA: sat bel bay asiargarGara: gad ear: garni i aeain: a a | arated Ba: Meet Ft alates wIgEMtseE: Ga uw eeu ‘arf: Sendnth, commander of an army, ayfrarert: Bhuvittad@ratanayah, having much wealth, many wives and sons. wm Data, a generous person; a giver; donor.. gyra: Subhrityal, a good and faithful servant. wi Ksamf, forgiving. ®raryuftan: Tejoddragupanvitah, gifted with a beautiful spirited * wife and with many qualities. gat Suraguran, Jupiter, wm: KeyAtah, well ‘ renowned. gary Pum@n, man; the individual born. @a® Kaujabhe, in Aries and Scorpio ; when Jupiter is in Mega and Vyischika, the Mars’ houses, "eva: Kalpamgah, of strong and vigorous bady; free from diseases. wearin: Sadhanarthamitratanayab, wealthy, having friends and children, writ Tyagt, a giver, generous person, fit: Priyah, liked by all. to Saukrabhe, in Venvs’s signs, , i, e., in Vyiga and Tulé, %§ Baudhe, in Mercury's signs, i.e, in Mithuna and Kanyf; in Gemini and Virgo. — yftafteegrnaggq BhiriparichchadAtmajasuhpit, having many clothes, houses, servants, wives, sons and friends. wftaqn: Sachivyayuktah, a minister, ga Sulht, happy ; living in comfort, 12. Jupiter in Mega (Aries) and Vrischika (Scorpio), Vriga (Taurus) and Tulé (Libra), Mithuna (Gemini) and ' Kanya (Virgo) respectively. 4 says Jupiter in Mesa or Vrischika—Commander of an army, one having abundance of wealth and many wives and sons; & giver; a good and faithful servant; of a forgiving ‘ nature ; having a spirited wife; eminent and endowed with many qualities. Jupiter in Vriga and Tula.—The man born will pos- sess a strong and vigorous body free from diseases, will always be in possession of wealth, will have friends and sons and will be unselfish, charitable, and liked by all. a Jupiter in Mithuna and Kanyé.—The man will own many clothes, houses, servants, wives, sons, and friends. He will become a minister and will be happy. $ ===== стр 285 ===== 272 BRIHAJJATAKAM. a Ute fjo—arezk Tagraanraasargaraa: | : be fae sreaaraa: gua Ti a aera ast ame feat ategaPaa: Garett sett ~ . SrA adzaq Tah aar sratscafasitsgat uu ea ti " % Chandre, when Jupiter isin Karkata, the 4th sign, the sign of Moon, cengrengrefomga: Ratnasutasvaddravibhavaprajfdsukhaih, (endowed) with jewels, sons, property, wives, prosperity, influence, intelligence, and happiness. wf: Anvitah, endowed; united, fe¢ Simbe, when Jupiteris in Simha or Leo. er Syat, will become, awnes: Balandyakeah, a commander of an army. gat Sura- gurau, when Jupiter is; on Jupiter being. ww’ Proktam, said. ~Cha, and. wq Yat, whatever. ‘wx Chandrabhe, in Moon’s signa, 7. ¢., in Karka, wé Svarkge, in his own houses. ‘afte: Miandalikah, head of ‘a village (or an . assemblage); ruler of a province, ~twqefia: Narendrasachivah, minister to a king. @efi: Sendpatih, commander of an army, wi Dhant, wealthy, gt Kumbhe, when Jupiter is in Kumbha. eter Karkatavat, will be ll that have been mentioned when Jupiter is in Karkata or Cancer. wef Phalani, fruits, “8% Makare, when Jupiter is in Makara or Oapricorn, ‘rv: Nichoh, doing acts unbecoming to his family. wefan: Alpavittah, with little wealth, wav Asukhi, unhappy ; afflicted with grief. 13. Jupiter in Karka (Cancer), Simha (Leo), Dhanu (Sagittari), Mina (Pisces), Kumbha (Aquarius) and Makara (Capricorn) respectively. Jupiter in Karka—The individual will be endowed with jewels, sons, wealth, property, wife, prosperity, influence, . intelligence and happiness. Jupiter in Simha—The individual born will become the commander of an army and will get also those mention- ed under “Jupiter in Karka,” i.¢., jewels, sons, property, wife, prosperity, influence, intelligence and happiness. Jupiter in Dhanu or Mina—The individual will be- come the head of an assemblage, or the ruler of a province, a minister to a king, a general and will be wealthy. Jupiter in Kumbha—The individual will get jewel, ; sons, property, wife, prosperity, intelligence, and happiness, : i.e. all that have been said in the case of a person born with Moon in the sign Cancer, r] ===== стр 286 ===== OH. XVII, ON THH PLANETS AND THR ZODIAO. 273 eee. i Jupiter in Makara—The individual will do acts low and unbecoming, will have little wealth and will be miser- able. gfirarr—wazatraaedaeaaaa: gate: gre u aaaatert teases: casahiy: sats: fa Seen waafixa: Parayuvatiratah, addicted to others’ wives, qin: Tadarthavadaih, through their influence, gafwa: Hyitavibhavah, robbed of his properties ; de- prived of his wealth. gavien; Kulapamsanah, bringing disgrace to one’s family; a source of family dishonour. 7 Kujarkge, in Mars’ houses, i.¢. in Mega or Vridchika, ewenfiwt: Svabalamatidhanah, earning money by one’s own prowess or } intellect, »texywa: Narendrapiijyah, honoured by kings, wenfay: Svajnavibhuk, a | head amongst his own friends and kinsmen, fim; Prathitak, famous. wa: i Abhayah, fearless, fa Site, Venus. * Sve, in her own house, i.¢., in Vriga and ‘ Tula, ie, in Taurus and Libra. 14. Venus in Mega, (Aries), Vrischika (Scorpio), Vrisa | (Taurus), and Tula (Libra). , Venus in Mesa or Vrischika—Addicted to others’ I wives, losing his property through their influence, and bringing disgrace on his family. t . . . soe . Venus in Vrisa or Tulé—The individual will earn money by one’s own prowess or intellect, will be honoured by kings, will be an head amongst his own friends and relations, will become famous and fearless. | aidan qipetiswar aeaataga ow: x vasheftaaat | carina gaa: attlahrat | TA: FATT Wee weereet: Nyipakrityakerah, a royal officer, wim Arthavan, wealthy. swfeq Kalavit, versed in singing, music, &c. fig? Mithune, when Venus isin Mithuna or Gemini, wen Sasthagate, in the sixth; when Venus is in Kanyé, witirwest Atintchakarma, doing vile and hard worke, of them or none are powerful, fafieaimy Vichintaniyam, to be judged; to be | pondered over before giving out the judgment, ! 20, The effects that have been mentioned under the j heading “The Moon and the Zodiac” (in the preceding : Chapter) will also be the effects when that sign becomes : the rising sign or the Ascendant. The results that will be | mentioned in the subsequent Chapter on Aspects will also be | the results when the sign (where the Moon was found and F aspected by any planet) becomes also the rising sign (and aspected by the same planet). Nay—the effects here are more due to the rising sign for, they extend to the 2nd, 3rd and other Bhivas (houses). The natures of the twelve houses are also to be considered in connection with their rulers; | e.g., when the rising sign is strong and its ruler is also F strong, then the nature of the rising sign, i.¢., the body, will i also be perfectly strong ; if the sign be strong, and the ruler | a little less strong then the result will also be full; if one be strong and-the other not strong, the result will be half weak- | ened ; if the two be not strong, then the result will not at | all be visible (i.e, the body will not be strong), And so on } with other houses of wealth (2), brothers (3), friends (4), (5) i sons, (6) enemies, (7) wife, &c, | ===== стр 292 ===== OH. XVIII, ON THB PLANETS AND TUM ZODIAO. 279 Note:—The effects are declared similar owing to there being no ‘ difference between their natures in the two respective cases; and also - because the famous astrologers are of this opinion. Satya, the famous astrologer, writes the following when each sign becomes the Lagua or the rising sign :— aan ae Ger: | “Aqhreat get girsin Aqeealeaaren | frahe- yin wainstragarraaa y car aet uehiggag: aaaaesernat | aafear Rear watered i drat ar figat ar fast waasa- flat wala | gesearaly fare ares deragaaife Teta at ftat aca fdteatertal | % ===== стр 300 ===== CH. XIX, ON ASPECTS. 287 Turage, when the Moon is in the sign Dhanu or Sagittarius, wt: Papaih, aspected bo by the evil planets Saturn, the Sun and Mars, v4: Sadambhah, arrogant, vain, m3: Sathah, hypocrite. 4 Cha, and, agi¥antqieert ga aya: A turvidanarendra- / panditadhantdravyonabhtipah, a King-Emperor, a king, a pandit, a wealthy person, poor, ora king. 4% Mrige, when the Moon is in Makara or Capricorn, ys: | Bhipah, a king. yea: Bhtipasamah, one king-like, are: Anyadfraniratah, f one having illicit intercourse with others’ wives, 23: Sogaih, by the remaining, é.., by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, + Cha, and also, gfe? Kumbhasthite, when Moon : occupies the Kumbha sign. raw: Hasyajfiah, one knowing how to make others laugh, how to give amusement to others; witty; sarcastic, wt: Nyipatih, a 1 king, gv: Budhah, one learned; pandit, « Cha, and, wa Jjhagage, when Moon occupies the Mina or Pisces, wi P&pak, vicious. » Cha, and, wafea PApeksgite, aspected by the malefics, Saturn, Sun, or Mars, | 8. If the Moon in Dhanu (Sagittarius) be aspected i by Mercury, the native will become the chief in one’s family (i.e., will protect his kinsmen) ; if aspected by Jupiter, a king; if by Venus, the supporter of many men; if by Saturn, the Sun, or Mars, will be a hyprocrite, vain, arrogant | person, not doing good to any. When the Moon in Markara (Capricorn) is aspected by Mercury, the native will become a Maharajah or the King- Emperor; when aspected by Jupiter, a king; when by f Venus, ascholar y when by Saturn, a wealthy man; when by Sun, 2 poor man; and when by Mars, will be a king. When the Moon in Kumbha (Aquarius) is aspected by | Mercury, the native will become a king; when aspected by Jupiter, will be like a king; by Venus, in illicit inter- course with the wives of other men; by Saturn, Sun, or 7 Mars, in illicit intercourse with others’ wives. | When the Moon in Mina (Pisces) is aspected by Mercury, the native will become witty and sarcastic ; when i aspected by Jupiter, will be a king; by Venus, a scholar ; i by Saturn, Sun, or Mars, a sinner. i Note:—The same remarks hold good when the signs are the rising signs respectively, The Moon by aspecting the several signs of the } Zodiac except the sign Cancer produces malefic effects when those are the rising signs. i i i ===== стр 301 ===== 288 BRIHAJJATAKAM. Se. ato fyo-ghtteanaa: aad ze: ueftara- ean aa: gexaatal dtr: wet | asthe ‘ + : statdraane arent ert quads . + waitin Set aaiatera: U2 0 : ‘ervaqenfeA: Horedarksadalasritaih, by the planets residing in the half signs : or hors ruled by the lord of the half sign (horé) where the Moon existe, yak: Subhakarah, benefic; auspicious. ge: Dristah, aspected. wh Sast, the Moon. wg: Tadgatah, situated in that hord (half sign) (whence the planets are aspecting : the Moon), #® ‘'ryamée, in the Dregkdyas; in the Decanates. The Moon : residing in any Decanate. wef: Tatpatibhih, by the rulers of that Decanate. ggg: Subridbhavanagaih, situated in the friend’s houses, at VA, or. ‘fam: Vikgitah, aspected, waa Sasyate, is said to produce good or auspicious results, wq Yat, whatever. St Proktam, is told, sftufidtewat Pratirdgiviksanaphalam, the fruits of each of the twelve signs, where the Moon resides, being aapected by the other planets, «4 Tat, these things; these results, grquia DyAdasAmée, in the DvAdasdméas, (twelfth divisions of any sign) where Moon becomes situated. egi Smyitam, to be remembered; are applicable. gale: SfiryAdysih, by the planets Sun, &., (Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn). waerfat Avalokite, on being aspected. wfi Api, even. xafiff Sadini, on Moon residing : (in the Navaméas), 4 Jiiyeyam, (now) to be known; to be described, "nity NavAméesu, in the Navimedas (ninth part of a sign), wa: Atak, in the following verses, 4. The effects produced by the Moon occupying the solar or lunar hora ofa sign during birth time will be . benefic if she be aspected by planets occupying respectively | the solar or lunar hords(1). The effects produced by the Moon occupying any : Drekk4na of a sign during birth time will be benefic if She be aspected by a planet that is the ruler of the above- mentioned Drekkéna(2). The effects produced by the Moon occupying any sign will be benefic if She be aspected by planets occupying Moon’s own or allies’ houses(3). ! The effects produced by the Moon occupying any | sign and aspected by several planets as described above ' 4 ===== стр 302 ===== OH. XIX, ON ASPROTS. 289 eee in the preceding three verses are applicable in the case when the Moon occupies any Dvadasawga of that sign(4), The effects produced by the Moon occupying any i Navaméa of a sign and aspected by several planets will i now be described in the following verses. H Notes.—{1) If the Moon be aspected by planets occupying hords i whose rulers are different from the rulers of the horas occupied by her, the i effects will be malefic. The same remarks apply to the rising hora, | If the planets referred to in the verse be benefic, the results are ] fully auspicious ; if they be malefic, the results are middling ; and so on, 1 (2) and (3) The same remarks apply to the rising Drekkana. | (4) The same remark holds with reference to the rising Dva- i dadamdas. If the rising DvAdasamda be other than that of Karka, and L if the rising sign be aspected by the Moon, the effects will be malefic; : ifthe rising Dvadadamda be that of Cancer, and if the rising sign be j aspected by the Moon, the effects will be benefic | qo fro—emfrat avwef: gaat figs atts. ' +e : are aaa Rafat | qaisaaniara: gah: faaid cenreraqantsaRTATTT WX ‘ wrefe: Arakeikah, city magistrate; or police Kotwal or magistrate, weft: : Vadaruchih, a murderous person ; executioner; one connected with the act of ‘ killing. ve: Kudalah, clever. fag Niyuddhe, in wrestling; in gymnastics, ‘ ye: Bhipab, king. wim Arthavin, one wealthy; one rich, wet Kalahakyit, i quarrelsome, feftmimix® KsityAmnsasamstho, in the Mare’s Navimda; when Moon : is situated in the NavAméa of Aries and Vridchika, the houses of Mars. bd ‘ Markhab, illiterate; stupid; fool, wegen: Anyadaraniratah, in illicit inter- H course with othera’ wives, gaft: Sukavih, good poet. feat SitAmdée, (Moon) : in the Navaméas of Vyiga and Tulé, (‘Tarus and Libra), semonsy SatkAvyakrit, H very good poet, gam: Sukhaparal, indulging in pleasures, weve Anyakala- * tragah, in illicit intercourse with others’ wives. Cha, and, ; 5. When the Moon during birth oceupy the Mars’ j Navaméa in the corresponding Mega or Vrischika portions : and when She is aspected by the Sun, the individual born ; will become a city magistrate or kotwal; when aspected j by Mars, an executioner ; by Mercury, a gymnast, an athlete { or a wrestler; by Jupiter, a king; by Venus, a wealthy i 37 i I 5 ===== стр 303 ===== 290 BRIHAJJATARAM. man; and when by Saturn, the individual will become a quarrelsome creature. If, at the time of birth, thé Moon s occupy the Venus’ Navémsa in the corresponding Tulé or Vrisa portions, and if She be aspected by the Sun, then the individual will become an illiterate fool; by Mars, addicted to others’ wives; by Mercury, can appreciate poetry or other literary works ; by Jupiter, can compose very nice poems or other literary works ; by Venus, a sensualist ; by Saturn, will ye in illicit connection with others’ wives. qo fa—ara fe Gracatendiadsh tafe: aiuf Rais | eaitsermeageragtaged: arat- qnefacara ftierre u & @8 Baudhe, in the Navandas of Mercury, ie, inthe Mithuna and Kanya portions (Mercury's houses). fe Hi, certainly, aarat ate auafta fe aatztatsrareera: | oreateteait wat cigat dtafeat aver gaara Grae gats- FHT NU wart Lagnét, from the Ascendant. yaaw® Putrakalatrabhe, in the fifth and seventh houses, the houses of son and wife respectively. quem? Subhapa- / tiprApte, on being occupied by auspicious rulers. wet Athava, or. waht? Alokite, being aspected by. ‘xq Chandrét, from the Moon, = Va,or. af “Yadi, if dey Sampat, wealth ;.son or wife is here meant as the wealth, as the case may be, wer Asti, comes. fe Hi, certainly, %: Tayob, of them; sons or wife, ¥: Jiteyah, are to be considered. wt Anyathé, otherwise, wiya: Asambhavab, not possible ; not having or possessing. weir? Pathonodayage, the sign Kany& being the Ascen- dant, ” oceupied by the Sun and the Moon and aspected by Venus, the issue will be Sahoda. If the fifth house be inauspicious and occupied by powerful malefics | and if it be vot aspected by any benefic planet and if Venus aspects the | Venus Naviimda of the fifth house, the issue will be Dasipravava, Some yead Moon, in the place of Venus aforesaid. If the fifth house be the Varga of Venus and the Moon and if it be occupied or aspected by them, the issue will be females of the character indicated by those houses ; or there will be male issues other than the twelve sorts above mentioned. wa sores afafetd ade“ omg tauh® and . fefies anat seqaat a adda | gat aes a nts Waa ar ae feat aaa I Te RAI Sate Arataaaiena | area moet ara Gat gat: cary MaatRaatnger arate art Ptterarart | | waa west maeniienhs «ost agate sent ; sa ee at aggear wala om Reta | aegaae wad eageraker- argatdeqan | UR agama east age Fgaterer: hl” F Some describe in some details regarding one's wife, thus :— 4 If the seventh house from the Lagna or from the Moon whichever I is more powerful, be occupied by Venus, Moon, Jupiter and Mercury, or . by any three or any two or any one of these, or if the seventh house be : the house of any of these four or if itbe aspected by all or any of these, 1 the wives will be of the characters indicated by the Vargas of the influenc- : ing planets ; and if there be evil planets, the death of wives is to be forecast. 4 If the seventh house be occupied by the Moon and Saturn, the wife j will quit the husband and marry again. The number of wives will be the number represented by the NavAmsa occupied by the ruler of the seventh house or the number re- | presented by the Navanida aspected by the ruler of the seventh house. ] If Jupiter or Mercury occupy the 7th house and the Naviméa of the Suu or Mars or if the Moon and Venus (Venus especially) he power- ful or if they occupy or aspect the seventh house, the person will have J several wives, ‘ Under the influence of Jupiter and Venus, the wife will be of the | same caste and rank; under the influence of the Sun, Mars, Moon or { | ===== стр 336 ===== . OH, XXIII, ON THE CHAPTER ON EVILS. 323 Saturn, the wife will be of a lower rank, Under the influence of the power- ful Venus or of the powerful Moon, the wife will become a prostitute, Thus the Ketumfla says. co s oc setiat-saue: fraagradtadtentaa ay: AN ~ A aIsTATT: | ateanecaeaaehaa saree TEA Fraraarast: 8 : wan; Ugragrahaih, by the malefics, Mara, Satwn, Sun, fawgcenifiea: Sita- chaturasrasamsthitaih, situated in the fourth and eighth houses from Venus, wafevt Madhyasthite, (if Venus he situated) between the malefics. yyw’ Bhrigu- tanaye, on Venus being, war Athavd, or, ut; Ugrayob, between the malefics, ‘rant: Saumyagrahaih, by the benefic planets, wefgméfrOfeR Asahitasamnirtkgite, not accompanied by nor aspected by, maa: JfyAbadhah, the death of the wife, agafianmas :.Dahananipatapasajab, resulting from fixe, or from fall from a height or by hanging by ropes or so, 2. The person’s wife will die from fire if, during his birth time, malefic planets Mars, Saturn, or Sun be situated in the 4th and 8th houses from Venus; will die by falling (from some elevated place) if malefic planets be on both sides ' of Venus; or will hang herself by ropes if Venus be not accompanied nor aspected by any benefic planet. (These results will occur during the lifetime of the husband.) Notes:—This is also the opinion of GaArgi, the famous astrologer, Some authors note here two Yogas only, which is not proper. 1 ~ ins qo ffo—amraratitaaat: ufefeareat: wea . N‘ cg * AERATTST TAA TH | PITTA TTA Daa ‘ ies Haas Ta yu ata Lagnat, from the Ascendant, saaftamt: Vyayfrigatayoh, in the twelfth : or sixth house, aftrftrerecear; Saditigmaradmyoh, the Sun and Moon. wet Patnyé, . together with his wife. wy Saha, together with. wr Ekanayanasya, of one-eyed o beings, sft, Vadanti, say aw Janma, birth, zea: Dyunasthayoh, in the ‘ seventh house from the Ascendant, were: Navamapafichamasamsthayoh, y in the ninth or fifth house, V4, or. grt: Sukrirkayoh, Venus and the Sun, f ferearey Vikaladaram, of defective limbs. svff Usanti, say. say JAtam, born. ' irth time of any individual, the 6th 4 3. If, during the birth time of any individual, the j and the 12th houses from the Ascendant be occupied, one by 4 ~ t ===== стр 337 ===== 824 BRIHAJJATAK AM. | _—_— : the Sun and the other by the Moon, (or both the planets in | either the 6thor the 12th house), the person and his wite Fi will each have one eye only. Again the person will be ' deformed if Venus and the Sun (both) (1) occupy one of the . three houses, the 7th, the 9th or the 5th from the Ascendant, j Note:—(1) Venus or the Sun according to some, This ig opposed k to Gargi, whom the Commentator quotes. Gargt holds the opinion of the r text. } j arferht—aiaied Wyariseramean terateae a, & grahregay | camgstragarafeed: srt wt | PAQURAASTANET 2 0 : &@qz Koyodaye, Saturn being the Ascendant. yy’? Bhrigutanaye, Venus. : " werondt Astachakrasandhau, in the last Naviméas of Vrischika, Karka, or Mina as well asin the seventh house from the Ascendant, dart: Vandhy&patih, the 1 husband of a barren wife. 9% Yadi, if, 1 Na, not, yre"4 Sutarkgam, the constel- I lation indicating the son, ie, the fifth house from the Ascendant, wegrry Istayuk- 3 tam, occupied bya benefic planet. we’: Papagrahaih, by the malefic planets. wargrnufine’®: Vyayamadalagnardsisamsthaib, in the twelfth, seventh, and the t first houses ; in all, two, or one of these, G8 Ketne, waning, fifi Sasini, Moon. : Syrews Asutakalatrajanma, the birth of an individual having no son nor wife. F Whi Dhisthe, in the fifth house from the Ascendant, ) 4. If, during the birth time of any individual, Saturn be the Ascendant (1) and if Venus occupy the Chakra. ' samdhi Navaméas and the 7th house from the Ascendant, the person’s wife will be barren, on condition that the fifth house be not united with any benefic planet. Again, if the malefic planets occupy the 12th and the 7th houses and the Ascendant, the waning Moon occupying the 5th house, the | person will have no wife nor sons. | Note:—(1) It is clear that the Ascendant must be Vrisa or Kanys, or Makara, in which case the 7th houses will respectively be Vridchika, : Mina, and Karka; and the last Navamyas of these three houses are known as Chakrasandhis or Riksandhis (see verse 7 san, Chapter I.) : 1 i i | ===== стр 338 ===== i | i CH. XXIII, ON THE CHAPTER ON EVILS. 825 ‘ — } t atte —erktragerataaisered fea aaafra oz- amet Adige ag gare: | agaakriteond | f ad frgetst ar oftuaaq qeatéet wa: sweet uel winger’; Asitakujayoh, of Saturn and Mars; of any one of these, } Varge, in the Varga division or in the Varga degrees, wer’ Astasthe, in the ‘ seventh house from the Ascending house; in the Descending house. fa® Site, Venus, ‘ weafat Tadaveksite, aspected by either Saturn or Mars. vegsfim: Parayuvatigah, 2 going to another's wife. #& Tau, Saturn and Mars (united in the Descending : sign), 3 Chet, if. &g: Sendnb, united with the Moon (also). fer Striyd, with i wife, we Saha, together with. xv: Pumschalah, the husband addicted with : another woman and the wife addicted with another man; both the hushand : and wife as adulterer and harlot, yeni: Bhrigujadadinoh, of Venue and : Moon (in one sign), wet Aste, in the seventh house, (Saturn and Marsa in the i seventh from Venus and Moon), wari: Abharyah, having no wife, w Narah, the individual born, faga: Visutah, without son. fi Api, even; and. w V4, and, : afwary: Parinatatantth, old ; when late in life wet: Nristryok, the male and : { female planet (both in the seventh house). ¢@ Dristau, aspected by. y%: Subhaib, | by the benefic planet, sre Pramadapatt, tlie husband of a very aged wife. | 5. The individual born will be in illicit intercourse | with another man’s wife if, during his birth time, Venus be f in the Descendant and in Saturn or Mars’s Varga and algo i aspected by Saturn or Mars. Both the individual and his wife will commit adultery if i the Moon, Saturn and Mars be in the Descendant and Venus ' occupy Satum or Mars’s Varga and be also aspected by Saturn or Mars. The person will have neither wife nor sons, if Venus | and the Moon occupy a sign, Saturn and Mars being in the 7th house from the Venus and the Moon (some say from the Ascendant). The person’s wife will be an elderly woman and the man will marry late in life if when the male and female planets occupy a sign; Saturn and Mars occupy the Des- cendant and be aspected by benefice planets. ===== стр 339 ===== 326 BRIHAJJATAKAM. * A aaa «=wATGaaeasaa: | os ~ - . fret sat afrgaga Fecdeafse 1 area arr fefagaat Rent Brean | Aatsteatierraatgest: qstat wu & Ul wget Vamdachhetta, destroyer of one’s race or family. rye: Khamada- sukhagaih, in the tenth, seventh and fourth houses respectively. qwarReant: ChandradaityejyapApaih, by the Moon, Venus, and the malefics (Sun, Mars or Saturn) respectively, fief Silpf, an artisan; an artificer. av Tryamée, the Decanate, saftgnya Sadisutayute, accompanied by Mercury. @rqdenfi’'g2 Kendra- samstharkidryiste, (the sign of the ruler of the aforesaid Decanate) aspected by Saturn in the Ascendant or in any of the other angles. eet Dasydm, of a maid- servant; ofafemale slave. om. JAtah, horn. fafigryé Ditisutagurau, on Venus being. f&9% Ribphage, in the twelfth house from the Ascendant. @ren? Saurd- ph4ge, and in Saturn’s Navamda. 8 Niche, engaged in low menial services, unbecoming of him, s¥a: Arkendvoh, the Sun and Moon being situated. werrit: Madanagatayoh, in the descending honse. gee: Dristayoh, on being aspected by. gt Sttryajena, by Saturn. 6. The individual born will make his family extinct with him, if, during his birth, there be Moon in the 10th house, Venus in the 7th house and the malefic planets : in the 4th house; will become an artisan and painter if : during his birth Saturn be in the Ascendant or any other angular house and aspect a sign whose ruler’s Decanate is occupied by Mercury; will be born of a maid-servant if Venus exist in the 12th house from the Ascendant at birth and is also in Saturn’s Navaméa; and will do menial deeds unbecoming of him if the Moon occupy the Descendant and be aspected by Saturn. ~ ato fro—qraratfnaat: fearattsrateaceal- weq at wnedirniaana wide gaeq | Pash : Pad oN Rinses TG at Asahi a Pret aarast Frat: 9 n ===== стр 340 ===== ry ; OH. XXIII, ON THE OHAPTER ON EVILS, 327 f, ee 4 mame: Papflokitayoh, on being aspected by the malefics. ferrafiwt: Sita : vanijayoh, Venus and Mare. weve; Astasthayoh, while descending ; while set- : ting, «ey Vadhyaruk, having diseases visible from outside, ¢g. élephantiasis P and the like, Chandre, on the Moon being in. wtevfiesinwit Karkatavyidchi- 5 k@msakagate, in the Karka or Vridchika Navaméas, w®: Papaih, by the malefica. ; gf Yutoe, united with, qeey Guhyaruk, having diseases not visible from outside ; : diseases of the genital organ, fits Svitri, a white leper. Riwere®t; Ribphha- dhanasthayoh, in the twelfth and second houses, wyt: Agubhayoh, Saturn and Mars (respectively). Yaga Chandrodaye, on the Moon ascending. wet vt Aste ravau, : on the Sun descending, ww Chandre, on the Moon being in. @ Khe, in the f tenth house, waff@ Avanije, on Mars being in. wem Astage, descending, © : Oha, and. fax: Vikalah, defective in body. aff Yadi, if. wh: Arkajah, Saturn, : ‘afm; Vedigah, in the second house from the Sun, called Vedi, : 7. If, during birth, Venus and Mars be in the Des- } cendant and be afflicted (aspected by malefics), the indivi- 1 dual will be afflicted with diseases visible from outside ! (such as elephantiasis and the like); if the’ Moon be in Karka or Vrischika Navamsga and be united with malefics, | the person will be afflicted with diseases not visible from ' outside (such as the diseases of the genital organ and the like). | The person will be attacked with white leprosy | if the Moon be in the Ascendant, Saturn in the 12th, Mars } in the 2nd and the Sun in the 7th house from the Ascend- j ant; will be deformed if the Moon be in the 10th house | from the Ascendant, Mars in the 7th house from the As- + | cendant and Saturn in the 2nd house from the Sun. . ° i qo fro—sia: aRrragaa at sarererahte- ¥ ~ 5 } atahigenas: | att aeazeterat wight eats | Wa AIT: SM A Ns U . am: Antab, occupying the middle position, sf Saini, on the Moon occu- 7 pying. ‘wit: Adubhayob, between the malefics, Saturnand Mars. % Mrigage, 4 in the Makara sign. wt Patange, the Sun (called a Dird). -weeetjeewiegiigernr: : SvAsakeyayuplibakavidradhigulmabhajab, having diseases asthma, consumption, ] spleen, abscess, or a chronic enlargement of the spleen, 2% Sost, consumptive, 22 Tee: Parasparagrihamsagayoh, in each other’s NavAmdas, i.e. Sun in Moon's | ===== стр 341 ===== 328 BRIHAJJATAKAM. Navaméa and Moon in Sun's Navdméa, wig: Ravindvoh, of the Sun and Moon. @* Keetre, houses. wat Athava, or. gua Yugapat, at the same instant, we: Ekagayob, in one sign; the Sun and Moon both in one sign, say Leo and s0 on. ‘wa: at Kyidah va, or lean and thin, 8. The individual born will be afflicted with asthma, consumption, spleen, abscess, or a chronic enlargement of the spleen if, during his birth, the Moon occupy a place between Saturn and Mars and the Sun occupy the sign Makara; or the person will be afflicted with pulmonary consumption if the Sun occupy the Moon’s Navéméa and the Moon occupy the Sun’s Navémsa; or the person will be reduced to a skeleton if the Sun and Moon occupy together either Karka or Simha. 5 qo fo-aaharemntaais Be aa aR aaifaa ati aaRraratafhatsa a adi aq qrafgaraataaat We w2 Chundre, on Moon being in, sfiaresunfi'gnennt Agvimadhyajhjhagakar- kimyigajabhage, situated in the fifth Navamsa (middle) of Dhanu (Sagittarius) or in the Navaméa of Mina, Karka, Makara and Mega (any of these). ge Kusthf, , Jeper, eweqefe? Samandarudbire, united with Saturn and Mars, xqafwa Tada- ’ veksite, aspected by Saturn and Mars., 1 Va, or. wa: Yataih, on going to. : fide, Trikonam, in the trikoya (triangular) houses; in the fifth or the ninth house from the Ascendant, wfewfe'yt: Alikarkivyisaih, by the signs Vyidchika, Karka and Vriga occupying, 9 Mrige, Capricorn, in the sign Makara, wv Cha, : also, ge& Kugthi, leper. ¥ Cha, also. svefe®: Papasahitaih, uaited with male- fica, Saturn or Mara, waerf®: Avalokitaih, aspected by them, a Va, or. 9. The individual born will be a leper if during his ~ birth the Moon occupy the middle of Dhanu (i.e, the 5th : Naviméa of Dhanu) or the Navéméa of the signs Mina, Karka, Makara, or Mesa, and be either accompanied or aspected by Saturn and Mars(1). Again, the person will bea . leper if during his birth the 5th or the 9th house from the Ascendant be the signs Vrischika, Karka, Vrisa, or Makara and be either occupied or aspected by Saturn and Mars (2). ===== стр 342 ===== OH. XXIII, .ON THE CHAPTER ON EVILS, 329 te Notes :—(1) According to Yavandcharya, if the Moon be also aspected — by benefic planets at the same time, the person may not get leprosy but . itches, ringworms, &c. (2) Some read Saturn or Mars, >. ao fte-Pamrftarsaatea waar ae : AH | THAIN AAA AATAATAT tt eo tl freon feareqafiam: Nidhantridhanavyayasthitab, situated in the houses eighth, sixth, second and twelfth. efrewgrerat: Ravichandrarayamah, the Sua, Moon, Mars, and Saturn, aa am Yatha tathd, irrespectively situated ; placed anywhere (not with any order), awagugarran®: Balavadgrahadogakarayaih, due to the excess of . bile, phlegm, or wind, the humours of the body indicated by the most powerful ; of the above mentioned four planets, wai Manujéndm, of men, wrath Janayanti, r produce. smary Anetratdm, blindness or diseases of the eye. ; 10. The individual born will become blind, if during h, his birth, the Sun, Moon, Mars and Saturn be in the 8th, 3 6th, 2nd and 12th houses in any way (i.e. irrespectively) and F the blindness will be due to the excess of bile, phlegm, j or wind whichever belongs to the most powerful of the four planets. : Note :—If the powerful planct be the Moon, blindness will be due : to phlegmatic affections. If such planet be Mars, it will be caused by bilious affections ; if it be the Sun, then by heat; and if it be Saturn, it will be caused by windy affections, by stones and the like. Jaritaaaaradtrdige aa dtetegar frd- | Ratt Rreraregrutaerear weneracrer war ee Y werrananiga Navamayatritiyadhiyutd, in the ninth, eleventh, third, and fifth i houses, 7 ¥r2: Na cha saumyaib, and notaspected by the benefics, wy: Adubhah, Pp the malefic planets (the San, Moon, Mara, and Saturn). fife; Niriksitih, ; aspected by, faq NiyamAt, by causes (pertaining to the most powerful planet). if wearer: Sravanopaghatadab, originating diseases of the ears, 4.¢., deafness. ' eiaraqa: Radavaikrityakarib, originating the diseases of teeth. ~ Cha,. and, 4 wm Saptame, in the seventh house. 4 11. If, at the birth time, the malefics (the Sun, the Moon, Mars or Saturn) occupy the 9th, 11th, 3rd and 5th : houses and be not aspected by benefics, the individual born i will become deaf through causes indicated by the most q a i ===== стр 343 ===== . 830 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ne te powerful planet ; if such planets (1)-bé in the Descendant, the teeth of the individual will be weak and deformed. Note:—(1) As described'above, i.e, occupying the 9th, 11th, 3rd and 5th houses and not aspected by benefice planeta. aU: | atagaiSe Taraeaey aeaaafSrat: nek equi Udayati, on rising in the horizon, wat Udupe, the-Moon. guat Surfeyage, united with Rahu, i. ¢, when itisa Lunar Eclipse. « Sa, the indivi- dual born, afiare: Sapidicha, possessed by a ghost. syx%: Asubhayob, on the malefics being, fet: Trikonayoh, in the Trikopa houses. &mgnie® Sopaplava- mandale, on being eclipsed, <& Ravau, the Sun, wae’ Udayasthe, in the Ascendant. wanafi'a: Nayanapavarjitah, will be blind ; will be deprived of eyes, 12. The Moon being in the Ascendant and if she be then eclipsed and if Saturn and Mars be respectively in the ; 5th and 9th houses from the Ascendant, the individual born will get himself possessed by ghosts, Again, if, during the birth time, the eclipsed Sun be rising and if Saturn and Mars occupy respectively the 5th and the 9th houses from ‘ the Ascendant, the person will lose his eyes. * + ‘ Toate Rene a Al ~ iN maracas Reaseara ofa fe a aaa. ~ gieistge wala art aeageataaad aia saa aftevit n 23 0 , awe: Samspristab, attacked by ; afflicted with, wit Pavanena, by windy 7 complaints, z.¢,, gout or rheumatism, ¥eng’ Mandagayute, united with Saturn. 2 Dyune, in the seventh house. Wei Vilagne, in the Ascendant. g& Gurau, on Jupiter being. Benq: Sonmfdab, mad, lunatic, idiot, waft# Avanije, on Mars being, fea Sthite, situated, sera® Astabhavane, in the Descending house. #® Jtve, 2 Jupiter, frenfi® Vilagnagrite, in the Ascendant, agq Tadvat, like that; insane; unsteady, gigm: Siryasutah, Saturn. a2 Udaye, rising. wafig? Avanisute, Mars, wig =Dharmdtmajadyunage, in the ninth, fifth or seventh houses, om: Jatoh, born, m VA, or, wayacitar’a Sasahasragmitanaye, with Saturn, W® Keine, waning, = Vyaye, in the twelfth house, ‘ait Sttagan, the Moon, : 18. The individual born under Saturn in the Descen- * dant, and Jupiter in the Ascendant will be afflicted with windy ===== стр 344 ===== OH, XXIII, ON THE OHAPTER ON EVILS. 331 ne EEE EEIISI SINISE RNR RES Enennenneennaesnennamm complaints, gout, rheumatism, é&c.; born under the Descendant . Mars and the Ascendant Jupiter will become insane; born under the Ascendant Saturn and Mars in the 5th, 7th or 9th house, will become an idiot; will ulso become an idiot if horn under the waning Moon and Saturn in the 12th house from the Ascendant. qo Pro—argaeratsay’ P TRUE RSE GILG LIEU 2 Tater | eatsereTaTy A: AT: TET RT: QIOYTMPTATT: th v2 Ul . acantrencitenmtet: RAadyaméapospakaraditakarAmarejyaib, by the ruler . of the Navamde of the sign where the Moon is situated during birth, by the Sun, i by the Moon, and by Jupiter. *rafiaimer: NichAdhipAmsakagataib, in the : Navaméas of the rulers of their detrimental houses, aftr’: Aribhdgagaib, in the | Navaméas of their enemies, ™ V4, or, eH Ebhyah, out of these planets if there Hi be one, two, or more, wrrrernghi: Alpamadhyabahuvih, of a trivial, mediocre, and strong character respectively. """ Kramagah, successively; in seriatim. "ym: Prasitah, born. Bt: Jiiey&h, are to be known. %@: Syub, become, weyrrorerterer: Abhyupagamakrayagarbhadasah, (1) a slave in orderto got one's livelihood (if | one planet be in the Navamdas of their detrimental houses, or in their enemies ‘ houses) (2) 9 slave bought for a certain amount (if two planets be such), (3) slave of a slave in a domestic family. 44, The individual born will serve under other men for his livelihood if, during his birth, (1) the ruler of the Moon- occupied Navamsa, (2) the Sun, (8) the Moon, or (4) Jupiter occupy either the Navamsa of the ruler of his detrimental ' house, or any other enemy's Navaméa;. will become a slave (purchased per money value) if two af the aforesaid planets occupy either the one Navdméa or the other ; and if three of the aforesaid planets occupy the one Navaméa or the other, the : person will be the slave of a slave. : efaft-fecema: We cemeata eal: a AA ET TIAA ar | AaTTTT qree warage- t quit Praacae Fecal: gst Prenat: garg N gk U ===== стр 345 ===== 332 BRIHAJJATAKAM. : ee fesrert: Vikritadaganah, of deformed teeth; having ugly teeth. w’: PapAib, by the malefic planets. #2 Driste, aspected by, wmegagt VrisAjahayodaye, the signs Vrisa, Mega, Dhanu rising. «fm: Khalitah, baldheaded. agwé Agubha. . keetre, in the inauspicious houses, i.¢., in those of Mega, Simha, Vrischika, Makara, Kumbha; in any of these, w® Lagne, becoming the Ascendant, 2 Hays, in | Dhanu. ww Brigabhe, in the sign Vrisa, “fiat Api va, or even. vwaagy? Navama- sutage, in the ninth or fifth houses, 9: Papaih, by the evil planets. #2 Driste, aspected by. *’ Ravau, the Sun, setew: Adridheksanah, eyes always turning ‘ and unsteady; of useless eyes, favarg? Dinakarasute, Saturn, Swenfe: Naika- iy vyadhib, having many diseases. §® Kuje, Mars, faww: Vikalah, deformed. gt Pumén, the native. b 15. ‘The individual born under the Ascendant Vrisa, : Mega, or Dhanu and aspected by the malefics will have ugly teeth; will be baldheaded if born under the Ascendant Mesa, ‘ Simha, Vrischika, Makara, Kumbha, Dhanu or Vrisa and aspected by the malefics ; will be of weak sight, if born under the afflicted Sun in the 9th or 5th house from the Ascendant ; will be afflicted (1) with various maladies, if born under the afflicted Saturn in the 5th or in the 9th house ; and will be ; of defective limbs, if born under the afflicted Mars in the 5th or in the 9th house. Note :—(1) Aspected by malefics, . ee ‘ QRcaTN— STITT ITT aaa ATTA freer | asafineaeraggantreraaereahtecter aa ween wagrent]; Vyayasutadhanadharmagaib, in the twelfth, fifth, second, or : ninth house. wert: Asaumyaih, by the evil planets, ‘wrewnfwt Bhavanasa- mAnanibandhanam, to be captured and restrained as denoted by the nature of : the rising sign, eg., those born under the Ascendant Mega, Vyiga, Dhanu, are : confined by being bound with ropes; under Mithuna, Kany&, Tula, Kumbha, , are loaded with fetters; under Karka, Makara, Mina, shut up in a well-guarded place without being tied, as if a bird in a cage; under Vridchika, in a subterra- nean cell, feria Vikalpyam, are to be thought, yemimanyq Bhujaganigada- : p&éabhrit, suffering imprisonment of the nature denoted by Serpent Decanate ; and Fetter Decanate. gw®: Drikanaih, by the ruler of the riding Decanate (under which an individual is born), ‘wagtreafiéfa®: Balavadasaumyanirtkgitaih, if strong ‘ and aspected by evil planets. vCha, and, sgt Tadvat, like that. ; ‘ ===== стр 346 ===== | ; OH. XXTII, ON THE CHAPTER ON BVILS. 333 . 16. The individual born under the malefic planets | occupying the 12th, 5th, 2nd, and 9th houses promiscuously will suffer capture and imprisonment as denoted by the P Pp: 'y nature of the rising sign (1). Again, if, during the birth | time, the rising Decanate be either Serpent or Fetter De- canate (2) and if the sign (3) of its ruler be afflicted, the per- son will also suffer imprisonment of the nature of such sign, Notes :—'1) If the Ascendant be Mega, Vrisa or Dhanu, the person will be bound with ropes. Ifthe Ascendant be Mithuna, Kany&, Tuld, or Kumnbha, he will be loaded with fetters. Ifthe Ascendant be Karka, Makara, or Mina, the person will be shut up in a fortress, but will be . taken care of. Ifthe Ascendant be Vrischika, the person will be kept 7 in a subterranean cell. (2) The Serpent Decanates: These are the first, second and third 1 Decanates of Karka, the lst and 2nd of Vyidchika and the 3rd of Mina. ¥ The Fetter Decanate.—The first Decanate of Makara. | (3) That is, if the rising Decanate be the lst Decanate of Karka, for instance, the ruler of such Decanate is the Moon whose sign is Karka. If the rising Necanate be the 2nd Decanate of Karka, its ruler is Mars whose sign is Vridchika; and if it be the 3rd Decanate of Karka, the Ia ruler of such Decanate is Jupiter, whose sign is Mina, ghar: atts Prat az . ~ Rawat aera wa afaer) waaaga: atearedta: TUTANAATAHATA: FARSATTATAAT: it 9 gfe strageraasfterareratfim: 230 qevawt: Parugavachanah, using very harsh and rough words, wrewal: Apa- eméarartah, afflicted with epilepsy ; having epileptic fits; dead. wh Keyat, con- sumptive, ¥ Cha, and, fist Niddpatan, Moon, ‘iw’ Saravitanaye, Saturn, | wmrenint Vakralokam gate, aspected by Mare. vftv# Parivesage, with halo all round, | sferng’: Raviyamakujaih, by the Sun, Saturn or Mara. tregé: Saumyddristaib, not aspacted by any benefic. *:wq Nabhabsthalam, in the tenth house ; in the sky overhead, wfwa: Aégritaib, oocupying, yraryw: Bhyitakah manujah, the indi- vidual born becomesa servant of another, @tyfée*: Parvoddistaih, by the planets aforesaid, were: Vardédhamamadhyaméh, of a good, bad, or mediocre nature. : 17. The individual will be using very harsh words | and will be afflicted with epilepsy and with consumption if b . ===== стр 347 ===== 334 BRIHAJJATAKAM. he be born under the Moon accompanied by Saturn, and aspected by Mars and surrounded by a halo (1). The individual born under the Sun, Saturn and Mars occupying the 10th house from the Ascendant and not being aspected by benefic planets, becomes a servant of a dignified, average, and low rank as the case may be (2). Notes :—(1) Lf the Moon be united with Satarn only, the person will be a man of harsh speech, if the Moon be united with Saturn and aspect- ed by Mars, the person will be epileptic; if the Muon be united with Saturn, aspected by Mars and there is a halo also, the person will be con- . sumptive. (2) If one of the three planets Sun, Saturn, and Mars ovcupy the 10th house, tho person will be a dignified servant; if 2 planets occupy the 10th house, he will be a servant of middle rank aad if 3 planets occupy the 10th house, he will be a servant of a low rank. Thus ends the Twenty-third Chapter on Evils by Vardha Mihiré- charaya of Avantika. ===== стр 348 ===== ae | H CHAPTER XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSCOPES, : . : qo fto—gaead AG aA TIatefay : . . at aad Raa avat g waaT Pra aged aig Barareany ater ue a . wm Yadyat, whatever, wi Phalam, fruits, oR Narabhavé, on the birth | of a male individual i Kgamam, possible, wert Amgandndm, in the case of i females. rm Tattat, those results only, *&q Vadet, declare. fiq Patigu, to the hasbands of females, «V4, or. eee Sakalam, all the results (that are calculated 4 from a female horoscope,) fa, Vidheyam, are to be applied; are to be told as S those of her husband, ai Tasim, of the females, g Tu, but. ‘aww Bhartri- . marayam, death of their husbands. fiw® Nidhane, from the eighth house. ¥y: Vapuh, about the body, the physique of the females, 3 ‘Iu, but. wagt Lagnen- dugam, to be counted from the nature of the Ascendant and the Moon-occupied sign, gym Subhagatd, prosperity; fortune, werm% Astamaye, from the seventh house, ft: Pati cha, and the husband ; ¢g., what the husband will be. 1. Of all the effects that are declared in the horos- . copy of men, those only are applicable to women which are possible for them; the rest are applicable to their husbands. According to some, all the effects will affect the husband, The death of the husband shall be determined from the 8th house (from the Ascendant) in female horoscopes. Matters connected with the physique of a woman shall be determined from the rising sign and the sign occupied by the Moon; and matters connected with her prosperity and fortune and her husband’s beauty, &c., shall be determined from the 7th house. a Notes :—Such effects as are declared in the king-making combina- " tions, etc,, are to be told with regard to the husbands; those that are | declared under the Nabhasa Yogas or Astral Com)inations are applicable | to both. & ===== стр 349 ===== 336 BRIHAJJATAKAM. qo fo-gag anafiet: sefattaar at ata ™ WU Beets | aaemtaagaafaitager art 3 oragadhaaaaataT WR gq Yugmesu, situated in the even signs, waeftt: Lagnadasinoh, the Moon and the Ascendant being situated in. wefafeen: Prakyitisthitah, truly feminine ; womanish, mild and gentle, befitting a woman. i Swi, female. qdteyeg Sachchilabhfsapayuta, of good character and having ornaments. yuget: Subha- dyigtayoh, aspected by benefic planets. +Cha, and. rev; Ojasthayoh, situated in the odd signs. Cha, and, ‘quefitegnt Manujakritidilayukta, having male appearance and male characteristics. wa PApd, vicious, «Cha, and, wayeifent: Papayutavikgitayoh, accompanied or aspected by the malefics. y@rt Gugond, ill- qualified ; having no qualifications, . ~ 2. The woman born will possess a truly feminine form and look if the Ascendant and the sign occupied by the Moon be even; will moreover be of good character and will possess ornaments (chastity and other virtues being counted among the ornaments), if the above signs be aspected by benefic planets. But if such signs be odd, the woman will get a maculine appearance and possess male characteris- ’ tics; and if they be either found with or aspected by male- fic planets, she will have no qualifications and become : vicious. Note :--If the conditions be partly good and partly bad, the woman will be qualified partly with the above qualifications and partly with the above disqualifications. gram-aeaa ger Fade ered areal GAIT Fa- aS a fag wast madisoky vafesiiget areata WRU wa Kanya, the female born. ea Eva, thus, get Dustd, bad ; vicious, even before marriage, afi Vrajati, produces; elopes with another male, t Tha, in this Mars’s house, ai Dasyam, maid-servant, af Sadhvi, chaste. wim Samayé, with j Maya ; qvftagm Kucharitrayukté, of a bad character. yeaerné’ Biitmyftmajarkge, ” in Mara's houses, 4, ¢., in Meya and Vyischika, wan: Kramagah, succeasively, amy Améakesu, in the Trimédémsa (of Mars). oni guna Vakrirkijivenduja- bhArgavanam, of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury, and Venus respectively. ===== стр 350 ===== g i ! OH. XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSCOPRS. 337 OE eEEBE__L_:: t 8. The female born will become corrupt (even before ; marriage) if the Ascendant or the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth is either Mesa or Vrischika, and also if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimé4méa occupied by the Moon be that of Mars; will be a maid-servant, if the above Trimséméa be that of Satum; will be chaste and pure, if the above Trimsdméa be that of Jupiter; will be tricky and tempting, if it be that of Mercury; will be of bad character, if it be that of Venus. : | FATAT—-Fer Ya: AYU Hea Saray Ta | qiract ut eararedt gtaaar adt @ att gure sfafiratenrar wen ger Dugtd, of a had character. gyri: Punarbhah, marrying » sccond time, ayst Sagund, endowed with qualities, mem Kaldjia, knowing musio, dancing, painting, &e. sm Khay&ta, famous. y®: Guyaib, on account of being humble and amiable. agrgfrra" Asurapdjitarkge, in Venus houses, io, in Vriga and ‘Told, «rq SyAt, become. wré KApatt, hypocrite. Awe Kiivasamé, like eunuchs, wt Sati, chaste. ¥Cha, and, # Baudhe, in the houses of Mercury, i,e., in the houses of Mithuna or Kanyé, qe Gunddhya, well qualified. sfiwarn Pravikirpakama, lustful ; going to all persons, | 4, The female born will be of a bad character if * the Ascendant and the sign occupied by the Moon during birth be either Vrisa or Tulé, and also the rising Trims- améga or the Trimsaméga occupied by the Moon be that of Mars ; if it be that of Saturn, she will marry a second time; if of Jupi- ter, she will possess good and virtuous qualities ; if of Mer- cury, she will be skilled in music and dancing; if it be ‘ that of Venus, she will be renowned for her good qualities, Again she will be wily and deceitful if the Ascendant or the Moon-occupied sign at birth be Mithuna or Kanyé and alsoif the rising ‘Trims4msa or the Trimsimsa occupied by the Moon be that of Mars ; will be a hermaphro- dite, if it be of Satu; will be chaste, if of Jupiter; well qualified, if of Mercury, and she will, out of lust, commit adultery, if it be that of Venus. aan | \ | ===== стр 351 ===== 338 BRIHAJJATAKAM., eee me fio-wearar aftaritet agg firfea- . i . ot x aratega | grant gaaraa wag: galframrera u ' ~ / Setagareacafagar frerageradt i ae Arata fae afcat gercst cated: van wrarq Svachchhandaé, of an independent nature, fief PatighAtini, slayer of one’s hushand. «gga Bohuguna, diversely well qualified. fatten Silpint, an artist. war Asfdhvi, an unchaste woman, aX Indubhe, the sign Karka (Moon being there or Karka being the Ascendant), aya Nyficharé, behaving like a male, having manners properly belonging to males, gee Kulaté, an unchaste woman, 88 Arkabhe, the sign Simha being the Ascendant or Moon being in Simha, wey: Nripavadhth, queen. y¥fem Puméchestita, having masculine natures, 5 wren Agamyaga, in illicit intercourse with men not approachable. @ Jaive, in the signs Dhanu and Mina (being the Ascendant or Moon being there. Mey Naikagtin’, of many good qualities, wera: Alparatih, satisfied after a short cohabitation. wfgn Atiguni, of many good qualities, frerger Vijfianayukta, of wonderful knowledge. wef Asatf, an unchaste woman, art Dagt, maid-servant. Yrvom Nicharata, addicted to low persona, #2 Arkibhe, in the houses of Saturn i, e, Makara and Kumbha (these being the Ascendant or the Moon being in them), sftem Patirata, devoted to her husband. get Dusta, bad. @mm Apraja, : barren. int: Svamsakaih, in Venus’ own Trimé&méa. : A) 5. The female born will act freely according to her i own will if the Ascendant or the Moon-occupied sign at { birth be Karkata and if the rising Trims4méa or the i Trimsarhga occupied by the Moon be that of Mars 3 will ; murder her husband if it be that of Saturn ; will possess many good qualities, if of Jupiter; will be a refined artist, if of Mercury; will be unchaste, if it be of Venus, The female born will be of a masculine nature, if the Ascendant or the Moon-occupied sign at birth be Simha, and if the rising Trimgaméa or the Moon-occupied - Trims4msa be that of Mars; will be unchaste, if of Saturn ; will be a queen, if of Jupiter ; will have a masculine nature, ; if of Mercury ; will be corrupt with men unapproachable, : raf of Venus. ; ===== стр 352 ===== i OH. XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSCOPES. 330 14 The female born will possess many good qualifica- F tions if the Ascendant or the Moon-occupied sign at birth i be Dhanu or Mina and if the rising Trimé4méa or the Moon- i occupied Trithgdimsa be that of Mars; will cohabit shortly, i if of Saturn; will have many good qualities, if of Jupiter; 4 will be a woman of knowledge, if of Mercury; unchaste, i if of Venus. The female born will be a maid-servent if the Ascendant or the Moon-occupied sign at birth be Makara or Kumbha and if the rising Triméaméa or the Moon-occupied } Trimgémsa be that of Mars; will jom a person of low ' caste, if of Saturn; will bo chaste, if of Jupiter; will ‘be ‘ of bad conduct, if of Mercury; and will be barren, if of Venus. wears: Ta farivhieq u qaraatiaeta cate faradq udu | afremeage?: Sadilagnasamayuktaib, of the Ascondant and the sign occupied i by the Mcon during one’s birth. w# Phalam, effects; results, fa'sie#: Trimémda- kaih, of the TriméAmdas (of the Ascendant or the sign occupied by the Moon i during one’s birth), y Idam, thus (as stated above). semafawt Ralabala~ : vikalpena, according to the superiority of strength. nt: Tayoh, of these Trimdamaas, \ ie., the rising TriméAméa and the Trimsémdéa occupied by the Moon, sw Uktam, . i as stated. faf¥atq Vichintayet, are to be considered, t 6. ‘The effects that have been described for the rising i Trimsaméa or those described for the Trims4msa occupied ° by the Moon will come to pass according as the one Trimsé- : méa or the other is the more powerful. gefiah-eaieuraratan weatitt wes at afe . qeutraaise: vari: arazatarrasdte dale aaa acrefaterats: wot mint Dyiksamsthau, each aspecting the other, wfnfitr Asitasitau, Saturn and Venus, werd? Paraspardmde, each occupying the other's Navaméas, 46, Vriga or Tula. i Saukre, on Venus’s house being the Ascendant Va, or. #f& ===== стр 353 ===== : is it “ . 4 340 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 4 j a4 Yadi, if, weofiriva: wa: Ghatarasicambhavah Améab, on Kumbha Navdméa rising. tt wif; Stribhih, by women, etteferaerdia’ Strimadanavigdnalapradiptam, female . lust. #uif’ Saméantim; satiety; satisfaction. waft Nayati, brings. wrefaftunfi: ‘ Nardkritisthitébhih, by an artificial male organ. 4 J 7, Jf, during the birth time of a female, Saturn occupy 7 Venus’ Navaméa and Venus occupy Saturn’s Navaméa and if ; : : : lv Venus and Saturn aspect each other, or, if the sign Vrisa or ' Tuld be the Ascendant and the rising Navéméa be that of the { sign Kumbha, tbe female will satisfy her lust by the help of ; y other women having an artificial male organ. ES x wre ro-gya RINT saseaNaTA araaETal- : + . Raa slatset gedaatarvag fret satenfrat: u seTET * chan gaa faa asennad saath | meta aa st Tafa usN : yee Sanyo, on there being no planets, wyev; Kapurusah, a coward or a blameable man, wa Abale, becoming weak, wea? Astabhavane, in the 7th house, @ramyiify Saumyagrahdviksite, not aspected by any benefic. #a: Kitbah, “ a eunuch ; ondimpotent, we Aste, in the seventh house. yg: Budhamanda- ' yoh, Mercury or Saturn. wy Charagrihe, in the moveable houses. fir Nityam. always; very frequently, waraftat: Pravdsfinvitah, living in foreign countries. eragt: Uteristab, left by husband ; divorced, Ravipd, when the Sun is in tho seventh house. ¥%4 Kujena, when Mars is in the seventh house fawat Vidhabha, a widow. am& Valye, at a vory early age, werfific? Astarddisthite, in the descending sign. a Kanya, the girl. ei Eva, certainly, wyrif® Agubhaviksite, . aspected by malefics, wir’ Arkatanaye, on Saturn being. @R Dydne, in the seventh house. ot Jaram, old age, afi Gachhati, gets; reaches, i.c., does not marry at all; sho remains ever a maid, 8. The woman will havea mean contemptible coward fellow for her husband if, during birth, there be no planets in the 7th house from the Ascendant or from the Moon-occupied o sign, the 7th house itself being not aspected by any benefic - planet; or her husband will be impotent, if such 7th house : be occupied by Mercury or Saturn; or her husband will be ” living in foreign countries,.if such 7th house be a moveable sign, will remain in his place, if the 7th house be a fixed ===== стр 354 ===== i ; 4 CH, XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSOOPHS. Sal | sign, and will partly be in foreign and partly in his own i place if the 7th house be a common sign; or her ; husband will reject her, if such 7th house be occupied by the Sun; or she will become a widow while young, if it be occupied by afflicted Mars, and she will remain unmarried throughout her life, if it be occupied by afflicted Saturn (1). Note :—(1) May be married in her old age, if Saturn be well aspected. , we frost fararenertren eas: gRplag | 3 a deaasent etter aaa Wau ww tient: eraRsetearemgar | ga at ae efta- > atwatgat ageraraarar wen mia: Agneyaih, by (many) malefic planets. ftw Vidhabha, a widow, serofuafeat: Astaradisahitaik, in the seventh house, f¥#: Migraik, by the mixture, . i.e,, where both the benefics and the malefics are found in the seventh house. | ge: Punarbhah, a widow remarried, q Bhavet, becomes, 4% Krire, the male- i fics, t.¢,, the Sun, Mars, or Saturn, r® Hinabale, becoming weak. we Aatage, t in the seventh house. vfrr Svapatina, by one’s own husband, @rafe® Saum- : yekgite, aspected by benefics (Mercury, Jupiter or Venus). eae Projjhita, . ejected; abandoned ; forsaken, waratwit: Anyonyaméagayoh, each one in the othor’s Navamda, feerafiemt: Sitavanijayoh, of Venus and Mars. werwnngm Anya- prasakt4mganda, female addicted to another male. a Dytine, in the seventh house. at Va, or, a Yadi, if. tecitvafeh Sttarasmisabitau, (Mars and Venus) together with the Moon, 4 Bhartub, of the husband, mq Tada, then, wywe Anujfiaya, by the permission, 9. The woman will become a widow if during birth the 7th house from the Ascendant or the Moon-occupied sign be occupied by several malefic planets; the woman will quit her husband and marry another if such 7th house be found with malefics as well as benefics; and if such 7th house be occupied by malefic planets, be weak, and be aspected by a benefic planet the woman will be for- saken by her husband. Jf Venus and Mars be in each other’s Navémésa, the ) woman will commit adultery; and if the seventh house from the Ascendant be found with the Moon, Venus as \ a | if ===== стр 355 ===== 342 BRIHAJJATAKAM. ° well as Mars, she will be corrupt with another person under the express order of her husband. 2 iat 1 uaa wat agus Arar are saat cms 3 ares 1 asset atta onfeharestel ea THETA Ngo W a Qe Saurararkse, the signs of Saturn (i, ¢, Makara or Kumbha) or the P signs of Mars (i. e., Mega or Vrischika). ent Lagnage, on becoming the Ascen- 3 dant. ¥gq% Sandugukre, with Moon and Venus, we Matré, together with her ; mother. e@” Sardham, with. a Bandhakt, in illicit intercourse with others. ' umge Papadriste, aspected by evil planets; afflicted, %&® Kauje, belonging to Mars ; if the setting Navaméa be that of Mars, weit Astimse, if the descending Navamias belong to, fe Saurind, by Saturn, afta; Vyadhiyonih, having 7 diseased female organ of generation, weir Oharuéropi, of beautiful hips and | organ of generation, sm@t Vallabha, dear to one’s husband, nei? Sadgra- i h&mée, on a benefic planet's Navaméa descending. J 10. Both the woman and her mother will be in illicit t intercourse with other males if during the birth time of | the woman the signs of Saturn or Mars, (i.e., Makara or : Kumbha or Mesa or Vrischika) be rising and if it be f occupied by the afflicted Moon and Venus. Again the p woman will havea diseased genital organ if Mars’ Navamsa = be descending, with Saturn’s aspect on the Descending | sign ; if, on the contrary, the Navdméa of a benefic planet be 1 descending, the woman will possess a fine genital organ | > and will become an agreeable wife. | arfaat—zat qe: Gasser at ateter: eareet- iN + 5 . waar (abe ats Rarer A quar ae nee : aa: Vriddhab, aged; an old man. i: Markhah, a stupid; an illiterate or : fool, vee Stryajarkge, if the sign of Saturn (4, Makara or Kumbha) : ‘ be descending. we% Améake, if the Navdméas of Saturn be descending. ™ Va, or, wie: Strilolah, one attached to women, «rm Syat, will become. i: : Krodhanah, one of angry temper. * Cha, and. wav® Avaneye, if the sign of : Mavs (i.¢., Mesa or Vrigchika) or its Navdmdas (be setting), ti Saukro, if the signs of Venus, (4.¢.,, Veiga and Tuld) or her Navamsas (be setting). ia: Kantab, ===== стр 356 ===== CH. XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSCOPES. 343 i . of a very beautiful form, sie@riagw: Ativasaubhagyayuktab, very fottunate and _ liked by one’s husband. fr Vidvin, learned, wet Bhart@, the husband, yew: A Naipunagiiah, clever and skilful, « Cha, and. # Baudhe, if the sign of Meroury, A (i. e., Mithuna or KanyA) or its Navainda be setting, d 11. If, during birth, Makara or Kumbha be descend- i ing or Saturn’s Navamsa be descending, the woman will get an old fool for her hushand; if Mesa, Vyigchika be des- cending, or Mars’ Navémga be descending, she will get a husband, angry but devoted to her; if Vyisa or Tula or Venus’s Navémsa be descending, the husband will be of good form and of good look and will be fond of his wife; if Mithuna or Kanyé, 2.c., Mercury’s Navéméa be descending, the husband will be learned, clever and skilful. ghtvarat—agaaanat ager aid Rreagt gwar i Lana sn _ aaa afaagetates ati waft ceseafte- ; | ASM aT eR warm: Madanavagagatah, lustful ; amorous; passionate, 4g: Mriduh, quiet; i delicate; soft; tender. 4 Oha, and. wg Ohéndre, when the Moon’s sign Karka is 1 the seventh house or when the Moon’s Navaméa is setting, fiemty Tridagagurau, on Jupiter's sign, i.e, Dhanu or Mina descending or when Jupiter's Navaméa is : setting. ywary Guyavin, qualified with many good parts, eg., heroism, &e, fa¥'Ra: i Jitendriyah, one who has controlled one’s passions, ¥ Cha, and wftryg: Atimyiduh, q very soft. whine Atikarmakrit, dealing much in trade affairs; some read it as J xfteiay and render ita meaning as very licentious. ¥ Cha, and. &a’ Saurye, E when the Sun’s sign Simba is descending or when ite Navamda is descending, waft | Bhavati, becomes. 4 Grihe, in the house, weraficd Astamagasthite, deacending. wet Améake, or the NavAméas. 1 VA, or. 12. Jf, during birth, the Karka or Moon’s Navémsa be descending, the husband will be very passionate but quiet ; : jf Dhanu or Mina or Jupiter’s Navimsa be descending, the | husband will be brave, have control over his passions and desires and will possess other virtues ; if the sign Simha or | the Sun’s Navaméa be descending, the husband will be very t mild and will do various works (1) (some take it :—will in- 23 dulge in much sexual union). ; ===== стр 357 ===== 344 BRIHAJJATAKAM. 1 Notes :—If the Descending sign be that of one planet and the descen- | “| ding Navamda be that of another planet, then the effects of that which is Wy powerful of the two will come to pass. "4 (1) Some authors retd Ratikarma instead of Atikarma and render : | the meaning as indulging much in sexual union. ! 2 qo fee-gentaat gawr ufirgmad aah: , aerg fgut gfaat gure | gag erga” aera Rreaaatqagateagr BAZ nN 2a 7 teiftem frayAnvita, jealous ; envious of the prosperity of other persons, yeva Sukhaparé, luxurious; loving pleasure and ense. wfignedt Sasisukralagne, . Moon and Venus in the Ascendant. rq: Jitendvoh, if Mercury and Moon be in the Ascendant. weg Kaldsu, in fine arts, music, &c. fg Nipuyd, skilled in; a well versed in. gfwm Sukhita, happy. yea Gupadhyé, having many qualifica- : tions, spew’: Sakrajfiayoh, if Venus and Mercury be Ascending. g Tu, aleo. sea Ruchira, beautiful, gam Subhaga, dear to one's husband. erm Kaléjfid, : versed in musio, eto. fig #f Trigu api, when the three planets Moon, Mercury, . Venus are in the Ascendant, wtwaytrenpr Anckavasusaukhvyagund, having much : wealth and many good qualities, ty Subhegu, the three auspicious planets, 6.g., Mercury, Venus, Jupiter being in the Ascendant, 13. The woman born will be envious of others’ prosperity and very pleasure-loving if, during the birth, the | Moon and Venus be in the Ascendant ; will be skilled in the fine arts, will be in the enjoyment of comfort and will be , well-qualified if the Moon and Mercury be in the Ascendant ; will know music, dancing, will be dear to her husband, if Venus and Mercury be in the Ascendant; she will have vast : wealth, immense comfort and numberless good qualities if Moon, Mercury and Venus all three be in-the Ascendant, or if Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be in the Ascendant. , ao ftto—agtsea fraser fraeatisd aeq Radi aaa wer aa ofecat | aeeTy acl eae ae: arafamtenty arergreafiat gen - wg Krire, on malefic planet occupying. we® Astame, in the eighth house. fewew Vidhavaté, widowhood. fwtyc: Nidhanedvarah, the ruler of the eighth house ===== стр 358 ===== OH. XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSCOPES. 345 nnn RSE from the Ascendant, wW Amsé, in the Navdmdas. wa Yasya, of whichever wn planet, feen: Sthitah, situated, a Vayasi, in the Antardadd period, me ‘Tasya, of that planet, #® Same, same ; equal (to the Antardaé® period) or equal to the natural life period of that planet (ns stated in verse 9, Chapter VIII), sige Pradigté, said. ary Sateu, the benefic planets when occupying. Wty Arthagogu, : in the second house from the Ascendant, ww Merayam, death, wey Svayam eva, her own (death just after her husband's death), ew: Tasydh, her, wenferirgley Kany@ligoharisu, in the signs Kanya, Vridchika, Vriya, or Simba, = Cha, and. weagnea’ Alpasutatvam, producing very few childron. i Indau, the Moon (residing in). 14. The woman will become a widow if, during her birth time, the 8th house from the Ascendant be possessed by a malefic planet and this will take place (1) in the Dasa or ro Antardasa period of the planet whose Navaméga is occupied by the ruler of such 8th house (reckoned after her marriage). If the 8th house be possessed by a malefic planet and the 2ud er house by a benefic planet the woman will die before her hus- | - band ; the woman will have few sons, if during her birth, the Moon be in the sign Kanyé, Vrischika, Vriga or Simha. Note:—(1) Will take place 80 many years after her marriage as are equal to the Antardasa period of the planet in question. Some Commentators are of opinion pet she will become a widow after the natural life period of the planet{as stated in verse 9, Chapter VID whose Navamda is occupied by the ruler of such 8th house, reckoned from her marriage. > + Mo Moat TeyaTA TAA TBA: alaryyR Ta: | 7 ~ ' Wkdifeabad: veftaft qatsreregar: u sfarcreghid- | mag afay aeaarat aa | Prearat yf Aare | Rrgut aft serarferati uw ek 0 QR Saure, Saturn, ww® Madhyabale, half strong, ie., neither strong nor weak, #% Balena, with favourable planets and position of strength, «fea: Rahi- taib, devoid of, Swiggitey’: Stta@msugukreudujaib, with Moon, Venus and Mercury. ®: Segaib, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter being. Watered: Viryasamanvitaib, be- “ coming very strong. weft Paruyint, going to many persons for the satisfaction of her passion ; or of a masculine character. wm Yadi, if, Rrereregyre: Ojardsy- udgamah, the odd signs rising in the horizon. On Mesa, Mithuna, Simba, | ‘Pula, Dhanu, Kumbba rising. srerereghtaty Jivardaphujidaindavegu, Jupiter, | a“ ===== стр 359 ===== 346 BRIHAJJATAKAM. Mars, Venus, Mercury (becoming). sftq Baligu, strong. meat Praglagnaridau, the Ascendant being, 8 Same, the even signs. feenm Vikhvyata, famous. 34 et Bhuvi, in this earth, Swoefiyer Naikagdstranipund, knowing many Sistras. SW Strt, female born, xernfe BrahmavAdini, versed in the science of release (Mokga), si Api, also. 15. If, during the birth time of a woman, Saturn be . of mediocre strength (neither powerful nor weak), the Moon, Venus and Mercury be weak and the Sun, Mars, and Jupiter be powerful and if the Ascendant be an odd sign, the woman will enjoy many men (1). If, during the birth time of a woman, Jupiter, Venus, Mars and Mercury be powerful and the Ascendant an even sign, the woman will be far-famed, vastly learned and the “ knower of Brahma Vidya (the science of Brahmaj fan). Note :—(1) or will be of a masculine character according to some. rR SN . < sefiaht—oriset avaaTaree geat saat gafe- Wedwia 1 sare aca sara Prararaft wae Praataq un eé gfe sftacefiferarisafta gested atrsaraarseara- gaffe: vee wt Pape, the malefic planets (being), %® Asta, in the seventh house. weremea Navamagatagrahasya, the planet also residing in the ninth house from the Ascendant, gei Tulydm, like what have been aforesaid in the Prabrajyé- dbyfya (the 15th Chapter), smi Prabrajydm, asceticism, gaff: Yuvatih, the female born, wifi Upaiti, gets. wits Asamdayona, no doubt ; undoubtedly, agit Udvahe, during marriage time, ew Varapavidhau, during the Sambandha period or during the time of choosing a bride. warm Praddnakale, during the time of making over the girl to the bridegroom. Feary ChintAyam, during the time when any question is asked to get an answer, “ft Api, also, wet Sakalam, all. fetwy Vidheyam, are to be applied. eq Etat, these. 16. Now the woman will become an ascetic in spite of the other effects declared (1) when the 7th house from the Ascendant during the birth is occupied by a malefic planet provided there be in addition to this, some planet in the 9th ~ house also ; and the asceticism will be of the class indicated by the planet occupying such 9th house. 2 ===== стр 360 ===== CH. XXIV, ON FEMALE HOROSCOPES. 347 All that have been mentioned in this Chapter apply also to the horoscopes cast during the marriage time, . . : 4 . : promise of gift, selection of a bride and at the time of query. Note.—(1) Other effects already described will not come to pase; asceticism will be the result, Thus ends the Twenty-fourth Chapter on Female Horoscopes by Srt Variha Mihiracharya, | 1 { \ | | fe } | > if { . | ===== стр 361 ===== a * OHAPTER XXV, * | ON DEATH. iv ~ f ~ 4 we o-argugqugaad afateragarnrea- | 2. fost J eager agaat stateaayee: | seedergy- aeeareasreareare ne - Fa: Mrityuh, death, yqyt Mrityugrihe, in the eighth house from the As- cendant. rwe Iksayena, on being aspected at the time of birth. wfefi: Balibhih, “ by the strong planots, rarg@rga: Taddhatukopodbhavah, arising from the dis- affection of the humour of the body corresponding to that planet aspecting in the eighth house. mignunmm: Tatsamyuktabhagatyagah, seen in that part of the body of the native which is corresponding to the part in the Zodiacal Man indicated ~~ by the eighth house from the Ascendant. "ga: Bahuvabah, arising from many dis- ‘ affections, diseases, Srffaa: ViryAnvilaib, strong. wf: Bhfribhih, by many planets. r wetengea; A gnyambvayudhajah, by fire, water, and weapons, owowew: Jvarima- . yakritah, with fever and indigestion (belly complaints), aggrea: Tyitkhutkritah, ' __ from thirst and hunger, + Oha, and. ‘we Agtame, in the eighth house from the : Ascendant, gate: Stryadyail, by the Sun and other planets successively. fw Nidhane, in the eighth house from the Ascendant, wafgy Oharddigu, in the move- able (fixed and common) houses, etc, erway Parasvadhvapradesegu, in the : foreign lands, in one’s own country, or roadside. ft Iti, thus, | 1. The eighth house from the Ascendant being at the time of birth unoccupied by any planet and at the same time ‘ being aspected by powerful planets, death comes to the | native owing to the disease of the humour indicated by such strong planet (1) on the part of his body corresponding to what is indicated by the 8th house on the body of the d Zodiacal Man. If there be many strong planets aspecting . the eighth house, then various corresponding diseases occur H on the corresponding parts of the body and death will occur. : But when the eighth house is occupied by the Sun, the - native will die of fire; when by the Moon, the death will & ===== стр 362 ===== i CH. XXV, ON DEATA. 349 ee | be caused by water; if occupied by Mars, death will be ~ caused by weapons ; if by Mercury, death will be caused by fever ; if by Jupiter, the native will die of stomach com- plaints ; if by Venus, he will die of thirst ; and if by Saturn, 7 he will die of starvation. If this eighth house be a cardinal sign, the native will die in foreign lands; ifa fixed sign, in native lands; if a common sign, he will die on, road. Notes :—(1) The humour indicated by the Sun is bile ; by the Moon, wind and phlegm; by Mercury, bile, phlegm and wind; by Jupiter, phlegm ; by Venus, wind and phlegm; and by Saturn, wind, If the strong planets be auspicious, the diseases arise out of the good ee works (lone; otherwise out of the bad works committed; if the planets be neither strong nor weak, the diseases will arise ont of worke partly good and partly bad. - meffe—dariitere qigsiny: wget: : ah aarniatrartteareranieae: ul aearat asta Paauaat: Wwaereat: carat aerated as wat ANeTA: UR fernfigres SaildgrAbhihatasya, struck with stones; on one's receiving injury from stones. gagvtr: Sfiryakujayoh, the Sun and Mars occupying. ¥q: Mrityub, . death, sige%: Khabandhusthyoh, in the tenth or in the fourth house from the Ascendant. 4&-Kfipe, ina well; death resulta by being sunk into a well. sequainyfirt’; MandagasamkabhOmitanayai), Saturn, Moon, or Mars, cexqnetftea: Bandhvastakarmasthitaih, in the fourth, seventh and tenth houses respectively. wewrti KanyAyam, in the sign Kany, eww Svajanat, by one’s relatives, fyreww®: Himogpakarayoh, the Moon and the Sun, wR: Papagrabath, by the malefics. get: Drigtayob, sapected by. ami Syatam, becomes. #f Yadi, when, ww’ Ubhayodaye, on the rising of the common signs, wife Arkagaginau, the Sun and Moon, #8 Toye, in water. ag Tada, then, fem: Majjitab, drowned, n) 2. The individual dies of wounds received from stones if, during his birth time, the 4th or the 10th house from the Ascendant be occupied by the Sun and Mars; dies by : falling into awell if the 4th, 7th and 10th houses be respectively occupied by Saturn, the Moon and Mars; dies ===== стр 363 ===== 350 BRIHAJJATAKAM. , at the hands of his own relatives, if the sign Kanya be oceupied by the afflicted Sun and Moon; will meet with ‘me death by being drowned, if the Ascendant be a common ‘ _j8ign and if it is oceupied by the Sun and Moon. : . . s meow shed seleedt qugaia yw x war: Tea grat feat ou area ahtamtantaeagkeaa tant dic afe aga frat craftrara: wa: wan 4% Mande, Saturn being, wk® Karkatage, in the sign Karka, @rqrga: Jalo- darakritah, due to dropsy. ¥q: Mrityuh, death, yi Mrigdmke, the Moon. 3% Mrige, in the sign Makara. senffen: Saatrigniprabhavah, by weapons or by fire. fifi ac Sadini, the Moon, wg: Asubhayob, between the malefics, #w& Madhiye, between. gra’ Kujarkgo, in the signsof Mars, i.¢.,in Mega or Vriéchika. fe# Sthite, situated, wei Kanyfyam, in the sign Kany, «fitreatrafia: Rudhirotthagogajanitah, by blood diseases; blood being spoilt andyendered hot. agftwa Tadvatsthite, situated £ the same as before, 7.¢., between tivo evil planets, iar Sitagau, the Moon being. Qe’ Saurarkse, in the signe of Saturn, Makara or Kumbha. af& Yadi, if 7a Tadvat, the same as before, i.2., situated between any two evil planets, «4 Eva, thus, fg’ Himagau, the Moon being. ‘weaftia: Rajjvagnipataib, by rope, fire, or fall (from a big place), i: Kritah, happened, 3. The individual born will die of dropsy if the sign Karka be occupied by Saturn and the sign Makara by Moon at birth time ; will die of weapons or fire if the Moon occupy the sign Mesa or Vrigchika and be between the malefics; will die of blood diseases (blood being spoilt and hot) if the Moon occupy the sign Kany& and be between malefics; will die by hanging, by fire, or by falling from a height, if the Moon occupy the sign Makara or Kumbha and be between the malefics. : mefte—qarditanerattgqua: aleaergeatz- ¢ carer ATTA ATS STR TATIA: UL HEATATATT ATT : » A . Aseawat a2 fea ast qt aad ate ac ates * afet nen ===== стр 364 ===== OH. XXV, ON DBATH. 361 ESS awry Bandhat, by hanging or by being fastened or tied down, Swern: Dhfnavamastayoh, in the fifth or ninth house, wt: Adubhayoh, between the * two malefic planets, @rampqet: Saumyagrahadristayoh, not aspected by any benefic planet, few: Dreskanaih, any of the Decanates in the 8th house being, «Cha, and. enagifin’: Sapfdarpanigadaih, a serpent Drekkin or a Nigada (iron fetter) Drokkén ; the second and tho third Decanates of Karka, the first and the second Decanates of Vyidchika and the third Decanate of Mina are known as Serpent Drekkfn ; the first Decanate of Makara is known as Nigada Drekkén, avarany Kanydydm, in the sign Kanyd. sawftat Adubhanvite, united with malefic planct. werm® Astamayage, descending. %% Chandre, the Moon being, &% Site, Venus being, 4 Megage, in Moga, % Sfrye, the Sun being. wm Lagnagate, in the Ascendant, ¥ Cha, and, ffa Viddhi, know. 7 Maranam, death. siitg Strfhetukam, causeil by wife. #&% Mandire, in one’s own dwelling house, o 4. The individual born will die of imprisonment, |, i by hanging, or in some other state of capture, if, during 4 . . birth, the 9th or 5th house be occupied by two malefic ; planets and if such planets be not well aspected; will die of imprisonment, if the 8th house from the Ascendant contain a serpent or fetter Decanate (1); will die in his own house by a woman if the 7th house from the Ascendant be Kany occupied by the Moon and amalefic, if the Sun be : : ‘ aN in the Ascendant, and Venus in the sign Mesa. Notes :—(1) The second and the third Decanates of the sign Karka, : the first and second Decanates of Vyidchika and the third Decanate of Mina are known as Serpent Decanates. The first Decanate of Makara is known as fetter Decanate (Nigada Decanate). ~ ute fo-qailtanag: qassige Gist a a , iat AT AATTTAN: NW TATE aa laredtafatgiie gr 30 a aq wat Raat etratageatra | arearfirga: sare ara Garena Kn erg hing: Salodbhinnatanub, by being hung on any stake that is meant for impaling criminals; by being pierced by a pointed weapon. g8 Sukhe, in the fourth house from the Ascendant, wafigt Avanisute, Mars being in. ge Stryah, the Sun. @ Api, also, = VA, or. @ Kho, in the tenth house. Yame, Saturn : being in ardiefenigh: Sapraksipahimaméubhih, by the Moon, when ehe hag | waned very much, "Cha, and ; also dies on stake. grq Yugapat, ut one and the é ? ===== стр 365 ===== 352 BRIHAJJATAKAM. same time. wa: Papaih, by the malefics. fatrera’t: Trikopddyagaih, in the fifth, ninth, or the firat house, seg@ Dandhasthe, in the fourth house, # Cha, and ; : also dies in stake, <%& Ravan, the Sun. feaft Viyati, in tho tenth house, waa - Avauije, Mars, Wega? Ksinendusamviksite, aspected by the waning Moon, , wet Kasthena, by wood. fig: Abhihatah, struck. m0 Pray&ti, goes away. wW Marapam, death. gatmim Sirydtmajena, by Saturn, ef& Iksite, aspected., © ni 5. ‘The native will meet with death by being mount- ed on a sharp pointed iron rod or spear if, during his birth, any of these combinations take place:—(1) if the 4th house from the Ascendant be occupied by Mars or the Sun and if the 10th house be occupied by Saturn or (2) if the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the waning Moon be in the Ascendant, the 5th and the 9th housw, or (3) if the Sun occupy the 4th house and if Mars, occupying the 10th 3 house, be aspected by the waning Moon. Again the native ; will die of injury received from a piece of wood if the Sun occupy the 4th house and Mars in the 10th be as- 1, Pected by Saturn. qofto—wyreraiAtegaaySrecy: Tease ufsharge: u Ra aaadtqagadetaraers- mirePrgeaeat: NaN warergieg’; Randhrispadimgahibukaib, in the eighth, tenth, first or fourth } house, wayereng: Lagudahatimgah, struck by a club, witegaftafefgtag: Praketya- chandrarudhirarkidinesayuktaih, united with waning Moon, Mars, Saturn and Sun. % Taih, by those planeta respectively. va Eva, and, wiwatqagmed’t: Karma- navamodayaputrasamsthaih, in the tenth, ninth, first, fifth houses from the As- cendant, yrfiaweratfiggen: §~=Dhimagnibandhanasartranikuttan€ntah, death . resulting from smoke, fire, hanging or fastening, or by being struck with some wooden club, 1 6, The individual will die on being struck with a club or stick if, during his birth, the 8th, 10th, Ist, and 4th houses be occupied respectively by the waning Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun, or he will die by being smoked, by fire, by imprisonment or by blows from a club or stick , if the 10th, 9th, 1st and 5th houses be occupied respectively : _ by the waning Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun, { uy ia ===== стр 366 ===== CH. XXV, ON DEATH. 353 qofto-qneeaamaea: §« HAaateange- « faftatafioraatra ou aiegatiatd: agar east: aaahreas wéttaa: Wi arcrermtafed: Bandhvastakarmasahitaih, in the fourth, seventh and tenth houses respectively. gagive§: Kujastryamandaih, by Mars, Sun, and Saturn respectively. fiaty Niryanam, death, wyufifafaiartram A yudhadikhikgitipdlakopat, by weapons, fire, or through king’s anger. @teqyfm’: Saurendubhimitanaih, : by Saturn, the Moon, or Mars. wyawet: Svasukhispadasthaih, in the second, . fourth or tenth houses respectively. @4: Jiteyah, is known. wefiw; Keate- krimikritah, by worme growing on some injured parta of the body. ‘ Oha, and. afro: SartrapAtah, the going away of this body. . > bd 7. If, during birth-time, the 4th, 7th, and 10th houses ° be respectively occupied by Mars, the Sun, and Saturn, the person will die by being struck with weapons, being burnt in fire or by wrath of the king. If the 2nd, 4th : and 10th houses be respectively occupied by Saturn, the : Moon and Mars, the person will die of sores and worms. Yate Pro aEa saa carrera arrraTaTaT qrarhteas gasanat Seqargaa i Peat gf | arfdarataacteerreesttais ar afeaegertefiitadt Aredaeavaatsy US we Khasthe, in the tenth house, wi Arke, the Sun, wsaft® Avanije, Mars, weit Rasitalagate, in the fourth house, aa YAnaprapAtat, due to fall from any conveyance or vehicle, or horse or so. "¥: Vadhah, death, strinem: . Yantrotptdanajah, ori being crushed or smashed by a machine, & Kuje, Mars. wenn? Astamayage, in the seventh house, Sgr Saurendund, by Saturn, Moon, H and Sun ; some read waning Moon for Moon, wagt Abhyudgame, in the As- cendant, fn Vigmadhye, in the foes. | aficqfaitatre: Rudhirarkisttakiragaih, Mare, Saturn, and Moon, qavatrdi: JhkAjasaurarkeagaib, in the signs Tulé, } Mega, Makara and Kumbha, = Yate, on going to, ™ VA, or, “feieggiafit; Galitendustryarudhiraih, waning Moon, the Sun and Mara. setrrenivargry Vyoma- stabandhvabvayan, to the tenth, seventh, fourth houses respectively. ' 8. The individual will die of a fall from horseback or any vehicle or conveyance if, during his birth, the Sun be in the 10th house and Mars be in the 4th house; 45 . i Ls i . ===== стр 367 ===== 354 BRIHAJJATAKAM. will die on being crushed by a machine, if Mars be ‘in the 7th house and the Sun, Moon and Saturn be in the As- cendant; will die in a dirty place containing foeces if (1) " the sign Tulé be occupied by Mars, the sign Mesa by Saturn, and the sign Makara or Kumbha by the Moon or if (2) the 10th, 7th and 4th houses be occupied by the wan- ing Moon, the Sun and Mars réspectively. x s Rarcla—daiPaaaaatieea atta Praateaa- ~ ~ Saat | Jarwateriiear Wa: arg HlaTaaress: wen Materia Viryanvitavakravikeite, aspected by powerful Mars, $e Kstpendau, on the Moon being, fiwnfée® Nidhanasthite, in the eighth house. wi? Arkaje, Saturn occupying. yetqratrnien Guhyodbhavarogapidayd, by diseases on * the private parts, by piles, fistula and the like. 4g: Mrityuh, death. «rm Syat, will come. whee: Krimidastradahajab, arising from worms in any abscess, or by weapons, or by fire. 9. The person will die of fistula or cinusin the anus or pudendum or some such diseases affecting the private parts, if the waning Moon be aspected by powerful Mars and if Saturn be in the 8th house; the part will be worn away by worms, or operated with the lancet or burnt. ~ qo fao—aed vat Teh fraasaga ara taraa- aa fealanta: | qareasisanay: Rares eg Va fracrafrgetTa: gen wea Aste, descending. « Ravau, the Sun. wei Sarudhire, with Mars, ¥ fawa Nidhane, in the eighth house. wigs Arkaputre, Saturn, #@ Ketne, waning, : werent? Rasitalagate, in the fourth house. fyatt Himagau, the Moon, @mia: Khagdntah, death by birds, enmrengwm:y Lagnitmajastamatapahau, in the H Ascendant, fifth, eighth and ninth hohses respectively. «atraigi#: Inabhauma- j mandachandraik, Sun, Mars, Saturn and Moon. gq Tu, also, @aftercafigeyn’: ; SailadikharadanikudyapAtaih, falling from mountain peake, or by lightning or by § the fall of houses, . i 10. The native will die from the attack of birds, ‘A when, during birth, the Sun together with Mars exist in the : 7th house, Saturn in the 8th, and the waning Moon in the } ’ ! é i ! ===== стр 368 ===== | i OH. XXV, ON DEATH, 355 4th house ; will die from falling from a mountain top, by = being struck with lightning, or by a wall tumbling over him, if the Ist, 5th, 8th, and 9th houses be found with the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the Moon respectively. na + Farata—aifaa: ahracg ara Rear Fae ans * ar: 1 aearfrafasatsh ar frat eagit: TIHA Ue : afa'n; Dvavimsab, the twenty-second, fia: Kathitah, said, g Tu, but, ww i Kérayam, cause, fee: Dreskinah, Decanate, fiwry Nidhanasya, death’s, fifi: - Sfribhik, by the Pundits (on astrology), we Tasya, of that twenty-second | Decanate, wfiaft; Adbipatih, ruler. ¥a: Bhabah, of the sign in which the twenty- | second Decanate exists. #f Api, also. = Va, or, fiaty Nirydnam, death. «yt: Svaguyaih, on account of its being related to that Decanate, sawfi Prayachhati, | Pn gives ; produces, Il. In case the planetary combinations aforesaid do not occur in the case of any individual, look to the 22nd decanate from the rising decanate at birth time; this 22nd decanate will account for his death; thus the sages say. Death will be caused by the ruler of this 22nd decanate or by the ruler of the sign which contains this 22nd deca- nate, whichever is the most powerful, by water, fire or other means appropriate to this powerful ruler. ; A a | Fofto PUTT THYHAAT TA ATTA TA: ~ ’ ahtaeatad u ate qyawisafeainger: Sree feafraferga: ghar neu Qrevrsienrgerearnytr Horfnavémdakapayuktasamdnabhtmau, on the place indi- cated by the sign where the ruler of the rising Navdméa resides. rhenrfghi: | Yogekganfidibhih, from several combinations or aspects, #.c,, on those places “e indicated by the sign of any other planet co-existing with the above mentioned ruler or those indicated by the sign of the planet aspecting the ruler of the rising ‘Navamda or those indicated by the sign of the ruler of the Navamda occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa, 7: Atah, after this, ftw Parikalpyam, are " . ===== стр 369 ===== y 356 BRIHAJJATAKAM. to be judged and determined. em Etat, this. *re: Mohah, the period of sense- ; lessneas preceding death. g Tu, but, geet Mrityusamaye, at the time of death. = eafgninge: Anuditaméatulyah, lasting for a period equal to the time taken by that part of the Navaméa that has not yet risen above the horizon. fat Svedekgite, aapected by the ruler of this rising Navamda. fayfe: Dvigunitah, double the above period. faye: ‘Triguyah, treble the above period. gi Subhaih, if aspected by the Lenefic planets. + Cha, and. 12. Now the places where death will occur are being ‘ specified. Look to the sign where the ruler of the rising Navéméga exists, or the sign of any other planet that happens to co-exist with the above mentioned ruler, or the sign of the planet aspecting the ruler of the rising Nav4méga or the sign of the ruler of the Navamga occupied 7 by the lord of the rising Navamsa. ‘The places (1) indi- cated by these signs willbe the places where death will occur. lf many places are thus found, select judiciously the ‘ place of the most powerful planet. The period of uncon- sciousness preceding death will be the time taken by the portion of the rising Navéméa (2) (that has not yet risen above the horizon) to rise. Ifthe rising Navamsa (3) be ' aspected by its ruler, such period will be twice ; and if it ; be aspected by benefic planets, it will be three times (4) the period first stated. ‘ Notes :—~(1) Mega, places frequented by sheep. (2) Vrisa, places frequented by oxen; Mithuna, a house; Karka, a well; Simha, a forest ; Kany4, water-bank; Tula, market or store-house; Vrixchika, a hole; Dhantu, stables ; Makara, watery pools aud marshes; Kumbha, a house; | Mina, watery places. (2) and (3) some take the rising sign instead of the rising Navama. 4 (4) Where one planet indicates two signs, there the place of the Malatrikona sign will be the place of death. According to some the place : of death is the particular portion of the house belonging to the most » powerful planet, e.g., the place of worship; the bath; the kitchen, &c. i (vide 12 verse, Chap. 11). ’ (4) T€ the rising sign be aspected by its ruler, aud by a benefic planet, the period of unconsciousness will be six times as long. : ===== стр 370 ===== \ OH. XXV, ON DEATH. 357 arferht—agaseanfathattercaaati etree sataaitaert: | gta wanturafarcadta ates: cule tRraararenagafe Fre u 28 ul aerefafd: Dahanajalavimidraih, by the fiery, watery, or mixed Decanates, wend@qtt; Bhasmasamkledagogaih, will be burnt to ashes, or thrown in running streams, or dried up on a high barren place, fwrrrrk’: Nidhanabhavanasam- sthaib, in the eighth house from the Ascendant, exee¥: Vydlavargaih, by the dogs, jackals, crows, etc, fawn: Vidantah, devoured. Iti, thus, waft: Savaparinimah, the disposal of the dead. frre: Chintantyah, is considered. ain: Yathoktab, as stated above, vwaft¥rmena PrithuvirachitadAstrat, from the SAstras written by Prithu Acharya. afi Gati, (the previous and after) lives, wpnft-Anfkadi, former birth; future birth, ete, fry Chintyam, is considered. 13. Now the disposal of the dead body is being mentioned. If, during birth time, the 22nd Decanate from the rising Decanate be fiery, the dead body will be cremated and reduced to ashes; if watery, the dead body will be thrown in a river or a pool of water ; if mixed, the body will be dried up. If the 8th house contain a Serpent Deca- nate, the body will be devoured by jackals, crows and the like. For a knowledge of the previous and future incarna- } tions of any person and of the nature of such life, the reader is referred to more elaborate works on horoscopy written by ° Prithuyasa, the son of Varéha Mihira. : Note.—A fiery Decanate is the Decanate of a malefic planet. A watery Decanate is that of a benefic planet. A mixed Decanate is the Decanate of a benefic planet occupied by a malefic planet as well as the Decanate of a malefic planet occupied by a benefic planet. Serpent Decanates are already mentioned. ‘These are the lst and 2nd of Karka; the lsat and 2ud of Vrischika, and the 8rd of Mina. aifei-aeeituat qatat ant Pgaltafe- uitanataia gy: | Raacaitrateteng sire. WATAAMHSGAFATTD V2 ===== стр 371 ===== 358 BRIHAJJATAKAM. qe Gurab, Jupiter. squfypit Udupatigulrau, the Moon and Venus, git ‘ Sfryabhaumau, the Sun and Mars, wt Yamagfiau, Saturn and Mercury. fqy- . Rafices: Vibudhapitritirascha, from the Davaloka (region of Gods), the Pitriloka (region of Fathers), from the Tiryakloka (region of birds). refi Nérakiyam, from the Hell. * Cha, and. gq: Kuryuh, isto be reckoned, farmcufadtatfafesara , * DinakaragadiviryAdhisthitat, (from the Decanate) occupied by the stronger of } the Sun andthe Moon. errant Tryaméandthat, from the ruler of the Decanate ‘ wacenfigg; Pravarasamanikristih, of the best, middling, and worst character i ure Tungahrasit, if the planet be exalted, or removed from exaltation. w® ‘ Anfke, as regards the former state of existence, 14. Lf the Decanates occupied by the Sun or the Moon whichever is powerful, be ruled by Jupiter, the in- dividual has come from Devaloka, the land of the Devas ; if ruled hy Moom or Venus, the person has come from Pitriloka, the land of the Fathers; if ruled by Sun or Mars, the person has come from the world of lower animals; and if ruled by Saturn or Mercury, the person has come from the region of hell. Tf the lord of the Decanate occupied by the Sun or the Moon, whichever is powerful, be in his exaltation, the past life was also of an exalted character ; if middling, : the character was also middling, and if detrimental, the ! character was also low. : ro ~ atadateet Ratweiuatseafteat ar seca figtaRaga: aadea: 0 szaft wise arent ~ . a drat wafer afte ae aRenareca ear: ue KN afm sfrarreftatecrardaata gessireta Aathtgntsera: wafer: ue aft; Gatih, future state of existence. fi Api, also; even, fgerein: Ripu- yandhratryaméapah, from the rulers of the sixth and the eighth. wefem: Astasthitah, in the seventh house. # Va, and; this is its meaning here, ye: Guruh, Jupiter. w Atha, (to fill up the stanza). fgixfexn: Ripukendrachhi- ‘ dragah, in the eixth, angular or eighth houses, rte: Svochchasamethah, in his exalted house ; in the sign Karka, qaft Udayati, when rising, +8 Bhavane, in the house. ret Antye, in the twelfth; the last. @rean§ Saumyabhage, in the ===== стр 372 ===== . OH. XXV, ON DEATH. 359 Navamds ofa benefic planet, Oha, and. ‘re: Mokeab, release from births; salvation, weft Bhavati, comes, aff Yadi, if, «®"Balona, by the powerful planet, infen: Projjhitdb, forsaken. a Tatra, there (or) at the same time, we: Sesdh, the other planets excepting Jupiter. “ 15. Tfthere be no planets in the 6th, 7th, and 8th houses, then look to the Decanates of the 6th and the 8th houses at the moment of birth (from the rising Decanate) and find out the most powerful of the rulers of these Decanates. The person will go after death to the world indicated by this powerful planet, If there be planets in the 6th, 7th and 8th houses, then find out which is the most powerful and the person will go to the world of this most powerful planet. Again(1) if Jupiter occupy the 6th house or one of the angular houses or the 8th house end be also exalted, or (2) if the sign Mina be rising and Jupiter occupy it and be in the Navdméa of a benefic planet, while the other planets are powerless, the person will obtain final release (Moksa) after death, Notes :—For the worlds of the several planets, vide preceding verse. The next world may also be determined from the position of the planets (as the above configuration) at the time of death as at the time of birth of a person. Thua enda the Tewnty-fitth Chapter on Death by Srt Varaha Mihirdcharya of Avantika. a“ ===== стр 373 ===== (OHAPTBR XXVI. ON LOST HOROSCOPES. : > sqaa-srasaaa TTA APTA We Ta- fama u gard vara frararmrgrafrat refer we wermwmeneharena Adh@najanmAparibodhakdle, when both the time of con- ception and the time of birth are unknown. wy: Samprichhatah, of the person who makes the query, or questions; of the questioning man, *4 Janma, birth, #%q Vadet, one is to say ; one is to infer and say. freewq Vilagndt, from the Ascendant during the time of query. yatwag’ Pdrvapardrdhe, in the first fifteen degrees or in the latter fifteen degrees, wart Bhavanasys, of any sign, fica VindyAt, know, #% Bhinau, the Sun being situated in,eraftw® Udagdakginage, in the Northern signs (i.e. in the signe Makara, Kumbha, Mina, Mega, Vrisa, and Mithuna ; these are called the six signs beginning with Makara) or in the Southern signs (i.¢., inthe signs Karke, Simha, Kanya, Tulé, Vyidchika, and Dhann ; these are called the six signs beginning ‘with Karka), *yfq Prasitim, birth, month of birth. 1. When both the time of conception and the time of birth are unknown, the solution (%.c., the ascertaining of the time of birth) is to be effected from the Ascendant dur- ~ ing the time of question (set seriously and clearly). If the first half of the Ascendant (first fifteen degrees) rises, the month of birth will be in the Northern Path ofthe Sun (in any of the six months from Makara to Mithuna); if the second half of the Ascendant rises, the month of birth is the Southern Path of the Sun (in any of the six months corres- ponding to those from Karka to Dhanu). Notes:—'The rising sign at the time of query is called Praéna Lagna or the Significator. The Northern Path of the Sun is called the Uttardyana ; the six months are: Magha (15th January-15th February); Phalguna (15th February- 15th March); Chaitra (15th March-15th April); Vaidékha (15th ===== стр 374 ===== : OH. XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES, 361 , ‘ eee ba April-15th May); Jaigtha (15th May-15th June); Agfidha (15th June iq 15th July). i The Southern Path of the Sun is called the Dakesipfyana, and lasts for six months ; Sravana (15th July-15th August); Bhadra (15th August- : 15th September); Avin (15th September-15th October); Kartik (15th j October-L5th November); Agrahayana (15th November-L5th December) ; and Pauga (16th December-15th January), | ata v dreatshat afrareg aheaateg- | THAT URN " wig Lagnatrikoyegu, in the Ascendant, filth or ninth house (from the t Ascendant) at the time of query successively. ye; Gurub, Jupiter (resides in), i fet: TribhAgaih, according to the three Decanates of the Ascendant, rising at J the time of query. fewea Vikalpya, considering; ascertaining, wt Vargiyi, q number of years; the year of birth. stn Vayonumandat, judging from the appearance of the individual what is hia age at present, ie: Grtgmah, the : summer season (comprising two months when the Sun passes through Gemini and 1 Cancer), er? Arkalagne, if the Sun (or the Sun Decanate) be in the Ascendant | at the time of query. wftm: Kathitah, said; have been mentioned (in verse 12, { Ohapter II). g Tu, but. ®: Segaih (the other seasons will be indicated) the other ‘planets, Moon, etc., (or their Decanates rising in the horizon), wwwl | Anyyanartau, in case the season (thus determined) does not correspond to the Ayana (already determined). wy: Ritub, the seasons (each senson consisting of two months) are to be determined, wiwrey Arkach@rat, according to the movements : of the Sun. . 2, First determine the sign occupied by Jupiter at the | time of birth in the following way :—if the first Decanate of f . . . 2 . any sign rises in the horizon at the time of query, thé sign occupied by Jupiter at birth will be the Ascendant itself at tle time of query; if the second Decanate rises, Jupiter's sign will be the fifth sign from the Ascendant; and if the third Decanate rises, Jupiter’s sign will be ninth sign from the Ascendant at the time of query (1). After this, judge from the appearance of the querent (whose horoscope is to be determined what his age would then be (2) and ascertaia the year of his birth. The year of birth being thus determined, de- termine then the season (each.season comprising two months) “& ===== стр 375 ===== | f 362 BRIHAJJATAKAN. | of birth thus:—This will be the summer season (i.e... when | the Sun isin Taurus or Gemini) if the Sun or Mars or their ‘ Decanates rise (i.¢., occupy the Ascendant), at the time of i query ; (i.e., for the other seasons, refer to verse 12, Chapter ; Il); Sigira or the winter (i.e, when the Sun is in Kumbha or Makara), when Saturn or its Decanate is in the Ascendant; _ Vapanta or the spring (the Sun in Mesa or Mina) when Venus or her Decanate is in the Ascendant; Varga or she monsoon (the Sun in Simha or Karka) when the Moon or her Decanate is in the Ascendant; Sarat or the autumn (the Sun in Kanyé or Tulé) when Mercury or its Decanate is in the Ascendant; and Hemanta or the cold season (the Sun in : Vrischika or Dhanus) when Jupiter or his Decanate is rising (3). Ifthe season thus determined do not correspond to the Ayana (the Sun’s Northern or Southern Path) already deter- : mined, the correct season shall be determined from the i instructions given in the following verse (4). | Notes :—(1) Some render the meaning thus:—If the first Decanate rises, then the age of the querent will be so many years as will be the number of signs from the Significator up to where Jupiter is situated. If the second Decanate rises, then the age will be so many years as will be | the number of signs from the 5th house (from the Significator) up to the sign occupied by Jupiter. If the third Decanate rises, the age will be a go many years as the number of signs from the ninth house up to the sign i occupied by Jupiter. | But this is not approved by Yavanedwara and other. Acharyas. The a position of Jupiter might be ascertained also from the rising Dvadaddmia. If the rising Dvadadamda at the time of query be the first, Jupiter occupies } the Progna Lagna itvelf; Jupiter occupies the second house from the | Ascendant, if the rising Dvadadamda be the second; occupies the third from the Ascendant, if the rising DvAdadamua be the third and so on. | (2) As Jupiter takes twelve years to go round the heavens, if the { number of circuits passed through by Jupiter from the time of birth be é known, the age of the perdon can be at once determined. For instance, j suppose Jupiter to occupy the sign Vridchika at the time of query and | the sign Vriga at the time of birth and suppose him ta be in his 4th , ===== стр 376 ===== { CH, XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES. 363 . circuit. The age of the person will be 3x 12+6 or 42 years. The cycle 7 of Jupiter can be determined from the appearance of the person, from a § rough estimate of his age. In the instance cited above, the age of the person } is either 6, or 12-+-6=18 or 24+6=30, or 364+6==42 and s0 on. If, : however, the cycle of Jupiter cannot be easily ascertained from the " appearance of the person, the number of the cycle shall be determined { from the part of body touched by a person at the time. In stanza 24 : of Chapter 70 of the Brihat Sambita, the human body is divided into ten j parts, each part corresponding to a Dasa period of 12 years. 4 2 * 1 oral agent sat ated at fade g amgaat 5 tad aghageata aaeaety ant afs Ate aadary: (gad aaata oa ad sere eaatfeaa: 1 | ga aaqdangdl aaarrcaatearat Ul ! x . . ' waAATA 4 angatt aaare ga Areaeae ti 5 . ~ | Serge TaTARaATTTaY Tag TAT Ut ; (1) Feet and ankles, | (2) Shanks and knees. : (3) The thighs and genital organ. | (4) The loins and the navel. ! {5) The belly. : (6) The breast and the bosoma, ! (7\ The shoulders. i (8) The neck and lips. (9) The eyes and brows, | : (10) The forehead and the head. : So that if the belly be touched, it may be determined that at the time of query Jupiter is in his 5th round. So that the age of the person : will be 4x12 or 48 years, plus the number of years taken by Jupiter to move from the sign occupied by him at the time of birth to the sign oceupied by him at the time of query. : (3) If two or more planets occupy the Significator or the Ascendant ; at the tine of query, the season of the moat powerful planet will be the > season of birth. (4) Suppose the Ayana determined from stanza 1 tobe the Uttardyana; so that the month of birth is one between Capricorn and Gemini. ===== стр 377 ===== 364 BRIHAJJATAKAM., Suppose the Significator (the Prajna Lagna) to be oceupied by the Moon whose season is Varyi (Karka and Simha); in such a case the season of Venus the alternative planet of the Moon, viz., the Vasanta (Pisces and Aries) shall be determined as the season of birth as explained in the 3rd_ verse. . : grasa: 9 oftadeiter: | gare rete u Regret waa g gat aratsqarara fer'e- flames: a0 ‘gwen: Chandrajiinjivah, the Moon, Mercury, and Jupiter. sftette: Pari- vartantyAb, are to be exchanged with, ware: Sukr&ramandsih, with Venus, Mars, and Saturn respectively. s#® Ayane, the half year ; the Northern or Southern ’ path of the Sun. fe&@ Vilome, when reversed ; when against the natural order. fewen® Dreskdyabhage, on the Decanate of the Ascendant at birth becoming. w®t Prathame, the first, g Tu, but. &: Pdrvah, the first. wwe: Masah, month (of the season). yer Anup&tét, by means of the rule of proportion, + Cha, and fifi: Tithih, a lunar day. fewer: Vikalpyab, are obtained. 3. The Moon shaJ] be exchanged with Venus, Mercury with Mars, and Jupiter with Saturn, in case the season above found do not correspond to the Ayanas as before deter- mined. Now the season (of the two months) being deter- mined, determine the month of birth exactly. It will be the first month of the season, if the first half of the rising De- canate rise at the time of query ; and it will the be second month if the second half rise. The lunar day of birth shall then be determined from the proportion of the semi-Decanate that has risen above the horizon (1). Notes:—(1) Make the proportion thus :—If the semi-Decanate re- present the 30 days of the month, how many days of the month will be elapsed, when so much of the semi-DrekkAn has risen above. A semi- Decanate is 5 degrees representing 30 days; eo that 10 minutes of the rising semi-Decanate represent a lunar day. The longitude of the Lagna is to be determined first according to the rules for finding out the Lagna Sphuta. ‘ daawr—sente grerveat fat: qatwaeat fey aftifa u wtrgeaty Rata ater Fer: seat fencer: nen ===== стр 378 ===== OH. XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES. 365 ee wa wi Atra api, even here (in ascertaining this lunar day). oven: Hort- patavah, well-versed astrologers. f@¥at:_Dvijendrab, the learned’ Brahmapas, - at'aget Sdryaméatulyam, equal to the number of degrees traversed by the Sun in any particular sign, ff Tithim, the lunar day during birth. eyfift Uddiganti, advise, ‘afrgsty Ratridyusamifiegu, (the Ascendant at the time of query becom- ing) the night or the day signs, frre Vilomajanma, night time or day time reversedly (during the time of birth), w#: Bh4gaih, by means of the degrees of the Ascendant (when questioned) risen above the horizon, ®t: Vel&h, the exact hour of birth. mwa: Kramadah, successively. fewen Vikalpy&b, are to be ascer- tained ; are to be imagined or thought. 4. The well versed astrologers say that the lunar day during birth time will be represented by the number of deg- & P y (5 rees traversed by the Sun in any particular sign (1). If the i Significator (i.¢., the Ascendant at the time of query) bea day sign, the birth will have occurred at night, and if it be a night sign the birth will have occured by day; the exact time of birth, the ghatiké shall be determined from the portion of the rising sign that has risen above the horizon (2). Notes:—{1) The lunar month commences from the first lunar day of the bright fortnight. Suppose the Sun to occupy the 18th degree of the sign Makara at the time of birth. The lunar day or Tithi during birth is the 18th day, 2.¢. 18 minus 15= 3rd day of the dark fortnight. , (2) The length of the day or the night of birth being known, it is represented by the rising sign at the time of query ; and the longitude of the rising point being determined, the exact degrees of the sign that have risen above the horizon can be known, Then make the following pro- portion :—if the rising sign represents thelength of the day (known already), what portion of the day will be represented by the portion of the sign that has already risen. Whon this is known, the horoscope may be cast, with the help of the astronomical tables in the almanac. Thus the horoscope at the time of birth is fully determined. Suppose the length of the day found (from the almanac, is 80 ghatikas and the portion of the sign risen above is 5° or jth of the whole ‘sign ; then at 5 ghatikés from the morning, the birth has taken place. The Commentators write also in this way :— , Multiply the number of Ohasakds (1 Ohasak4=six minutes) of the | Significator that have risen above the horizon by the length of the day (or the night as the case may be) and divide by the Lagna Khandé (in ===== стр 379 ===== ‘ { 366 BRIHAJJATAKAM., : 7 —— “ Chasakis) of that sign in that place ; the quotient will give you the exact , time of birth. * The following table gives the Lagna KhandA, at the two places Benares and Srinagar, of the several signs in Chagakas :— Signs, Bennres ChayakAs, Srinagar, Signs. Mega we 200 288 Mina ; Vrisa one 240 288 Kumbha, ,Mithnna ae 280 882. Makara. Karka we 320 852 Dhanu. . Simha we 860 840 Vpléchika, _ Kanya te 400 848 Tua, 2 a . oo ' gran —aRrariarghtaraincagiaad ay : ~ oo afa magn aafraraeadttige aster srertahe- ; frat wan @fiq Kechit, somo astrologers, wstaregfiera SasAmkadhyusitat, occupied by the Moon, (at the time of query). wiwy Navamsat, from the Navamda, ririw Suklantasamjfiam, (the month being) designated by the name of the Star, or asterism (in the aforesaid Navaméa) when the full Moon takes place, Thusif ° ; the full Moon be found with the Star Krittiké or Rohini, the month is called Kartika after the name of the asterism Kryittika; and so on, swift Kathayanti, say. «é Masam, the lunar month. eaftartrereitigw Lagnatrikonottamaviryayuk- tam, the Ascendant itself ; the fifth or the ninth house from the Ascendant at the . time of query whichever is most powerful (being the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth), #t*® Samprochyante, say. seremnfgfi: AmgAlabhanddi- phih, indicated by the part of the body touched perchance by a person at the time of query ; or by other signs (eg., the sight of any creature or the hearing of ‘ sounds), # VA, or. 5. Some astrologers are of opinion that the lunar month (ending in bright fortnight) of birth shall be de- termined from the Navémga (1) occupied by the Moon at the time of query. Again the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth will be the Significator (the Pragna Lagna) or the 5th house or the 9th house from it whichever is most powerful. Or the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth will be the sign represented by that part of the body of the Zodiacal Man that may happen to be touched by a person ; at the time of query ; or the sign may be inferred by other in- dications, e. g., the sight of any creatures or their sounds heard will give the sign occupied by the Moon during birth (2). . ===== стр 380 ===== i CH. XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES. 36? H Can | Notes,- -(1) The lunar month will be designated by the name of the 4, Naksatra when the full Moon takes place. Thus if Krittiké or Rohint be the Nakgatra in the NavAméa occupied by the Moon at the time of query, the month of birth will be Kartika; if Myigasira or Ardra, it will be Margasirsa or Agrahiyana; if Punarvasn or Pusya; it will be Paus; if Adlesi or Magha, it will be Magha; if it be Pdérva Phalgunt, Uttara i Phalgunt or Hasta, it will be Phalgun; if it be Chitra or Svatl, the month will be Ohaitra; if it be Vidakhf, Anuradha, the month will be Vaisakha; if it be Jyestha, the mouth will be Jaigtha ; if it be Purvasidha, or Uttarasfidha, the month will be Asiidha; if it be Sravanfi, Dhanistha, the month will be Sravana ; if it be Parva, Uttara Bhidrapada, the month will be Bhdra ; if Revati or Advint, the month will be Advin. q Another way of thinking it is this :— : Suppose each Navdmda to be divided into 9 equal parte; then if \ at tho time of query the place occupied by the Moon ho | Beyond the And within the pre tting birth time. ’ (1) 8th port of the Na- 7th part of the Navaméa Kartike, | viméa of Moga. of Vpiga. ; (2) 7th part of the Vriga 6th part of the Mithuna. Margasira, . Navanda. (8) 6th part of the Mi- 5th part of the Karka, Pauga. thuna, (4) 5th of Karka, 4th of Simba. Magha. (5) 4th of Simha, 7th of Kapy§. Phalguna. (6) 7th of Kanya. 6th of Tula. Obaitra, (7) 6th of Tula. 5th of Vrischika. ‘Vaisakha. ' (8) Sth of Vpidchika, Ath of Dhanu. Iyaigtha (0) 4th of Dhanu. 8rd of Makara. Agagha, (10) 8rd of Makara, 2nd of Kambha, Sravana. (Lt) 2nd of Dhanu. 5th of Mina. Bhidra. (12) 5th of Mins. 8th of Mega. Aévin, ‘ (2) The sign corresponding to any creature or its sound is known from Chapter I; and the Moon will occupy such sign at the time of birth, gaamt—ararg va: etaadt Preareigretarafet . ara: arta dragt otred aerearanedra Faery vg 0 wer, Yavan, by as many signs distant. w: Gatab, is situated, Sw: * Sltakarah, the Moon, frum Vilagnat, from the Ascendant at the time of query, “am Ohandrat, from the Moon, vty Vadet, say. raft TAvati, by 80 many signs distont, weraft; Janmarigib, the sign where tho Moon exists during birth. ===== стр 381 ===== 368 BRIHAJJATAKAM. A ‘iva Minodaye, on the rising of the sign Mina in the horizon. ‘gt Minayugam, { the sign Pisces or Mina, where the Moon exists during birth. fd Pradistam, ; is said, wengnrarce?; BhakeydhyitdkArarutaih, by any eatables perchance brought a there by any figures that may appear there, or by any sounds that may be heard i at the time of query. + Oha, and, firey Chintyam, should be thought of. | 6. The sign where the Moon existed during birth time 4 will be as many signs distant from the sign occupied by the : Moon at the time of query as the Moon is seen distant from : the Ascendant at the time of query, But if the Ascen- , dant be Mina, then Mina will be the Janma Ragi (the sign occupied by the Moon during birth), Or the Janma Rééi might be found out by any articles of food perchance brought . . j there by any forms that may come in or by any sound that 1 may be heard at the time of query (1). : Notes,—From any eatables brouglit there, one can make out what creature takes that food und hence the sign. Suppose Dhanu is the rising sign and Kumbha the sign occupied : by the Moon at the time of query. From Dhanu to Kumbha are 2 signs ; the 2nd sign from Kumbha is Mina. Then Mina will be the sign occupied by the Moon during the birth time. ’ A * * . aw—eraiasned Ret waa a * ward | aeraaarate at fred seg: saerfafa ere are on Qroniqnftt Hordnavaméapratimam, distant from the sign of the ruler of the rising Navaméa at the time of query by as many signs as the number of the . rising Navamsas ; some take it as the sign of the ruler of the rising Navaméa at the time of query. frei Vilugnam, the Ascendant at birth. wa Lagnat, from the rising Decanate in the Ascendant at the time of query, wa: Ravih, the Sun; the Decanate occupied by the Sun. «aft Yavati, by as many (Decanates distant). Cha, and. ¢#® Drika&ne, Decanates, vena Tasmat, from that Ascen- ‘ dant at the time of query. 184 Vadet, say. weft Tavati, by the same number of signs distant. » VA, or, few’ Vilagnam, tho Ascendant during birth. we Pragtuh, of the querent, ght Praaftuu, during birth. fit Iti, thus, et Sastram, the Sastras, we Aha, say. 7. The Ascendant at the time of birth will be shifted 2.8. 4 a . * from the sign of the ruler of the rising Nav4méa at the time of query by as many signs as the number of the rising Navaméas. ===== стр 382 ===== | OH. XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES. 369 | r (1) or the birth Ascendant will be as many signs removed from the Significator (the Pragna Lagna) as the Decanate occupied tM by the Sun is removed from the rising Decanate at the time of query (2). Notes (1}.—Some take it:—The birth Ascendant will be the sign of the ruler of the rising Navamia at the time of query. H.g., supposing | the rising Navéméa at the time of query to be that of Dhanu, the birth | Ascendant will be Dhanu itself. { An example of our rendering :—Suppose the Significator is Simha : 10°. Thisis the 4th Navimda. The sign of its ruler is Karka. The | fourth sign from Karka is Tula, This Tula is the Birth Ascendant. f (2) Suppose the rising Decanate at the time of query to be the { lsat Decanate of the sign Mesa and the Decanate occupied by the Sun ‘ at the same time to be the 3rd Decanate of Kany&. The number of : Decanates from the one to the other is 18. Therefore the rising sign at | the time of birth is the 18th sign from Mega; subtracting 12 from 18, : it is the sixth sign from Mesa, i.¢., the sign Kanya. r : . | grass Ie 7 araiguirhee safer uo ordtagaiftaafteant srargersreat sfeq cv wet Janma, birth, wfttq Adiget, say. ww® Lagnage, the longitude of the j planet occupying the Significator, 44% Viryage, the longitude of the most powerful of the planets occupying the Significator, w V4, or. wiget: Chhdyam- | gulaghne, multiplied by the length in inches of the shadow of the gnomon (a | twelve inch straight rod placed vertically on a horizontal surface under the Sun). | wi? Arkahate, divided by twelve. wifey Avadigtam, the remainder (from Aries or Moga will give the Ascendant during birth), wrdregatftentternt Astnasuptotthite- tigfhat@bham, the Ascendant at the time of birth of the person seated, lying, rising or standing (being respectively), oregunfiqet JAydeukhAjfiodayagam, the seventh, fourth, tenth, or the first sign from the Ascendant at the time of query. afteq_ Pradigtam, is said (to be). 8. The Birth Ascendant might be otherwise calculated thus :—Multiply the Sphuta (longitude) of the planet or of the most powerful planet that is found in the Significator by the length of the shadow of the gnomon (a straight rod 12” | long placed vertically on a level surface) in inches; divide Cis ===== стр 383 ===== 370 BRIHAJJATAKAM. the product by twelve. The remainder will give the Birth : Ascendant. : According to some, the 7th house from the Significator : will be the Birth Ascendant, if the querent be seated at the time of query ; it will be the 4th house, if the querent be lying at the time; it will be the 10th house if the . querent be rising at the time; it will be the Significator : itself if the querent be standing from his seat. Note :—Suppose the longitude of the planet or (where there are | several planets) of the most powerful planet occupying the rising sign to be one sign 0 degrees and 0 minutes; and suppose the length of the shadow to be 6 inches; the product of the two numbers is 6 signs, This divided by 12 gives as remainder 0 sign and 30 degrees. The Birth . Ascendant is therefore the 1st sign from Mesa, which is Mesa itself. greffo—mnaet Rraarat raga amar a . . ward Gara aTarsaatsa: Let: aASITTUT: Aarreatitea: TITAS AET: aeaaatatat Pract ftiead: arat a agar nen ‘fet Gosimhau, the signs Vriga and Simba. fig JitumAgtaman, thesigna Mithuns and Vyidchika. ftag® Kriyatule, the signs Mega and Tuld. werytr KanyAmrigau, the signs Kany&é and Makara, = Cha, and. mq Kram&t, succea- sively. #ré: Sambargyah, are to be multiplied by. qumgsafin®: Dadakagtasnptavig- ayaih, by ten, eight, seven and five respectively. @m: Sesah, the other signs not mentioned, i.e, Karka, Dhanu, Kumbha and Mina. eterge: Svasamkhyaguy4h, multiplied by their own numbers, 4.c., by 4, 9,11, 12 respectively, Mareregi®'qar : SItvardsphujidaimdavab, the multipliers of Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury being. rm Prathamavat, like the first, i.e, ten, eight, seven and five, 3: esa, the multipliers of the other planets not mentioned, i.e, of the Sun, Moon, Saturn, sq: Grahah, planets. @eeq Saumyavat, like that of Mercury, 4.6. their multiplier being five. imi Rasindm, of the rising signs at the time of query. fie: Niyatah, always ; must be always done, ffi: Vidhih, the rule. myga: Grahayu- taih, together with the planets occoupying the Significator ; the Ascendant and the planeta duly multiplied with their factors and the results all added. wat KaryA, to be performed. Cha, and, zg’e Tadvargand, their multiplication. ~ 9. Multiply the longitude of the Significator (the Lagna Sphuta) by 10, if the Significator be Vrigsa or Simha ; ===== стр 384 ===== by 8, if it be Mithwna or Vrischika ; by 7, if it be Mega or a Tula; by 5, if it be Kany or Makara; or by the number of the remaining signs from Mesa, if it be any of the remaining signs(1). Again, multiply the longitude of the Significator by _ 10, if the planet occupying the rising sign be Jupiter ; by 8, if it be Mars; by 7, if it be Venus; or by 5 ifit be any of ; the remaining planets; if several planets occupy the i rising sign, then multiply the longitude of the Significator i by the factor for each of such planets, (Add up the several , products and find the sum) (2). - . Notes :—The following is the table of factors of the planets and ‘ signs, B) ; i alelelelaigli wm HE dante 5 alajeislslerid Multipliers} 5/ 5| 8] 5] 101 7] 5 Mute | to] 8 alto of 7 i siuaja Now in this and the subsequent verses another method is being | described, quite distinct, to find out the Janma-Naksatra (ie, asterism oceupied by the Moon during birth) of the querent, his wife, brother, son ( and enemy, The Gigures given in this stanza are Ravi Gunakdras and Graha Gunakéras-—constant factors for each sign and eacl: planet. (1) Bg., if Karka be the sign, it being the 4th sign from Mega, the factor for Karkais 4. The factor for Dhanu is 9 ; that for Kumbhais 11 | and that for Mina is 12. ; (2) Suppose the Lagna Sphuta to be 10s. 10° 10' and suppose Mars and Mercury to occupy the rising sign. Now from the Lagna Sphuta it is evident that the rising sign is Kumbha. The factor for Kambha is 7 11; multiplying 10s. 10° 10’ by 11 we get 113s. 21° 50’, Dividing this : by 12 we get as remainder a, 21° 50’ (A), Again the factor for Mars ja 8 and that for Mercury is 5. Multiplying 10s. 10° 10’ by 8 we get 82s, PP 4 21° 20'. Dividing by 12 we get as remainder 10s. 21° 20. Again f multiplying 10s. 10° 10' by 5 we get Sls. 20° 50’. Dividing by 12 we ' get: 3s, 20° 50’. Adding this to 10s. 21° 20’, we get 14s, 12°10° (B). Adding together (A) and (B) we get 20s. 40’. ===== стр 385 ===== 872 BRIHAJJATARAM. in, . ‘ affect freeones rearat wa + Prater a TUAW Td ATANTTGNT: TYMATTIUMaNT AMT UW Zou | , ; wat Saptihatam, (the sum total in the preceding verse being) multiplied by seven, firernfimitey Trighonabbéjitadesam, the remainder after dividing by twenty-seven. "W Rikgam, the Nakgatra or asterism of the native, ra Dattva, j adding. wet Athava, or. 71 Nava, nine. fara Vidodhya, subtracting, «Ne, not ; (adding or subtracting). 1 Va, or, wa Athavé,-or, sem Asmét, from this. e | Evam, thus; by the process described above, swmeqmenmte: Kalatrasahajat- ' majséatrubhebhyah, from the signs signifying wife, brothers, sons, and enemies. t meq: Pragtuh, of the querent. a%q Vadet, say, eqvaftaty Udayarddivadena, from ; the rising sign, at the time of query, ®1y Tesam, (the Nakgatra during birth) | of the wife, brothers, sons, or enemies of the querent. 1 10. Multiply this sum (i.¢., the sum of A and B in the : . oe preceding verse) by 7 and if the Significator be a moveable sign, add 9 to the product; if a common sign, subtract 9 from the product ; and if a fixed sign, leave the product as it is. Divide this sum or the difference or the product, as the case may be, by 27. ‘The remainder will indicate the Janma- Naksatra or the birth asterism (occupied by the Moon from Aévint) of the querent during birth time. Similarly the wife, brother, son and enemy of the querent may have their Janma-Nakstara determined by repeating the above process to the Sphuta of the 7th, 3rd, 5th and 6th houses respectively from the Significator. Notee,—The Commentator Bhatta Utpala says if the rising Decanate be the first, 9 is to be added ; if it be the second, 9 is neither to be added ; nor to be subtracted ; and if it be the third, 9 is to be subtracted from the } product. Some authora say that this addition and subtraction of 9 are to : be performed after multiplying the sum by 7 and dividing by 27 ; but these | are not in vogue. Add 6 signs to the longitude of the Significator ; you get the longi- tude of the 7th house denoting the house of the querent’s wife; and 80 on. Multiply the several longitudes thus obtained by the sign factors of those houses and by the factors of the planets, occupying such houses ; ‘ add the products, multiply the sum by 7, add or subtract 9 if necessary, ===== стр 386 ===== OH. XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES, 873 nO divide the sum or remainder by 27, the remainder will give the Birth- Naksatra (occupied by the Moon) of the person in question. Add 2 signs to the longitude of the Significator, you get the longi- tude of the 3rd house denoting the house of the querent’s brother. Add 4 signs to the longitude of the Significator, you get the longi- tude of the 5th house denoting the house of the querent’s son. Add 5 signs to the longitude of the Significator, you get the longitude of the 6th house denoting the house of the querent’s enemy. The Janma-Naksatra is reckoned from the star Advint. ‘ aoftte—aigureterat aft agit Aaterara amfiaern: a: wat aefegfver: caren algal wanarattrareany net N afg'srafiea: Vargartumisatithayah, the year, season, month, lunar day, fad Dyunidam, day or night. f¢ Hi, cerlainly, wy Udani, the Nakeatras or asterisms, Rrqhdrenaeeern: Velodayerksanavabhigavikalpandh, the ghatika, the rising sign, the rising Naviméa at the time of birth. @: Syuh, are; become, 4: Bhtyab, again, wnfgqitn: Dadddiguyith, multiplied by ten, eight, seven, five reapevtively. ; vefnernmt; Svavikalpabhakiah, divided by their own appropriate numbers. whe: t Vargadayah, year, etc, rasarfatramam NavakadanavidodhanébhydAm, adding or , subtracting 9, if necessary, as stated above, 11. Multiply the same sun (1) by 10, 8, 7, 5; add or . subtract 9, if necessary, as stated above ; divide the result by their proper divisors (2) ; you will obtain the year, season, month, lunar day, day or night, Nakgatra, the ghatiké, the rising sign, and the rising Navamea at the time of birth. “ Notes.—Here is given another method to determine the year, month, day, &c., during the birth time of a person :— (L) ‘The suin obtained at the end of the Oth verse; ie, A+B, (2) These and the process of division will be found explained in the next three stanzas. The appropriate number for year is 120, the highest longevity ; for seasons it is 6; for month it is 2; for the fortnight it is 2; for the lunar day it is 15, for day or night it is 2; for the Nakeatra, itis 27; for the day or night it is the number of ghatikas in the day or night; for the sign, it is 12; for the hora it is 2; for the Navamsa, itis 9. saeachaar aise agarereads Fn waka ararattaras aat SFA: WAR ===== стр 387 ===== 874 BRIHAJJATAR AU, eee fete: Vijfieyab, are considered ; are known. wety Dadakegu, in the number obtained after being multiplied by 10, wer: Abdah, age, i.e, the number of yearn, Divide the product of ten by 120, the maximum life of any individual ; the remainder will give the required number of years, wyva: Ritumfsdh, the season and the month ; divide the above result by six; the remainder will give the season ; divide the same result obtained by 2, the remainder 1 will give the firat month and 0 will give the second month, mw Tathd, aimilarly, ey Eva cha, and thus. ‘ erty Astakegu, in the product of eight, wf Api, also, wert: Masirdhab, the half month, fiw: ‘Tithayab, the lunar day, «Oha, and. wa Tathd, similarly. ‘emt: Smith, are remembered, Divide by 2 the number got after being multi- plied by 8; the remainder 1 indicates the bright and 0 indicates the dark fortnight ; and dividing by 15, the remainder will indicate the lunar day. 12. From the first of the four products of the sum by 10 (1) mentioned in the last stanza shall be determined the : age (i.e, number of years), season and month of birth ; and from the second of the four products of the sum by 8 (2) mentioned ' in the last stanza shall be determined the fortnight (bright ; or dark) and the Iunar day, : Notes,—(1) This product is the first of the four products referred to : in the llth verse (the preceding verse) with 9 added or subtracted j as the case may be. Divide the quantity by 120, the remainder will give ‘ the age of the person. Divide the same quantity by 6, the remainder ; will give the season of birth from Sigira (the winter season). Divide the | same quantity by 2, the remainder will give the first or the second month , of the season. ' \2) ‘This product is the second of the four products in the preceding verse with 9 added or subtracted, if necessary. Divide this quantity by | two, the remainder will give the fortnight of birth. Divide the same quantity by 15, the remainder will give the lunar day. | ; £ areata «aware amt , aaa aig Preataeadig wu tk v. } Rerafiegf’ Divarétriprasitim, the day or the night birth, Dividing the pro- 5 duct (obtained after being multiplied by seven) ly 2, the remainder 1 will give : the day birth, and 0 will give the night time as the birth time, wenrert Nakeatra- c nayanam, the ascertaining of the asterism at birth time; dividing the product (obtained after being multiplied by seven) by 27, the remainder indicates the - asterism from Advint. se Tatha, eimilarly, «wy Saptakegu, from the product of t the gum by seven, wfi Api, aleo, Wy Vargepu, from the product. few, Nityam, y alweys. tw Eva, cortainly, eymetq Upalakgayet, ascertain, i] B I . te ===== стр 388 ===== i 4 CH. XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPRS, 375 ee 13, From the 8rd of the four products of the sum by r 7, mentioned in the 11th stanza, you. determine the day or i the night birth as well the Janma-Naksatra (birth asterism.) ! Note.—This product is the 3rd of the four products of the 11th : verse, with 9 added or subtracted, if necessary. Divide the quantity by 2; the birth will have occurred by day or by night according as the remain der is one, or zero, Divide the same quantity by 27; the remainder will : give the Naksatra from Asvini. | ReeyAamay Ret a duane 7 1 i * | akg foreftarrcesraaftea un eeu f em Velam, the exact time in ghatikis. Divide the product of five by the : jay measure (if the birth has taken. place during the day) or by the night j measure (if the birth has taken place during the night); the remainder will give ‘ j the exact time in ghatikés, And when the exact time of birth is found, the | Ascendant, the planetary positions, the Navamdas would all be found out by the prescribed rules, fret Vilagnam, the Ascendant at birth. + Cha, and, tree Hordm, the half sign. way Amiakam, the Navaméns. a Eva, thus. Cha, and. tly i Pafichakegu, from the product by five, fimtrarq Vijantyat, know. »ewrmmfigt i Nagtajatakasiddhaye, for reconstructing the horoscope that has been lost, i 14. From the last of the four products of the sum by 5 as mentioned in the 11th verse, determine the ghatiké, the Ascendant, the Hord, and the rising Navamga at the time of birth. « Note——This product is the last of the four products in the llth verse with 9 addéd or subtracted, if necessary. Divide the quantity by the ' number of ghatikés, as obtained from an almanac in the day or night of l birth as the case may be; the remainder will give the ghatika from sun- i rise or sunset. Divide the same quantity by 12; the remainder will give 1 the rising sign from Mesa. Divide the same quantity by two ; the hora { of birth will be the Ist or 2nd asthe remainder is lor0, Divide the quantity by 9 ; the remainder will give the rising Navaméa for the first | Navaméa of the rising sign. ' . arat—trarcararan gu sage: GATT: H ~ 2 ae frase aerate ugk 0 dercrmmnnt Samskérandmamatré, the number of M&tras in a person's name , 25 (given at the Namakarana ceremony), frm Dviguya, doubled, wetyt: Chhayam- | i i . ===== стр 389 ===== 376 . BRIHAJJATAKAM. : gulaih, to the length of the shadow of the’ yaomon wargwt: Samayukt@h, added to. | ®¥ Segam,the remainder, firrmmmm Trinavakabhaktat, after being divided by 27. i wen’ Nakgatram, the asterism at the time of birth. a4 Tat, that. wera Dhanisthadi, ¥ after the Dhanigtha asterism. : 15. The number of Matras (the upper part of the Nagart ; characters), in a person’s name (given at the Namakarana ! ceremony) being doubled and the length in inches of the j shadow of the 12th gnomon at the time of query being added t to the product, divide the sum by 27; the remainder will give i the birth Nakgatra from Dhanistha. Note.—A short vowel sound is counted as one Matra and large : vowel sound is counted as two anda consonant is counted as halfa Matra, | ara—ftagenentarreaataar sass Sara: | qaqunratggarteaa watreths ue 0 fyferafifeenficrn: Dvitrichaturdasadasatithisaptatrigupab, 2, 3, 14, 10, 15, i 21, "me: Navastah, 9, 8.4 Oha, so, tara: Indradyah, the quartura Ensst, South- | east, South, South-west, West, North-West, North, North-east, respectively, waa: Pafichadagaghnah, multiplied by 15. rgfeeqafeam: ‘'addigmukhanvitdh, being j . added to the number of persons facing the same quarter, ‘fer’ Bhadhanigth- fidi, the Janma-Naksgatra of the querent from Dhanistha, : . 4 16. Multiply by. 15 the number corresponding to the 5 quarter of the sky, the querent turns his face at that time; addto the product the number of persons facing the same : quarter then and there; divide the sum by 27. The remainder will give the Janma-Naksatra of the person from Dhanistha. | Notea.—Here is another method for determining the Birth-Nakgatra : : NS : . . ; arit—ste aesraniad agrart war ated) arena: aasd: wer aererat waft n 29 | 1 vara: Aer: W RE i wh Iti, thus, "erm NastajAtakam, about knowing again the lost horoscope. : vq Idam, this, «ger Bahuprakéram, in various ways. we Maya, by me, faffy'et 1 Vinirdistam, has been said. ma Grdhyam, -to be taken, wa: Atah, from thie. : ===== стр 390 ===== . CH, XXVI, ON LOST HOROSCOPES. 377 eae ncn : fe’: Sachhisyaih, by the intelligent disciples. wee Parikeya, after carefully . examining, wwq Yatnat, carefully. wa Yatha, as. waft Bhavati, comes out proper. 7 17. Thus have been described by me the different : (important) methods for the reconstruction of a lost horoscope. : Good and intelligent pupils should carefully examine them ; and then apply the method that is best for him, Thus ends the 26th Chapter on Lost Horoscopes by | Sri Varaha Mihiracharya of Avantika. i —_——. : F i a . ‘ - ===== стр 391 ===== 4 | ; | CHAPTER XXVI. ON THE DECANATES OF THE ZODIAC SYMBOLISED. 5 Qareia—met Raweta: gem: wae gah . oN N ; Fran t ta: ag aged ve catatar: FAN eu wevi Katya, round his loins. faawaftea: Sitavastravestitah, with a white cloth. we": Krignah, of a black colour, a: Saktah, capable, va Iva, asif, wirhagy | Abhirakgitum, to protect one from one’s danger. x: Raudrab, of fearful look. \ wet Paradum, an axe, sggt Samudyatam, uplifted. wf Dhatte, holds, : Sv Narak, likea dog anda man, *fmiwaftan; Malindmbardnvitah, clothed sbabbily; dirtily * dressed. &® Rauti, cries, waftafewafim: Matripitriviprayojitah, separated from his father and mother. fé'yei Simharfipam, of the form of the sign Simba, wt | Jdam, this, wet Adyam, the first Drekkéna, eet Uchyate, ie said. n ===== стр 397 ===== 884 : BRIHAJ JATAKAM. eT 18. he first Decanate of the sign Simha is of the r shape of a vulture and a“jackal, seated on the top of a te . A Sélmalt tree. It looks also partly like a dog and partly Z like a man, is dréssed in shabby garments and separated i from its father and mother and it is crying aloud. r Note :—This Drekkana is human, quadruped, and biped ; and it is 4 ruled by the Sun. “t . cs. at arey—eareta: wagmreaveadt Part sear 3 * N $y) Prarad at: aaa: fae gaeadat aarareat { BATITAAA: 82 0 wweft: Hayfkritih, of the shape of o horse, wxcreta: Panduramilya- dekharab, having on his head a garland of flowers yellowish white. fanf’ Bibharti, holds, wenfrweri Kyigndjinakambalam, the skin of the black antelope and blanket, : Narah, the man, yaeq: Durfsadah, unapproachable. fi'g: Simhah, lion. Iva, like, wera: Attakarmukah, holding a bow in his hand, wre: Natigranisah, with a bent nose, rowan; MrigarAjamadhyama), the second Devanate of the sign Simha. 14. The second Decanate of the sign Simha is a man of the shape of a horse, his head being encircled with a garland of yellowish white flowers. He possesses the skin of a black antelope and a blanket, and is unapproach- able like a lion. He holds a bow in his hand and the tip of his nose is somewhat curved. Note:—This Drekkana is human, armed, and ruled by Jupiter. ~ Cm sita—ararnt argerast fafa ez wernt a1 gt ager: eaer ReReacaien- aferirt: ugk u warm: RikeAnanah, having the face ofa bear, arqerte: Vanaratulyachostah, ~ his actions like those of a monkey. féwff' Bibharti, holda. Ww Dandam, a club. wi Phalam, fruits. wit Amisam, fish and meats, 4 Cha, and, fi Karcht, with a long beard. "ye: Manugyah, a man. gf: Kufilaih, curling. + Cha, and. @%: Kedaih, with hairs, rece Myigedvarasya, of the sign Simha. warm: Antya- a gatab, the third. ftom: Tribhagah, the Decanate, 5 1b The third Decanate of the sign Simha is a man : with the face of a bear, his movements resembling those of : ===== стр 398 ===== | OH, XXVII, ON DECANATES OF THE ZODIAC. 385 j EE ee eee eee eae | a monkey. He holds a club in his hand, carries fruits, - fishes and meats. He has gota long beard and whiskers. His hairs are curling. Note:—This Drekkina is human, quadruped and armed. Its ruler is Mars, . saaitnt—geasngaia sea seat aasferatacd- . (wa ‘ gah 1 weratatrafiscarr oat: get atte Brava: WE UV yer¥a Puspepraptryena, laden with flowers, wey Ghatena, with a water- Z pot, wa Kanyé,a virgin girl, senfgrateciqntit Malapradigdh&mbarsambritdmgt, clothed very dirtily, sewkitvenfigwn Vastrirthasamyogamabbigtamand, desiring q clothings and wealth. yt: Gurob, preceptors, ge Kulam, family; house, ¥iwft 4 Vancbhati, desires, wwe: KanyakAdyah, the first Decanate of the sign Kanya. “t 16. The first Decanate of the sign Kanyé is a virgin , girl carrying a water-pot laden with flowers. She is cloth- ed very dirtily and is desirous of clothings and wealth. She is going to the family of her preceptor. j Note:—This DrekkAna is of the shape of a woman, The ruler is Mercury. ‘ : Farea-ger: sutasatt: xarat serie saraa- 4 * . aq | Page a fafa ada Tercarragar eae: Ue 90 ; yeu: Purugah, a man. smydiatafi: Pragribitalekhanih, holding a pen in his . hand, ~ ~ a S, t wid daar! Sate fF aed Vaasa aa a ate ¢ ag Gas: Geaat AT U8 wPrithu, elaborately. fie Virachitom, written. wt: Anyaib, by other ancient writers,e.g- Yavanachaérya and others. wer Sastram, this astrological trestise. ent Etat, this, wray Samastam, the whole. ae Tadanu, after them. ey Lagho. briefly. 7 Mara, by me, wey Idam, this, wadwty Tatpradesartham, io convey instructions om this subject. wt Eva, thus. ory Kyitam, Fhave tried. - velba, hese, © Hi, certainly. ety Somartham, able. Wrererert Dhivisindma- Intve, to enliightem the minds of the intelligent. wt Mama, mine #% Yadi, if. © * Ba, so, wey Yot uktam, what have been written. emt: Sajjenaik, by the Jearned etities, wast Ksamyatim, ought to be forgiven. *q Tat, those (omissions), (if amy). 7. All these astrological points have been dealt with ~ very elaborately by ancient astrologers (e. g., Yavanacharya and others). Afterwards I write briefly to enlighten the minds of the intelligent pupils on those pomts. If any important points be found omitted, Lbeg pardon of the learned erities. o ins aefteprer ar sataiser Raat aearegaa- gerhenreny wast wat GEaHUAeat a Ae wea fagar ates TAs wen Granihasys, of this treatise. w Ya, whatever portion. swe: Prachar- ata, im putting it to print, we Asys, of it; its fwey-Vinddam, omissions or additions. wi Eti, have taken place femq Lekhvyat, due to the defect of the writer, dc. spgoferete Bahuirutamukhadhigamakramepa, by daly learning from the mouths of the well-versed astrologers. 4 Yat, whatever. w Va, other- wise. wt Mayé, by me- geet Kukyitam, wrongly written. wr Alpam, imper- fectly written. we ths, here. sary Aksitam, or omitted. & Va, or. wit Karyam, should be (forgiven) wae Tat atra, these bere, figw Vidusé, by the learned Pandite, art Parihritya, leaving aside. oe Ragam, envy. 3 8. Ifany portion of the text be found omitted, due to its being wrongly written or copied, defects should be 4 ===== стр 412 ===== CH. XXVIII, CONCLUSION. 309 made up by hearing duly from the well-versed astrologers. wie Or if I have written wrongly or insufficiently, the learned : will kindly excuse me and make the necessary corrections themselves, setting aside all feelings of jealousy. &s ~ + qofto-sreareaaaeaeaaa a: HT AT- * x grec: u sratat gaara aeaatt nN (od arehahart a TAT GY wijerrenm: Adityadasatanayah, the son of Adityadésa. squire: Tadava- ptabodhah, from whom he received his education. wii Kapitthake, in the village of Kapittha, weaweowm: Savitrilabdhavaraprasidah, obtaining the , boon af knowledge from the Sun. wafwa: Avantikak, in the province of Avantika. Orr setter Mr aimatani avalckya, after a careful examination of the works of the ancient sages. Ri Samyak, thoroughly. i Hordm, this astrological trea- tise. woefix: Varia Mibirab, Sri Varaha Mihiracharya. «#7 Ruchiram, neatly, war Chakira, has written- . 9. Vara&ha Mihira, the son of (the Brahmin) Aditya Dasa, village Kapittha, from whom he received his education \ and enlightenment, obtained the boon of knowledge from the Sun, spent his days (in the Court of Ujjaini) in the province of Avanti and has fully written this neat work on Horoscopy after a careful examination of the works of ° ancient sages on the subject. eral-RerncaRraracasieraaarereataney tt o + iv $ ° ‘ MAG AMINE FITATHT: Wyo tl n : ght aceteiarariaala gEsrat THE ' qreqarserfana: 2c U eran vneinrgrAER et DinskaramunigeracharayaprovipAtakriteprash- Jomatind, by the kind favour of the Sun, the sages (Vadigtla; aad Adityadasa, all worshipped by me. wildam, thie (present work). =r Sistram, present fae work. abpger Tpasamgribitam, I have been enabled to write. wu wy Namah : asin, salutation be. 9 getee Parvaprepotribbyab, to the ancient writers of 7 Horoscopy. # ; ===== стр 413 ===== 400 BRIHAJJATAKAM. . : 10. By worshipping the Sun, the sages (Vasistha ‘ and others) and the feet of my father, the Guru, I have - obtained the favour of them all, and thus I have been able to write this Sastra. Salutation to the ancient authors of this Astrological science. - Thus ends the 28th Chapter on Conclusion by Sri Varéha Mihirfcharya of Avantika. ~ Tre Enp ===== стр 414 ===== a ‘ APPENDIX : N On Mrityu Yogas. Human life is classed under three heads :—first, Dirgh8yu ; second, “a Madhyaéyu; third, Alpayu. Thirty-two years (32) is the limit of AlpAya ; @ sixty-four (64) years is the limit of Madhyayu ; ninety-six (06) years ia a the limit of Dirghiyu. One hundred and twenty (120) years is ParpAyu. fa Some take these limits as 32, 69 and 120, | The following notes are taken from Jaimintya Sftras, 5th Pada, 4 Firat Adhy&ya :—~ a I. Tho length of life is determined from the raler of the Ascendant 4 and from the ruler of the eighth house from the Ascendant. ue Tf the ruler of the Ascendant and the ruler of the eighth house be ol oth in moveable signs, or if one ruler be in fixed sign and another ruler 2 De in a common sign, the Ayu or the length of life is known as Dirghdyu. 4 If one of the above-mentioned rulers be in a moveuble sign and the other ruler be in a fixed sign, the Ayu is known as Madhyfyu, Or, if both the rulers be in common signs, even then it is known as Madhyayu. 7 If both the rulers be in fixed signs, the Ayu is known as Alpfyu; i or, if one ruler be in a moveable sign and the other in a common sign, t even then it is known as Alpfyu. . : IL, The length of life is also determined, -as above, by similar i considerations from the Ascendant and the Moon. : ( IIL, Similarly the length of life is determined from the Janms Lagna (the Ascendant during birth) and the Hora Lagna. The Janma Lagna is the rising sign at the time of birth. The | Hord Lagna is calculated thus :Find out the number of ghatikés from ? the sunrise to the Istakala or the time when birth took place. Divide the number of ghatikis by 24 (two and a half); the quotient stands for the sign. Multiply the remainder by 30 and divide the product by 24; the quotient stands for degrees. Multiply the remainder by sixty (60) and divide the result by 24; the quotient stands for minutes. Now if the Janma Lagna be odd, then count the signs, degrees, and minutes as above obtained onwards from the sign occupied by the Sun; and ifthe Janma Lagna be even, then count the signs, degrees and minutes ia above obtained from the Janma Lagns itself ; and the result now arrived | : | is the orto three methods, above mentioned, for determining the U length of life, all coincide and yield the same result, then that is, no doubt, ===== стр 415 ===== tte apeeemepenmttntieine inion enneciee eee to be accepted ; if the two methods coincide and the third differ, the ; result arrived at by two methods should be socepted ; if the three methods ai differ from one another, then accept what is obtained from the Janma . Lagna and the Hora Lagna. Or, if the Moon occupy the Ascéndant or 5 the seventh house from the Ascendant, then the result obtained from the _-# Lagna and the Moon is to be accepted. j The Prastirs Chakram is given below for information :— A Dirghdyn, Madhyayn. Alpfiyn. : Lagnos, Agtamed i Moveable | Moveahle Moveable ' Lagwa Chandra, Lagna Hori = Moveable. | Fixed |__ Common ; "Tagned, Asames—~S*~*«éaiked=S*sS*S:*:*R ind SSSS*«d ase: Lagna Chandra, Lagi Hord Common : Moveable | Fixed + TO Ungnes, Agtames Geman | “Goma Common ; Lagny Chandra, Lagna Hori Fixed i Common Moveable. =| The above rules will determine generally the length of life. There are some specialities; and these are not mentioned here. The reader is referred to the Jaiminiya Sitras After determining the Alpayu, Madhyiyu, or Dirghéyu, find out next which planet is Mirakeda or the cause of death. In the Dasa or Antardasé period of such planet, deatl: will oveur. Now, the eighth house and the third house from the Janma Lagna (Birth Ascendant) are known as Ayusthan or life-giving houses. The twelfth houses from these aro known as Mérakasthan or death-causing houses. Therefore it follows that the seventh house and the second house from the Janma Lagna becomes the Marakasthan or death-causing houses. The rulers of these Mirakasthdnas are called Mirakedaa. Of these two houses, again, the second house iv siromger than the geventh ; therefore, whichever malefic planets (the rulera of the third, wixth, and the eleventh houses) be found with the Mérakeda, ie. the ruler of the second house, death will occur during their Dadda and Antardadas, And incase their Dadi periods do not fall within the Alpayu rove peried, death will cecur during the DasA periods of the ruler of the trrelfth house from the Janma Lagna or of the malefie ruler (of the 3rd, 6th and 11th houses) concerned with the ruler of the 12th house, If ~ ===== стр 416 ===== APPENDIX. iii their Dadi periods do not come within the Alpaéyu periods, then death will occur during the Dasis of the benefic rulers concerned with the ruler of the 12th house; and if these also do not occur, death will occur during the Dag period of the ruler of the eighth house from the Janma Lagna. And ifall the periods mentioned above do not come at all within the-Alpfyu period, then do not take into account at all the Mirakasthanas ; consider only the malefic planets (the rulers of the 3rd, 6th or 11th houses) and death will occur during their Nada periods. Tf Saturn be the ruler of the 3rd, 6th or 11th house and if it be found with the Marakesa, death will occur, no doubt, during the Dasa period of Saturn and not of any other planet. For further particulars aee the Laghu Paradari, Jatakilahkara, and other authoritative treatises. ===== стр 417 ===== . - * ===== стр 418 ===== Alphabetical Index of the Verses. eo — a Page, Page, . araatd Preemie... 131 smart gansta w. 186 arg: wet aa fe 149 Seren I va 289 PRE TOR THA 307 | reaver feseairerh 99 avant Qrerqear fxsign ... 364 : _ 393 mreamgam agers .., 253 ; URGa waTaTTH aarmrareg Braet we 218 ararit: freftacfea ... 185 arereeenrestae "gor meer tet aaa ... 301 “ PIMATARSHIBHATY ... 223 c aign garmiaag: ... 216 eft Pirate” 182 We arergaaft 89 | fe uma =... 876 wer airaguargm 327 at: ster eat 165 aiatrracatars fet ... 129 werent APY 248 arated wera a 56 _ arity aoqe =... 80 g aft aagesrat amar... 198 tealPeat gent we Bad afrestzeqada .. 75 | tea eterna wa wee 298 weer 50 api tamctrowefe vee 212 araarrent wife: we 291 ag ratmneqaaggys... 247 agua vet ag... 118 ou“ anRerereporrasisered FRA... 325 s aftaiaaammisat 236 sank: Rramaceratea: .., 323 anfrache rate yet... 119 geafitrreqgest «303 wet Tar aahit Praa.. 854 seaeatrtrat: ann (199 TAMAR TH ws 280 . bl SATERA TARTEAAT ... 230 aay erarencthar we B41 sqraa ce mnangar ... 58 arerareaara: a. 899 sqafe aguiat aaret... 91 wrarmameanatarrn =... 360 sqacraratesmriarany... 147 mea: TAT we (96 squash ar mt FH. 9B ===== стр 419 ===== ( ii) Page. Page. sqaage qrret a. 830 areime acienaty 5 sea: HHI «TT ararent Raga 37 - TATA HAA ve BSL | fetronag: was... 391 seargwararafeaa w (96 fe crn atasfen’ aaa... 158 waasrnaeaghrar w 159 | frovattrarget 16 = | a Rt aaa 85 qrasye: 25, aaa agenet ... 384 | Aager _. we dd x | Se giswdteah 19 . _ | Seegeg steerer 7d waned wer we... Lit ahragawarmeger | 37H CRISS ATCT .. 10° geangeqerny 805 cen’ ay vata 100 | geesareargea aga - cacti: ~~ S38) gatatrgranwarr ... 390 centarcnit care, oP | ae ere afte: wae 879 2 | ae qaiekr: -. = 08 te - | ARR cktegre: _ er geTtTey - 8 Redvareaeatt ale. 33 = | Re Ser wea 18 went Rowe: TS | x eae utr a LS aamrieaeeg ON | saa fava frat... aut hemtgagquem Fe aoaag ht a OT denstsarans =, dg | SE ET at -- 20 watagur ante © 3360) BRReuter gitawatar 366 addiqant ging? Bld | aaret Gat... ae 25 sti ataet ha. ler | Mawes. 32H aRaTsaT TTT: vw. 395 a view gratearat 202 | whemtactatem 67 Roa ATE a ae wash “338 Roar gue . = 83 i 7 eTNRTUITGEETTY 309 | aR Ryd sia. 538 wou vtam Predera’... 387 siuea ar raser 398 . soratiargqemardt ... 390 aeagurget qa... 357 sin @anft yy. 252 | ge urea dice .. 141 ===== стр 420 ===== H &: ? ( iti) ‘ Page, Page, ‘-. ge Rregaet aeamet ., 203 a Arnfasie fat 17 aearehr getter wa 89 infer Rrgnreat frags... 870 afery wraga’ ait 110 - he ghamegema ... 386 areaa freraattig =... 308 a earn ea wa 215 F tgsameageaear ... 233 Se eg | Patra faeces aruda: attadier 364 | Rawerasger 48 aaa: gor | BRRRSaT Geerreredn, 226 aed yogi gira | 2g | SRO SARE vy 254 Be ai iterrenaraie aaa 328 q AITSATT WE, ve 244 ay | are cargaegneaararet 272 ware wens een to 9 TAACMTETTT: Yara — 246 qarmatiira deneee .., 357 ' . Ad qaqa area w 216 : SARs 94 | ten get gear gah... 244 srat REnyeaat we 171 atte: wPtaegareti .., 355 a gaugaareat gag .., 179 wanker fay —.., 869 Rearaeaqrengg =... 180 araarsty eet we 241 Raacgiaeaca 899 waa qantisaitt ... 306 fancefitr staat 318 Hecate aeqTat .., 259 Rarateat: writ eee) 7 arate aie. 263 Rady framaefea.... 74 srartatt aafryem 311 Rararsght a ageartat 374 re eegaAH wa. -108 fatragée quitfiera ... 376 to Hatt faraway... 187 faraaara: wegrae: =... 380 + Sars fern qege: we 88 fiomaisdt we: saaaq- : Star srr Redgaaar... 52 Cs eh. . saerg 4 aghrs: ws 247 Te TAT: ATuT Rarer... 337 Jat aragingar 167 eerbqracaarfeap arc: siraterat’garfagt .., 285 RT ee 268 wragdiawaraer gut... 286 eerenatiatar aera | 339 , FamerTanggHata: «256 * earache... 46 p27 TA Rae we 196 TMA «. 16 f ===== стр 421 ===== ( iv) a Page. Page. erate: qrérgt at ah... 217 Mie aaanamged gout 346 _ ugireatara Rew... 83 arated afterags 90 srsarkrae frargat | 105 a sreast fet et we 168 : mIgaeat: Sag: a 190 a Eaier DAE ww 807 . ; acaba: 95 | GMa werere... 02 award a qefitaa 97 fanrquay ager =... 100 saivacatantts 204 | DRA See Geir. 8 aaara gata gar... 829 gee aagiaaart voy BBS Ped wreaks eaqrararge = 258 TTT wea wat... 385 Raat qasqafvar =... 329 we ar ere we 96 Abr abrgsarcr: 59 e Tagarta amr. 209 Poe @retaatae |... 267 qaetahegigaa =... 388 Aeutaid anateaen 150 | Merarmergestar 256 aces geht 198 quiciant: we... 808 Ar at aATaer we 264 a ; gqaperntistany wer... 273 . gout serge... 07 gartaanean ... 350 aeraen mae... 896 areata: gr, 858 argesowar 0. 210 aeafaemn aqfaatr 260 FOVIR WATT... 248 q aereraar anit... vee 245 waqene wafyrata: ... 382 sitsrracaratieramia: ... 255 qurfaat qe Sifraat ... 382 qaadaen ageeret dl qenheqehiavaet =... 270 gedg fige eet) qegatreamaiat: 273 | Meat Rerger 107 acaaaatestarat ... 231 aATMERTATATT... 206 qeraaarsTenren: ait a 833 ara fe tmacdte... =. 200 ofaesrgtiscatras we 262 spaiiatad fee: 896 a area BAM... 161 geeu dnrqatikeet =... 158 qagumaafaar aig... 76 wralrcortnaa .. 383 arataiera: — te a ainBr: agafehr: 8 crarggareniet ARM. 118 aahear aeuags| ve 882 qrarantaan arama 826 aaeakheye. 166 ===== стр 422 ===== i (v) wee x Page. x Page, caret asrgiay.. 9. 8 | aneurin arentr wa 89 afatmnatescrat wv. 296 GH ae gRage: 29 AqATUTA aya ate .., $43 watact yrueghiar =... 3878 7 waftwer; oo... 44 Wey Ns award: 4. 205 ' wet age gar =, 817 wareagrgftaa: we 852 aqenPrgara wag... 181 cguantchfaat va 240 aegis ae... |. 101: | ema Re eR, 88 : taser wares. 350 vate gras: eqarmh:... 73 | wise’ fom... 97) «| creda efigcdeam |, 117 Hasse: Hora we 45 cretgerennce anc : AZTAMOTTATARTT .., 389 RP B81 narcat aiqagarat =... 889 TRINA ww. 8 | araeatiranaga: ... 122 errraat weaAaaT 895 ; Rrarteqyand: 0 188 tmerdt wattage: 390 f qarrungratia 297 z ' Watson warary, wee 275 ' after ate... 9.1 wabrarig gafermt ... 361 { qereageraedt =... 234 waaatragerag: we 107 ‘ Wass ... 197 sme Rrearan: ve LT HRT yaaa afin... 348 amaganeay gui... 319 aagargatie we: L058 BUTgaea TYR, wae 931 : aquurgagm: ufiiasiar 201 wargerarftrraan vee 828 | a aemrergreras we 181 i BATTCRT we 66 | avaritargaraartiaia ... 213 wit eR waaay =, 299 : garcia aay... 72 wit eftin rey see U7 warned awa am, 835 TeressAsAe ww 199 ait prtistisht me we 194 | fern ah qi: =. 133 8 | aaaraee wag wee 807 HET TaaT ATL, we (178 ! UTATL TA: AAR a. 867 TATA oar, vee 249 | aa Sxfear adenvay ... 81 TATRA HS 4. 19 é gag aaa wa. 836 aaraneaacig oa wpa 292 | arm Asien east: vee 206 airearrereritg we 21 ah ears arate ve 120) | atirerarny ott vn 192 T | ===== стр 423 ===== ( vi) Page. Page. ad'saqd gf gait... 214 firhtrene ramaerorat ... 278 ava aftet a agit... 276 aharseats eeargareatr 248 adrearattrar .. 89 | gaKerqurataretar ... 173 ayes anqget =... 326 || Bar yaa afer we 70 ata mafia geet... 373 ga aad srarafirena ... 316 . qeatadiaracig ara... 387 Wa HTgEtt waseavTat .., 340 arageaa wa Aaa... 332 ae eet frnsagar 4. 295 freer mranattrgrt .., 268 Aska: qasarae ... 851 freaqar: oa: ve 881 dumiheaaar gM... 349 fat ar aeraegt we 878 erat ack wat. 168 Rargarea gum gat... 300 a RravetrraRraaragat .., 263 Ronfte gRas 4 atin acafremar Aeitm: 201 - Raiedfagh: vafafrar... 387 seri: ey ae wae B11 frarente: nea grat .., 397 aeramaey 170 frermed fant: 80 aan wee... |, 187 : Gredacrvana gets, 886 wetagan away... 189 Tralee ated 354 ererrat fragt ae HB TAMERS 251 aad fraaarreritaget 372 gat yet at ‘842 argaterar afer ve LL x air aa ake we 195 aarafita mr agaanftant... 129 aaraqa af warterak: ... 201 eraraiet eagrarmt =... 157 jen Aad a wa 875 aenrearaarst figrat 4... 875 anrdaieahrtna: wa 287 Seye: qa grat... 330 aaa Pracataagarm.., 125 u wcyu: gfrerr =, 801 amet gaNTATTN ... 208 eeorgt ofrerferet ay- aes sq frat ear uw (84 TM we. we 888 atnertaa: we 78 eafrtrarettig ... 0... 815 Tate aaa at we 98 eagnamtant: ... 0.137 afraftfrarat fray... 116 wauaa feorestamat ... 136 uit arene Ge. 889 eee: meatier aiaa ... 276 stairs aamafiat ... 393 Jeaag qefreram =... 314 Uraren gan afeetr 245 wat ge aed... 200 Trersart qasigtt ... 383 eqaattnafre: afia ... 229 Fara: atta sqm: HEHR.,. 392 enaiaaraater vee 126 ===== стр 424 ===== ( vii ) Page. Page. ert gevatratafe =... 388 Gra: arate, 224 on erate werhfren ... 151 aut degt aga. 200° \ Raga Mery vw. 176 Qrenutahrare? =... 86 wate ab aaa a BLL dred’ wadaegge ... 342 7 wae FrayeMat ... 269 Set ore etree 164 eitiria: wierd ah, 296 az aeqad ada we B45 attare: gramargme ... 253 Srl eager. 104 gangs aaiaen ww. =119 an Great ant 246 z Gate wer eanfe 2a earpfes wegiareatatr,.. 384. geat waiveriga 302 et aetr MA angany ... 196 wRearvaeh ger 29 fears GARRET... 225 * wutsqarait aie, 309 afer qa’ gergat: wa 88 asania aaftaist 4. 381 aneqaeagaeet we at: uararare es! Brraataste’ fet ... 368 ” @artaghraqeeaar .. 871 RreraaiqepRaaragar 355 , Saar Feat earsit =. 810 arreattgedifisr =. 2G 4 fiuid agar gat... 312 atwtrrafraets were, 891 tregattehahe we 68 ee matrggara =, 102 trea genhird: gate... 288 Stegecatrarargigt: ... 57 a watered Fa BR... .. 198 faratagay we «10 Sree ht cme, 85 | aft fatty erat we TLS Sra Great qeentad 235 ar maagelyrenm .. 330 : £7 66345 . ZECRAE, CRAEG er, (sew Deir f i § oN .Y Tansy 1! : ; : ===== стр 425 ===== : — - . . ‘ oo i . . i : i - CATALOGUzp, . - & . ae . « ~ 4 . . ; / 6 4 ct ah Ds. - AK a, 4 a a * ===== стр 426 ===== fo ; ee , { i 4 Central Archaeological Libra 4 , 9 i . . NEW DELHI : . Acc. No, 66345 $+ ; | | Call No. $859/Var/Vij i n \ ; Author— vijnanananda. \ . | ™ Brihajjatakam of RaeRARS, oe Vaginas OO ae bee ins Aas eee | . Eetpea ead ian: tis drag: EAP ame PSPESIAI 8 NG piocene ee PEAS: AE EEE 2 et eo PRR OS Blots, ME NN emg sie Siete nese A Lo, [ce aa tet A ee eee" Laas cae oe Bae cae “S cagiles Gates fiat Sagat aati ; bic caw a een ae ada A a a a EEL ged Oe eit tie SPURTE SPO i are Mea ppe Mee SarG Wee Re ak ee ee i Seta hee Car eae EN SER? ee Pec Fava Oe INDE Ay ead, Mu Sines AES Da CT IS ese: | : pees pos wes seghiteen ode: ee ess ee ; peat se Sta Sof Sah a a eat er ey aes Bish nies See eke | RRS oe eae RC i i danke tie, Bates TAS Rartaradicy i ag arena | Ne eT Sie NT a ic a aa ' Oe Ua ew niscc es ry os: Sen ane Hote: — sees BPE hy eae et rok ERE achat a eae Ree Sor Ome sa manie as ] Ped SOLES Se eae ert Be Stash gee Te tt Be tee ee “ i Bs SES ses act ee pod i Ag OE etal etre phage Si owen } wh LES Epa Sai mar ha av ee coat & macs den . : SORE cgi a aria toners Ba ne We ESO Re SAS Pr en eee , q . . « 7 : t os . .